A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PHILIPPINE LINGUISTICS: AND MINOR LANGUAGES (With Annotations and Indices Based on Works in the Library of Cornell University) THE CORNELL UNIVERSITY SOUTHEAST ASIA PROGRAM The Southeast Asia Program was organized at Cornell Universi·ty in the Department of Far Eastern Studies in 1950. It is a teaching and research program of inter­ disciplinary studies in the humanities, social sciences, and some natural sciences. It deals with Southeast Asia as a region, and with the individual countries of the area: Brunei, Burma, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam. The activities of the Program are carried on both at Cornell and in Southeast Asia. They include an under­ graduate and graduate curriculum at Cornell which provides instruction by specialists in Southeast Asian cultural history and present-day affairs and offers intensive training in each of the major languages of the area. The Program sponsors group research projects on Thailand, on Indonesia, on the Philippines, and on the area's Chinese minorities. At the same time, individual staff and students of the Program have done field research in every Southeast Asian country. A list of publications relating to Southeast Asia, which may be obtained on prepaid order directly from the Program, is given at the end of this volume. Information on Program staff, fellowships, requirements for degrees, and current course offerings will be found in an Announce­ ment of the Department of Asian Studies, obtainable from the Director, Southeast Asia Program, Franklin Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850. . . 11 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PHI-LIPPIN;E LINGUISTICS AND MINOR LANGUAGE; S With .Annotations and Indices Ba;sed ·on ·works in the ti�rary 9£ Cornell University by Jack H. · Ward. Linguistics Series V Data Paper: Number. 83 · Southeast Asia 'Program Department of Asian Studies ·Cornell University, I'thaca, New York November 1971 Price: $6.50 • • • 111 0 1971 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SOUTHEAST ASIA PROGRAM 1V PREFACE This.detailed bibliography is the result of considerable diligence over an extended period and, like most bibliographies, is a'�abor of love' . For the first time, to my knowledge, we now possess a comprehensive listing, with indices and annotations, of the body of publication in the field of Philippine linguistics and languages. Professor Ward's work should be a most useful tool to all students and scholars in the broad field of Malaya-Polynesian studies as well as to the specialist in Philippine linguistics. The Southeast Asia Program is pleased to be able to make this work available. John M. Echols Professor of Linguistics and Asian Studies, Associate Director 1 December 1971 V FOREWORD The main sources for this work have been the library collections at Cornell University, University of the Philippines, Philippine National Library, Ateneo de Manila University, and Philippine Normal College. The compiler is grateful for the many forms of assistance, from both institutions and individuals, which have greatly aided in the production of this research work. Appreciation must be expressed first to the U.S. Educational Foundation in the Philippines which provided a research fund as part of the compiler's Fulbright Lectureship in the Philippines during the school year of 1965-66. The Southeast Asia Program of Cornell University augmented these funds to enable completion of the search of the library collections in the Philippines. The Committee on Research Grants at Cornell University made possible a thorough search of the collection at Cornell University through a Cornell University Faculty Research Grant. Intramural research support from the University of Hawaii enabled the development of an index and typing of the final smooth copy. ·several individuals have been most helpful in further­ ing the progress of this work. In the Philippines, valuable assistance was provided by Miss Nora A. Salazar, Miss Evelyn Veloso, and Miss Milagros J. Tolentino in checking various library collections for holdings in Philippine linguistics. At Cornell, :r-.1iss Josefina :r-.1. Ramos gave much time to the task of searching Cornell's library. My wife, Ethel Alikpala Ward, has been of invaluable assistance in searching, editing, and typing. Miss Jane Higa produced the index and the final manuscript was typed by Miss Jean Miyano. Finally, Professor John M. Echols has continued to give direction and encouragement to this effort. All errors and omissions are the responsibility of the compiler. Jack H. Ward Honolulu, Hawaii August 1971 • • V11 TABLE OF CONTENTS I. Introduction 1 A. Geographical Scope 1 B. Language Scope 3 C. Disciplinary Scope 5 I I. Organization of the Bibliography 7 A. Arrangement, Order and Numbering of Entries 7 B. Form of the Citation 7 c. Content Codes 9 III. References and Sources 11 A. List I ' Serials/Periodicals 11 B. List II, Bibliographies 29 C. List III, Published Works, Pamphlets and Theses 56 D. List IV, Manuscripts 440 IV. Index 503 • • • Vl. l. l. I. INTRODUCTION The main objective of this bibliography is to serve effectively as a research and orientation tool both for linguists who are already familiar with Phil­ ippine langu�ges as well as those who wish to begin acquainting themselves with the literature on the sub­ ject of Philippine linguistics and minor languages. The body of information on Philippine languages is sufficiently large and scattered to require an initial attempt to provide a single reference source. As a reference work, the aim of this publication is to sum­ marize the existing body of knowledge, to list the individuals performing the research and ana·lysis, and to give something of the historical progression by which the activity of linguistic research in the Phil­ ippines has arrived at its present state. Although it does not attempt to cover these points in narrative form, it is hoped that through the design and organiza­ tion of this work all of these elements may be largely obtainable without undue difficulty. A. GEOGRAPHICAL SCOPE Any reference work must set certain pragmatic limits on the extent of its coverage. It is perhaps 1 2 unfortunate that the criteria of delimitation for this study may seem largely arbitrary and unmotivated from a strictly linguistic point of view. The spatial limits of this work are taken as the geographical boundaries of the Republic of the Philippines. This eliminates some Philippine type languages which may be found in portions of Borneo, Formosa, the Marianas, and Palau Islands. On the other hand, it requires the inclusion of some data on languages which are perhaps more logically associated with nearby geographical areas (e.g., Sangil and Bajau?). However, the use of the political boundaries of the Philippines as the prime dimension for the cover­ age of this work may make it more useful to individuals whose primary concerns focus on national states. A second rationale for confining the coverage to the Philippine archipelago may be taken from the fact that previous linguistic bibliographies dealing with the Malaya-Polynesian area have been limited to certain geographical regions, in some cases those bordering the Philippines. Cense and Uhlenbeck (A Critical Survey of Studies on the Languages of Borneo, 1958) have provided coverage for the area to the west of the Philippines, while H. R. Klieneberger (Bibliography of Oceanic Linguistics, 1957) has treated the area to the east. 3 This bibliography is presented in its present form partly to avoid duplication with previous works but principally to fill the obvious gap in bibliographical coverage. Perhaps a secondary effect will be to point up areas of future concern to linguistic bibliographers found to the north and south of the Philippines. B. LANGUAGE SCOPE The body of literature on linguistics subjects which are associated with the Philippines is suffici­ ently large to justify the introduction of one more important criterion for defining the scope of this work. Thus the main aim of this bibliography is to cover the languages of the Philippines which fall within the Austronesian (or Malayo-Polynesian) genetic classifica­ tion. Therefore, works dealing with English, Spanish, or Chinese languages are not included unless there is data provided on "native" Philippine languages. The bor­ derline cases of creoles and pidgins are included because of the large contribution of indigenous tongues to these varieties of speech, either structurally or lexically. Since this work approaches the literature on the Philippines mainly from the standpoint of the discipline of linguistics, its interests are therefore in analyses, source material for analyses of the system of language, 4 the relation of language to the derived system of writing which language makes possible, and the la!ger system of culture within which language fits. Its interest is not one of literature, especially literary works, nor even directly one of oral literature as part of folklore. Both of these fields have been the sub­ jects for separate bibliographies. Any coverage given works in these two fields is secondary and arises from the need by students of language structure, for text material on which to make analyses. Furthermore, the compiler assumes that text material for the major languages is voluminous and readily available and thus beyond the scope of this work. Proceeding in a generally north to south direction, the major languages of the Philippines are defined as including: Iloko, Ibanag, Pangasinan, Pampango, Tagalog, Bikol, Hiligaynon Bisayan (Panayano), Cebuano Bisayan (Sugbuhanon), and Samar-Leyte Bisayan (Waray-waray). Works which are published in any other Philippine lan­ guage are irtcluded regardless of subject matter because of its scarcity or inaccessability. From a historical point of view, text material even in the major languages would be of intrinsic linguistic interest if it were of sufficient age to indicate 5 archaic forms or other possible changes from an earlier stage of the language. An arbitrary date of 1700 was taken as a cut-off date for inclusion of material in the major languages. Any work encountered in the search which represents a form of speech prior to 1700 has been included in the bibliography. However, no evaluation of suitability of the content of such works for internal linguistic history studies was attempted. Only the date of publication or the period in which the author lived (if the work was published posthumously) was considered in the selection of references in this category. * Unfor­ tunately, a good many of the works from earlier periods are available to us only in the form of titles. World War II· caused heavy losses to collections in the Phil­ ippines. Time and deterioration have been factors in the disappearance of some source materials. C. DISCIPLINARY SCOPE The vast majority of references in this bibliogra­ phy date from the 20th century and deal with matters which are linguistic in a strict sense of the word. *Readers interested in texts of major languages from later periods are referred to Welsh (1950) , Striet (1916-64) , Donn V. Hart and Quintin A. Eala (1957) , Harley H. Bartlett (1936) and the vernacular periodicals in List I. 6 (For a detailed discussion of content, see the section on content analysis on page 9. ) Although the main interest of linguistic science rests in linguistic form and the analysis of the structure of forms and the rela­ tionships between these forms, the compiler has felt obliged to include material which falls within the pio­ neering and borderline areas of ethno-linguistics, socio-linguistics, and psycho-linguistics. There are certain justifications for doing so. First, American linguistics has grown up with the discipline of anthro­ pology, and language has long formed an important sub­ ject in ethnographic reporting. Likewise, the fields of sociology and psychology have interests in verbal behavior. When works in any of these fields concentrate upon language as the behavioral subject of its study, these works can logically be included within a linguis­ tic bibliography. 7 II. ORGANIZATION OF THE BIBLIOGRAPHY A. ARRANGEMENT, ORDER AND NUMBERING OF ENTRIES While preliminary in nature this work attempts to be as complete as the indicated resource works and library collections will allow. The bibliography is presented as four lists (i.e. I: Serials/Periodicals, II: Bibliographies, III: Published works, pamphlets and theses, IV: Manuscripts). I and II are sources while III and IV constitute the body of linguistic references. The order of entries in lists II, III, IV is deter­ mined first by author or institution, secondly by year of publication and finally by title. Each work in list I is given an abbreviation for identification elsewhere. Each reference in lists III and IV is_ given an order number. Order numbers for lists III and IV are employed for cross referencing in the index. B. FORM OF THE CITATION In addition to the standard components of a cita­ tion each entry is provided with an annotation. A com­ plete annotation would include a call number. Where there is no Cornell University Library (CUL) call num-· ber but the work is known to be in some other library collection the alternate location is indicated either 8 in the content annotation or by abbreviations as follows: Ayer: Ayer collection in the Newberry Library, University of Chicago; Chi: University of Chicago Library; FEU: Library of Far Eastern Univer­ sity, Manila; LC: Library of Congress; Lopez (Mus. ) : Lopez Memorial Museum, Manila; Newberry: Newberry Library, University of Chicago; NL: National Library of the Philippines, Manila; UH: University of Hawaii - Library, Honolulu, Hawaii; UP: University of the Phil­ ippines Library, Diliman, Quezon City. The second element of the annotation (and one which every entry has) is a short description of the li�guis­ tically relevant coverage of the cited work. There are often narrative descriptions of content but there are always content codes. The content codes are ad-hoc in nature and not mutually exclusive. They serve to clas­ sify all works under a limited number of categories for cross referencing in the index. The index is o!ganized under language headings with all works treating a spe­ cific subdivision of linguistic inquiry being grouped together under content code headings. The complete list of all possible main headings and subheadings for any particular language is as follows: C. CONTENT CODES 9 Main Heading Subheadings (when used) GRAM Grammars 1) grammatical categories, 2) grammatical notes,· 3) prescrip­ tive LEX Lexical 1) specific word (class) studies, 2) idioms, 3) word lists, 4) dictionaries PHON Phonology 1) structural/descriptive, 2) morphophonemics, generative grammar, 3) phonetics, 4) · suprasegmentals, 5) segmentals MORPH Morphology 1) word classes and parts of speech, 2) affixes and affixa­ tion processes, base/root clas­ sifications SYN Syntax 1) phrase structure, 2) trans­ formational treatments TEX Texts 1) conversations, 2) stories, 3) Bible translations and other religious works, 4) traditional literature, folklore, 5) songs, 6) literary works, 7) composi­ tion, 8) translation WRIT Writing 1) orthographic conventions and changes, 2) traditional writing systems, 3) documents HIST Language Change 1) comparative, 2) change from earlier stages, 3) internal reconstruction, 4) borrowings, pidgin, second language effects, 5) etymology COMP Comparative 1) sound correspondences, recon­ structions, 2) genetic classifi­ cations, 3) typological, 4) dialects, language versus dia­ lect, 5) contrastive 10 soc Sociology 1) location and size of speech communities, 2) bilingualism, 3) language dominance, use or selection, 4) status and role in language levels ETH Ethnology 1) psycholinguistics, 2) para­ language, kinesics and other subsystems, 3) culture history PED Pedagocial 1) reference grammars, manuals, 2) readers, 3) courses, 4) ad­ ministration, 5) literacy SEM Semantics 1) componential analyses, 2) lexicography, glossing, meaning categories ACQ Acquisition 1) ontogeny: 1st language learning, 2) second language learning THEO Theory/ 1) general theory, 2) theoreti­ Background cal framework for handling Phil­ ippine data, people, institution, 3) value of linguistic research, applied linguistics, national language matters, 4) analysis and discovery procedures, write­ up consideration, 5) evaluations, syntheses, reviews BIBL Bibliography 1) serials, periodicals, 2) and reference contains sizable/significant lists, 3) synthesis 11 III. REFERENCES AND SOURCES A. LIST I: SERIALS/PERIODICALS The following list consists of serials, magazines, journals, in which works have been found that deal with linguistic topics on the Philippines. The list also includes serials which have be�n searched for works of possible inclu­ sion in this bibliography. The abbreviation to the left is the short designation_ used in the main body of the bibliogra­ phy (i.e., List III). The abbreviations marked bys* repre­ sent those serial publications which have been thoroughly searched. Those markeds# means that CUL holdings are not complete for the publication in question. Otherwise, thes * mark indicates that the entire serial has been searched through 1966, and many through 1967, with a few through 1968 and 1969. The symbol W/, which is found in call numbers, indicates the Wason collection at the Cornell University Library. 12 ABBREVIATION TITLE AND OTHER DATA: CITY, CUL CALL ORGANIZATION, FIRST YEAR OF NUMBER PUBLICATION Acta Or* Acta Orientalia. Ediderunt Soci- W/PJl etates Orientales Batavia, Danica, Al8 Norvegica. Lugduni Batavorum apud E. J. Brill. (Now: Copenhagen, Munksgaard). Vol. 1: 1922/23. AU* Afrika und Ubersee. Berlin. PL8000 Earlier issues called: Zeitschrift A255 fur Kolonialsprachen (Vol. 1-9); and Zeitschrift £Ur Eingeborenen- Sprachen (Vol. 10-35). Vol. 1: 1910-11. AIL Agricultural and Industrial Life. Agricultural and Industrial Life, Inc. , P. 0. Box 2062, Manila. Am Anth* American Anthropologist. Menasha, GNl Wisconsin. Old Series: 1888-1898 ASl (8 volumes). New Series: Vol. 1: 1899. AAOJ American Antiquarian and Oriental ESl Journal. Chicago. Vol. 1: 1878. AS07 ACCJ American Chamber of Commerce of the W/HC451 Philippines Journal. Manila. Vol. A452+ 1: 1921. Am Jl Phil American Journal of Philology. Pl Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. ASl Vol. 1: 1880. Am Un Fld Rep American University Field Staff D839 Reports. Southeast Asia Series A61 (re: Mainland, Island, Papua, New R611+ Guinea). New York. Vol. 1: 1953. An Lat Annali Lateranensi. Vatican. Vol. GN2 1: 1937 . A61+ ANYAS Annals of the New York Academy of Qll Sciences. New York. Vol. 1: 1879. N52 A61 13 Anth Ling* Anthropolo ical Linguistics. Pl Archives o f Languages of the World. A62+ Anthropology Dept. , Indiana Univer­ sity. Bloomington, Indiana. Vol. 1: 1959. AQ* Anthropological Quarter! . Succes­ GNl sor to Primitive Man. E� ited by P95 Dept. of Anthropology for the Cath­ olic Anthropological Conference. Catholic Univ. of America, Washin. g-ton, D. C. Vol. 1: 1928. ANTHR* Anthropos. Revue Internationale GNl d'Ethnologie et de Linguistique, A64+ Freiburg· in der Schweiz. Vol. 1: 1906 . . Ar Anth Archiv fur Anthropologie. Volker­ GNl forshung und Kolonialen Kultur­ A664+ wandel. Braunschwei. g. Vol. 1: 1866. . AFLS* Asian Folklore Studies. Society W/GRl for Asian Folklore, Tokyo. Called F66+ Folklore Studies when in Peking. Museum of Oriental Ethnology, Cath­ olic U. of Peking. Vol. 1: 1942. Asia Per Asian Perspectives. (Bull. of the W/DS509 Far-Eastern Prehistory Association). A2A83 Vol. 1: 1957. Asia Std.* Asian Studies. Quezon City, Insti­ W/DSl tute of Asian Studies, University of A7734+ the Philippines. Vol. 1: 1963. ASLLUP Association for Scholarship in Language and Literature of the Universit¥ of the Philip in�s. Papers edited by Rosalinasa L. Orosa, et al. Quezon City, University of the Philippines. 1948. Mimeo. ASAIHL-Bul* Association of Southeast Asian l\T/LB Institutions of Higher Learnin . 2301 Bulletin. Bangkok. Vol. 1: !957. A84 14 ASAIHL-Info Association of Southeast Asian W/LB Institutions of Higher Learning. 2301 Information Sheet. Bangkok. Vol. A84 1: 1963. I4+ ASAIHL Language Research Bulletin. Manila, Language Study Center, Philippine Normal College. Bonifacio P. Sibayan and Fe. T. Otanes (eds.). Vol. I, no. 1. Dec. 1966. Content: THEO 2, BIBL 2. A semi­ annual publication for the Associa­ tion of Southeast Asian Institutions of Higher Learning. Its objective is to present abstracts of theses and summaries of completed and on­ going research in southeast Asian languages. ASLP Association of the S ecial Libraries W/2675 indt e P ilippines. Bulletin. A2 Manila. Vol. 1, No. 1, 1954, c/o A83+ Institute of Public Administration Library, University of the Philip­ pines, Manila. Aus Ausland-Kurier. Stuttgart. BMC Baguio Midland Courier. Baguio: Baguio Printing & Publishing Co. Vol. 1: 1947-48. TBT* The Bible Translator. London: BS410 United Bible Societies. Vol. 1: BS7 1950. BKI* or BTLV* Bijdra en tot de taal-, land- en W/DS61 1 volken �unde. (van Nederlands­ B59 Indie -- before 1949). 's Graven­ hage. (Tijdschrift van het Konink­ lijk Instituut voor de Taal L & V. Van Ned. Indie.) Amsterdam. Vol. 1: 1852. Bisaya Bisaya. Cebuano Weekly Magazine. W/AP95 Manila. Vol. 1: 1934. P5B62+ Bol Fil Boletim de Filologia. Lisboa. PCS00l Vol. 1: 1932/3 3. B68 15 Bul NRC Ph Bulletin of the National Research W/Q75 Is Cou�cil of the Phili��ine Islands. N27 Manila. Vol. 1: 19 BSOAS* Bulletin of the School of Oriental W/PJ3 (and African -- from 1939) Studies. L84 University of London. Vol. 1: 1917/1920. Chau The Chautauquan. A weekly news mag­ AP2 azine. The official publication of C49+ the Chautauqua Institution, a system of popular education. Meadville, Penn. Vol. 1: 1880/81. Rep Phil Chica o. Universits. Phili ine W/GN671 Std Pro Stu 1es Program. Report. C icago. PSCS2+ Vol. 1: 1953/54. CoF College Folio. Philippine Collegian Folio. Literary supplement of the Philippine Collegian, official organ of the student body of the Univer­ sity of the Philippines. Diliman, Quezon City. Vol. 1, No. 1: 1962. Com Comment. Manila: Benipayo Press. W/AP8 Quarterly. No. 1: Oct. 1956. C73 Cont Stds* Contemporary Studies. Formerly The W/BX801 Sower. San Carlos Seminary, Makati, C76 Rizal. Vol. 1: 1964. CuF Cultura Filipina. Revista Mensual. Manila. Vol. 1: 1910. Cur Anth* Current Anthropology. A World Jour- GNl nal of the Sciences of Man. 1126 E. C97+ 59th St. , Chicago, Illinois. Vol. 1: 1960. (Indexes in Vol. 2). Day Mir The Daily Mirror. Sunday edition: W/Film The Sundab Mirror. Manila: Times­ 1185 Mirror Pu lications. Dawn Dawn. Official organ of the student \\T/LG221 body, University of the East. M250 Manila. Vol. 1: 1956/57 (?). 2++ 16 Dil Rev* Diliman Review. Quarterly. College W/LH7 of Liberal Arts, University of the Q8D57 Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City. Vol. 1: 1953. Dis Abs* Dissertation Abstracts. Ann Arbor, Ref 25055 Michigan. University Microfilms. U49D61+ Indexes: Vol. 1- 11 in 1 vol. Vol. 1: 1938. Diwa* Diwa. Quarterly. Manila: Insti­ W/PL6051 tute of National Language. Vol. 1: D61 1965. EA Mil East Asia Millions. Later: China w Millions; then: The Millions. BV3410 London. Overseas Missionary Fellow­ C53 m+ ship, formerly the China Inland Mission. (See also the same title and organization in Phila. , Pa.) Vol. 1: 1875. Ed Q Educational Quarterly. Quezon City: College of Education, University of the Philippines. Vol. 1: 1953-54. Es Sil Essa Silangan. Manila. (Branched Wason off from Mohilways, publication of DS651 the Standard Vacuum Gas Co. , M68+ Manila. ) Vol. 1: 1955 (?). EM Ethnomusicology. Middletown, Conn. Music Vol. I: 1953. ML 1 E84+ ENSM Evening News Saturda Ma azine. Manila. Vol. �1: 19 �5 (.). FEQ Far Eastern uarterl . Ann Arbor, W/DS501 1c 1gan. ee: ournal of Asian F24+ Studies) Vol. 1: 1941. FEUFJ# Far Eastern University Faculty W/AS540 Journal. Manila. Far Eastern M27+ University. Vol. 1: 1952. FHC Filifiino Home Com anion. Bi­Mont ly. The Gala en Page Publica­ tion, Inc. , Quezon City. Vol. 1: 1958-59. 17 FT Filipino Teacher. 49 Quezon Blvd., Quezon City. Monthly except for Apr. & May. AFLS* Folklore Studies. (See under Asian Folklore Studies). GRDM# Georgetown Roundtable Discussion. PS3 Mono�raph Series. Georgetown Uni­ G35 versity School of For. Ser., Inst. of Languages and Linguistics, Wash­ ington, D.dC. Vol. 1: 1950 (?). Globus Globus. Illustrierte Zeitschrift Gl flir Lffnder und Volkerkunde. Braun­ GS65++ schweig. V1ol. 1: 1861/62. GFS* Graduate and Faculty Studies. W/LG221 Centro Escolar University. Manila. M3 A3 Vol. 1: 1950. Gr Graphic. Formerly: Weekly Graphic, W/AP8 Kislap Graphic. Capitol Publishing K61+ House, Inc., Roces Ave., Quezon City. Vol. 1: 1948. (Manila). Hisp Rev Hispanic Review. Philadelphia: PQ6001 University of Penn. Press. Vol. 1: H67 1933. Hist Bul# The Philippine Historical Associa­ W/DS651 tion Historical Bulletin. Formerly: PS B9 Bulletin ng Kapisanang Pangkasaysa­ yan ng Pilipinas. Quarterly. Quezon City. Vol. 1: 1957. HSC Home, School, and Community. Manila: Phil. Book Co. , 8 72 Rizal Ave. Monthly except Apr. and May. Index to Philippine Periodicals. Wason Inter-Departmental Reference Ser­ AI. 3 vice, Institute of Public Adminis­ 138+ tration, University of the Philip­ pines. Vol. 1: 1956. Dul INL Institute of National Language Pub- W/PL5501 lications. Bulletin. Manila. No. A3 1: July 1939. 18 Intl A L Rev International Anthro ological and GNl Linguistic Review. �iami, Florida: 1597 Dr. A.H. Kelso de Montigney, Box 4791, University of Miami. Vol. 1: 1953. Intl. Cat International Catalogue of Scienti­ ZSlll Sci Lit Anth* fic Literature: P: Anthropology. 161 London: Royal Society of London. Vol. 1: 1901. Tr Intl Con International Conference of Ori­ W/PJ21 Or Jap* entalists in Ja an. Transactions. 161 Tokyo: Toho Gak kai (Institute of Eastern Culture. ) No. 1: 1956. ICL International Congress of Linguists. P21 Proceedings. London. Vol. 1: 161+ 1928. IRAL International Review of Applied P3 Linguistics in Language Teaching. 112 Heidelberg, Germany: Julius Groos Verlag. Vol. 1: 1963. IAE Internationales Archiv fur Ethnog­ GNl raphie. Leiden. Vol. 1: 1888. 161+ JHUC Johns Hopkins University. Circu­ 1D2618 lars. Baltimore. Vol. 1: 1882. AZ JA (Nouveau) Journal Asiatique. Paris: W/PJ4 Societe Asiatique. Vol. 1 (J. A.): J86 1822 • Vo1 . 1 (N. J. A. ) : 1828 • JAFL Journal of American Folklore. Pub­ GRl lications of the American Folklore J86 Society. Indexes: Vol. 1-40. Philadelphia. Vol. 1: 1888. JAS* Journal of Asian Studies. Ann W/DSSOl Arbor, Michigan. Association for F24+ Asian Studies. Vol. 1: 1941-42. JEAS* Journal of East Asiatic Studies. W/DSSOl Manila: University of Manila. JS Vol. 1: 1951. 19 JH# Journal of History. Philippines W/DS651 National Historical Society. J86+ Manila. Vol. 1: (?). Vol. 2: 1952. J Or St# Journal of Oriental Studies. Hong­ W/DSS0l kong, Institute of Oriental Studies J856+ of the University of Hongkong. Vol. 1: 1954. JAOS* Journal of the American Oriental W/PJ2 Society. Boxton. Vol. I: 1849. ASl J8+ Jr B Res Soc The Journal of the Burma Research W/Filml68 Society. Rangoon. Vol. I: 1911. W/DS485 B79 BS+ JIA Journal of the Indian Archi elago W/DSS0l and Eastern Asia. Later: �ournal J86 of Eastern Asia. Singapore. Vol. 1: 1847. JMBRAS Journal of the Malayan Branch of the W/AS492 Royal Asiatic Society of Great R881 Britain and Ireland. Singapore. (Previously: JSBRAS) Vol. 1: 1923. JPS# Journal of the Polynesian Society. GN2 Wellington. Vol. 1: 1892. P78 JSBRAS Journal of the Straits Branch of W/AS492 the Royal Asiatic Society (Malaya). R88 Singapore. (Later: JMBRAS). Vol. 1: 1878. JRAI The Journal of the Royal Asiatic W/DSl Society of Great Britain and R88 Ireland. Vol. 1: 1834. KAD Kadipan. Manila. Tagalog Litera­ W/PL6060.5 ture collections. Vol. 1 : 1965. Kl2 Kon Sac Ges Koniglich-Sachsischen Gesellschaft AS182 Wis der Wissenschaften. Abhandlungen S22 PS+ der Philologisch-Historischen Classe. Leipzig. Vol. 1: 1850. Lang* Language. Journal of the Linguistic Pl Society of America, Baltimore, 128+ Maryland. Vol. 1: 1925. 20 Lang Learn* Lan ua e Learnin�. A Journal of Pl App Tie� Linguistics. Ann Arbor, 12808 Michigan. · Vol. 1: 1948. Lingua* Lingua. International Review of pg General Linguistics. Nederlands: 175 J. H. Gottmer. Vol. 1: 1948. Ling Rep Linguistic Reporter. Newsletter Pl of the Center for Applied Linguis­ L75+ tics of the Modern Language Associ­ ation of America, Washington, D.C. Vol. 1: 1959. Bul LSA Linguistic Society of America. Pl Bulletin. Baltimore, Maryland. L28+ Vol. 1: 1926. Suppl. Ling* Linguistics. An International pg Review. The Hague, London, Paris: 1755 Mouton & Co. Vol. 1: 1963. LAMP Little Apostle of the Mountain Province. Monthly Mission magazine published by the Belgian priests, the order of the Immaculate Heart of Mary Missionaries. Baguio. Vol. 1 : 1924 . Vo1. 15: 1939. Lye Phil Lyceum of the Philippines Faculty W/ASS40 Fae Jr# Journal. Manila. Vol. 1: 1961. M283 Mag Wik P Magasin ng Wikang Filipino. Pub­ lished monthly during the school year. Manilad (?). Vol. 1: 1940/ 41. MDB Manila Daily Bulletin. Manila. W/Film 92 First ed.d: 1900 (Feb.). Vol. 133: 1948. MTM Manila Times Magazine. See also: W/Film 91 Sunday Times Magazine (STM). UE LAS Jr Manila. University of the East W/LG221 Liberal Arts and Sciences Journal. M25 J8 Manila. Vol. 1: 1964. PMASAL Pa�ers of the Michigan Academy of Qll Science, Arts, and Letters. New M62 York. Vol. 1: 1921. P2 21 Me AAAs Memoirs of the American Anthro olog­ GN2 ical Association. See also: im ASl MS Anth. MIO* Mitteilungen des Instituts fur W/PJS Orientforschung. Akademie der A31 Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Berlin. Vol. 1: 1953. Mitt Sem Or Mitteilungen des Seminars fur W/PJ25 Sprachen* Orientalische Sprachen. Berlin. BSl Vol. 1: 1898. Mo# Mobilways. (See also: Esso Silan­ W/DS651 gan). Manila: Standard-Vacuum Oil M68+ Co. quarterly. Vol. 1: 1955. MSTEQ M.S.T. English Quarterly. Organ of the Supervisors' Office, Manila Teachers of Secondary English, Divi­ sion of City Schools, Manila. Quar­ terly. Vol. 1: 1951. Na 'olelo. The Department of Asian and Pacific Languages, University of Hawaii, Honolulu. Vol. 1: 1969. NGH National Geographic Magazine. GI Washington. Vol. 1: 1889. N27+ Oceania* Oceania. New South Wales. Vol. 1: DU28 1930. ors OL* Oceanic Linguistics. Department of PLS00l Linguistics, University of Hawaii, A32 Honolulu, Hawaii. Vol. 1: 1962. OR Orient. Manila. (Reader's Digest W/AP8 style magazine). Vol. 1: 1959 (?). 0688 OM Overland Monthly. (and Out West AP2 Magazine). San Francisco. Vol. 1: 096+ 1868. Pac Disc Pacific Discovery. San Francisco QHl Cal. Academy of Sciences. Vol. 1: Pll+ 1948. Pag- asa Pag-Asa. (Babasahing Pambansa). W/DS651 Manila: National Media Production Pl3+ Center. Vol. 1: 1953. 22 Panitikan Panitikan. Manila. Vol. 1: 1965. W/PL6051 Pl9 Pa Panorama. Manila: Community Pub- W/AP8 lishers, Inc. Vol. 1: 1936. P19 PeBa Pembina Bahasa Indonesia. Madjalah W/DS611 Bulanan untuk Memadjukan Bahasa P39 Indonesia. Djakarta. Vol. 1: 1948/49. Pet Geog Petermann: Geo ra Mit gen. Vol. 1: !85� hisch Mittheilun- Gl . . P47+ Pet Geog Petermann: Geographisch Mittheilun­ Gl Mit Sup Yen. Gotha: Justus Perthes. Vol. P47+ 1860. Suppl. Phil Col The Philippine Colophon. Philippine W/21007 Booklovers Society, Manila. Vol. 1: PSS+ Mar. 1962. PE Philippine Education. Manila: W/DS6Sl Philippine Education Co. (Later: BS09+ Philippine Magazine). Vol. 1: 1904. PEduc Philippine Educator. Philippine Public School Teachers' Association, 27 Banawe, Quezon City. Monthly except April & May. Phil Ed Mag Phili ine Education Ma azine. also: P 1l1pp1ne Magazine . Phil Ed For The PhiliE2ine Educational Forum. W/169Manila, P 1lippine Women's Univer- PS36 sity Graduate School. Vol. 1: 1951. Phil Eth Sur Ethnological Survey Pub- W/GN671 Pub* licat1ons. Manila: Dept. of PS A23+ Interior. Vol. 1: 1905. Phil Geog Jr Philippine Geographical Journal. W/Gl Manila, Philippine Geographical PSS+ Society. Vol. 1: 1953. PJE Philippine Journal of Education. W/169 Quezon City. Vol. 1: 1918. PS4+ 23 PJLT Phili�pine Journal for Langua�e W/Pl Teaching. Quezon City: Philippine PS4 Association for Language Teaching ; Institute for Lang�age Teaching,·d University of the Philippines. Vol. 1: 1961. PJS* Philippine Journal of Science. W/Q75 Manila: National Institute of PSS+ Science and Technology. Printed by the Bureau of Printing, Manila. Vol. 1: 1906. Phil Lib Jr Philippine Library Journal. Manila. W/Z671 Vol. 1: 1952. PSS+ PLC Philippine Life and Culture. A monthly m.a gazine. Manila: ManlapazPub. Co.d Vol. 1: 1951. PM Philippine Magazine. Manila: H. WFilm 536 Furman Hedden. Vol. 1: 1904 (as W/DS651 The Philippine Teacher). Vol. 3: PS09+ 1906 (as Philippine Education). Vold. 1926 (as Philippine Education Magazine). Vol. : 1929 (as Philippine Magazine). Phil Mus Bul The Philiptine Muslim Bulle tin. W/BP6SManila: P ilippine Islamic Center. P4 PSS+ Vol.d· 1: March 1964. Phil Rev Philippine Review. Manila: Sinbun- W/DS651 sya. Vol. 1: March 1943. P5295 W/Film 831 PSSR* Philippine Social Science Review. W/H8 (See PSSHR--Philippine social PS PSS Sciences and Humanities Review, new title). Manila: Phil. Academy of Social Sciences. Vol. 1: 1929. PSSHR* Philippine Social Sciences and W/H8 Humanities Review. Quezon City: PS PSS College of Liberal Arts, University of the Philippines. Vol. 1-13: 1929-1941 (as PSSR). Vol. 14 on: ( as PSSHR). 24 PSR* Philippine Sociological Review. The W/HMl Quarterly Journal of Philippine PSS Sociology and Anthropology, Univer­ sity of the Philippines. Vol. 1: 1953. PS* Philippine Studies. Quarterly. W/DS6Sl Loyola Heights, Quezon City: Ateneo PS4 de Manila University. Vol. 1: 1953. PTD Philippine Teachersd' Digest. Manila. (see under Philippine Magazine). PTT Philippine Touring Topics. Manila: Insular Press. Vol. 1: 1933. Lang Cen Philippine - UCLA Lansuage Center W/PE1068 Rep Reports. Manila: Phil. Center for PS PSS+ Language Study. Vol. 1: 1957 -58. PFP Philillines Free Press. Manila. W/DS651A wee y. Vol. 1: 1908 P65++ Phil Hist Journal of the Philippines Histori- W/DS6Sl Soc Jr cal Society. Manila. Vol. 1: 1941.dP6SS Prac Anth Practical Anthropology. Vol. 1: GNl 1953-54. P89 PrM Primitive Man. (See Anthropological GNl Quarterly, later title). Washington,P950 D.C. , Catholic Anthropological Conference. Vol. 1: 1928. Tr In Co Berichte Und Verhandlungen: Inter­ W/PJ20 Ling* nationale Orientalisten Congresse. A73+ Proceedings, Transactions of the Int. Congress of Orientalists. Vol. 2 & 3 : 1876. Proc Natl Proceedings of the National Academy Qll Acad Sci of Sciences. Washington, D.C. Vol. N26 1: 1945 . pg Proc Pac Proceedings of the - -th Pacific Ql0l Sci Cong Science Congress. c/o Bishop Pll Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii. Vol. 1: 1920. 25 Prog Progressd. Manila Times Annual W/DS651 Supplement. Vol. 1: 1954d. P96+ PCAC Publications of the Catholic Anthropological Conference. Wash­ ington, D . C . Vold. 1: 1920. Raz Fe Razon y Fe. (Revista Hispano­ AP60 Americana da Cultura). Madrid . R27 Vol . 1: 1901 . Renas Fil Renacimiento Filipino . Revista Locked Semanal Ilustrada. Manila . Vol. Press 1: 1910. W/DS651 R39+ Rep Mich Ac Re�ort of the Michigan Academy of Qll Sc L Sciences , Arts and Lettersd. East M62 A6 Lansing, Mich.igan. Vol. 1: 1894/99. SLQ* Saint Louis uarterl . Baguio City, W/ASS40 P i . : Saint Louis College. Vol. B14 1: 1962/63. SMJ* Sarawak Museum Journal. Kuching, W/DS Govt. Printi.ng Office. Vold. 1: 646 . 36 1911. A35 SMM Saturday Mirror Magazined. The Saturday edition of the Daily Mirrord. Manila. Silang Silanganan. National language maga­ zine for secondary and collegiate classes. Monthly. Manila: F.B . S. Silangan Pubd. Housed. Vol. 1: 1953. SJ* Siliman Journal . Dumaguete City: W/AS540 Silliman Universityd. Vold. 1: 1954. SS8 Sol Mad La Solidaridadd. Madridd. Vol. 1: W/Film 7 Feb. 1889 . Sol Man Solidarity. Manilad. Vold. 1: 1966. W/AP8 S68+ SWJA Southwestern Journal of Anthropology . GNl Albuquerque, New Mexico: Univ. of S72 New Mexico Pressd. Vol. 1: Spring 1945. 26 Spec Feat Special Features Bulletin. Manila. Bul Sp Mis Spirit of Missions. New York. BV2575 Vol. 1: 1836. Al F73 SIL Studies in Linguistics. Buffalo, Pl New York. Dept. of Anthropology & S93+ Linguistics. University of Buffalo. Vol. 1: 1942. Rep SIL# Summer Institute of Linguistics. W/PL Report. Semi-Annual report. Vol. 5501 1 : 1953. S95+ SIL WP# Summer Institute of Linguistics W/P25 Work Papers. Vol. 1: 1957. S95+ STM Sunday Times Ma�azine. Sunday edi­ tion of the Manila Times. Manila: The Manila Times Pub. Co. 1st ed: 1946 (August). Surian Ang Surian. Manila: Institute of National Language. Vol. 1 : 1964. Taliba Taliba. (Tungkol sa Wikang Taga­ log - - News Concerning the Tagalog Language). Manila: · Limbagan ng La Vanguardia at Taliba. Vol. 1: 1914. Tch Col Jr Teacher's College Journal. (or Teacher's Journal). Manila: National Teachers College. Vol. 1: 1939. Tch Jr The Teachers Journal. Iloilo City, W/LG221 Phil. Publication of the faculty 1299+ and staff of Central Philippine University, Iloilo City. Vol. 1: 1964. Te Reo Te Reo. Proceedings of the Linguisd- Pl tic Society of New Zealand. Vol. 1: T25+ 1958. TW, TWM This Week or This Week Magazine. W Film 255 Sunday magazine of the Manila Chronid- cle. Manila: The Manila Chronicle. Vol. 1: 1945. 27 TBG or Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal­ W/DS61 1 TITLV Land- en Volkenkunde. (uitgegeven T56 door het (Koninklijk) Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten- schappen. ) or: Lembaga Kebudajaan Indonesia, Merdeka Barat 12, Djakarta. Vol. 1: 1885. TNI Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie. W/DS611 Series i, Vol. 1: 1838. T6 Torch The Torch. Manila. Published by the senior class of the Philippine Normal College. Vol. 1: 1912 (?). Trans NY Transactions of the New York Academy Qll Acad Sci of Sciences. Vol. 1: 1882. N52 T7 UNO R Jr UNO- R Journal. Bacolod City, W/LG221 Philippines. Issued by the Gradu­ Bll Ull ate School of the University of Negros Occidental, called earlier, Occidental Ne, gros Institute. Vol. 1: 1956. , Unitas* Unitas. Revista de Cultura y Vida l\T / LH7 Universitaria. Manil a, University M2 USS o f Santo Tomas. Vol. 1: 1922. Verh Batav Verhandelingen van het Koninklijk Wason Gen Kunsten Bataviasch, Genootschap van Kunsten ASS22+ Wet en Wettenschappen. Vol. 2: 1779. B29 Verh Berliner Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesell­ GRl Ges Anthr schaft filr Anth�opologie, Ethnologie 2474 und Urgeschichte . Vol. 1: 1869 . Versl Meded Verslagen en Mededeelingen der AS244 Kon Akad Wet Koninklijke Akademie van Weten­ AS34 Afd Letter­ schappen. Afdeeling Letterkunde. kund Amsterdam. Vol. 1: 1856. WWM Weekly Women 's Magazine. Manila: Manila Times Pub. Co. (also titled: Manil a Times Women's Magazine ; Weekly Women's Magazine Weekly) . Vol. 1 : 1949 (?). 28 WP# Wikan� Pambansad. Maynila, Surian W/PL6051ng Wi ang Pambansa. (Manila, Insti­ W66+ tute of· National Language) . Vol. 1: 1950-51. Word* Wordd. Journal of the Linguistic Pl Circle of New York. Indexes: Vol. W92+ 1-12 in 1 vol. Vol. 1: 1945. Zt Ges Er B Zeitschrift des Gesellschaft fur Gl3 Erdkunde zu Berlin. Vol. 1: 1853 . G381+ Z Ethnol Zeitschrift fur Ethnolo ie. Braun­ GRl schweig (or Berlin?).d yndexes: Z474 Vol. 1 -20 in 1 vol. ; Vol. 21-34 in 1 vol. Vol. 1: 1869. 2 9 B . L IST I I : B IBL IOGRAPHIES The following section includes works which contain or reputedly contain references in Philippine linguistics. The works which are_ given together with a Cornell call num­ ber have been consulted in the preparation of this b ibliog­ raphy. All call numbers are in CUL (Cornell University Library) unless otherwise indicated. Five additional works not in the Cornell collection were also consulted. The libraries where these references are located are· indicated in the call numbers. The reader should also be aware that the content coding of the works in the main body of the bibl iography includes an indication of those works which incorporate bibli�graphic citations. The latter body of references has not been utili zed in the preparation of this bibliography. 30 Agoncil lo, Teodoro A., (comp.) 1953 Tagalog Periodical Literature. Manila. Institute of National Language. 264 p. Wason Contentss: This contains a bibliographys: Sec­ 27101 tion IV on Folklore (p. 63-63) ; Section X on T2A75 Linguistic Articles (p . 258-260). Aguado, M., O.E.S. A. 1926- 27 "Catalogo de los Libros, Folletos y Revistas Exhibidos por la Orden Agustiniana en la Exposi­ cion Vaticana de las Misiones" in Archive His­ torico Hispano A�ustiniano, XXVI (Madrid, 1926), p. 220-230; 285- 02. XXVII (Madrid, 1927), p. 61- 68; 188- 204. Antonio, Celia and Allen Tan 1967 Preliminary Bibliography on Cultural Minoriti·es. Manila. Commission on National Integration, Tribal Research Center. Asuncion, Nobleza C. 196? "Bibliography of Philippine Linguistics". (Tentative edition). Yale University. 77 mimeo. p. Contents : This work contains several non­ linguistic and non-Philippine works . Atherton, Wil liam 1964 A Bibliogra hy of the Publications of the Summer Institute o1 Lin uistics Phili ine Branch. Min anao, P ilip- Ayala y Compania, Library 1961 Classified list of Fili iniana holdin s • Wason akati, Phi ippines. Ayala y Compania. 23291 35 leaves. A97+ Content : philology section, p. 25- 27. Ayuda, P. B . vrs. Tagala Bibliography. Manila, P . B. Ayudas. Content : Mimeographed lists of books for sale. Wason (Not dated). 23293 T12+ Barker, Milton E. 1959 "The work of the Summer Institute of Linguistics in the Far East.s" Asian Perspect·ives . 3 (1-2): 83-87. 31 Wason Content : mainly a bibliography of SIL DS509 publications and manuscripts on Philippine AZ A83 linguistics. Barker, Milton E. 1960 "Topical Reports - 2. Linguistics." · As·ian Perspec ti ·ves. 4 ( 1 - 2): 1 3 3 - 135. 1961 "Topical Reports - 2. Linguistics." Asian Perspectives. 5 ( 1): 107· -108. 1962 "Topical Reports - 2. Linguistics." · Asi·an Perspectives. 6 (1 -2) : 65-73. Barrantes y Moreno, Vicente 1889 El Teatro Tagala. Madrid, Tip. de Manuel G. Hernandez. 199 p. Wason Content : p. 167- 196. Linguistic bibliography. PN2913 B26 Bernard, Marcel, OMI 1922 Biblio,�aphie des Missionnaires Oblats de M�rie Imrnacu ee. Tome. I, 1816- 1915. Liege: H. Dessain, Imp. - Editeur. 157 p. Bernad, Miguel A. 1956 Philippine Bibliographical Survey. Manila. 14 p. Bernardo, Gabriel A. 1923 "A Critical and Annotated Bibliography of Indo­ nesian and Malayan Folklore." M.sA. thesis in English, University of the Philippines. 1939 "A selected bibliography of Philippine palaeogra­ phy." p. 157- 168 in Jose N. Sevilla and Aurelia Wason Alvera's Sinupan ng wikang Tagalog. Manila, PL6059 J. N. Sevilla Press. 168 p. S51+ l953rnss "A Bibliography of Old Philippine Syllabaries." Quezon City, University of the Philippines Library . 52 1 . (A paper presented at the j oint meeting of the Fourth Far-Eastern Pre- history Congress and Anthropology Division of the eighth Pacific Science Congress, Quezon City, Philippines, Nov. 16- 28, 1953.) 32 Beyer, H. Otley 1932mss "General Index to the Beyer Collection of Original Sources in Philippine Ethnology , Vol. II I." Mani 1a . Bibliographical Society of the Philippines 1953 Checklist of Phili · ·i·ne Go·vern:men:t· ·sno·cu·me·snts, Wason 23295 B58+ 1950 1960 Checklist of Philippine Government Docu·men:ts, 1917-1949. Quezon City: University of the Wason Philippines Library, 8 17 p. 23295 (Compiled by Consolacion B. Rebadavia. Edited B58+ by Natividad P. Verzosa and Pacificio M. Austria.) 1917/49 Bibliofraphy of Asian Studies19 7 to date. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Association for Asian Studies. Wason Content : At first has only SEA section without Ref. country breakdown but later becomes indexed by 23001 country and subject subheadings (i.e. lang). F2+ Bibliotheca Americana et Philippina (Part I) 1922- 27 London. Maggs Bros. 1922. 575 p. Part I I: London. Maggs Bros. 1922. 37 p. Part III : London. Maggs Bros. 1923. 540 p. Part IV: London. Maggs Bros. 1925. 557 p. Part V: London. Maggs Bros. 1926. 676 p. Part VI: London. Maggs Bros. 1927. 312 p. Bibliotheca Asiatica (Part I ) 1924, 1929 The Catholic Missions in India, China, Japan, Siam, and the Far East, in .a Series of Autograph UP Fi Letters of the Seventeenth Century. London. Maggs Z3009 Bros. 385 p. Part II: London. Maggs Bros. M192 1924. 118 p. Part III: London. Maggs Bros. 1929. 62 p. Part IV: London. Maggs Bros . 1929. 264 p. Part V: London. Maggs Bros. 1929. 184 p. Black, Dorothy M., comp. 1965 Guide to Lists of Master 's Thes·es. Chicago. American Library Association." 144 p. 33 Ref. Content: Not a list of theses themselves but a Z5055 list of references which in turn would lead to U49 the theses citations. Subject and institution B62 breakdown. Blair, Emma Helen and James Alexander Robertson, eds. 1908s. The p·hilip irte ·I·s·1·ands· ·149·3- 1s·ggs_ Cleveland, Ohio. Arttur H� Clark Co. · 55 volumes. Wason Content: Volumes 53 and 54 are bibliographies. DS653 The breakdown is by type of book; i. e . , whether B63 P S printed, manuscript, etc. It also has an author indexs. The book is a compilation ·of early books, manuscripts, translated into English. It con­ tains many native words. and their meanings scat- tered throughout the text. · Blake, Frank Ringgold 1920 "A Bibliography of the Philippine Languages, Part I.s" Journal of the. Ame·r·i·c·a·n o•r •i·e t1t·a1 Society, Vol. 40 . p. 25-70: Cont·ent: Useful. Gives language breakdown. 1922 "The part played by the publications of the United States Government in the development of Philippine linguistic studies." · JAOS: 42 (1 & 2 ) : 147- 170s. Content: Many references with annotations by Blake . Has chart of languages with listings ofs' different types of linguistic coverage in· the literature, i.e. dictionaries, grammars, phrase books. Evaluation of scholarly investigation into Philippine languages. · 1947 "Selected list of materials for the study of the Tagalog language.s" Langua·ge· · seri·es· # 4. New York. Wason Southeast Asia Institute: 13 p. · PL492 S72+ No. 4 Bureau of Public Libraries, Manila 1958 - 59 Philippine Government Publications. Vol. 1 & 2. Content: Works are listed by issuing agency. Wason Z3295 AZ+ V. 1 - 2 1958- 59 34 Bureau of Public Schools , Manila 1954 Al habetical List of Theses b Authors and by 1sce aneous pu 1cat1ons . p. m1meo. 1959 Forthcoming Publications of the Translations in the Native Languages of Rizal's Writings. Memo­ randum no. 94 . 1962 Catalo�ue of Publications of the Bureau of Pub­lic Sc ools. Wason Content: The breakdown is py subject. Z3295 A3+ 1962 n.d. Bibliofraphy of Materials Issued by the Bureau of Pubsic Schools to Stimulate the Teaching of the Mother Tongue. Butengko , Helen 1953 "Bibliography of Ethnographic Titles Relating to the Philippines from Periodical Literature.'' JEAS : 3 (1) : 109-122. Butler , Ruth Lapham 1937 A Checklist of Manuscripts in the Edward E. Ayer Collection. Chicago , The· Newberry Library. Ref. viii. 295 p. Z6621 Content: This contains sections on Philippine C53 languages and Hawaiian languages. A2+ Cabaton , A. 1912 Catala ue des manuscri t� ·indieri irid6--thiri6is , malayo-¥olynesieri. Paris . Bi iot eque Wason Nationa . 320 p. Z6621 P2216 Cano , Gaspar , O.E.S.A 1864 Catalogo de los Religiosos de N.P.S.Agustin de la Provincia del Smo. Nombre de Jesus de Filipinas. Desde su establecimiento en estas islas hasta nuestras dias, con algunos datos biograficos de los mismos. Manila. Imp. de Ramirez y Giraudier. 336 p. Chicago University Library. Far Eastern Library. n.d. The University of Chicago doctoral dissertations and master's theses on Asia. Wason 23001 C53 35 Christie, Emerson Brewer 19- - "Catalogue of Mr. E. B. Christie 's Collection of Works in the Ilocano La�guage." Ayer Manu­ script. 1714. 71 p. Conklin, Harold C. 1968 Ifugao Bibliography. Bibliography series no. 11. Southeast Asia Studies. Yale University. New Haven. 75 p. Constantino, Renato 1961 Earl Phili ine Im rints in the Lo ez Memorial Museum. an1las. Lopez emor1a 5 p. 1962 Catalogue of Filipiniana Materials in the Lopez Memorial Museum. Manila. Lopez Memorial Museum. Wason 262 p. Z3299 Content : See Languages: p. 167- 174. Literature : M27 p. 186- 196. Anthropology : p. 161 - 167. Eggan, Fred and E. D. Hester 1956 Selected Biblio ra Topically arrange an annotate reliminary Wason edition). New Haven. Human Relations Area Files. Z3296 138 p. C53 Content : See VII I- Language : p. 50-53. V I­ Culture History : p. 34 -37 . VII- Cultural­ linguistic Groupss: p. 37-50. Elmer, Emma Osterman (Chief, Pub. Documents Section), compiler 1918 Checklist of Publications of the Government of the Phili ine Islands, Sest. 1, 1900 to Dec. 31, 1917. Manila. P 1l1pp1ne Li rary an useum. 2 p . Embree, John Fee and Lillian Ota Dotson 1950 Bibliogra�hy of the Peoples and Cultures of Mainlands outheast Asia. New Haven. Yale Univer­ Wason sity, Southeast Asia Studies, xxxiii, 821, xii p. Z3001 Content : Ernest J. Frei, 1958, says (p. 17- 18) E53 that this contains more information on works Ref. dealing with influence of southeast Asian lan­ guages on Philippine languages than anywhere else. This contains annotated entries arranged by area/country/group or separate language sec­ tions. Far Eastern University Library 1960 Classified List of Filipiniana Books and Pamphlets in the Filipiniana Section, Far Eastern Univer­ Wason sity, as of December 1960. Manila. Far Eastern Z3299 University. 254 leaves. M25+ Content : This is organized by subject (i.e., LC call number order), with author index. 36 Forman, Michael L. 1966 A Partial Bibliography for Use of Peace Corps Volunteers in Studyin Philippine Lan�uages. Prepared at the ESI Pt i lippines Training Pro­ gram, Cambridge, Massachusetts, Summer 1966. 6 p. mimeographed . Fox, Robert B. 1956 A Selected Bibldiography of the Peoples of Mountain Province Northern Luzon, Philippines . Wason Chicago. Universi1ty of Chicago, Department of 23297 Anthropology. 14 l eaves. L9F79+ Frei, Ernest J. 1958 Bibl iographies of Southeast Asia and the Pacific Areas: A Short Discussion. The Bibliographic Wason Society of the Philippines Occasional Paper Nod. 23294 1. Quezon City. University of the Philippines B58+ Library. 33 p. no. 1 Content: This states criteria for a good bib­ liography. It contains an examination of five bibliographies: USLC (Indochina), USLC (South­ east Asia), Beardsley et al. (Far East), Taylor (Pacific), Embree and Dotson (Mainland Southeast Asia). It contains a list of works by the fol­ lowing: Arthur Capell, Otto Dempwolff, Robert von Heine-gelderrt, Sidney Herbert Ray, Fr. Wilhelm Schmidtd. It provides a very useful orientation to bibl iographies . For reference to Phil ippine languages, seedp. 17-18. Fuller, Grace Hadley, compi l er 1955 Forei n Lan ua e-En lish Dictionaries. Washing­ ton, . . i rary o Congress, General Reference Ref. and Bibliography Division. 2 volumes. 246 p. 27004 and 239 p. D5U52+ Garcia, Pilar Cruz 1958 A List of Dictionaries in Ta alo and Other i ippine Languages. Mani a. Institute of Science and Technology, Scientific Library. 11 mimeo. pages. Golay, Frank H. 1962 Annotated Guide to Phil ippine Serial Publdications in the Cornell University Library. Ithaca, New Wason York. Cornell Universityd. 12 p . 26958 P5G61+ Reference 37 Gonzalez, B. 1941 Published Contributions of the University of the Philippines, June 1, 1939-May 3 1 � 1940 . Manila. Wason University of the Philippines. - 32 p. Pamphlet Content : Entries are listed under the depart­ Z96 ment the author belongs to. Griffin, A. p . C . 1903 A List of Books (with References to Periodicals) on the Phili ine Islands in the Librar of Wason ongress. Wit a c ronological ist o maps 23291 in the Library of Congress by P. Lee Phillips.) U581+ Washington, D.C. Government Printing Office. 397 p. Content: This listing is annotated and contains a good index. Hammer, John H. and Frank A. Rice 1965 A Bibliography of Contrastive Linguistics . Wash­ ington, D.C. Center for Applied Linguistics . Z7004 41 p. G7 Content: The entries are subdivided by geographic H22 area. Hart, Donn V. (1918- ) 1957 "Filipiniana in the Overland Monthly Magazine", JEAS : 6 (1; Jan): 95- 100. Content: This is drawn mainly from the publica­ tion between 1898 and 1915, and is not productive for linguistics. 1 964 An Annotated Bibliography of Theses and Disserta­ tions on Asia Acee ted at Syracuse Universit , Wason . Syracuse. Syracuse University 1brary . Z3001 _4_6_p__ _ H32 Content : This is not productive for linguistics. Hart, Donn Vorhis and Quintin A . Eala 1957 An Annotated Guide to Current Philippine Periodi­ calss. New Haven. Yale University. Graduate Wason Schools. Southeast Asia Studies. Bibliography Z3293 Series No . 4. H32+ Harvard University. Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology 1963� Catalo�ue of the Library of the Peabody Museum of Arc aeolofy and Ethnology, Harvard University.Ref Bostons. G. • Hall, 1963-. 53 v. 25134 Content : This is not productive for linguistics. H33+ 38 Heine-Geldern, Robert ; Christoph Fuerer - Haimendorf and H . Simbriger 1928- "Suedostasien: Voelkerkundliche Bibliographie", Ethnologischer Anz·e•i•g·er, 1 (1928): 110-154 ; -2--c1-y-zd-y�7�1y-3-2-J-=-3-4-y-_�3-dg-2 ; 4 (1937): 150-199 . Hester, E . 1962 Beyer Library: Typescripts on Philippine Eth­ nography, Folklore, Customary Law, and Archaeo­ ho y. Compiled under the direction of E. D. ester by the staff of the Asia Foundation­ Beyer Projectd. Chicago . University of Chicago, Philippine Studies Programd. 187 p . · Hooykaas, J . C . and W . N . Rieu 1874, Repertorium op de Koloniale Litteratuur, of 1880 S stematische Inhoudsopgaaf Van Hetgeen Voorkomt ver e o on1en eoosten e aapd . n Mengelwerken een Tijdschriften, van 1595 tot 1865 uitgegeven in Nederland en Zijne Over zeesche Bezittingen . ) Amsterdam . P . N . Van Kampen & Zoon . 651 and 752 p . Horne, Norman P . 1961 A Guide to Published United States Government Documents Pertainin to Southeast Asia, tS· Y3- Wason . as 1ngton, . . at o 1c n1vers1 ty Film _o_f_Am� ericad. (An ·dearlier M . dA . Thesis in Library (N) 505 Science)d. Houston, Charles 0 . , Jr . 1953 "A Preliminary Bibliography of Philippine Anthro­ pology, Linguistics,d· Ethnolo. gy, and Archeol.ogy",JEAS, 2 (2-Jan . ): 55-110d. 1955 "Bibliographical Note and Bibli - 4 (2): 173- 244d. . ography",dJ·EAS, Content: The references dealing with the Phild- 1pp1nes are not annotated . The subdivisions are by subject headingd. 1960 Philip�ine Bibliographyd. Manilad. University of Manilad. 1 volumed. Wason Content: The subtitle is: An Annotated Prelim­ 23291 inary Bibliography of Philippine Bibliographies H8 4 since 1900 . It contains a subject and author Reference indexd. There are scanty linguistic referencesd. Huerta, Felix de , O . F . M . 1865 Estado Geo rafico, Topo rafico, Estadistico, 1stor1co- e ig1dSd e a anta y · ·pds to ·1ca 39 Provincia de San Gregorio Magno, de los Religiosos Menores Descalz·os..s. Binondo. Imprenta de M. Sanchez y Ca. 713 p. Hufana, Alejandro G. and Rony V. Diaz, comp. 1956- An Annotated Bibliography of Philippine Social 1960 Sciences. (Compiled under the supervision of Cecilio Lopez.) Quezon City. Social Science Wason Research Center, University of the Philippines. 27165 3 volumes. PSL86+ Reference Huke, Robert Edward (1925- ) 1964 Bibliogra h of Philippine Geography, 1940- 1963. e ecte 1st eograp y u 1cat1ons at Wason Dartmouth, No. 1) Hanover, New Hampshire. 26005 Dept. of Geography, Dartmouth College. 83 p. H91+ Inst itute of National Language n.d. " Index of Tagalog Periodical Literature, 1946- 1954." Unpublished manuscript. Institute of the Pacific 1941 Bibliography of the Philippine Islands. Tokyo. 290 p . Institute of Pacific Relations 1953 IPR Publicat ions on the Pacific 1925- 1952 . New York. xii, 117 p. Wason Content: This contains very few linguist ics 23001 articles. 1 59 1925- 1952 Institute of Philippine Culture 1963 Basic Bibliography Project: Preliminary Subjsect Indexs. Sources. 1-7. IPC Manila Area Study Wason Series. No. 1. Quezon City, Ateneo de Manila. DS689 Content: Detailed indexing of various works on M2705+ the Philippines under many headings. Category No. 1- 2 no. 19 refers to language. · Internat ional Committee for Social Sciences Documentat ion Internat ional Bibl io ra hy of the Soc·i·a1 Scietices: Ref 25111 Social and Cultural fnt hropo·Io·gy. Chicago. 159 A1dine Publishing Co. Content: Subdivisions are by subject and area. 40 International Council 1903- International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, 1919 P. Anthropologys. London . Royal Society of London. 25111 Content: Subdivisions are by subject and area. I61 Irikura, James K . 1956 Southeast Asia: Selected Annotated Biblio ra hy o Ja anese Pu 1cat1ons. ew avens. out east lA/ason Asias�tudies, Yale University, in association 232 2 1 with Human Relations Area Files . 544 p. I68 Content: Subdivisions are by geographic area, Reference then by topics. Kalaw, Teodoro M . 1930 Documentos de la Biblioteca Nacional de Fili inas . Mani a . ureau o Pr1nt1ng . 0 p . FEU Fi PN6131 R6Kl4 Klatt, Johannes and Ernest Kuhn, ed . 1883- Literatur- blatt fur Orientalische Philologies. 1885 Leipzig. Otto Schulzes. 4 vols . 27046 L77 Leclerc, Charles 1878 Bibliotheca Americanas. (Historie, Geographie, VoY,ages, Archeologie, et Linguistique des Deux Zl207 Ameriques et des Iles Philippines) Paris . L46 Maisonneuve et Cie . xx, 737 p . Lietz, Paul s . 1956 Calendar of Philippine Documents in Collection of the Newberr Lib�ary . Chicagos. Wason Newberry Library . xvi, 2� 9 p. 23296 L71+ 1958 lements. Wason New erry Film 919 Lynch, Frank 1963 Outline and Bibliography. (for a course (Anthro­ pology 421 : Philippines) given at the University 4 1 of Hawaii, 2nd Semester, 1963-1964. ) Honolulu. Mimeographed. Outline- 16 p. ; Bibliography- 18 p. Lynch, Frank and Mary R. Hollnsteiner 1961a "Sixty Years of Philippine Ethnology". Inter­ disciplinary Symposia Proceedings,· Area v·1- Soci�l Sciences, National Science and Techn�lrigy W�ek, Novs. 20-26, 1 961. Manila. National Science Development Board. 70 p. Content : There are ethno- and socio-linguistic references in the bibliography. There ire two tables : Table I : Preliminary list of ethnolo­ gists studying Philippine peoples by cultural­ linguistic areas covered; Table II: Preliminary data on ethnologists studying Philippine peoples, 1901-1961. 1961b "Sixty Years of Philippine Ethnology : a First Glance at the Years 1901 - 1961". · Science R·ev·iew, Wason 2 (1 1) : 1-5. Ql S408 Manuel, E. Arsenic (1909- ) 1950 A Survey of -Philippine Bibliographical Lit��a­ ture : 1900- 1950 . Manila. 1958 "The Beyer Collection of - Original Sources in Philippine Ethnography' '. ASLP Bulletin, 4 (3- 4) : 46- 66 . Content : This is a partial listing of the Beyer holdings, some of which are reprints, some of which are English translations of Spanish works. It also gives Beyer's own account of the develop­ ment of the collection, a partial set of which is at Harvard. 1962 A Survey of Philippine Folklore. Chicago. Philippine Studies Program, University of Chicago. Wason 55 leaves. Z5981 Content : This contains an ethnic group index. M29++ The main list is subdivided by author and by date. It is not annotated. 1965 Philippine Folklore Bibliography, a Preliminary Surveys. Quezon City. Philippine Folklore Society. Wason 125 p. GR325 Content : Entries are listed under the authors. Al PSS This contains a good index by ethnic group. no. 1 4 2 Maquiso, Juanita G. 1952 "Checklist of Selected Philippine Government Documents in Six Philadelphia Libraries". Wason M. S. L. S. Thesis, Drexel Institute of Technology. 2 3295 91 leaves. M29+ Contentd: The subdivisions are by issui�g office. Marin y Morales, Valentin, O. P. 1901 Ensayo de Una Sintesis de los Trabajos Realiza­ dos por las Corporaciones Religiosas· Espano·Ies de Filipinas. Manila. Impr�nta de Santo Tomas. 2 vols. 507 and 876 p. .... Mascunana, Virginia M. 1960 "Current Bibliography of Philippine Anthropol�gi­ cal Studies". ASAIHL BUL: 4 (2) : 87-128. Contentd: This has linguistic and folklore sec­ tions and a list of bibliographies. Medina, J. T. 1731 Nota Bibliografica sobre un Libre Impreso en Macao en 1590. Sevilla. Imprenta de E. Rasco. 15 p. Medina, Jose Toribio (1852-1930) 1 8 96 La Imprenta en Manila desde sus Origenes hasta 1810 . Santiago de Chile: Impreso y grabado en casa del autor; Ann Arbor, Michigan, University microfilms. 280 p. 1904 La Imprenta en Manila desde sus Origenes hasta 1810. Su�plementd: Adiciones y Ainp1i·c·aci•on·es.Wason Santiago e Chile: Impreso y grabado en casa 2 3291 del autor. 203 p. M49+ Contentd: The listing is done by the yeard. There 1961 is an author index. ~ 1966 Bibliografia Espanola de las Islas Filipinas (1 5 2 3 - 18 1 0 ) • Amst erd am . N• Is r ae1. 55 6 p. Wason Content : The listing is done by the year of 23296 publication. There is an author index. It was M49 reprinted in 1966 in Amsterdam by N. Israel; the 1 966 original edition was in Santiago de Chile : Impren­ ta Cervantes. It is not very productive for linguistics. Middleton, Thomas Cooke, O. E. S. A. 1900 "Some Notes on the Bibliography of the Philippines". Bulletin of the Free Library, No. 4. Philadelphia. E. Stern & Co. 58 p . 43 Content: This cites works by Augustinian friars in the Philippines. Moral, Bonifacio, O. E. S. A. 1881- "Catalogo de Escritores Agustinos Espanoles, 1908 Portugueses y Americanos y sus Obras por Orden Alfabetico de Autores" in Revista Agustiniana (Valladolid), Volumes I to LXXVI. Muller, A. (Professor Dr. ; 1st ed.) and Lucian Scherman ( 2nd ed. ) 1 888- O_r_i_e_n_t_a_l__1· �s_c_he_B_i_b_l_i_o�g�_ra_p_�hi_e d( 26 volumes). Berlin. 19 26 1966 reprint: Nendeln, Liechtenstein: Kraus Reprint, Ltd. Z7048 Content: The listing is done by geographical 069 areas, then by subject. Museo Madrid Biblioteca de Ultramar 1900 Catalogo de Biblioteca. Madrid. Imprenta de la Sucesora de M. Minuesa de los Rios. ix, 330 p. LC Content: This work contains a bibliography on 2 2701 Philippine languages. C7Ml8 Namposhi Kenkyukai 1955 Union Catalogue of Books and Periodicals on Southeast Asia. Written in European languages Wason kept in the major institutions in Japan: Human­ Z 32 21 ities and Social Sciences. Tokyo. Society of Nl7+ Southern Asian Studies. 336 p. Reference Content: The listing is done by geographical area. National Institute of Science and Technology 196? Com ilation of Graduate Theses Pre ared in the P ilip ines, 1913-1960. Supplement to Science Wason Review } Manila (?). No. 1 - 11. Z5055 P49C73+ National Library 196 2 - 64 Checklist of Philip�ine Government Publications.Manila. Dept. of E ucation, Bureau of Public Wason Schools. various pages. 2 3295 A21 t New York Public Library 1909 List of Grammars, Dictionaries, etc. , of the Lan ua es of Asia, Oceania, Africa in the New Yor Pu lie Library. New Yor . 201 p. 44 New York Public Library. Reference Department 1960 Dictionary Catalog of the Oriental Collection. Boston. G . K. Hall, 1960. 16 volumes. Ref. Content: The listing is alphabetically arranged 23009 under subj ect heading. N53+ Norris, Mary Jane M. 1960 "A List of Descriptions of Present- Day Langu�ges", Lang, 10 ( 1- 2 ) : 67- 88 . Content: This contains a biblisography taken from Language (and Language Dissertations and Monographs) 1925- 1959; from �ord, 1945-1959; Language Learning, 1948- 1959. There 1s data on Ilocano, Maranao, Pampango, Tagalog. Nostrand, Howard Lee ( 1910- ), David William Foster, and Clay Benj amin Christensen 1965 Research on Lan ua e Teachin ; an annotated inter­ national 1bliograp y. University of Washington 27001 Publications on Language and Language Learning, N89 Volume 1) Seattle. University of Washington 1965 Press, 1965. 2nd edition, revised. 373· p. Nunn, G . Raymond 1967 East Asia: A Bibliography of Bibliographies. Honolulu. East-West Center. Wason 23001 N97+ de Ocampo, Esteban A. 1960 Rizal as a Bibliophile. The Bibliographical Society of the Philippines, Occasional Paper No. Wason 2. Manila, c/o UNESCO National Commission of 23294 the Philippines. B58+ Content: This contains a biblisography at the No. 2 end of the book with several linguistic references. Ocio, Hilario Maria y Viana, O. P . 1895 Com endio de la Resena Bio rafica de los Reli i­ osos e la Prov1ncia el ant1s1mo Rosario e Fili inas desde su Fundacion hasta Nuestros Dias . . . Manila. Esta lecimiento Tipogra ico el Real Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1 2 40; LXVIII; 167 p. Orosa, Rosalinda L. , ed. 1948 Association for Scholarship in Language and Literature of the Universit of the Phili ines. t e ASLLUP Papers, 1947- 1948 Quezon City. University of the Philippines. iv, 14B mimeo­ graphed p. 45 Orr, Kenneth G. 1957 The Sources on Characteristics of the Peoples of the Philippine Islands. Department of Anthro­ pology, University of Oregon. 35 p. Content: This contains a bibliography from pages 20 to 35. Pennington, Juliana and Paul Marsh, compilers 1965 The University of Southern California Doctoral Dissertations and Master's Theses on East and Wason Southeast Asia, 1911-1964. Los Angeles. Asian­ 23001 Slavic Studies Center, University of Southern P41+ California. 514 leaves. Perez, Angel 1904 Adiciones y Amplificaciones de "La Imprenta en Manila" de J. T. Medina. ·sManila. Santos y Bernal. 620 p. Perez, Elviro Jorde 1901 Catalo o Bio-Bibliografico de los Reli iosos ustinos e la Provincia el Santisimo Norn re Locked e Jesus e las Islas Filipinas es e su Fun a­ Press cion hasta Nuestros Dias. Manila. Establecimi­ Wason ento Tipografico def Colegio de Santo Tomas. 27840 873 p. A9P43+ Permanent International Committee of Linguists 1949 Bibliographie Linguistique. Utrecht. Spectrum. to date Ref. 27001 P45 " Philippine Books and Pamphlets 1955-60" 1960 Bibliographical Bulletin. 1 (1) . Content: This is a typescript, and may be a Wason copy of the original. There are 90 unnumbered 23291 pages. The listing is done by author and by the PSS+ office of issuance. There is no index on subject grouping. Philippines. Bureau of Public Affairs 1957 Books Copyrighted. Published in the Philippines: 1945-1957 . Manilas(?) . 143 p. Wason Content: Some of the citations herein are not Film 150 always reliable; that is, there are several dis­ agreements between citations here and some which were found elsewhere. 46 Philippines. Bureau of Science Library 1925 List of Dictionaries of Different Languages and Dialects in the Philippines That Are Available in the Library. Manila. Bureau of Printing. Philippines. National Institute of Science and Technology. Division of Documentation 1962 Union Catalog of Philippine Publications on Science and Technology. Manila. Unpaged. Polk, Mary 1905 A Catalogue of the Library of the Bu·reau of Government Laboratories. Manila. Bur�au of Printing. 320 p. Content: Charles Houston says that pages 275- 285 deals with Filipino dialect literature. Ponce, Andrea C. and Jacinta C. Yatco 1959 List of Phili ine Government Publications, 1945- 5 . Manila. University o t e i 1ppines Wason -r-n-stitute of Public Administration. 132 p. Z3295 Content: The breakdown is by issuing office ; Q35+ for example, see Department of Education ; Insti­ 1945-58 tute for National Language ; Bureau of Public Part I Schools (pages 67-71, 76-121). Protomartir, Gregoria G. 1956 "Union List of Serials in Twelve Private Libra­ ries in the Philippines". M.sA. Thesis in Edu­ cation, Centro Escolar University, Manila. Research Institute of Humanistic Sciences (formerly Institute of Oriental Culture) 1940- Annual Bibliography of Oriental Studies. Kyoto. 1965 Kyoto University. Content: This is an easy reference to use ; it Wason has sections on Literature, Inscriptions, Eth­ Z3001+ nography, Philology. It has Malaya-Polynesian K99 and Philippine references. Retana y Gamboa, Wenceslao Emilio ( 1862-1924) 1893 "Bibliografia"s--Appendix B, p. 93-352 in Joaquin Martinez de Zunigas's Est adismo de las I s· 1as Wason Filipinas. Madrid. M. Minuesa de las Rios. DS6 58 2 volumes ; 549 p. ; 629 p. M38 1894 Bibliografia de Mindanao (epitome). Madrid. Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios. 69 p . Content: There are notes on languages on pages 47 Wason 10 to 12 in this book ; 174 numbered bibliograph­ Z3297 ical entries with author index. Titles are M6R43 often translated into Spanish, and therefore not very accurate for this bibliography. 1895a El Periodismo Filipino. Notici as para su historia (1811-1894) Apuntes bibliograficos, Wason indicaciones biograficas, notas criticas, Z6958 semblanzas, anecdotas. Madrid. Viuda de M. PSR43 Minuesa de los Rios. 646 p. 1895b Epitome de la Biblio rafia General de Fili inas. arte r1mera. Ma r1 . . M1nuesa e os Rios (?) . Wason 84 p., 56 p., 48 p. , 98 p. (partly in Archive Z3291 del Biblifilo Filipino, Bd. I, II, III, IV, V.) R43 1895- Archive del Bibliofilo Filipino. . . 5 volumes. 1905 Madrids(?) , M. Minuesa de los Rios (? ) . Contents: This contains reproductions of various Wason works or parts of various works from earlier Z3291 periods of linguistic interest. Volume I, Sec­ R43 tion VII deals with poetry and syllable structure ; Volume XXXVI deals with Ibanag pronouns and has a bibliography at the end of the book. Volumes III, IV, V, XI- -mainly bibliographies. 1898 Catalo o Abreviado de la Biblioteca Fili ina de . etana. A s ort catalog o F1l1p1n1ana Library of W. Retana) Madrid. Viuda de M. Minuesa de los Rios. 652 p. 1906 A arato Biblio rafico de la Historia General de F1 1�inas. Ma r1 . Imprenta e la Sucesora e Wason M. M1nuesa de los Rios. 3 volumes. Z3291 Content: Pages xxxv-xxxvii contain the language R43 index. The entries are well documented, commented A6+ on, and q�oted from. Ref. 1911 Origines de la Imprenta Fili!ina. (Investiga­ciones historicas, bibliogra icas y tipograficas Wason 1593- 1640.) Madrid. V. Suarez. 204 p. Z186 Content: The bibliography on pages 63 to 136 PS has its listing by the year. Any linguistic R431+ material in this period would be of historical interest linguistically. Welsh comments that this contains some linguistic information as well as examples, facsimiles, etc. 4 8 Roe, G. Richard 1967 "Current research of the Summer Institute of Linguistics in the Philippines". OL, 6 (1)d: 52-61. - Content: Survey and summary with bibliography of works on certain languages covering the period from 1963 to 1967. Rojo, Pablo 1887 Corona Lenguistica de los Espanoles de Filipinas (Franciscanos). Manila. 32 p. Contentd: This contains biographical and biblio­ graphic matter concerning Franciscans who pro­ duced works in Filipino languages. Roxas, Aurora R. 1957 List of Graduates with Graduate Degrees and Titles of Their Theses. Compiled under the Wason supervdision of Cecilio Lopez. Quezon City. AS540 University of the Philippines Social Science Q57 Research Center. 108 p. 1957 Sadaba del Carmen, Francisco, O. R. S. A. 1906 Catalo�o de los Religiosos Agustinos Recoletos de la rovincia de San Nicolas de Tolentino de Filipinas desde el Ano 1606, en que Lle�o la Primera Mision a Manila hasta Nuestro Dias. Manila. Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos del Sagrado Corazon de Jesus. 887 p . Saito, Shiro 1966 The Phili ines. Occasional Papers o East-West Center 1 1 rary, Wason No. 5) Honolulu. East-West Center Library, 2 3291 East-West Center. 80 leaves. AlS13+ 1968 Privately circulate or annotation an comments.) Loyola Heights, Ateneo de Manila Institute of Philippine Culture. 388 p. mimeo. Santamaria, Alberto 1938 "El Baybayin en el Archivo de Santo Tomas". Unitas , 16 (Feb.) : 43. Santiago Vela, Gregorio de, O . E. S .A . 1913 - Ensa o de Una Biblioteca Ibero-Americana de la 1931 Or en e San Agustin. Volume I 1913 - Volume VII (1931). Madrid. Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos del S. C. de Jesus. 49 Santos Cristobal , Epifania de los 1916 "Literatura Tagala , 1593-1886" , Phil Rev, 1 (Aug. ) : 36-64. London University. School of Oriental and African Studies 1963 Library Catalogue. Boston , Mass. G. K. Hall. 28 volumes. Ref. 2 3001 L84++ V. 1 - 28 School of Oriental and African Studies Library Monthl List of Titles Added to the Catalo ue Wason or t e years 1952 tdrough 1966 . Lon on , 2 3001 University of London. · L841+ Content: The area breakdown is subcategorized into Western and are a languages , then further into subject matter. The section on Malaya-Polynesian language is not highly productive. Monthl List of Periodical Articles on the Far ast, Sout Asia an Sout east Asia fordt e Wason years 1954�1965). London. University of London. 2 3001 Content: The breakdown is by subject category; L84+ for example : Language and Literatured; Epigraphy; Anthropology/Sociology/Folklore. Siega, Gorgonio D. and Eliseo P. Banas · 1963 · Selected Philippine Periodical Index, July­ September 196 3. Quezon City. 3 20 - 368 p . Wason Content: This indexes some 38 periodicals. It 26958 lists entries by author and subject in a single PS S57 list. Starr , Frederick 1902 "The Philippine Library" , American Antiquarian , 24: 168 - 172. Content: This contains a short analysis of the literature on and about Philippine vernacular languages , primarily as reflected in W. E. Retana ' s work and collection. It is estimated at about 1 ,000+ printed works in and about 25 languages. There is a discussion of subject matter , and some specific reference to particular works (cited in Retana) . Striet , Robert , O . M. I. 1925 Die Katholische Deutsche Missions-literatur. 1. Teil. Die Geschichtliche Entwicklung der Katholischen deutschen Missionsliteratur. . . v on so Beginn des neunzehnte Jahrhunderts bis zur Gegenwart. Xaveriusverlags­ buchhandlung A . G. Aachen und Verlag Immensee (Schweiz) . 210 p. 2. Teil. Bibliographie der Katholischen Deutschen Missionliteratur 1800 -19 24. 278 p. Streit, Robert (1875- ) and Johannes Dindinger 1916- Bibliotheca Missionum. Munster r .·d W. , Aachen. 1964 24 volumes. (Veroffentlichungen des Internationalen Instituts fur Missionswissenschaftliche Forchung) . Wason Z7838 M6S91 Strout, Elizabeth, editor 1930 Catalogue of the Library of the American Oriental Society. New Haven, Conn. Yale University Ref. Library. 308 p. Z7050 Content : Among the writers on the Philippines ASl mentioned are Blake, Conant, MacKinlay, Scheerer, Seidenadel, Swift, Totanes. Stucki, Curtis William (19 28- ) 1963 American Doctoral Dissertations on Asia, 1933- 1962 . Including an appendix of Master ' s theses Wason at Cornell University . (Cornell University Dept. Z 3001 of Asian Studies. Southeast Asia Program Data S94+ Paper No . 50) Cornell University, Ithaca, New 1963 York. 204 p. Contentd: The listing is done by geographical area. Summer Institute of Linguistics 1951 Bibliography of Linguistic Ethnogra!hic and Literary Material . . . Glena ale, Cali ornia. NL Fi 1 volume. 17 p. 016. 4 Note: The Summer Institute of Linguistics Sa 64b entered the Philippines only in 1953. Summer Institute of Linguistics 1958 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics. Santa Ana, California. 1958 Fifth Anniversary Report. Manila. 11 leaves. Contentd: This contains a bibliography of works Wason and list of workers and languages from the begin- Pamphlet ning of the Summer Institute of Linguistics work PL P. I. 2S+agreement, Feb. 28, 1953. 51 Summer Institute of Linguistics 1960 Bibliography. University of North Dakota; University of the Philippinesd. 6 mime�graphed leavesd. 196 0 Twenty- Fifth Anniversary Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguisticsd. Glendale, 2 7 0 0 1 California. Summer Institute of Linguistics. S95 5 2 p. Content: This contains about twod-thirds of the titles listed in the mimeographed bibliography of 1960 entitled just "Bibliography". lt contains Philippine and Latin American referencesd. 1964 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics. Santa Ana, California . Summer Institute of Li�guistics. 6 3 p. 1968 Bibliography of the Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics. 1935- 1968d. Santa Ana, California, SIL. 124 p. Content : Listings are by language under either descriptive or applied linguistic works and by geographical area. Swank, R. 1954 The Libraries of the University of the Phili inesd. urvey Report wit ecommen ationsd. Quezon City. Wason University of the Philippines. 1 0 9 p. 2 846 Content: This is not a bibliography but an expo­ QSS97+ sition on organization, plant, facilities, person­ nel, etcd. Tubangui, Helen R. and Frank Lynch, S. J. , editors 1963 Basic Biblio radh Prod· ect: Preliminar Subd· ect n ex: Sources . anila rea Stu y Series No . 1 . 70 mimeographed pagesd. 1963 Basic Biblio radh Prod· ect: Preliminar Subd· ect Sources 8 - . . . P . . M anila Area Stu y No. 2. 97 mimeographed pages. U . S. Army. Forces in the Pacific 1945 The Philippines during the Japanese Regimed. 1 94 2 - 1945. An annotated list of the literature pubd­ Wason lished in or about the Philippines during the 2 3 2 9 6 Japanese occupation. Prepared by the Office of U58+ the Chief of Counter-Intelligence, Philippine Research and Information Section, GHQ, AFPAC. Manila . 48 p. Content: The listi�g is done by subj ect matterd. 5 2 U . S . Library of Congress 1 903 Bib l io teca F i l ipina . 0 s e a catalogo razonado de todos los impresosn, tanto insu l ares como extran ­ Was on j erosn, relativos a l a histor i a , l a e tnografi a , 2 3 29 1 la l ingui s tica , la botanica , l a fauna , l a floran, U 5 8 2+ l a geolog i a , la hidrografia , l a geograf i a , l a leg i s l acion , et c . n, de l as I s l as F i l ipinasn, de Jolo y Mari anasn, por T . H . Pardo de T aver a . Pub l i shed under the direction of the Library of Congress and the Bureau of Insular Affairsn, War Depar tment . Washingtonn, D . C . Government Printing Offi cen. 439 p . Contentn: This has an alphabetical l i s ting by author/ti t le ; i t has no indexn. 1964? Cataloguen: Booksn: Subjectsn. 1 960 - 19 6 4 n. Ann Arborn, Michi gan . J . W. Edwardsn. 2 5 vo lume s n. Refn. Supplementsn: 1 9 6 5 n, 196 6 n, 1 9 6 7 n. 2 8 8 1 Contentn: The lis ting is by sub j ect of l anguage/ Al tribal namesn. C 3 5 + U . S . L ib r ary of Congre s s . D ivis ion of Manus cripts 1 9 1 8 Handb ook of Manuscri t s in the Librar o f Con ressn. as 1ngto n , D . C . Government Pr1nt1ng Of Ref . 7 5 0 p . Z66 2 1 Content : Only p ages 3 2 4 - 3 2 5 refer to the Phi lip­ USS p ine s and are not productive lingui s ticallyn. U . S . Library of Congres s . Orientalia Divis ion 1 9 5 2 Southeas t As i a . An annotated b ib l iography of selected reference s our ces , comp i l ed by Cecil Was on Hobbs , reference l ibrarian for Southeast As i a . Z 3 2 2 1 Washing ton , D . C . 1 6 3 p . US+ Ref . 1952- Southeast As i a Acces s i ons Lis t . (Pub l ic ations 1960 in Wes tern l anguages) . Washing ton , D . C . Content : Thi s covers the period from 1 9 5 0 - 1960 Was on and inc ludes articles in j ournal s . Ref . 2 3 2 2 1 U S 8 2 + 1964 Southeast As i a . An annotated b ib liography of s e le cted reference s ources in Wes tern l anguages , Wason comp i led by Cecil Hobbs . Revised and enlarged . 2 3 2 2 1 Washington , D . C . 1 8 0 p . US+ 1 964 Refn. 53 Contentd: This supercedes the 1952 edition. It has subdivisions by countries with concise annotation. 1965 Southeast Asia Sub · ect Catala at the Librar o Congress. 27 reels, some of which are Wason allocated to one particular country. ) Film 967 University of the Philippines 1961 Research Works and other Publications of the Faculties. Academic Years 1959-1961. Quezon Wason City. University of the Philippines. vi. i. , Z5055 263 p. P6 QSl 1959-1961 1965 Philippine Bibliographyd: 1963-64. Diliman, Rizal. 142 mimeographed leaves. University of the Philippines. Graduate School of Arts and Sciences. 196 2 Theses Abstracts, Vol. 1 (1947-1954). 118 p. 1963 Theses Abstracts, Vol. 2 (1954-1956). 192 p. Quezon City. University of the Philippines Wason Office of Research Coordination. Z5055 P6Q52 University of the Philippines. Inter-departmental Reference Service 1960 Union List of Serials of Government Agency Libraries of the Philippines. Compiled by the Wason staff of the Inter -departmental Reference Service: Z6945 Maxima M. Ferrer and others. Manila. 911 p. Q51U5+ 1960 1962 Union Catala of Phili ine Materials of Sixt - ' our Government A enc Libraries of the P ilip­ Wason �ines. Compiled ty th e staff of the Inter­ Z 3 291 epartmental Reference Service. Edited by Maxima QS+ M. Ferrer. Manila. Inter-departmental Reference Ref. Service, University of the Philippines Institute of Public Administrationd. 718 p. University of the Philippines Library 1957 A List of Materials (exce�t serials) on Southeast Asia. Quezon City. 26 mimeographed p�gesd. Wason Z 32 21 QSl+ no. 1 54 University of the Philippines Library 1959 Classified List of Fili�iniana Books and Pamphlets in the Main Librar Un1versit of the Phili ines, Wason as o Decem er 1958. Quezon City. 358 p. 23296 Content: The list is arranged in the Library of Q55+ Congress order, with an author index. 1958 1963 Union Checklist of Filipiniana Serials in the Libraries of the Universit of the Phili ines Wason as o . esearc u1 e, No. 3. Quezon ity. 26958 287 leaves. P5Q55+ University of Santo Tomas 1956 Index of the Published Works of the Faculty Members of the Universit of Santo Tomas Manila Phili � 25055 �1nes. title also 1n Span1s Manila. ImprentaP6M27++ e Santo Tomas. 89 p. Content: This book lists by the author ; there is no subject index. Villamor, Ignacio 1926 Bibliografia del Alfabeto Fili�ino. Manila. Tip . Pontifica del Colegio de anto Tomas (?) . Wainwright, M. D. and Noel Matthews, compilers 1965 A Guide to Western Manuscripts and Documents in the British Isles Relating to South and Southeast Wason Asia. Compiled under the general supervision of 23001 J. D. Pearson. London and New York. Oxford W14+ University Press. 532 p. Content: The listing is done by means of the locality of the issuing office. There is very little material on the Philippines, and very little on linguistics. Walford, Albert John, editor 1964 A Guide to Foreign Language Grammars and Dictiona- ries. London. Library Association. 132 p. Z7004 G7Wl7 Warner, Robert M. and Ida C. Brown 1963 Guide to Manuscri ts in the Michi an-Historical Collections o t e University o Ann Z6621 Arbor, Michigan. 315 p. M62 Content: The Philippine materials from many AS+ individuals ' collections are not specifically linguistic. 55 Warren, Charles P. 1959 Ne rito Grauds in the Phili ines : Preliminar Bi liograph�.d.. Chicago . University of Chicago , Wason Philippine tudies Program. 16 leavesd. Z5118 Content : The listing is by author ; there is no N4W29+ index. It includes some 22 linguistic items. Welsh, Doris V. , compiler 1950 Checklist of Philip�ine Linguistics in the Newberry Lihrary.d hicago. Newberry Library. Wason 176 p . Z7101 Content : The entries are arranged under language P5N53 headings and one general heading. There is usually no annotation. It is one of the best and more recent bibliographies of one of the best collections in the United Statesd. 1959 A Catalogue of Printed Materi als Relatin to the Philippine Islands, 1519-1900 in the Newf e rry Wason Library. Chicago. Newberry Library. 179 p . 23299 Content : This is organized by subject matter. N53+ Yabes, Leopoldo Y. 1965 The Filipino Scholar. Quezon Cityd. n. p . 44 p . Content : This gives a general orientation to Wason scholarship in the Philippines and has a bibliog­ Pam raphyd. A16 .. Yale University Library 1950-62 Index to Theses Accepted for Higher Degrees in the Universities of Great Britain and Ireland. (a list of Master's and Ph.d D . theses on Southd­ east Asia) 12 vols. 2aunmuller, Wolfram 1958 Bibliographisches Handbuch der SprachworterbUcher ; ein internationales Verzeichnis van 5600 Wtlrterbtl­ Refd. chern der Jahre 1460-1958 £Ur mehr als 500 Sprachen 27004 und Dialekte . DS239+ (A critical bibliography of language dictionaries) New Yorkd. Hafner Publishing Company. 496 columns, xvi p . 56 C. LIST III: PUBLISHED WORKS, PAMPHLETS AND THESES Abad, A. B. A-1 1948 "Problems in the teaching of national language.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Adamson University, Manila. Content: Ped ; Theo 3. Abbott, Shirley A-2 1965 Ogbasa ki-1. Nasuli, Bukidnon: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 3 3 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. Abbott, Shirley, Joan Goetz and Leonard E. Newell A- 3 1959 Miakatulun liblu. Nasuli?: Summer Institute of Linguistics. 39 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. Amganad Ifugao primer (3rd in series) . Abecedario para el uso de las escuelas primarias A-4 de la Diocesis de Cebu 1894 Tambobong:d: Pequefia Litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos de Nuestra Seffora de Consolacion. NL Fi 7th ed. 40 p. (Other edition: 1949, Cebu 1238. 2 Cityd. Cebu Star Press. 20 p. ) Ab3 3 Content: Writ 1 ; Ped 5. Abella, Venancio Maria de A-5 1 868 Vade-mecum Filipino o manual ·de conver·sacion familiar Espa'ito1-tag· a1og. Manila. C. Miralles. NL Fi 9th ed. 116 p. (Other editions: 1869, 1871, F499.21 8p 1873. ) B721v Content: Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; Ped 1. This includes a list of Tagalog idioms in Manila. A- 6 1882 El secretario Filipino, o, manual episto·1·ar Espanol-Tagalo. 2nd ed. Manila. Esta61ecid­ UP Fi mientod.Tipografia de Chofre y Compania. xi, 197 p. PL6055 Content: Ped 1. A25 Abrams, Norman (See also: Svelmoe, Gordon and A- 7 Norman Abrams. ) 1960 "The verb complex in Bilaan.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, University of Washington, Seattle, Microfilm Washington. 45 p. 1658 Content: Morph ; Syn. This contains an outline of morphology, word classes, and verb phrases. A- 8 1961 "A short list of Mansaka flora and their uses.d" PJS, 90: 25-36. Cdn tent: Lex 1 ; Eth 2. This gives the native term, common English name, scientific name, and the cultural use. There are about 200 terms in the list. ' 57 Abrams, Norman A-9 1961 "Word base classes in Bilaan.d" Lingua, 10 (4): 391-402 . Content: Morph 1; Syn. Nouns, verbs, and adjec­ tives as classes are defined by syntactic and morphological features. A-10 1963 "Historical development of Bi laan vowels and some consonant reflexes in Bi laan and related dialects.d" PSR, 11 (1-2): 147-154. Content: Phon ; Comp 1. A down-tracing of sound changes from Proto-Austronesian to Bilaan, with supporting data from Tagabili. A-11 1963 "Vowel quantity in Mansaka.d" PJS, 92 ( 2): 195- 204. Content: Phon. Contrary to the title, this is a rather complete survey of the phoneme inventory and distributions. Abrams, Norman and Doris Abrams , ed. A-12 1965 Dad blaan tule-n. Manila. Summer Institute of L1ngu1st1cs, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 23 p. Content: Text 2. This is a book of short stories 1n Koronadal Bilaan. A -13 1965 Galwe liblu. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 89 p. Content: Text; Ped 5. This is a Koronadal Bilaan primer. A-14 1965 Tnanin liblu. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 114 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Koronadal B1 laan primer. A-15 1966 Philip!ine reader. Vol. I, No. 2. Summer Insti­tute o Linguistics literacy materials. 9 p. Content: Text; Ped 5. This is written in Korona- dal Bi laan. Academia Espanola (la real) A-16 1884 Diccionario de la lengua Castellana. 1 2th ed. Manila. Hernando. Content: Lex; Hist 4. This contains Fi lipino words used by speakers of Spanish in the Philippines. Aclop, Leonard A-17 1961 "Home life in Tetep-an.d0 AFLS, 20d: 27 5-- 290. 58 Content: Lex l; Eth; Soc . Pages 2 84 - 290 deals with kinship behavior and kin termsd; pages 281- 2 8 2 deals with common foods. Acosta, Rafael A-1 8 1906 "Diversity of Filipino languages.d" The Filipino, 1 (2) : 16-17d. Wason Content: Soc 1 . This is a very short note on cul­ DS651 ture history and its meaning for the diversity of F475+ languages. There is no real data. Adalan sa m a Cristianos n a insulat sa Cu onon i A-19 Mala on: T1po-L1togra 1a el Asi o de Huerfanos de Nuestra Senora de Consolaciond. 71 p. (Other editions: 2nd ed. 1904, Manilad. Imprenta del Colegio de Sto. Tomas. 72 p. ) Content: Text 3. Adelung, Johann Christoph (1732-1 806) A-20 1806- Mithridates oder all emeine rachenkunde (mit 1817 em Vater Unser als Sprac pro e in eina e Funfhundert Sprachen und Mundarten)d. Berlin: P201 Vossischen Buchhandlung. 3 parts, 4 vol . A23 Content: Gram 2; Text 3; Soc. Volume 1, p . 578- 641 covers Austronesian languages in the form of very short sketches on the speech communities, sometimes with some text materiald. Philippine speech communities are covered on p. 601-614 with notes on Sulu and Magindanaod; but most attention is given to Tagalog and two texts of the Lord ' s prayer (1593 and 1 800)d. One example of the prayer is in Bisayand. Grammatical notes accompany each prayer. Adralin, Isaias X. A - 2 1 1959 "Review of Rev. Andres Carro ' s ' Vocabulario !loco-Espanold' ", PS, 7 : 30 8-309. (Translated by Morice Vanoverbergh. ) Content: Lex; Theo 5 . Views on phonology and orthography are givend. Adriani, Nicolaus ( 1 865-1926) A�zz 1893 Sangireesche spraakkunst. Leidend. A.d H . Adrianid. 288 p . Wason Content: Gram; Comp 2 . This gives socio­ PL60 25 linguistic data and relationships to Philippine A24 languagesd. A.,._ z 3 1 893 "Sangireesche textend. Met Vertaling en Aanteekeningen . " BTLV, 8 : 321�-440d. Content: Text. A�,24 1894 "Sangireesche textend. Met Vertaling en Aanteekeningen . " BTLV, 44: 1-168d; 386..-449 ; 461-5 24. 59 Content: Text 2, 6. This contains native language texts with Dutch translation and dis­ cuss1on. It also includes some songs and folk- tales. Adriani, Nicolaus A-25 1903 '' Tau m at a, ' ' in A 1b um Kern . p . 217 -219. Content: Hist 5; Comp. This deals with this Wason Sangir form 's etymology and cognates in Indone­ PJ26 sian and some Melanesian languages. K39+ A-26 1913 "Dr. Carl Wilhelm Seidenadel, 'The language spoken by the Bontoc Igorot. '" TITLV, 55 : 601--617. Content : Comp. A review of Seidenadel ' s work with comparisons being made to languages on the Celebes. A-27 1928 Lijst van de geschriften van Dr. N. Adriani. Lei dens. E. J. Brill. 12 p. Wason Content: Gram; Text; Bibl. This contains data DS613. 7 mostly on the Celebes languages and Sangir. A24L7 Aebersold, Walter E. A-28 1952 "Het verhaal van Himbawo, een Sangirees helden­ dicht.s" BTLV, 108: 265-297. Content: Text 4. This contains a folktale in Sang1rese (Siaur dialect), with Dutch translation. A-29 1959 "Sasahola Laanang Manandu-- De Lange Sasahola.s" BTLV, 115: 372-389s. Content: Text 4. This contains Sangir texts with Dutch translation and notes. Afenir, Juan 0. A�- 3 0 1949 Dictionar in three. languagess: English., Ilocano , Span1s . Dagupan ity, 1. 1..pp1..nes . p . LC Content: Lex 4 . PL5753 A3 Agbayani, A. A- 3 1 1943 "It was not always 'Philippiness' . " Phil Rev, 1 (2): 15-18. Content: Lex 1. This is a discussion of the name of the islands. Agee, Walter A- 3 2 1959 "Ilocano equivalents of the comparative Malayo- Polynesian-English word list.s" SIL WP, 3: 45- 46. Content: Hist; Comp 1 . Agoncillo, Maria R. A-33 1922 "Some influences of the English language on the Philippines". Unpublished M.A. thesis in English, University of the Philippines. Content: Hist 4; Eth 3 . 60 Agoncillo, Teodoro A. A-34 1934 "Mga ligaw na diwa sa panalag-pansin ni kanlaons. " Taliba, Sept � 14. Content: Sem. Title translation: Random Thoughts on Kanlaon 's power to Remove by Gazing . Note: a linguistic discussion with G. Y . Santiago-Cuino . A-35 1936 "The uses of 'Ngs' and ' Nangs' in Tagalog . " Torch, Marchs. Content: Lex 1; Writ 1. A-36 1939 "Anong uring Tagalog ang dapat na ituro? " Mabuhay, June 26. Content: Ped; Theo 3 . Title translation: What Type of Tagalog Should be Taught? A-37 1940 "Idiomatic and metaphoric expressions and slang . " Mag Wik P, November. Content: Lex 1; Soc. A-38 1940 "Pag-aaral sa salitikan . " Mabuhay Extra, Sept. 25. Content: Morph 1; Ped. Title translation: A Study of the Writing Systems. A-39 1943 "The dilemma of the national language.s" Phil Rev, 1 (5): 15-18. Content: Morph 2; Writ 1; Hist 4; Theo 2. This deals with orthography, morphology, and morpho­ phonemics in writing (especially nasals); includes a lexicon with special treatment of borrowings. Different views and their proponents are describeds. A - 40 1950 "Ang bisang intsik sa wikang Tagalog . " WP, September. Content: Hist 4; Eth; Theo 5. Subtitle and translation: A Critical Review of Arsenio Manuels's Chinese Elements in the Filipino Languages. A-41 1952 "The development of the Tagalog language and literature." Fookien Yearbook, p . 67f . Content: Hist; Theo 3. This was also published in: FEUFJ, l (Oct . ): 70-89. A-42 1953 "How the Filipino national language is actually being developed." PE, 8 (4): 4 1-44. - Content: Theo 3. A-43 1953 "Magandang pananagalog." KAD, March. Content: Gram 3. Title translation: Good Tagalog Speech. 61 Agoncillo, Teodoro A. and Gregorio F. Zaide A-4 4 194 1 An kasaysayan ng Pilipinas. Manila. M. Colcol an� Co. 372 p. Content: Lex 1 ; Hist 4. Title translation: Philippine History. Arsenio Manuel says this includes 14 loanwords but does not give their meani• ngs. Aguas, Estrella Floro A-45 1964 "English composition errors of Tagalog speakers ( and implications for analytical theory." Unpub­ Wason lished Ed . D. thesis, University of California in / Film 980 Los Angeles. 304 p. Content: Lex ; Syn ; Comp 5; Theo. This is a contrastive study within the frame of generative grammar background (not format). It is largely oriented to English but gives Tagalog structures which could account for the syntactical and lexs­ ical errors. Aguilar, Faustino A- 46 1903 "Ang mga nagawa ng kapulungan ng wikang Tagalog, mula noong· ika-3 ng Septiembre ng 1903 hangg ang ngayon,s"sMuling Pagsilang. Content: Theo 2 . Title translation: What Has Been Done by the Tagalog Conferences or Commis­ sions since Sept. 3, 1903 till the Present? Aguilar, Jose V. A-47 1949 "The Iloilo experiment with the vernacular." PJE, 28 (5) : Content: Ped ; Acq 2. A-48 19 52 "The significance of bilingualism in Philippine education." PJE, 30 (Jan.- ): 391-392. Content: Soc 2 ; Ped. A- 49 1955 "Vernaculars and English as tools of value st ru ctu r e. " P J E , 3� : 4 3 8 - 4 40 . Content: Soc ; Ped. A-;-.5Q 1962 "What teachers write on th.e oral phase of lan­ guage teaching." PJE, 4 1 (5): 318- 321, 364. · Content: Ped 4, 5; Acq 2 . These are comments by teachers on techniques and administrative matters involved in second language teaching, which includes several vernaculars and Pilipino. A- 51 1966 "Projects under the Philippine-University of California Language Programs." Introductory Paper read in the ASAIHL Seminar on Language Problems in Southeast Asian Universities, Manila, Philippines. 62 Content: Theo 2. This was also published in Phil Ed For, 15 (3)s: 1-10. A. guilar, Jose V. A- 52 1967 "The determination of language policys: role of research." p. 18- 125 in Rainos, Aguilar and Sibayan The determination and implementation of language policy. Content: Theo 3 ; Ped. School curricula and second language teachi�g. A- 53 1968 "Projects under the Philippine-University of California language programme,s" in Language problems in southeast Asian universities. A. T. Tatlow, ed.s· p. 31- 37. Contents: Theo 2, 3. Aguilar, Perfecto A- 54 1947 Babasahing pam�aaralan. ( Inihanda ni Perfecto Aguilar; sinur1 ni Rufino Alejandro) Manila. Wason Manlapaz Pub. Co. 1 v. PL60 5 5 Content: Ped 2. A28 Ahern, George Patrick A-5 5 1901 "Classification of woods,s" Compilation of Notes on the Most I mportant Timber Tree Species of the Ayer Philippine Islands. Manilas (?) , p. 6-10. 2201 Content: Lex 1 ; Welsh says this is arranged F7A28 · by groups, alphabetically arranged by native names, giving also the scientific nam�s, but not indi­ cating the dialect used. A- 56 1901 "Classification of woods,s" in Philip:Q.ine Islands, Bureau of Forestry Special Report. Washington, Ayer D.C. Government Printing Office, p. 35 -40. 2201 Contents: Lex 1 ; Same coverage as A- 5 5. F7P55a 1901 A�S7 1901 "Tree species of the Phil ippine I.slands , '' in Philil�ine Islands. Bureau of Forestry. Manila , Ayer P . 1- . 2201 Content : Lex l ; Welsh says this g ive.s the F7P5 5 t genus, species, and native name of each tree. 1901 A-58 1902 "List of species of timber,s" Annual Report given by the author as the Chief of the Bureau of Fores­ Ayer try of the Philippine Islands. Manila, p. 478. 2201 Content : Lex l ; Welsh says this lists both F7P5 5r the generic and native name, and occasionally V. 2 indicates the name in Tagalog and Bicol. 63 .A.hern, George Patrick A- 59 1902 · "The species of timber of southern Bataan,s" Annual report given by the author as the Chief Ayer of the Bureau· of Forestry in the Philippine 2201 Islands. Manila. p. 495-496. F7PS 5r Content: Lex ; Welsh says this list is V. 1 arranged alphabetically by native name, and it gives the genus for some entries. A-60 1904 "Native tree species,s" in Philippine Islands. Manila. Bureau of Forestry. p. 5 1-52. Ayer Content: Lex 1 ; Welsh says this list is 2201 arranged alphabetically by scientific name and F7PSS gives the corresponding native name. In the 1904 · Spanish edition of the same book, this article is found on p. 53- 54. Aichele, W. A-61 1954 "Sprachforschung und Geschichte im indonesischen Raum." Oriens Extremus, l (July): 107- 122. Content: Morph; Text ; Comp 1, 2 ; Eth 3 ; Bibl. Aiyar, M. S. Ramaswami A-62 1934 "Hindu influences in the Philippines.s" Quarter­ ly Journal of the Mythic Society, 25 : 103-113. DS401 Content: Hist 4 ; Comp. This contains assertions M99 and some evidence for pre-European influences from India, among others, the writing system, names for money, weights, measurements. · Some 27 Tagalog words are· likened to Sanskrit (drawn from Abbe Favre 's dictionary). A Sanskrit origin is as­ cribed to some personal names, place names. The same is said for Tamil influences. Generally, the article is historical and uses little lin­ guistic data. Ajero, Rogerio R. A-63 1956. Sa aro- aldaw ; poonan adlan. Manila. Materials Production Center, Bureau of Public Schools. UP Fi 100 p. PL5 582 Content: Text ; Ped 2. Title translation: For A381 Everydays--a Primer. A�,64 n.d. Hili�ga ; poonan pagbasa. Manila. Materials Production Center, Bureau of Public Schools. 26 p. Content: Ped 2. Title translation: First Reader. "An. g akademya ng wikang Pilipino, (Pagpapakilala) . " A- 65 1965 Di�a, 1: 3�4, 13. Content: Theo 2, 3. Title translations: The Philippine Academy--an Introduction. Akean, Simoun Q. (pseud. for· Beato A. de La Cruz} A- 66 1957 Mga sugilanon sa Akean. San Juan, Rizal. 64 Wason Kalantiaw Publications. 74 p. PLS625 Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a reader, con- A31 ta1n1ng children ' s stories and poems. Alafon, Mariano (See under: Bergano) Albano-Lopez, Aurea A-67 1959 "Problems of instruction in the vernacular in selected grade one classes in the Baguio public and private elementary schools.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, University of the Philippines. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped. Albas, Pablo Y. A-68 1964 "A contrastive analysis of English and Magin­ danao verbs.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, Central Philippine University, Iloilo City. 147 p. Content: Morph 1 ; Comp 5. Alcazar, Antonio V. A-69 1921 Diccionario Visaya-Espanol. Manila. Imprenta y Litografia de Santos y Bernal. Lopez Content: Lex 4. (Alcina manuscript) Part I, Book 3 A-70 1668 Madrid. Library of the Royal Palace. Content: Gram 2; Writ 2. This contains a description of the language features, of the writing system. Aldave-Yap, Fe Z. See: Yap, Fe Z. Aldave Alej andro, Rufino A-71 1946 Everyday Tagalog (with 21 introductory lessons in Tagalog grammar, conversation, vocabulary, LC: PL6053 exercises, letters, and readings). Manila. AS Philippine Book Co. 2nd ed. 149 p. Content: Morph; Syn; Ped 3. A-72 1963 A handbook of Tagalog grammar with exercises (based on the official Balarila especially Wason written for non-Tagalog English-speaking students PL6053 of the Filipino National Language). Manilad. A36 University Book Supply. 2nd ed. xiii, 221 p. 1963 (Other editions: 1947, 1954. ) Content: Ped 1. A-73 1948 "A study of Tagalog verbs. " Unpublished Ph.dD. thesis in Education, University of Santo Tomas, Manila. Content: Morph. A-74 1951 Iba ' t ibang pamamaraan sa pagtuturo ng wikang pambansang Filipino. Manila. Alip & Brion UP Ed Publications. 4 8 p. PL6654 Content: Ped; Theo 3. Title translation: AIU 65 Different methods of teaching the Filipino national language. Subtitle says : Includes lesson plans by Alejandro, Paguio, Dungo, Gervacio, Mendoza, Serrano, Castillo. A-7 5 1951 "Ang Paghahanay �g mga salita sa Tagal�g.d" WP, 1 (5) : 1-4. Content: Syn . Title translation : Word order 1n 'l'agalog.d. A- 7 6 1952 "Factors that make for effective teaching of National language.d" FT, 7 : 195-196. Content: Ped ; Theo 3.- A- 7 7 1952 "Mga pamantayan sa pananagalog.d" WP, 1 ( 7):_ 6-7. . . - Content : Soc ; Pedd. Title translation: Stan­ S; R-D- L /' R (sometimes S). C-127 19 15 "Grammatical notes on the Isinai language (Phil- ippi ne s ) . '' J AOS , 35 (3) : 2 89 -2 92 . Contents: Phon; Morph; Comp 1. This gives socio­ linguistic data of locationss�and has 2 references. It deals mostly with vowels in comparison with Indonesian (i.e., PMP) to establish sound change rules. C- 128 1916 ''Indonesian 'ls' in Philippine languages.s" JAOS, 36 : 181- 196. Content : Phon ; Comp 1. This gives the rules for the development of PMP */1/ in Tagal�g, Bisayan, Sulu (Tausug?) , Bontok, Kankanay, Samal, Mandaya, Isinai, Sambali, Inibaloi, Batan (Ivatan) , Ilongot. Considerable comparative data from these languages and other MPN languages are presented. Concepcion, Florencio Elizalde de la (1859- 1898) C- 129 1896 Adalan sa mga Cristianos nga insulat sa Cuyonon ig quinachila sa isarang Padre Agustino Recoleto. Malabon. Tipo-Litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos de Nuestra Senora de Consolacion. 71 p. Content : Text 3. Conklin, Harold C. C- 130 1949 "Bamboo literacy on Mindoro." Pac Disc, 2 ( 4 ) : 4- 1 1. Contents: Writ 2. C- 131 1949 "Preliminary report on field work on the islands of Mindoro and Palawan , Philippines." Am Anth, 51 (2)s: 268-273. Contents: Writ 2; Eth l ; Bibl. There is an enumeration of ethnic groups on the two islands. The division is basically l inguistic, but cultural differences on Mindoro are mentioned. There are also maps with approximate locations of languages 149 and dialects in Palawand. Writing systems are dis­ cussed (Buhid, Hanunoo, Tagbanuwa), and population figures for these groups also given . Buhid is called "phonetically unique" and the literary language is discussed . No real language data however is . given on any groupd. · · Conklin, Harold C. . C-132 1951 Lexical checklist for Philippine languages. New Haven, Connecticut . Human Relations Area Files. (Duplicated). Content: Lex l ; Compd; Theo 4 . C-133 1953 Hanunoo-English vocabulary. University of California Publications in Linguistics, Vol. 9. P25 Berkeley. University of California Press. 290 p. Cl5+ Content: Lex 4 ; Writ 2. This also gives some v . 9 data on the syllabic writing system of the Hanu­ noos. This was reviewed by Chretien in Lang, 32: 395-400 ; Burgmann in ANTHR, 49: 785 ; and Pittman in JAOS, 74 : 175 . C - 1 34 1954 "The relation of Hanunoo culture to the plant world . " Unpublished Ph . D. thesis, Yale Univer- Wason sity. 471 p . Film Contentd: Lex ; Phon ; Comp 2, 4 ; Eth 2 ; Bibl . 1643 This is an ethno-linguistic description which makes intense use or native terminology, system structures, and their relation to the rest of cultured. See especially p . 2 59-420 for lists ; page 79f for kinship termsd; page 81 for personal names ; page 90ff for plant categorization. Many terms are analyzed by semantic class and morphemic structure. For general linguistic notes concerning affinities to other Philip�ine languages, Hanunoo dialects, phonological features, see pages 20 to 24. This contairis a_ good bibliography. C-135 1955 "Hanunoo color categories. " SWJA, 11 (4) : 339- 244 . Content: Lex l ; Sem 1. C-1 36 1955 Hanunoo music from the Philippinesd. New York. Folkways Records and Service Corp. 466 p. Wason Content: Text 5; Writ 2 ; Linguistically Pamphlet there are only three short texts of songs. Con­ Mll+ siderable use is made of native terminology. One picture is of a section of bamboo being inscribed with the syllabic script. C - 137 1955 Preliminary linguistic survey of Mindanaod. Paper Presented at Mindanao Conferenced. Chicago. 150 Wason Philippine Studies Program. 10 p. mimeographed. GN67 1 Contentd: Lex ; Comp 2·; Bihl. This gives lexico­ PSM66+ statistics of some southern Philippine languages, principally Mindanao languages. A glottochrono­ logy is marked out. It. gives very specific, verifiable, and useful breakdown, and has a bibliography. Conklin, Harold c·. c ... 1 3s 1 956 "Tagalog speech disguise.d" Lang, 32: 1 36-139. Content: Morph. This gives rules for reshaping of morphemes and word structure. C- 1 39 1957 Hanunoo agriculture. (A report on an integral system of shifting cultivation in the Philipd­ Mann pines) . FAO Forestry Development Paper No. 1 2. S 301 Rome. Food and Agriculture Organization of the C75 United Nations. · 209 p. Content : Lex l; Text; Eth 2 ; Bihl 2 ; On pages 156-158 is a glossary of Hanunoo terms, and on pages 159-16 7 is a bibliography. Exten­ sive use is made of native terminology through­ out the ethnography. There are some short texts of chants. · C-140 1 959 "Linguistic play in its cultural context.d" Lang, 35 (4) : 631-6 36 . Content: Lex ; Phan; Morph; Soc 4. This gives ·dHanunoo data and rearrangement rules, voice quality changes, lexical alteration. It likewise shows correlation with non-linguistic factors (i.e.d, courting) . · C-141 1959 "Review of studies in Philippine linguistics.d" Am Anth, 6 1 : 1 14 3-1 144. Content: Theo 5; Bihl 3. This shortly summarizes content and coverage by language and subject matter of articles. There is little specific evaluationd. C-142 1962 "Ethnobotanical problems in the comparative study of folk taxonomy.d" Pree 9th Pac Sci Cong of the (Bangkok), IV (Botany), p. 299-301. Content: Lex 1 ; Eth. This comments on semantic structure, names, terms, and categories of names and terms. Some Hanunoo, Malay,d· and Tagalog terms are used. C-143 1962 "Lexicographical treatment of folk taxonomies.d" IJAL, 2 8 ( 2) , Part IV, p. 1 1 9 - 141. (Fred W . PM101 Householder and Sol Saporta, eds. ) Publication 161+ 2 1 of the Indiana University Research Center in 151 Anthropology , Folklore , and Linguistics , B loomington , Indiana. Content : Lex; Theo; Sem. Hanunoo data is used in a more theoretical discussion on lexicography. Conklin , Harold C. . C-144 1964 "Ethnogenealogical method , " in Ward H . Goodenough , Explorations in cultural anthropology. GN8 New York. McGraw-Hill Book Co. 635 p. G64 Content: Eth 2; Bihl . This article (p. 25-55) uses Hanunoo kinship terms in a broader discus­ sion about kinship behavior and ways of handling the analysis. It includes a bibliography. · C - 145 1967 "Ifugao ethnobotany 1905-1965d: the 1911 Beyer­ Merril l report in perspective.d" Economic Botany , 21 : 243 - 27 2. Content: Lex 5; Eth. Many plant names which are listed and defined pere form a major component of this article. C - 146 1967 "Some aspects of ethnographic research in Ifugao.d" Trans NY Acad Sci Series II. 30: 99- 121. · Content: Lex l; Eth; Sem 1. Land terminology receives a componential treatment in this article which is much more ethnographic than linguisticd. Constantino , Ernesto Andres (1930- ) · C - 147 1959 "A generative grammar of a dialect of Ilocano. " Unpublished Ph . D . thesis , Indiana University , Wason B loomington , Indiana. 200 leaves. Film Content: Gram; Phon 1 , 2; Syn 2. 693 C -148 1963 "Some problems in Philippine linguistics.d" Asia Std , I (Special Issue) : 23 - 30. · Content: Theo 4. This gives a background on the history of linguistic research in Philippine languages. It cites the needs for future research in terms of personnel , data, and analysis. C - 149 1964 "Ilukano pluralizers.d" PSSHR, 28 : 408-415. Content: Phon; Morph; Syn. Presented are various ways of pluralizing on the morphological level , but including morphophonemic and syntactic consid­ erations. C - 150 1964 "Sentence patterns of the ten major Philippine languages.d" Asia Std , 2 (1) : 29- 34. Content: Phon; Syn l; Comp 4 , 5. This is a typological comparison of Tagalog , Bikol , Waray , Cebuario , Hiligaynon , Tausug·, I 16kano , Ibanag , 152 Pangasinan, Kapampangan. It summarizes the phonologies of these languages. There is also an immediate constituent classification of sentence types, with illustrative datad. Constantino, Ernesto Andres C-151 1965 "The sentence patterns of twenty-six Philippine languages.d" Lingua, 15 : 71-124. (Also printed \Vason in G. B. Milner and Eugenie J . A. Henderson ' s PJ21 Indo-Pacific Linguistic Studies, (Part IId: C72+ Descriptive Lin. guistics). Amsterdam. North Hol­1965a l and Pub . Co. p . 71 -124 . ) Contentd: Syn; Text; Comp 4. This gives the typology of IC structure with transformations, supposedly applying to all languages (Tagalog, Bikol, Abak, Bilinao, Botolan, Hiligaynon, Ibanga, Ilukano, Isinai, Itbayat, ltneg, Ivatan, Kapampangan, Malawe g, Manobo, Pangasinan, Sama Bangingi, Cebuano, · Santa Fe Igorot, Tausug, Ternate, Tinguian, Waray, Ylanon, Yogad) . C-152 1968 "Models for the description of Philippine lan­ guages . " (abstract of a talk bef ore the Linguis - tic Society of Hawaii, 25 April, 196 8). Language and Literature of Hawaii. 1 (2): 149. Contentd: Theo 2. This gives the history of grammar writing for Philippine languages. C-153 196 8 "PALI project in Philippine languages . " Linguis ­ tic Society of Hawaii, 196 8-69 Abstracts of Papers. Contentd: Ped, Theo. Research and development in progress at the Pacific and Asian Linguistics Institute in connection with the Peace Corps teaching materials for maj or Philippine languages . Constantino, Ernesto, Consuelo J. Paz, and Marietta C-154 N. Posoncuy 1965 "The grammar of the pronouns of Ilukano, Isinai, Kapampangan, and Tagalog.d" Page 19 in The H. (abstracts) Otley Beyer Symposium· (July 1 2 -13, Abelardo Hall, Wason University of the Philippines, Quezon City. Pam. Content: Morph; Syn; Comp 3. This deals with DSPI# 37 (morpho)phonology and syntax of pronouns (i. e . , mono-, polymorphism, mono-, poly-phonemic shape, distributional possibilities of different pronouns with each other, obligatory occurrences stated. It gives morphophonemic changes in multiple pro- noun strings. C-155 1967 "The personal pronouns of Tagalog, Ilukano, Isinai and Kapampangan.d" p . 56 7-591 in Studies in Phild­ ippine anthropology. Mario Zamora, ed. , Quezon City. Contentd: Morph ; Syn ; Comp 3. 153 Constantino, Ernesto C-156 196 8 "Vernacular teaching in the Philippines.d" Language problems in southeast Asian universities. A. T. · Tatlow (ed. ) . p. 65-67. Content: Ped; Acq 2. C-157 1970 "Tagalog and other major languages of the Phil­ ippines.d" Current trends in linguistics. Vol. 8. Linguistics in Oceania (in press)d. Content: Soc; Theo 4; Bibl. A very useful work of the study of Tagalog and other major Philippine languages. The work begins with the sociology of the major languagesd. Historical periods are delineated and the following linguists are given detailed attentiond: Conant, Costenoble, Blake, Bloomfield, Lopez, Vanoverbergh. A lengthy selective bibliography follows on pages 80 to 103 of the prepublication manuscript. Cook, Albert C-158 1961 "The Mangyan of Sablayan, Occidental Mindoro (Philippines) . " Anthr, 56 (1 - 2) : 2 80. Content: Soc 1, 2. This gives distributional data of three groupsd: Mangyan between Amnay and Mompong Rivers; Batangan, next to south as far as the Iiiron district; the Hanunoo further south. There are some notes on technology and appearance. Beyond the fact that they can speak Tagalog, there is no linguistic data. Copet, Rene C-159 1957 Taosug dictionary. Jolo, Sulu. Notre Dame of Jolo Pressd. 333 leaves. Wason Contentd: Lex 4 . Pages 1-251: English-Taosug; PL591 3 pages 251-333: Taosug-English. C78+ Cepin, Berchmans R. S. J. C-160 1961 A Bisayan grammar for classical students. Novaliches, Quezon City. Sacred Heart Novitiate. 114 p. Content: Gram; Ped 1. C-161 n .a. A pilot book for Bisayan. Novaliches, Quezon City. Sacred Heart Novitiate. 65 p. Content: Ped 1. Coria, Joaquin de C -16 2 1 872 Nueva gramatica Tagalog--teorico practica . Madrid. J. Antonio Garciad. 552 p. + iv. Wason Content: Gram . This is a grammar in a romance PL6053 framework. C79 Coronel, Francisco ( -1630) C - 163 1 866 Catecismo de la doctrina cristiana en lengua 154 Pampanga . Binondo. Imprenta de Miguel Sanchez y Compania. 48 p. (Other editions : 1st ed. : 1621; 1741, 1 823, 1 874, 1 877, 1 879, 1 882.) Content : Text 3; Hist 2. Cosgaya, P. Lorenzo Fernandez and Pedro Villanova C-164 1 865 Diccionario Pangasinan-Espanol. Manila. Colegio de Santo Tomasd� 2 v . in one, 330, 121 p. NL Contentd: Lex 4 . F499 . d2038a F39ld Costenoble, Hermann C-165 1936 "Philippine language notes . " PM, 33: 495, 510d. Content: Comp 3, 4. This contains a general discussion of language relationships but gives no data, and also discusses language-dialect distinction. · C-166 1937 "Monosyllabic roots in Philippine languages . " PM, 34 (2)d: 76, 82, 84, 86. Note: Reprinted in Galang (1938)d: p. 116-1d25. Contentd: Morph 2 ; Comp 4; Theo. This discusses this class of roots and associated affixes in word formation. C-167 1937 "Phi1 ipp ine 1 angu age of today . " PM, 3 9 ( 1) : 2 4 , 38-39d. Note : Reprinted in Galang (1938) : p. 111-116. Content : Phon; Comp 1; Socd. Title is actually: "Tracing the Original Sounds in the Languages of Todayd. " This heads the article. This· deals with comparative historical phonology using Tagalog, Pampango, Bikol, Bisaya, Iloko, Pangasinan. It gives a few sound correspondences and reconstruc­ tions of the R, G, L, Y, H correspondence set. C-168 1937 "The Philippine verb.d" PM, 34 (4)d: 169-170, 1 80 . Content: Morph 2 ; Syn; Comp. This deals with active and passive and transitive word formations in conjunction with phrase markers for syntacti­ cal relationship of verbs with other elementsd. It is largely comparative, dealing with some major languages. · C-169 1938 "Language notes" in Zoilo Galang, ed.d, Filipiniana, Vol. 2, page 107-111. Manila. Philippine Edu­ cation Company. Contentd: Phon; Morph; Comp 1. C-170 1940 "Die Lautwandlungen des Tagalog.d" BTLV, 99 (1)d: 65-87. Content: Comp 1. This deals with sound shifts 155 from proto-Austronesian to Tagalog with compara­ tive data principally from Kapampangan but with a few comparisons with other lowland languages. Costes, R. G. C-171 1957 "The vernacular as a medium of instruction in the lower primary grades. " PJE, (Feb. ) : 554-555. Content: Ped. This contends that increased effectiveness was achieved in the local dialect than was at other times achieved with English. Cotongco, Loreto C-172 196 1 The Phoenix hi h school reviewer in P ili ino Ba arila a·t· pa·n·iti· ·a·n . Fourt Year. Manila. NL Phoenix Publishing House, Inc. 48 p. F49 9. 215t Content: Text ; Ped 2. C826p Cottle, Mor .is and Shirley Cottle C- 173 1957 Ivatan primer I. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute Wason of National Language. 49 p. PL5571 Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is an Ivatan reader Z77S55 containing a phonemic inventory. V . 1 C-174 19 58 "The significant sounds of Ivatan.d" Oceania Linguistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, ed.d, PL7001 3: 24 - 33. A29 Content: Phon ; Comp 1, 4 ; Soc. This gives socio-linguistic informationd; dialect differences ; PMP forms for some words ; inventory and distribu­ tions. "Court language in the Philippines" C-175 1901 Outlook, 68 (August 10) : 842. Content: Soc. Covell, Ralph C-176 1964 "Bible translation in the Asian setting.d" TBT, 15: 132-142. Content: Text 3, 8 ; Soc. This is a general discussion of language situation in Southeast Asia (and other Far East nations) and its rela­ tions to Christianity and Bible translation. It is a general discussion which is not highly technical but covers some aspects of the Philip­ pine languages (as well as Indonesian and Taiwan)d. Cowie, Andson C-177 1893 English-Sulu-Malay vocabulary. London. Theo. May. xlviii, 288 p . Wason Content: Gram ; Lex 4 ; Comp 1, 5 . This was edited PL6043 and grammatical introduction given by William C87 Clark Cowie. The grammatical introduction is organized under word class headings with some 156 contrasting features with Malay. Vocabulary entries are under the English. The appendix gives the text of the treaty with the Sultan of Brunei in Malay. Craig, Austin, ed. C- 178 · 1875 The Philippines and the Filipinos of yesterday. San Juan, Rizal. Oriental Commercial Co. Content: Soc ; See also under Jagor, Fedor. C- 179 1916 The former Philippines through foreign eyes. Manila. Philippine Education Co. , Inc. Content: Soc; Theo ; See also under Jagor, Fedor. Craig, Austin and Conrado Benitez, ed. C-180 1916 Philippine progress prior to 1898. Manila. Philippine Education Company, Inc. 136 p. Wason Content: Phon; Comp ; See also under Ri zal, DS653. 4 Jose ("The Tagalog Language"). C B S Crawfurd, John C- 181 1820 History of the Indian archipelago. (Containing an account of the manners, arts, languages, reli­ Wason . gions, institutions, and commerce ot its inhabi­DS601 tants. ) Edinburgh. Archibald Constable and Co. C89 3 v. Content: Writ 2. Vol. 2 includes a chart of Tagalog writing. C- 182 1848 "On the Malayan and Polynesian languages and races.s" JIA, 2: 183-228. Content: Comp 2. This covers Austronesian language areas as well as neighboring areas, makes typological comparisons of phonology and morphology which the author interprets as counter evidence for the language family. Phil­ ippine languages covered (p. 198- 201) include Bisayan, Tagalog. C- 183 1856 A descriptive dictionary of the Indian islands and adjacent countries. London. Bradbury & Wason Evans. 4 5 9 p. DS600 Content: Lex 1. This is not really linguistic. C89 It is more like an encyclopedia and gazetteer, and deals with Indonesia through the Philippines . Crespo, Manuel Ma · C �184 1879 Arte del idioma Bicol para la ensenansza de este idioma. Manila. Tipografia de Ramirez y Giraudier. 239 p. Content: Gram ; Ped 1. 157 Cristie, E . P. C-185 1909 The s·ub·an·u·s· of Sindagan Baf. Bureau of Science, Division of Ethnology Publications, Vols. 6, Part Wason I . Manila . Bureau of Printing. 121 p. GN671 Content: Lex 3 ; Morphs; Text 4 ; Socs; This P5A23+ ethnography includes historical information, fam­ V . 6 pt . 1 ily life social control featuress. Linguistic data includes: word lists (p . 107-116) from 3 different locations but which are not 100% comparable . There is a folk tale with English translation on p . 117-120 and socio-linguistic information on page 16f. Prayers are found on pages 77 and 89 . Cruz, Amanda F . C - 186 1956 "A study of the problems of teaching national language in Negros Oriental.s" Unpublished thesis in Education, St . Paul's College, Dumaguete City . Content: Peds. Cruz, Beato A. de la (see pseuds. Simoun Q Akean) C-187 1952 "A study of the contributions of the Aklan mind to Philippine literatures. " M . A . thesis in Eng­ lish, Far Eastern University, Manila . Content: Text 4 ; Socs. C-189 1958 Contributions of the aklan mind to Philippine literature. San Juan , Rizal. Kalantiao Presss. Wason Content: Text 4 ; Soc . This contains many texts , PL5711 songs, with English translationss. Notes on lan­ Z9A3 guage (p . 12- 15) deal mostly with external his­ V . 1 tory and socio-linguistic informations . A bibliography follows each chapter. Cruz, Beato A . de la and R . David Paul Zorc C-190 1968 A study of the Aklanon dialect . Volume one: Grammars. Kalibo, Aklan, Peace Corpss. 213 p . Content: Grams. A detailed formal grammar of phonology, morphophonemics, word classes and derivation. Cruz, E . Aguilar C-191 1960 "Almost--but not quite--Tagalog . " STM, 15 (Mar . 27): 40 . Content: Gram 3 . Cruz, Ines C . C - 192 1962 "An introduction to a comparative study of the Iloko and Tagalog affixes,s" p . 27-34 in Institute 1 5 8 Wason of National L anguage, Dahong pan g - alaala linggo Pam. ng wika, Agosto 13- 19, 1962. PL Contentd: Phon; Morphd; Comp 3. This comes from P. I.d26 an M.A. thesis (same title ) , 1957, Northwestern Educational Institution, Dagupan City. It pri- marily concerns Iloko and de als with syllable structure, stress, inventories, and assigns semantic significance to affixes. The affixes are equated with the corresponding Tagalog affix, but not following a truly comparative method. Unique fe atures· are also inventoried. This is a typological tre atment . Cruz, Leopoldo A. de la C- 193 1957 Mga bilisad-on ni tente undoy. San Juan, Rizal. Kalantiao Publications, Inc. 37 p. Content: Text 4. The sub j ect matter is not linguistic (wise sayings in the Aklan province dialect) , but provides native texts. C-194 1958 Fables in Aklan. San Juan, Rizal. Kalantiao Publications, Inc . 59 p. Wason Content : Text 4 . This contains texts in Aklan PN989 with English translations. P5D33 Cruz, Manuel and Serge j Ignasev C -195 1959 Tagalog- Rusong talatinigan (Tagalog- Russian dictionary). Moscow . · G. N. S. · 388 p. · Content: Gram; Lex 4. This contains a brief grammatical sketch. C- 196 1965 Talatinigang Ruso-Tagalog (Russko- Tagal ' skii slovar ') . Moskva. Sovtskaya Ensiklopedya. Wason 760 p . PL6056 Contentd: Lex 4 . This contains a short introduc­ C95 tion in both Russian and Tagalog. R9 Cruz, Manuel and Shkarban, L. I . C - 197 1966 Tagal ' sky Yazuik. Moskva . Nauk a . 101 p . Content : Gram . Title translationd: A Grammar Wason of Tagalog. Russian textd. PL6053 C95 Cuartero, Fr. Mariano C-198 1878 Arte del idioma Bisaya-Hiligaino gue se habla en Panay y en algunas islas adyacentes . Manila. Estabd. Tipo. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 174 p. (Other ed.d: 1 890, Guadalupe. Pequena Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos de Ntra. Sra . de la Consolaciond. 174, 2 p. Content : Gram. 159 Cuarteron , Carlos C- 199 1855 Spiegazione e traduzione dei XIV quadri relativi alle isole di salibaboo. Roma. Tipografia della S.C. di Propaganda Fide. 227 p. Content: Lex 3 ; Comp. In the appendix are short vocabularies of Tagalog , Sulu. Cuasay , Pablo M. · C-200 1960 "Proficiency in teaching Filipino as a second language for h�gh school.s" P Educ , 14 (3): 506- 509. Content: Ped ; Acq 2. Cubar, Ernesto H. C- 201 1968 "Language standardization in the Philippines." Language problems in southeast Asian universities. A. T. Tatlow (ed.). p. 98- 100. - Content: Ped ; Theo 2 , 3. Cue-Malay , Gonzalo C-202 1898 Frases usuales para la conversacion en Espanols, Tagalo, e Ingles. Manila. Chofre y Compania. Ayer 116 p. (Other ed. : 1904 , Frases Usuales para la Tagalog conversacion en Espanol, Filipino e Ingles, con 6 3 la pronunciacion figurada. Manila. Estableci- miento Tipografico de Faj ardo y Compania. 127 p. ) Contents: Ped 1. See also Duran , C. G. Cuenco , Jose Maria C-203 1920 English- Visayan dictionary. 2nd ed. Cebu. Imprenta Rosario. 238 + 20 p. LC Content: Lex 4. PL5626 c s 1920 Cuenco , M.s A. C-204 1908 Ejercicios practices de gramatica Castellana (con traduccion al Bisaya-Cebuano y un pequeno UP Fi vocabulario de dichos idiomas) 2nd ed. Cebu. PC4921 Establecimiento Tip. de San Carlos. 142 p. A6C9 Content: Gram ; Lex 3. Cuento, Araceli C-205 1956 "A study of different types of errors in spelling in the Filipino language.s" Unpublished thesis in education , Arellano University , Manila. Content: Writ l ; Ped. Cuesta , Antonio de la C-206 1890 Gramatica Iloco- Castellana (compendiada para que aprendan mejor el castellano los habitantes de ambos I locos , Union , y Abra que ya tienen prin­ cipio en dicho idioma.) Manila. Establecimiento Tipografico de Ramirez y Compania. 114 p. (Other ed.s·: 1st ed.s, 1868.) Content: Gram ; Comp 5 ; Ped. Cuevas , Jose Maria Fausto de See Fausto de Cuevas , Jose Maria 160 Cuino, Gui Vermy Y. Santiago C- 207 1934 "Ang panalag- pansin ni kanlaon.d" Taliba, August 30, Octd. 2, 8, 13. Content: Text. See also under Agoncillo, T. , 1934. Cushner, N. P. C-208 1963 "A note on Jesuits, linguistics, and the Philip­ pine Missions.d" Neue Zeitschrift fur Missionswis­ senschaft, 19 : 116-1 21 . Content : Theo 2. Cusi, M.d A. C-209 1963 "The trilingual scheme in the Philippine Public School is a Farce.d" PJE, 41 (9) : 618-620. Content: Soc 2; Ped. Cust, Robert Needham (1 821-1909) C-210 1878 A sketch of the modern languages of the east Indies. London. Trubner and Company. 198 p. Wason Content: Comp 2 ; Soc 1. Chapter 10 (p . 131-147) PK1508 deals with the "Malayan Family" and includes a C98 general coverage of Western Austronesian lan­ guages and locations with some sub-grouping. Pages 140-142 deal particularly with the Philip­ pines but with no language forms given. Daguio, Amador T. D-1 1962 "Our lan. guage problem.d" Examiner, 1 (25) : 16-17,26. Content: Soc. D-2 1963 "The harvest song of Aliguyon.d" STM, 18 (29, Feb. 24) : 10-15. Content: Text 5 . This is a song in Ifugao, trans­ lated into English by the author. An earlier more detailed version was "Hudhud hi Aliguyon a trans­ lation of an Ifugao harvest song.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, Stanford University, 1 21 p. Dahlmann, Joseph (1861-1930) D-3 1 891 Die Sprachkunde und die Missionen. Freiburg im Breisgau, St. Louis, Mo . Herder. 128 p . Wason Content: Theo 2, 5 ; Bibl 3. In its area break­ P53 down, the Philippines is discussed on pages 115- D13 121. It contains a language and geographical index which includes Bikol (118) ; Bisaya (117- 1 1 8) ; Ilokano (11 8) ; Tagalog (115)d; MPN (118- 120) . There is a short sketch of writings on Philippine lan. guages by Catholic missionaries. D-4 1893 El estudio de las lenguas y 1 as mis iones. (Tr. del aleman por Jeronimo Rojas) Madrid. Libreria Catolica de G. del Amo. xvi, 207 p. 161 Content : Theo 5 ; Bibl 2 . This is a translation into Spanish of the author ' s 1891 work (preceding entry) . "Las Filipinas", the section on the Phil­ ippines is on p. 187-197. Dalrymple, A. D-5 1849 "Essay towards an account of Sulu." JIA, 3 : 512- 567. Content: Lex 1; Writ 2; This is said to have been written by the author in July 1 792. He gives general comments on language relation­ ships, writing, and a few terms· on pages 549 to 552 . Daluz, Eusebio T. D-6 1904 "Alin ang !along magaling na paraan sa pagtuturo ng wikang Tagalog, upang matutuhang madali at pagaralan di lamang ng mga Tagalog, kundi ng mga iba pang kapatid sa lahi ?" Muling Pagsilang, March 3 . Contents: Ped; Theo; Acq 2. Title translation: Which is the best way to teach Tagalog so that it may be learned easily by Tagalogs as well as other Filipinos? D- 7 1913 "Sa ikayayaman ng wikang Tagalog.s" Taliba , Nov . 19, 25; Dec. 2,s· 4, 12. · Contents: Theo 3. Title translsation: For the enrichment of T�gal�g. D-8 1915 Filipino-English vocabulary with practical examples of Filipino and English grammars. Manila. 2 v . UP Fi 217 p. PL5506 Content: Gram; Lex 4; Comp 5. Lande says that DZ Vol. 1 is based on the Filipino Grammar. V. 1 Daluz Torres, E. D-9 1905 Manga unang hakbang sa ikadudunong yari (a Tagalog primer). Manila. Limbagan ni Fajardo at Kasama. 95 p. Content: Ped 2 . Title translation: The First Steps in Learning This. Darad, Juliano D-10 1948 "Chinese flavors in Tagalo. g stew.s" STM, 3(June 27): 22-23. . Content: Lex ; Hist 4. This is said to deal partly with borrowed words. Daroy, E. Vallado D- 11 1959 "Breaking the language behavior.s" PFP, 52 ( 4 7, Nov. 28) : 74- 75. · Contents: Soc. 162 Daroy, Petronilo Bn . D -12 1963 "The teaching of Pilipino and imagination of culture.d" U. P. Research Bul 2 (Jan. )d: 15 - 1 8. Content: Soc; Ped. D ' Asis, Sixto D -13 1956 "Folk music of the Philippines (An �gorot folkd- song) . ' ' Pa, 8 (9) : 11. Content: Text 4. Dato, Luis G . D-13A 1961 Vocabulario Ingles-Bikol-Castila. Naga City, Cecilio Publications. 68 p. Content: Lex 3 . Davis, Frederick B. D - 14 1967 "Philippine language-teaching experiments.d" Quezon City, Alemar Phoenix Pub. Oceana Pubd­ UH Asia lications, Dobbs Ferry, N. Y. 180 p. PL6053 Content: Soc 3; Ped. Reports on studies deal­ D38 ing with English and native languages as medium and subject matter of instruction. Dawson, Francis B. D -15 1958 "The phonemes of Kalagan.d" Oceania Linguistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, eds. 3 : 47-58. PL7001 Content: Phon 5, 6; Text; Soc. This also deals A29 with sociolinguistics. It discusses syllable structure, inventory of segmentals, distributions, suprasegmentals, text with English translationd. Dawson, Francis B. and Jane Dawson · D -16 1955 · Kalagan alphabet book. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 24 p. Content: Text; Ped. · Dean James C. D - 17 1958 "Some principal grammatical relations of Bilaan.d" Oceania Linguistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, PL7001 eds . 3 : 59 -64 . A29 Content: Lex l; Syn. Special attention is given here to pronoun sets and their grammatical role. Dean, James C. and Gladys Dean D -18 1955 "The phonemes of Bilaan.d" PJS, 84 (3 ) : 311- 3 2 2 . Content: Phon; Text; Soc. This gives sociolin­ guistic information with a map of Southern Min­ danao showing the Bilaan and other groups. It includes an inventory and classification of phonemes, distribution of phonemes and allophones, vowel contrasts, text with English translation. D -19 1955 Preprimer. Zamboanga City. Alliance Pressd. Content: Phon; Ped 2. Barker lists this entry as Pepe Preprimer. It may be a Bilaan reader. D - 20 1955 Primero I - V. (Atnganin liblu abnasa, atmadol liblu abnasa, gatlu liblu abnasa, agfat liblu 163 abnasa, aglima liblu abnasa)s. Zamboanga City. Alliance Press . 5 v . Content: Ped 2 . This is a series of Bilaan primerss. Dean, James C . and Gladys Dean D-21 1955 Syllable chartss. Zamboanga Citys. Alliance Press. Content : Phon. This is written in Bilaans. "Deans Kalaw and Bocobo support Butte 's speech boost- D-22 in. g P. I . dialects" 1931 P . J. E . , 14 (4) : 125, 153. Content: Soc 3; Ped 2. Delgado, Juan Jose (1697- 1755) D-23 1892 Historia general sacro-profana, politica, y natural de las islas del ponientes. Manila. Wason Imprenta de El Eco de Filipinas de Juan Atayde . DS653 1009 p . (Biblioteca Historico Filipina, Vol . 1) B58 Content: Writ 2; Hist 2; Pages 331-337 V . 1 includes the Ave Maria in Tagalo. g and Bisayan together with some notes on the writing system including reproductions of the symbols. Dempwolff, Otto (1871- 1938) D-24 1920 Die Lautentsprechungen der indonesischen Lippen­ laute . Berlin. C. Boysen. 96 p . Wason Content: Phon; Comp 1 PL5031 D38 D-25 1924- "Die L-, R- , und D- Laute in austronesischen 1925 Sprachen . " AU, 15: 19-50; 116- 138; 223-238; 273- 319s. Content: Phon; Hist 1; Comp 1 . This was re­ viewed by L . Bloomfield (Lang, 1�27, 3: 199) who says it brings to conclusion Kern and Conant 's works. Philippine coverage is based on early missionary works. It includes comparative phono­ logy, correspondence sets, reconstruction, down­ tracing in separate languages (Tagalog, Bisaya, Hiligaynon, Sangir, Iloko, Nabaloi)s. The method foreshadows his major work. D-26 1926 "Ivatan als ' Test- Sprache ' fur uraustronesisches L . " AU, 16: 298-302. Content: Phan; Comp 1. This is a down tracing of sound chan. ges from Proto- Austronesian to Ivatan. D-27 1930 "Pater Schmidts Anwendung seiner Kulterkreislehre auf die Spr achwis sensc h aft.s" Ar An th, 2 2 ( 1- 2) : 72- 77 . Content: Morph; Eth; Theo 1. The author draws on Schmidt 's Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachkreise der Ertle, Die Gliederung der Australischen 164 Sprachen, Volker und Kulteren (with Koppers); Methoden der Ethnologie (with Graebner) in cha­ racterizing the application of his culture-area theory to· linguistics. Some Malaya-Polynesian topics occur· (Tagalog, Iloko pronouns) but no real data is given, only theoretical orientationd. Dempwolff, Otto D- 2 8 1934- Vergleichende Lautlehre des austronesischen Wort­ 1938 schatzes. Berlind. D . Reimer . 3 v . (Beihefte zur Zeitschrift fur Eingeborenen-Sprachen. 15, 17, 19) Content : Phon; Comp 1. Vol. 1 isd: Induktiver Aufbau Einer Indonesischen Ursprache (1934); Vol. 2 is: Deduktive Anwendung des Urindonesischen auf Austronesische Einzelsprachen (1937) ; Vol. 3 : Austronesisches Worterverzeichnis (1938). This is one of the definitive works in comparative Austronesian studiesd. It includes sound corres­ pondences of major Philippine languages with other Malaya-Polynesian langu�ges and gives recon­ structions. D-29 2 1956 Perbendaharaan katad dalam berbagi bahasa Poline­ isa. Diterdjemahkan oleh Sjaukat Djajadiningrat. Wason Djakarta. Pustaka Baru. 32 p . · PL5026 Contentd: Phon; Comp 1. This is an Indonesian D3 8A9 translation of "Das Austronesische Sprachgut in · den Polynesischen Sprachen" in Feestbundel ' Konink­ lijk Bataviasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten­ schappend' bijgelegenheid van zijn 1 5 0 jarig bestaan 1778-192 8. Deel I. This includes reconstructions, comparison of PPN sounds with PMP sounds, and deals with major languages. Densmore, Frances D-30 1906 "The music of the Filipinos.d" Am Anth, 8 : 611- 632. Content : Lex l; Welsh says this article gives the native words for musical instruments and terms. Desmond, Henry D-31 1935 Elements of Tagalog grammar. 2nd ed . Manila . Catholic Trade School. 206 p. Contentd: Gram. Devries, Virginia H . and G. Richard Row D-3 2 1966 · "Semi vowels in the Cuyono alphabet.d" PJS, 95 ( 2 ) : 267-274. Content: Phon; Writ 1. De Young, John E. D-33 1955 "A study of communication problems on the barrio level.d" University of the Philippines, M. A. thesis. 109 p . Content: Soc. 165 De Young, John E. and Chester L . Hunt 1962 "Communication channels and functional literacy in the Philippine barrio." JAS, 22 (1) : 67-7 7. Content: Socs. This is a sociological study, dealing with literacy in Filipino and English. I t evaluates different languages (Tagalog, Ilo­ cano, Cebuano, Samar-Leyte, Bicol and Hiligaynon) as channels of communication. Language plays a minor part in this study and there is no language data given. · · "The dialect in .sour public schools" D-35 1930 PJE, 13: 78-79. Con tent: Soc 2 ; Ped. "Dialogue on the national language" D-36 1948 PFP, 39 (July 24) : 18 - 19+. Content: Theo 3. Diaz, Domingo L. D-37 195 5 · "A study of the principles and errors involved in thought expression in the Filipino language." Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education, National University, Manila. Content: Gram 2 ; Ped. D - 38 1957 "Our national language." Manila Chronicle (columns from July 25 to December 19) . Con tent: Theo 3 . D-39 n .d. Tagalog home study course. P. 0. Box 11 ; Quezon City. Content: Ped 3. Diaz, Domingo L ; Consorcia Manalastas- Laraya ; and D- 40 Rosario J. Jimenez n.d. Saligang aklat ng katha at balarila. Quezon City. Phoenix Publishing House. xxv, 604 p. Content: Gram ; Text 7 ; s· Ped 1. Title transla­ tion: Reference Books (?) for Fiction and a Grammar. This is a handbook of composition and grammar for Tagalog. Diaz, Moises S. · D- 41 1959 "A comparative study of the lexicon of the six major Philippine languages.s" Ang Wika, 1 (1) . Content: Lex ; Comp. D-42 1962 "An analysis of the Kinaray-a pronoun systems..: ­ Its morpho-semantic components." Unitas, 35 (4): 524-528. Content: Morph l ; Sem. This discusses three sets of forms classed by distributional criteria with semantic features. D- 43 1964 "Base- final consonant cluster in Tagalog." Unitas, 37 (3) : 442 - 44 7 s. 166 Content: Phon 5 ; Morph 1 . This is a discussion of base final consonant clusters which resul t after suffixation. Diaz Arenas, Rafael D-44 1 850 Memorias historicas y estadisticas de Filipinas articuldarmente de la rande isla de Luzond. Wason Manil a. Imprenta del Diario e Manil a. 5 5 p . DS6 5 8 Contentd: Soc ; Chapter V ("Idiomas") gives D54+ a few minor remarks of a sociolinguistic nature. Diccionario Espanol-Ibanag; o sea, tesauro Hispano� D-45 Cagayan 1 867 (Sacado de los manuscritos antiguos y nuevamente corregido y anadido en gran parte por dos relig­ UP Fi iosos dominicos ministros en aquella provincia) PL 5721 Manil a. Imprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier. 511 p. Z 5D5 Content: Lexd. Diccionario Espanol-Ibatan D-46 1914 (por various padres Dominicos misioneros de l as Isl as Batanes) . Man i l a . Tip. de Santo Tomas . Wason 574 p. PL5 571 Content: Lex 4 ; Morph 2. This includes an Z 5D 54 introduction by Otto Scheerer . Some indication of derivational possibilities is given in the citationsd. Dietz, T. A . D-48 195 5 Media of instructiond: Vernacul ar versus foreign l anguage; Review of the Iloilo experiment. Papua­ New Guinea (Ter . ) Dept of Education. The Problem of Language, Paper No. 3. Port Moresby. S leavesd. Contentd: Ped ; Acq . Dimalanta, Gavina D-49 1916 Vocabulario Pampango-Castellano-Ingles (con partes de gramatica y frases usuales. . . ) . 1st ed. NL F Manila. Libreria y Papeleria de J. Martinez. 499.d203p 337 p . DS91 vp Content: Lex 4 . Dimalanta, Gavino and Sofronio G. Calderon D - 50 19-- Vocabulario Pampango-Tagalog-Inglesd. (Compendio del Tagalogd- Castel l ano-Ingles por D . E. Fernandez UP Fi and S. G. Calderon y del pampango- castel l ano­ PL5993 ingles por el mismo Dimalanta.) Maynil a. Libre­ D58 ria at Papeleria ni J. Martinez. 2 39 p. Content: Lex 3. Dioko, Leonardo C. D-51 1961 "The irksome ' Kuwan ' ". PFP, 54 (26-July 1) : 5 3. Content: Lex 1 . Diyco, Adelaida S. D-5 2 1950 "A study of the relative effectiveness of direct and of indirect methods of teaching Tagalog among first year students in the high school. " Unpub­ lished M. A. thesis in Education, Arel l ano Univer sity, Manila . Contentd: Ped ; Acq 2. 167 Dizon , Anacleto I. D - 5 3 1966 "Galing sa Bisaya ang Tagalog.s" p·ani.tik·an , 2 ( 8- Oct) : · 38�4 3 . Content : Hist ; Comp. Dizons, Nicolas C. D - 5 4 1947 Dictionary, English, Tagalog, Ilocano, and Visa­ yan. (A brief Tagalog· grammar written in English LC and translated in Ilocano and in Visayan) Hono­ PL6054 lulu. Juan de la Cruz Book Room. 182 p. DS Contents: Lex 4. Doctrina Cristiana para instruccion de los ninos en D - 5 5 lengua montes. 1895 Malabon. 64 , 16 p. Content: Text 3 . Bisaya of Mindanao. Doctrina Cristiana. The first book printed in the D- 56 Philippines 1947 Manila, 1593 . With an introductory essay by Edwin Wolf. Washington. The Library of Congress. Wason so + 76 p. Zl86 Content: Writ ; Hist 2. This gives early forms PSD6 of Tagalog (almost 400 years ago) , in both Roman characters and the ancient syllabary. See also Santamaria , Alberto ( 1940). Dodd , John D-57 188 2 - "A few ideas on the probable origin of the hill 1883 tribes of Formosa." JSB RAS , 1 : . 69-77, 7 8 - 8 4 ; 10: 1 9 5 - 2 0 3 . Contents: Comp 4 ; This deals with various cultural , historical , geographical factors imping­ ing on the origins of the hill people. One factor , language , is handled on pages 199-202 , and it treats langua.sge variability on the island. Com­parisons are made with Philippine languages (Tag­ alog , Bisayan) and other MPN languages. However , the list is very short. Dohertys, David Jessup ( 1850- ) D- 58 1902 Notes on Filipino dialects. Leaflet of 4 p. privately printed in Chicago. ( Reprint from: Wason The Educational Review , v.·s 24) L64E24 Content : Comp; Theo 3 . The author advocates the fusion of the native dialects into a common lan- . guage. D-59 1 9 0 2 "The Tagalog language." Educational Review , 24 ( Dec) : . 4 9 7 - 5 0 2 ·• Lll Contents: Phon ; Morph. This includes notes on E252 phonology and morphology. D.-.60 1903 "Essential unity of Filipino dialects.P Gunton ' s Magazine , 24 (January) : 25-27. Contents: Comp 2. 168 Donato, Brother Rafael, FSC D-61 1965 "The pedagogical implications from the contras­ tive analysis of Ilocano and English . " Thesis at Columbia University, New York. Conteritd: Comp 5 ; Ped; Acq 2. contrastive phono­ logy. Dongallo, Rosalia Almeda D-62 1954 "A study of typical Ibanag folklore, folksongs, poems, proverbs, and riddles . " Unpublished· M. A . thesis in English, Far Eastern University, Manila. Contentd: Text 4. Dorado, Atanacia 0. D-63 1962 "Pagpabuti ng pagtuturo ng mga sulatin sa Filipino.d" JPLT, 3 -4 : 24 - 27. Contentd: Ped. Title translation: The Improve­ ment of Teachin. g of Composition in Tagalog. D-64 1966 " I sang pag-aaral ng mga suliranin sa pagtuturo, pagmamasid, at painamahala sa Filipino sa mga mababang paaralang bay an sa Lungsod ng Quezon.d" Unpublished thesis, National Teachers College, Manila. 82 p . Contentd: Ped. Title translationd: A study of the problems in teaching, observation, and admin­ istration in Filipino language in elementary schools in Quezon City. · Dorn, Louis D-65 1967 "Philippine language trends.d" Prac Anth, 14d(July/ Aug. ) : 174-185. Contentd: Soc; Theo 3 . Social and historical aspects in the national language and native lan­ guage dominance situations·. Dorothee, Paz Ruiz D-66 1963 "A bilingual structural analysis to justify theoretically the Cebuano induced verb errors Wason in English . " Unpublished M . A . thesis, University PE1460 of San Carlos. vii, 206 p. Note : issued in P34+ 1966 as San Carlos Humanities Series #5, Dumaguete . Content : Morphd; Syn; Comp 5; Acq 2. This is a contrastive treatment of Cebuano and English in predicting errors in morphology and syntax by native Cebuano speakers in producing English sentencesd. Doty, Edith Aultman D � 67 1958 "A glossary of ' Filipinismos ' in the Spanish language found in Philippine publications of the Wason period, 1890-1920.d" Unpublished thesis, Univer­ Film sity of Michigan . xlvi, 312 p. 163 Contentd: Lex l ; Phon ; Hist 4 ; Comp 5. This deals with borrowings, background on role of Spanish in the Philippines. It includes some contrastive notes--phonemic inventory and some distributional 169 differences. Most of the work is a list of forms with examples of use but the particular Philippine language source is seldom identified. Dowling, Vincent B . D-68 1962 Visa an rammar and conversation. Exercise books. 3r e . Davao City. Mary noll Fathers (P . 0 . Box 143). 1 4 1 p . mimeographed. Content : Gram ; Morph ; Soc ; Ped 1. This is based on previous work of Fr. Michael Hiegel, and draws from Fr . J . D. van den Bergh's works. Dubois, Carl and Lauretta Dubois D-69 1966 Megbasa kidon I. Summer Institute of Linguistics Literacy Materials. 64 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5 . This is a Manobo (Saran ­ gani) primers. Dumaual, R . R . D-70 1962 "Pilipino--Our unifying element.s" HSC, 9 (5-Mar. ) : 2-3 . Content: Socs. Dumlao. Felipa T . D-71 1956 "Techniques, materials and problems of teaching the Filipino language in the public and private schools in Abra . " Unpublished M . A . thesis in Education, National University, Manila. Content: Ped ; Acq 2 . Duran, C . G . D-72 1900 Manual de conversaciones en Castellano, Ta alose Ingles (con la pronunciacion figuradas. Manila. Ayer Chofre y Companias. 80 p. Phil . Lang . Content: Phon . See also under Cue-Malay, Gonzalo. Tagalog 69 Duran, Ingacio (1834- 1896) D-73 1883 "Carta", Dated Santa Ana, 14 June, in Cartas de los PP . de la Compania de Jesus de la Mision de Ayer Filipinas, p. 218-222 . 2144 Content : Text . This is in Tiruray . J4 1JS 1883 v . 5 Dupla, Melanio and Svelmoe, Gordon D- 74 1951 �ipi . Manilas. Summer Institute of Linguistics, ureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 38 p. Content : Text ; Ped 2. This 1s a Mansaka reader. Dy, Felipe G . D-75 1964 " !sang pahambing na pag-aaral ng talasalitaang Tagalog at Hiligaynon . " Unpublished M. A . thesis, Manuel L. Quezon University, Manila . 175 p . Content : Lex ; Comp. This is a comparative study of Tagalog and Hiligaynon vocabularies. Dy-Liacco, Leonor Bojano D- 76 1959 "Bikol syntaxs. " Unpublished M . A . thesis in 170 Education, University of Nueva Caceres, Naga Cityd. vii, 50 p. Content: Syn. Dyen, Isidore D�77 1947 "The Malayad-Polynesian word for ' two ' ". Lang, 23: 50-55. Content : Phan ; Comp 1 . This is a reconstruction of */Dewha/ and down tracing into various languages with supporting data for the regularity of thed· rules of sound change. 1947 "The Tagalog reflexes of Malaya-Polynesian D.d" Lang, 2 3 : · 2 27 - 2 3 8. Content: Phon; Hist 2; Comp 1. To explain excep­ tions, sound law and analogy are used, with envi­ ronmental and distributional factors being con­ sidered. D-79 1949 "On the history of the Trukese vowels.d" Lang, 25 : 4 20 -4 36. Content: Phon; Comp 1. This deals with sound and word structure of Trukese and downd-tracing rules from PMP with supporting data (cognates) from related languages for proto forms (Tagalog and Bisayan among others) . D- 80 1951 "Proto-Malaya-Polynesian * Z . " Lang, 27d: 534- 540. Contentd: Comp 1. This departs from some of Dempwolff ' s doublet reconstructions by postulating on additional PMP phoneme. Correspondence sets are given in support. D-81 1952 "Malay ' tigad' ' three ' : a further note. " Lang, 2 8: 465-473. Contentd: Comp 1. The author examines hypotheses as to whether and how ' tigad' is indigenously a Malay word, or whether it is borrowed . Hiligaynon, and secondarily Tagalog data are used in the disd­ dussion of one hypothesis (i. e. , ' tiga ' is related to an earlier word for ' hearthstone ' . See pages 46 8f. D-82 1953 "Dempwolff ' s *R. " Lang, 29 : 359- 366. Contentd: Comp 1. This is a comparison with sound correspondences and proto forms in four different sets. This raises the problem of recon­ struction but does not set up new proto phonemes. D-83 1953 The Proto-Malaya-Polynesian laryngeals. Baltimore. Linguistics Society of America . vii, 65 p. 171 Wason Content: Phon ; Morph ; Hist ; Comp 1 , 2. This is PL5031 the post- Dempwolff definitive work in comparative D99+ �1PN. It attempts to work out some unsolved pro­ blems and is based mostly on dictionaries and collected lists of others. Philippine languages included are: Biko 1 , Bisayan, Hiligaynon·, Cebu­ ano, Samar-- Leyte, Tagalog. Reviews: Uhlenbeck, Lingua, 5: 308-31 8, and Goodenou. gh, JAOS, 74d:174 - 175. Dyen, Isidore D - 84 195 3 Subgrouping Philippine languages (Abstract). Abstract of Papers presented at 8th Pacific Con­ Wason gress of the Pacific Science Association and the Ql0l 4th Far Eastern Prehistory Congress. Quezon City. PllA2 Pages 5 17 - 5 1 8. Content: Hist ; Comp 2. D - 85 1956 "Language distribution and migration theory.d" Lang, 32 : 6 1 1 - 626. Content: Comp ; Eth 1. The author discusses impli­ cations of comparative linguistics on culture history. It is theoretical and a broadly based article. Philippine-Chamorro relations are dis­ cussed on page 617. It likewise deals with typo­ logy of distributions (p. 620 for Philippine lan­ guages)d. D- 86 1956 "The Ngaj u -Dayak ' Old speech stratumd' . " Lang, 32 : 83- 87. Content : Hist ; Comp . Tagalog data forms a small portion of correspondence sets. The article tests the theory that one set of doublets in Ngaju­ Dayak reflects early literary language.d· Dyen says that one set of doublets must be borrowin. gs. D- 87 1956 "Review of Gonda ' s Sanskrit in Indonesia.d" JAOS, 76: 50 - 5 5. Content: Phon ; Comp 2, 3 ; Theo 5. This gives a summary of the contents of the book and gives cri­ tical comments dealing with language map (including the Philippines) , Tagalog vowels, and number. Most of this review deals with the general discussion of MPN languages (pages 1 to 10 in Gonda)d. D - 88 1962 "The lexicostatistical classification of the Malayo.-Polynesian languages.d" Lang, 38: 38-46. Content: Lex ; Hist ; Comp 1 , 2. D - 89 1962 "Some new proto-Malayod- Polynesian initial phonemes.d" JAOS, 82: 214-21 5. 172 Contentd: Phon; Comp 1 . Cebuano , Hiligaynon, and Tagalog data along with other MPN language data from widely chosen sources are compared· for re­ construction of */W/ and */x /. Dyen, Isidore 3 D-90 1963 The lexicostatistical classification of the Ausd­ tronesian languages. New Haven. Yale University. 93 p. Contentd: Lex; Comp 2. This deals with internal (and external ) relationships of MPN languages, and with cultural history interpretations. A later version appeared in 1965. D-91 1963 "Lexicostatistical ly determined borrowing and taboo.d'' Lang, 39 (1)d: 60 -66. Content: Lex 1; Hist 4; Soc. This deals with language changes in lexicon as revealed through lexicostatistics (e. g. , unexpected differences in percentage of cognates shared by closely related varieties of speech and some more distantly re­ lated language.d) Philippine languages inc lude Cebuano, Mamanwa, Cuyonon, Tagalog, Pampango, Dibabaon, Subanun, Hanunoo, Batak, Kalinga, Tinggian, Kankanay. D-92 196 3 "The position of the Malayopolynesian l anguages of Formosa . " Asia Per, 7 : 261 -271 . · Content : Comp 2. This gives lexicostatistics dealing mainly with relationships internal to Formosa but with some coverage of extra-Formosan affinities. Some attention· is given to Philip­ pine languages (i. e. , Iloko , Tagalog) . D-93 1965 "Formosan evidence for some new proto-Austronesian phonemes.d" Lingua, 14: 2 85 - 305. (also in: Indo- Pacific Linguistic Studies, Part I, Histori­ cal Linguistics, G. B. Milner and Eugenie J. A. Henderson, eds. Amsterdam. North Holland Pub. Co . , 196 5, p. 2 85 - 30 5 . ) Contentd: Phon; Comp 2. This deals with internal grouping and relation to the Philippines. Tagalog is used in comparisons with other and PMP formsd. D-94 1965 A Lexicostatistical classification of the Austro­ nesian languages. Supplement to Vol. 31(1) of Wason IJAL. 64 p. PL50 2 3 Content : Lex; Hist; Comp 2. Internal (and exter­ D99+ nal ) relationships of MPN (Philippine) languages are discussed. The earlier version is 1963.d· 173 Earnest, Wm. Watson E - 1 1918 A war catechism in Philippine languages. Manila . 19 p. NL Fi Content: Text 3. 940.d3107b Ea76i Ebanghelista, Juan E - 2 1914 Katatasang T0a galog (gramatica). Maynila. Limbagang El Retono. 117 p. NL F . Content: Gram. Title translation: Fluency in 499.d215T Tagalog. Eb14k Edmonds, Williams E - 3 1901 Iloco-- American vocabulary for the use of schools in !locos. Mapila. Amigos del Pais. 19 p. Ayer Content: Lex 3; Ped. · Phil. Lang. Iloko 93 Edroza, Genoveva D. and Florencia del Rosario E-4 1950 Balarilang pangkolehiyo. Manila. Philippine Book Co. 211 p. Wason Content: Gram ; Ped. This is in both Tagalog and PL6053 E!tglish. E24 E-5 1953 Ako 'y Filipino. ( Integrative activities in the Filipino language. ) Ikalimang Baitang. Manila. L. E. Santa Cruz. xiii, 196 . p. Content: Gram; Lex; Ped. This gives instructional materials for vocabulary, reading, conversation, with text materials and grammatical sections. E-6 1964 Pampaaralang Balarila. 4 vols. Content: Gram; Ped. A pedogogical grammar for U. H. high school students. Asia PL6053 E47 1967 Educational Services, Washington, D. C. E-7 1960 Tagalog; Language familiarization manual. Pre­ pared for the Department of Defense, Washington, Wason D. C. iv, 61 p . PL6055 Content: Ped 1. This is a phrase book with an E24 appendix of signs. Eg. gan, Fred E-81954 "Some social institutions in the Mountain Pro­ vince and their significance for historical com­ p arative studies. ; ' JEAS, 3 (3) : 329 - 335. Content: Lex 1; Comp 2; This is mainly ethnographic, on community organization. See comments on language relations on page 334. There are a few comparisons of terms for community units and structures. 174 Eggan, Fred E-9 1960 "The Sagada Igorots of northern Luzon , n in George Peter Murdock, ed.d, Social Structure in Southedast GN4 Asia. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, V69+ No . 29, Wenner�Gren Foundation for Anthropologi- no. 29 cal Research, Inc. , p. 24- 50. · Contentd: Lex 1 ; Eth 2. This is mainly ethnogra- phic, but with a detailed chart of kin terms·. Elkins , Richard Ewell E - 10 195 3 "The phonemes of southern Bukidnon Manobo. ' ' AFLS, 1 2 : 10 8-110. Contentd: Phan ; Morph. Segmental phoneme inven­ tory and distributions are given. Socio -linguisd­ tic information on dialects with names, a syllable limited analysis, and alternations are also dis­ cussed. E - 11 1954 Phonemesd· of the central Mindanao Manobod. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 5 p. mimeographed. Content : Phon . · E - 12 19 57 Partial neutralization of PMP reflexes in western Bukidnon Manobo. Fargo, North Dakotad; University Wason of N. Dakota, Summer Institute of Linguisticsd. Pamphlet 5 leaves. PL Contentd: Phon ; Morph ; Comp 1. This is historical P.dI . 21+ comparative with PMP. It deals with syllable and and stress patterns, which defines environments for coalescence of PMP */a/ and */e/ (pepet) to yield /e/. 1962 "Partial loss of contrast between a and e in western Bukidnon Manobo.d" S I L WP, -6 : 1-::-7 • Content : Phond; Comp 1. E-14 1963 "Partial loss of contrast between a and e in western Bukidnon Manobo . " Lingua,-12 ( 2) : 20 5 - 210. Contentd: Phond; Morph ; Comp 1. Distribution of these two phonemes is presented in so far as it ties in with contrast and historical sound changes from PMPd. Binukid data is provided for comparison. E-15 1964 "A matrix display of western Bukidnon Manobo kin­ ship . " PSR, 1 2 (1-2)d: 122-129. Content: Lex l ; Eth 2 ; Sem 1. This discusses semantic components in the Manobo system of kin terms. E-16 1967 "Maj or grammatical patterns of western Bukidnon Manobo.d" Unpublished Ph.dD. thesis, University of Hawaii. Contentd: Gram. 1 7 5 Elkins, Richard Ewell E - 1 7 1968 Manobo-English dictionary. Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press� xix, 356 p. UN Pac Content: Lex 4. PLS00l A3451 #3 E- 18 1968 "Three models of western Bukidnon Manobo kinship." Ethnology, 7 : 171 - 1 89. Contents: Lex 1 ; Eth 2 ; Sem 1. E.-19 n .d. An outline of the kinship system of western Bukid- non Manobo. Manilas(?). Summer Institute of Lin- guistics. Contents: Lex l ; Eth 2 ; Sem. Elkins, Richard and Betty Elkins E.-20 1954 A vocabulary of central Mindanao Manobo. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Wason Schools, Institute of National Language . 94 p . PL5955 Content: Lex 3. There are about 800 items in ZSS95 this vocabulary in Manobo-English- Filipino, with an English index. Most entries are single bases ; very few derived forms are entered. E-21 1955 Manobo alphabet. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Lan. guage. 18 p. Contents: Writ 1 ; Ped 2. E-22 1955 Manobo primer 1 , 2. 2 vols. Nasuli, Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content : Ped 2.·s Elliott, Charles Winslow (18. 87- ) E-23 1913 A vocabulary and phrase book of the lanao Moro dialect. Bureau of Science, Division of Ethnology Wason Publications, Vol. 5, Part 5. Manila. Bureau· of GN671 Printing. pages 303-328. P5A23+ Content : Lex ; Morph. There are notes on parts of V. 5 speech. Entries are based on English and subdivided Part 5 into semantic realms. · Encarnacion, Juan Felix de la E-24 1885 Diccionario Bis aya--Espanol. 3rd ed. (Aumen tada con mas de tres mil voces por Jose Sanchez y la PL5626 cooperacion de varies Padres Recoletos) Manila. F31+ Tipografia de Amigos del Pais. 2 vo. 435, 349 p . (Other editionss: · 1851 (Vol. 1) ; Vol. 2-1852; 2nd ed . : 1866.) Content : Lex 4. Conant calls this the standard work on Cebuano, with many words from other Bisayan dialects being included. 176 Encina, Francisco. See also: J . Bermej o. Encina, Francisco (1715 -1760) E - 25 1 836 Arte de la lengua Zebuana. Manila . Imprenta de J. M . Dayot . 168, 8 p . (Other editions: 1 801 LC ( ? ) , and 1 7 6 0 ( ? ) ) PLS 649 Content: Gramd. This contains an "Abecedario", E57 and deals with morphophonemics. E - 2 6 1885 Gramatica Bisaya�Cebuana. (Reformada por Nicolas Gonzalez de S. Vicente Ferrer. ) Manila . I mpren - Wason ta de Amigos del Paisd. 160, 44 p . PL S 649 Content: Gramd. This deals with the grammar under E56 European (Latin and Spanish) categories covering word classes, morpholo. gy, and some syntax. E - 27 1894 Arte compendiado de la lengua Cebuana. 2nd ed . Tambobong. Pequena Tipolitografico del Asilo de Huerfanos de Nuestra Sra . de Consolacion . 1 80 p . Content: Gramd. This was revised by J. Bermejo. • The date on the cover is 1895 . See content under Bermejo. Enciso-Oliva, Erlinda E - 2 8 1965 "Analysis of the instructional problems of grades I and II vernacular teachers in the division of Camarines Sur . " Unpublished thesis, University of Nueva Caceres, Naga City . 140 p . Content: Pedd. Enero, Josephine, Romulo Apolonio, Josue Zuniega, E - 29 Espirita Cachero, and Florence Ragma 1963 Ilocano intermediate course. Lubuagan, Kalinga, Mt . Province. U . S . Peace Corps Language Insti­ tuted. Unpaged; mimeographed. Contentd: Ped 3 . This consists of 41 units plus numerous supplements of readingsd. Lessons take the form of dialogues with grammatical notes. Enriquez, Jose T. and Lorenza Abasolo- Enriquez E - 30 1952 National language lexicon. Manilad. Jose C. Velo. vii, 1 27 p. · UP Fi Content: Lex 3. This was eidted by Julian C . PL6055 . E6 Balmaceda . 1952 E -31 1958 Filipino langu,a ge lexicon. Manila . Jose C . Velo . 127 p . . Wason Content: Lex 3. This was edited by Julian C . PL6055 Balmaceda. E59 Enriquez, Pablo Jocobo; J. A . Bautistia, and E -32 F. J. Jamolangue 1949 Pocket dictionary: English- Tagalog- Visayan, 1 7 7 Wason Cebuano-Ilongo vocabulary. Manila. Philippine PL56 26 Book Co. 249 p. E59 Content : Lex 4 . Enriquez, P. Jacobo and Maria Odulio Guzman E � 33 1949 A pocket dictionary: Tagalog-English; English­ Tagalog vocabulary. Manila. Philippine Book Co. Wason 13s, 1 29 n : d- PL6056 content: - Lex 3, 4. This was also published as E S9 two separate volumes. Entries are derived forms P 7 , P S as welld-- as bases. Enriquez, Pablo Jacobo and Jose F. Llamas E-34 1952 Pocket dictionary: English-Tagalog-Pangasinan vocabulary. Manila. Philippine Book Co. 249 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. Jose Llamas is the Pangasinan PL6056 translator. E59 P9 Enriquez, Pablo Jacobo and J.dB. Quimba E - 35 1949 Pocket dictionaryd: English-Tagalog-Ilocano vocabulary. . Manila. Philippine Book Co. UP Fi 196 p . . PL6056 Content: Lex 1. E592 Enriquez, Pablo Jacobo and Jose Victoriano E - 36 1949 English-Tagalog-Spanish dictionary. Manila. Philippine Book Co. NL F Content: Lex 4. 499.d203t En 72p Ensayo de grammatica Hispano-Tagala E-37 1 87 2 · Manila. Establecimiento Tipografico Ciudad Con� dal de Plana y Compania. 72 · p. Content: Gram. Epistola, Nieves B. E-38 1959 "Some language problems in the PHilippines.d" Transactions of the international conference of Wason orientalists in Japan. No . 4, p. 89-92. PJ21 Conten t d: Soc 3; Ped 3. This is an external 161 history on the national language situation; deals with the position, role of· Tagalog, English, and Spanish. · · · E-39 195? "Notes on Pangasinan verbs,d" Transactions of the International Conference of Orientalists in Japan. 5: 15- 24. Content: Morph 1. Epstein, Jonathan E -40 1963 Language notebook. Manila. Peace Corps Volun ­ teers Lariguage Program. 64 p . Content: · Gram 1 ;d· Theo 4. This is a manual for self help in language study . It lists grammati­ cal categories together with English forms which 178 wil l probably elicit the necessary distinctions, and cover the range of form and meanings. Epstein, Jonathan · · E- 41 1963 Maranao. Zamboanga (?) . Pe-ace Corps Language Program. 2 v. Unpaged. Mimeographed. · · Content: Ped 3. This is a course in spoken Maranao consisting of 21 units plus considerable readings. E- 42 1963 Maranao grammar. Zamboanga ( ? ) . Peace Corps Language Program. 58 p. Mimeographed. Wason Contents: Gram ; Morph. This treats verb morpho­ PL5957 logy, certain other grammatical categories and USS+ word classes. · · 1967 Standard Bikol. Washington, Peace Corps. m1 • meo. Contents: Ped. Es cob ar y Lo z an o, J . E.. 4 4 1885 El indicador del viajero en las islas Filipinas. Manila. Chofre y Compania. UP Fi Content: Lex 3. On pages 153 to 170 iss: "Vocabu .. DS654E8 lario Espanol- Tagalog". Espejo, Zoilo · E- 45 1870 Cartilla de agricultura Filipina. 2nd ed. Manila. Ramirez y Giraudier. NL F Content: Lex 1 ; Comp; On pages 92 --96s: "Cor- F630.s76 respondencia de los Nombres Tagalos con que se Es64c designan las principales plantas de esta Cartilla en los dialectos e idioma siguientess: Tagalo, Camarines, Visayo, Pampango, Ilocano y Castellano.s' ' Espino, Federico Licsi, Jr. E-46 1960 "Common Sense and the National Language.s" TW, lS (July 10) : 38-39. Content: Theo 3. E- 47 1961 "Common sense and the national language.s" Pa, 13 ( Apr i 1) : 6 4 - 70 . Content: Theo 3. E.-48 1961 "Rizal and the Tagalog 1 a!}guage. " STM, Oct. 7, p. 10- 11. Contents: Theo 3. E -49 1961 "The state of the national l anguage.s" Day Mir, August 19, p. 16- 17. Contents: Theo 3. Estacio, Ceferina I. C. E- 5 0 1 9 6 1 "Problems of syntax of Filipino speakers of English.s" Thesis at University of the East, Manila. Contents: Syn; Acq. 179 Estacio, Ceferina I . C. E-51 1964 "English syntax problems of Filipinos and the principles of linguistic relativityd. " Proceed.,.. ings, 9 th Intern�tional Congress of Linguists. Horace G . Lunt, ed . The Hague. Mouton. p. 217-223. Conten t : Syn ; Comp 5. This presents contrastive morphological and syntactic features between English· and Pilipino . Estel, Leo A. E-52 1952 "Racial types on Mindoro. " JEAS, 1 (4) : 21 .- 29 . Contentd: Soc 1 ; This deals with physical anthropology, and gives a map of cultural lin ­ guistic groups (after Conklin) and a bibliography. Estrada, Rita D. E-53 1963 "The case of the disappearing language.d" Chronicle Magazine, 1 8 (34) : 18 - 21. {Also· in FEUFJ, 1 (7) : 649d-652. ) Conten t : Soc 3; Ped ; Theo 3. This discusses the pros and cons of Tagalog versus English as the languages of the nation and education. Eustaquio, Gaudencio R. E-54 1961 Takigrapiyang Tagalog. Panimulang aklat. Manila. Pioneer Printing Press. xxv, 187 p. Conten t : Writ . 1. Title translationd: Tagalog stenography book. This contains the symbols for Tagalog words. No evangelio a komapet de Jesucristo a pinatolas ni E - 55 Markos 1 960 Nasuli, Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 77 p. Conten t : Text 3. This is the Gospel according to Mark, in Ivatan. Evangelista, Ignacio E-56 1923 Balarilang Pilipino. Manila. Bulalakao ' s Printing Press. 326 p. 499. 2 Content : Gram. Ev.d146 1 9 23 Everett, A . Hart E .,..57 1880 "Word list incorporated in F. A. Swettenham ' s Comparative vocabulary of the dialects of s ome of the wild tribes inhabiting the Malayan Penin­ sula, Borneo, etc.d" JSBRAS, : 12s .... 156. Contentd: Lex 3 ; Comp . This contains Tagbanua vocabulary items in 115 comparisons with words from other non-Philippine languages. Everett, H. D. and H. N. Whitford . E-58 1906 Preliminary working plan for the . public forest tract of the Insular Lumber Compdany. P. I . Bureau of Forestry Bulletin No. 5. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 180 Ayer Content : Lex 1 . Pages 53-54, "List of Tree 2201 Species" gives the scientific names, family, F7E9 local common name, and commercial names. Exposicion de Filipinas E-59 1887 (Colleccion de articulos publicados en El Globo, diario illustrado politico, .cientifico, y literario). NL F Madrid . El Globo . 22·0 + 2 p . 606 Content: Hist 4 ; Comp ; Bihl 3 ; Sec. This con­ M267e tains articles on the comparison of Tagalog and Sanskrit. · · · Eyestone, Maynard M. (See also Interchurch Langu�ge E-60 School) 1965 Tagalog pronunciation and memory materials. Manilas. Interchurch Language School. 71 p. Mimeographed. · Content: Phon 3 ; Comp 5 ; Ped 1. This is a pedagogic manual for speakers of English. E-61 n.d. Pulong sa p1. sara. An introduction to Cebuano grammar. Manila . Interchurch Langu�ge Schools. Contents: Gram . E-62 n.d. Sapatos para sa batas: An introduction to Tagalog grammar. Manila. Interchurch Language School.· 60 p. Content: Gram. Eyestone, Maynard M. and Rosa P. Soberano E-63 1964 Hiligaynon lessons. Manila. Interchurch Lan­ guage School. 2 parts in 1. Wason Content: Ped 3 . PL571 1 E98+ Ezguerra, Domingo P. (1601 - 1670) E--64 1949 Arte de la lengua Bisaya de la Provincia de Leyte. Madrid . Libreria de General Victoriano Suarez. Wason 88 p. (Other editions: 1663. Manila. I mp. de PLS527 la Cornpania de Jesus. 88 p. 1 747. Manila. E99+ Imprenta de la Cornpania de Jesus. 88 p.) 1949 Contents: Gram ; Writ 2. Fabicon, J . E. F-1 1965 "The Filipino Child and Multilingualism." FT, 20 (1) : 23-24 . Content : Soc 2 ; Acq 1 . Facts and figures about the Philippines F-2 1942 Washington, D.Cs. Information Division, Office of the Resident Commissioner of the Philippines . 64 p . UP Fi Contents: Soc ; On pages 9 and 10: "Language. n DS656.sA56 181 Farol, Alberto S . F-3 1955 "A study of the problems of teaching the Filipino language in the secondary schools in the city ofd· NL F Cebu.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, University of 499.d207e Southern Philippines, Cebu Cityd. 1 89 p . F 238s Content: Ped . Faublee, J. F-4 1949 "Note sur les travaux linguistiques de M. Harold G. Conklin aux iles Mindoro at Palawan.d" Pro­ ceedings of the 21st International Congress of Orientalists, 1948, p. 250-251. Content : Theo 5 . This gives essentially the same information as in Conklind' s 1949 article in Am Anth. Fausto de Cuevas, Jose Maria (1787-1837) F-5 1 854 Arte nuevo de la lengua Ybanag. 2nd ed. Manila. Imprenta de los Amigos de Pais. 2 3, 366, 25 p. UP Fi (Other editiond: 1826-lst . ed. Manila. Imprenta PL5721 de Santo Tomas. 541 p. ) F26 Content : Morph. The first edition contains "Tablas de los Derivados de los Nombres y Verbos y Conj ugacion del Verbo Ibanag". A 2 - page note in Retana ' s Aparato gives quoted passages from this work containing general notes, comments, numerals, examples of declension (Latin model)d. Favre, Pierre Etienne Lazare F-6 1 875 Dictionnaire Malais-Francais. Vienned. Imprirnerie Imperiale et Royaled. 2 vols. 916, 879 p. (Other Wason editiond: 1880) PL5125 Content: Lex ; Writ 2 ; Comp. Volume 1 contains an F27D5 introduction which has tables of the writing sys­ tems of Tagalog and Bisaya . Entries in both vol- umes often have ' etymologyd' which consists of supposed cognates in the other languages, and is written in the traditional script with Latin letter transliterations and definitions. Fehlinger, Hans F-7 1906 "Die Bevolkerun. g der Philippineninseln . " Globus, 90 : 142 - 145 .d Contentd: Soc l; This is mainly ethnologi- cal, but gives the relative sizes of the 1 8 major languages and some data on the number of languages (16 - 82 in Blumentritt) , with the number of speakers, distribution and general characterization of the groupd. He defines groups primarily on language but does not deal with language as such. Felipe IV F - 8 162 2 " (Real Cedula) al Arzobispo de Manila que guarde la cedula arriba ynserta para que los religios os que tuvieren doctrinas sean examinados en la len ­ gua de los yndios . " Archivos de India, 20 : 2 50 - 253. Content : Text. 182 Felipe IV F-9 1624 "Reales cedulas sobre examenes en las lenguas de Filipinas.d" Archives de India, Est. 69, Caj. I , Leg. 30. (Madrid, June 22d; Aranjuez, April 30) Content : Text. Ferguson, A. M. F -10 1 8 8 3 "Notes illustrating the changes which consonants undergo in passing from one Malayan dialect to another.d" JSBRAS, No. 12d: 233- 244. Content: Phon; Comp 1, 3. This deals with sound correspondences by the use of tables of words from Malayan languages including Tagalog, Bisaya, Iloko . Several comparisons are very doubtful. Fernandez Luciano, D. Eligio F -11 1 894 Vocabulario Tagalo- Castellano. Manila. Tipo­ Litografia de Chofre y Compania. 130 p. (Other Wason editions : 1 8 8 2 Manilad: Imp. de Amigos del Pais . PL6056 84 p. 1 8 8 3 Manilad: Establecimiento Tipografico F36 de Esteban Balbas. 11 8 p. 1890 Manila : Estable­ cimiento Tipografico del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 103 p. 1906 110 p. 1920 Manilad: Imprenta e Libreria de J. Martinez. 109 p. Content: Lex 4. This is largely for reference in self-teaching. It groups vocabulary under certain semantic headings (e. g. , body parts, illnesses). Some verb paradigms are given. Many "useful" phrases, and advice on good behavior are also given. F -12 1901 Nuevo vocabulario o manual conversaciones en Espanol, Tagalo y Pampangod. Binondo. Libreria Ayer Tagala. 83 p. (Other editionsd: 1 8 76 Binondo. Phil. Lang. M. Perez. 80 p. 2nd 1 8 8 2 Manila . Imprenta del Gen.d11 · Amigos del Pais. 84 p. 4th 1 896 Manila . Imprend- ta del Amigos del Pais. 84 p. 1914 Manilad. UP Fi Libreria Filipina. 83 p. ) PL5993 Content : Lex 3; Ped 1. About 60% of this work F36 is devoted to the Lexicon. The remainder consists of useful phrases. Fernandez, D. E. and Sofronio G. Calderon F -13 1917 Vocabulario Tagalog-Castellano- Ingles con partes de gramatica y frases usuales. Manila. 2nd e d . 269 p. (Other editiond: 1921 ( ?) ) Content: Gram ; Lex 4 ; Ped 1. Fernandez, Miguel (1811 - 1 8 80) F-14 1867 Diccionario Espanold-Ibanag o sea tesauro Hispano­ Cagayan (sacado de los manuscritos antiguos y nuevamente corregido y anadido en gran parte por dos religiosos dominicos ministros en aquella 1 83 provincia) Manila . Imprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier . 511 p . Content: Lex 4. Fernandez, Pedro R. F - 15 1959 "Providing for a more hospitable Filipino language . " P JE , 3 8 : . 14 2 -14 3 , 174. Content: Theo 3 . Fernandez Cosgaya, Lorenzo (166 1 - 1731) F-16 1 865 Diccionario Pangasinan-Espanol. Aumentado , orde­ nado y reformado por Pedro Villanueva . Manila. NL Fi Establecimiento Tipografico de Colegio de Santo F499.d203 Tomas . 3 30, 1 21 p . P a Content: Lex 4 . See Retana ' s Aparato for quota­ F39ld tions on orthography and pronunciationd. This also includesd: Vocabulario Hispano - Pangasinan (121 p. ) Fernando de Santa Maria (1704 - 1774) F - 17 1 885 "Tabla y vocabulario en ocho lenguas de estas islas , de las pales, verbas, y otras drogas medi­ UP Fi cinales. . . " p . 193 - 208. �1anual de medicinas RC81 . F38 caceras para consuelo de los pobres indios. Manila. 1815 Colegio de Santo Tomasd. Ferraz, J . F . F - 1 8 1 892 Nahuatlismos de Costa Rica . San Jose de Costa Rica. 148 p. Content: Hist 4. This treats many wo rds in common use in the Philippines . Ferrer, Fernando F - 19 1908- "Habla el Sr. Retana sobre el uso de la K y de la 1909 W dobled. " El Renacimiento (Articulos de-y sobre Retana)d. NL F Content: Phon 5; Writ 1. 899 . d24s R29a Ferrer, F . F - 19A 1907 Manual !loco - Castellano o sea metodo para aprender a ensenar el Castellano en los pueblos Ilocanos. Vigan . 3 2 8 p . Content: Comp 5; Ped 1. Ferrer , Jose J . F - 20 1960 "An expansion of the Dewey decimal classification system for Philippine languages; Literature, and Wason History . '' ASLP , 6 ( 4 ) : 10 2 -10 6 . 2675 Content: Bihl 3. This deals with the categoriza­ A2A83+ tion of coverage in the literature on languages, and includes a list of languages. Ferrer, Inocencio V . · · F �- 21 1962 "The case against Tagalog. " P FP, 55 : 14-15+d. Contentd: Theo 3 . F-22 1962 "Why Tagalog?" Examiner, 1 ( 22, Nov. 9) : 1 6 - 17, 24 . Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . 1 8 4 Ferrer , Nico l as Gon zales de S . Vi centen. See under Encina F . ( 1 8 8 5 ) Fierro , Vito del F - 2 3 19 5 4 "The vernacu lar and the s chool l anguage act o f 1 9 5 4 in congress . "n Ed Q, 1 : 3 3 5 - 33 9 . Conten t : Pedn. F - 2 4 1 9 5 6 "The F i l ip ino l anguage twe lve - unit requirement in col lege . " Ed Q, 4 : 7 3 - 7 5 n. Content·: Ped 4 ; Acq 2 . F - 2 5 1959 "Technique s in vocabulary bui l ding in F i l ipino 1 an gu age . " Ed Q , 7 : 6 8 - 7 5 . Conten t : Lex 1 ; Ped ; Acq 2 . F i gue roan, Antonio ( 1 8 3 8 - 1 9 1 2 ) F - 2 6 1 8 72 Arte de l idioma Vi s aya de Samar y L e i te . Binondo . Imp renta de B runo Gon zalez Morasn. 1 3 5 p . (Other Was on editionsn: 1 8 70 Binondon. Imprenta de B runo Gon­ PL6 0 2 3 z ales Mor asn. 1 3 5 p . 1 s t ed . ) F4 7 Content : Gram . 1 8 7 2 " F i l ip ino l anguage" F - 2 7 1 9 5 5 Ed Q, 3 ( 1 - 2 ) : 2 2 3 - 2 3 3 . Contentn: Theo 3 . "The F i l ip ino l anguage - - a fo rward look" F - 2 8 1 9 5 8 Ed Q, 6 ( 1 - 2 ) : 1 46 - 149n. Conten t : Theo 3 . " Fi l ip ino l anguage" F - 2 9 1 9 6 1 STM , 1 6 (May 1 4 ) : 4 . Content : Theo 3 . Finck , F ranz Nikolaus ( 1 86 7 - 1 9 1 0 ) F - 30 1909 Die Sprachstamme des Erdkreisesn. Leip zig . B . G . Teubner . 1 4 3 p . (Other edition : 1 9 2 3 . Leip zig . P 2 0 3 F49 B . G . Teubner . 3rd ed . ) 1 9 0 9 Content : Comp 2 ; Eth . Th is gene ral sociolinguisn­ t i c dis cuss ion includes Tagalog , Bisaya , Biko l , I l oko , Ibanag , Pangas inan , Pampangan , Bat an , I goro t te group , Mangyan , Tagb anw a , Sulu , and !v1agindanaun. Finley , John Park and Will i am Church i l l F - 3 1 1 9 1 3 The Subanun. Studies o f a Sub -Vis ay an Mountain Folk o f Mindanao . Pub l i cation No . 1 8 4 of the Was on Carnegie Institution . Washington . 236 p . GN6 7 1 Content : Lex ; Phon ; �1orph ; Comp ; B ib l . Part I P 5 S 9 4+ (by Finley) is e thnography , and cont ains only a small disncus s i on o f the term Subanu and general aspects o f o rthography o f e thni c namesn. For Part I I s ee C - 9 9 n. Fleming , Doro thy F - 3 2 1 9 5 2 "A phone tic s tudy o f the speech of an English speaking Tagalog . " Unpub l ished M . A . the s i s , Loui s i ana State University . Conten t : Phon 3 ; Comp 5 . 1 8 5 Fleury, Claudio F-33 1892 Catecismo historico. Manila. Tipografia Amigos del Pais. 137 p. PL6104 Content: Text 3. This is in Tiruray with facing F61 Spanish catechism. Florenciano, Soledad M. F-34 1956 "Current problems and methods in the teaching of the Filipino language in ten public elementary schools in the city of Manila." Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education, National University, Manila. Content : Ped. Flores, A. Ol iver F-35 1962 "Filipino spoken here . " STM, 18 (13, Nov. 4): 13- 17. Content: Theo 3 . Flores, Francisco Gubaton (1928- ) F-36 1962 "A contrastive analysis of selected clause types in Cebuano and English." Unpublished Ed.D. the­ Wason sis, Universi ty of Michigan. 179 leaves. Film Content: Phon; Syn; Comp 5; Bihl. This gives a 860 phonemic analysis, with a tagmemic approach to syntax. Sociolinguistic information can be found on page 14f; it includes distribut ion of 3 Bisayan dialects (Cebuano, Hiligaynon, Waray­ Waray) plotted on a map (p. 17). The clause types given are 1) fully inflected predicational; 2) partly inflected predicational; 3) minor. He gives four focuses (p. 45). The bibliography is on p. 171- 179, with Philippine works on p. 171- 175. F-37 1964 "A comparison of selected grammatical categories in Cebuano and Eng 1 ish." PS R , 12 ( 1 - 2) : 7 7- 84 . Content: Morph; Syn; Comp 5. This is a contras­ t ive study of verb formation, phrase markers. Flores Hernandez, A. and R. Piquer y Martin Cortes F-38 1887 Cronica .de la exposicion de Filipinas. Madrid. Manuel Gines Hernandesz. 179 p. Ayer 2113 Contents: Text 4; This is said to contain F6 a poem in the Igorot dialect of Abra by Ismael Alzate entitled ''Maipaay Cadagui ti a Quinputar 'noy nga Libra ". This is also reprinted in Tavera 's Biblioteca Filipina, p. 173. Flores, Micaela F-39 1904 "Malamangs- ang ikinahahawig ng mga salita at pangungusap na Tagalog sa Ingles kay sa Kastila." ·Muli·ng Pagsilang, March 4. Content : Morph; Syn; Comp 5. Title translation: Words and sentences in Tagalog resemble English more than they resemble Spanish. 1 86 Floresca y Rimando, Romualdo F-40 1906 Vocabulary English-Ilocanod. Vigan. Imprenta de la Nueva Era. 237 p. Content: Lex 4 . "Focus on Filipino week: the language war" F-41 1965 PFP, 58(August 14)d: . 10+ Content: Theo 3. "For a language of odds and ends" F -42 196 3 Gr, 29 (Mar ch 2 0) : 5 + . Content: Theo 3 . Forbes, William Cameron F-43 1910 "English language," pages 38-39 in u. s.· · Philippine Commission 1900-1916 Report (1910)d. Washingtond. Ayer Government Printing Office. 2 1 2 1 Content: Theo 3 . Welsh says this suggests that U53re a Filipino language be formed from the different V . 2 1 dialectsd. F-44 1945 The Philippine islandsd. Rev. Ed . Cambridge, Mass. Harvard University Press. 4 24 p. (Other edition: Wason 1928 New York. Houghton and Mifflin. 2 v . ) DS685 Contentd: Comp. Pages 14-15 deal with "Language F69 and Literature". In the 1928 edition, this ap­ peared on pages 23-25 as very general remarks. Forrest, Thomas (1729-1d802) F�45 1779 A voyage to New Guinea and the Molucc·as ·fr·om Balambangan . . . ( to which is added a vocabulary of Wason the Maguindanao tongue)d. Dublin . (Other edition: DS601 1780 London . J. Robson. 388, 1 3 p . ) F72 Content: Lex 3. On p . 415-442 appears the voca­ 1779 bulary of Maguindanao. A German translation ap­ peared in 1782; a French translation, in 1780 . F-46 1780 Voyage aux Moloques et a la Nouvelle Guineed. Paris. Hotel de Thou . 470 p. Ayer 1 1 8F7Content: Lex 3. This is the French translation UP Fi of the preceding entryd; on p . 443-457 appears Microfilm "Vocabulaire de la Langue Magindanao"d. 2728 Forsberg, Vivian F�47 1966 Kbut yo kem des. Summer Institute of Linguistics Literacy Materials. 38 p. Content: Text; Ped 5 . This is written in Taga­ bili (a health booklet)d. F-48 1966 "Phrases in Tagabili . " P . 2 1 - 32 in Papers in Philippine Linguistics No. 1. Canberrad. Linguis­ Wason tic Circle of Canberra Publications. Series A . PL5506 Occasional Papers No. 8. P21+ Content: Syn 1. This is a tagmemic analysis of phrase structure classifying marked and unmarked phrasesd. 1 8 7 Forsberg, Vivian and Alice Lindquist F- 49 1954 Pepe (Preprimer). Summer Institute of Linguistics. Contents: Text; Ped 2. This is written in Tagabili. F-50 1954 Pepe and Pilar I . Summer Institute o f Linguistics. Contents: Text; Ped 2. This is in Tagabili. F-51 1955 Pepe and Pilar II. Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content : Text; Ped 2 . This is in Tagabili. F-52 1955 Pepe and Pilar visit the city I, II. Summer In- stitute of Linguistics. Content: Text; Ped 2 . This is in Ta. gabili . F -53 1955 Tagabili vocabulary. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ LC tute of National Language. 160 p. PL6048 Content : Lex 3 . F6 F-54 1957 Primers I, I I , I I I. Summer Institute of Linguis- tics. Content: Text; Ped 2. These are in Tagabili. F-55 1959 Tutul dewata. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon . Summer Institute of Linguistics. 53 p. Contents: Text 3 . This is composed of scripture translations in Tagabili, spoken in Banga, Cotabatos. F-56 1959 Sengal dewata . Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon . Summer Institute of Linguistics. 10 p. (Other editions: 1960, 1962) Content: Text 3, 5 . This is a collection of 33 hymns and choruses in Tagabili. F-57 1960 Melon huloa ne yem beneak ne tuha libun ne yem nga sedoaen. Manila . Summer Institute of Linguistics, Wason Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Pamphlet Language. 29 p . (Other edition: 1955. The old PLP. I . 17 woman · and her pig. 1955 . The little red hen. Summer Institute of Linguistics.) Content: Text; Ped 2 . The 1960 edition is the translation of The little red hen and The old woman and her pig in Tagabilis. Forster, Jannette F-58 1954 "Dibabaon te xts . " JE AS , 3 : 2 3 2 --236. Contents: Text. This also gives English trans� lations. There is no analysis beyond phonemic inventorys. 188 Forster, Jannette F-59 1958 "Noun expressions in Dibabaon.s" · ·s 1 L· WP, 2: 27- 28. Wason Contents: Syn 1. This is part of a larger paper P25 written in 1957 for Pike at the University of S95+ Michigan. It deals with mandatory and optional slots in noun phrases. F-60 1963 "Syllables and phonemes of Dibabawon.s" Papers on Philippine Languages. No. 1, p. 18- 25. Manila. Institute for Language Teaching, University of the Philippines and the Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content: Phon. F- 61 1964 "Dual structure of Dibabawon verbal clauses." OL, 3(1): 26- 48. - Content: Syn. This gives a tagmemic analysis of syntax. Forster, Jannet te and Myra Lou Barnard F- 62 1954 Dibabaon-Mandayon vocabulary. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 2nd ed. 66 p. Content: Lex 3. · F- 63 1968 "A classification of Dibabawon active verbs." Lingua, 20 (3): 265- 278. Content: Lex 1 ; Morph. Forster Jannette and Howard Paul McKaughan F-64 1952 "An adaptation of modern language teaching tech­ niques to certain unusual situations." A j oint Thesis M. A. thesis, Cornell University. iv, 230 p. P30 Content: Ped 3. This contains a course in spo­ 1952 ken Ilocano for the linguistically sophisticated F734+ student who: 1) can handle terms and grammar in technical language ; 2) can begin early and accu- rate analogizing ; 3) needs a quick short-notice course ; 4) intends to achieve not mastery of Ilocano but to use it as a springboard for work in closely related languages. Forster , Johann Reinhold ( 172 4 � 1798) F-65 1778 "Observations faites, pendant le second voyage de M. Cook, dans l ' hemisphere austral . .. , tt in Ayer James Cook, Voyage Dans ! ' Hemisphere Austral . 118C7 Paris. Hotel de Thou·. Vol. 5 . V . 5 Content: Lex 3 ; Comp. A chart on p. 252- 253 con ­ tains vocabularies of 47 words in Tagalog, Pampan- go, Malay, and several other languages.s· Forster, R.s H. · · F·66 1948 "The Spanish in the Cebuano vocabulary of the bible. . . as a partial revelation of Spanish cul­ tural, political, and economic influence in the 189 Philippine islands.d" Abstract of a Univ·ersity of California dissertation. No pagination. Contentd: Lex; Hist 4 . Fowler, John A. F -67 1925 Lumber industry of the Philippine islands. U. S. Dept. of Commerce. Bureau of For . and Dom . Ayer Commerce. Trade Promotion Series, No. 24. Phil. Lang.dWashington, D . C. Govt . Printing Office. 43 p. Gen. 12 Content: Lex l; This gives the native and scientific names of various woods, accordin. g toWelsh. F-68 1952 "The Pinatubo negritosd: Their useful plants and material culture.d" PJS, 81 (3 -4)d: 173d-414. UP Fi Content: Phon; Text; Comp; Eth; This is an DS666 ethnography but contains linguistic data: com­ N4F7 parative plant names (p. 177 - 178) ; sketch of pho­ nology (p. 1 80 - 182) ; Sambal texts with translation (p. 190 - 191) . The main body of the work deals with plants in the culture in which much use is made of terms with comparison to major Philippine languages. Fox, Robert B . . F-69 1954 "On the Bisayan syllabary . " P . 56 -58 in E. Hester, ed.d, The Robertson text and transl.ation of the NL F Povedano manuscript of 1572. Philippine Studies F991.423 Program Transcript Series, No. 2 . Chicago . Dept. P869r of Anthropology, University of Chicago . 63 p. Contentd: Writ 2 . This is a good summary of the essential features of the syllabary. F -70 1954 "Religion and society among the Tagbanuwa of Palawan island, Philippines· . " Unpublished thesis, Wason University of Chicago . ix, 3 83 p. Film Contentd: Lex 3; Phon; Text l; Writ 2; Comp 2; 250 Soc; This gives a sketch of phonology and orthography on p. iii; a glossary on p. 377 - 378; a bibliography on p. 379d. Sociolinguistic infor­ mation is given on p. 20f; linguistic relation­ ships on p. 23 . The text uses a good deal of native terminology. On p . 267 are comments on speech style versus role and setting . Pages 230 and 253 deal with the word tabu and writing res- pectively . . Fox, Robert and W i 1 1i s E. Sib1ey . F - 71 1953 "The application of glottochronology to the mountain province : · Its implications for culture history.d" Eighth Pacific Science Congress Abd­ stracts of P�pers·. Quezon City. p . 518 - 519. Content: Comp; Eth 3. 190 Fox, Robert B. , Willis E. Sibley and Fred Eggan F-72 1954 A reliminar lottochronolo · for northern Luzond. Chicago. University of Chicago Philippine Stu 1es . Program. 9 p. mimeographed. (Reprintd: 1965,·Asian Studies, 3 (1) ·: 103 ..- 113.) Content: Lex ; Hist; Comp 2; Eth 3. Eggan and Hester say this is an attempt to apply· lex.·idco... statistical dating techniques to probl�ms of cultural relationship of some tribal gr:oups- ·in Northern Luzon. It covers Tagalog, p·ampan·g·an , Sambal, Pa�gasinan, Ib aloy, kankanay , Bontok, Sagada, Ifugao, Kalinga, Iloko, Tinggian , Isneg, Ib anag, Gaddang, Ilongot. The resultsd: subd"'.' grouping, table of separation dates, and cognate percentages. It also contains language mapsd. Foy, Willy . See also under A. B. Meyer and A Sch.adenberg , Foy, Willy (1873 - ) F.-:--73 1901 "Uber die Echtheit einer angeblich Formosanischen Schrift (Anhang: Zur t Mangianenschrift t ) . t-, Abh. und Ber. des konigl. Zool. und Anthro. Ethnogr , Museums zu Dresden. 9 (6 ) : 23�26 (Part 3) . · Contentd: Writ 2. This gives further comments on his earlier treatment of Mangyan writing system (see Mayer, Schadenberg, and Foy, 1 895) with references to some moie recent literature. Frake, Charles 0. F-74 1954 "Sindangan Sub anun word list.d" JEAS, 3 ( 3) : 321- 324. . Content : Lex 3; Phon. This deals with b asic vocabulary, kin terms, inventory of vowel phonemes. There is also one statement on sound correspondence and phonological rules for certain word classes. F-75 1960 "The eastern Sub anun of Mindanao''. P. 51 -64 in G. P. Murdock, ed.d, Viking Fund Publicdation in Anthropology, No. 29. New York. Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research. Content: Lex l ; Eth 2; This is largely ethnographic but with a chart of the kin· term system and specific terms definitionsd. F-76 1961 "The diagnosis of disease among the Sub anun of Mindanao. " Am An th, 63 ( 1) : 113 -13 2 • Contentd: Lex l; Ethd; Sem 1. This deals with the structural semantics of disease terminology. F-77 1963 "Creole Spanish in the Philippines. " Report to the National Institute of Health. Content : Hist 4. Note: Cited: Saito 1968. 191 Frake, Charles O. F�78 1964 "How to ask for a drink in Subanun . n · Am Anth , 66 (6) : 127 � 132, Part 2 , Special Publication . Content : Eth. This gives very little text mate­ rial and no grammatical material . It is a presen'<:' tation of the function of language in role and status determinations. · · Francisco, Juan R. F�79 1960 "Sanskrit loan-words in the Philippine languages . '' Adyai Library Bulletin, 24 (Dec . ) : 153 � 17 2 . · Cont·ent : Lex ; Hist 4. F �S0 1961 "Sri Vij aya and the Philippiness: a review . '' PSSHR, 26: 8 7 - 109. Contents: Comp 1 ; Eth 3 ; This is a discus­ sion of etymology of the word Visaya (p . 93£) as part of the hi�torical problem under consideration. There are some comparisons of Tagalog , Bisaya, Sulu, Pampanga , Javanese, Bikol·, Malay, Hanunoo , and Sanskrit inscriptions. F-81 1963 "Indian influences in the Philippines with special reference to 1 an gu age and 1 ite ra tu re . t' Ph. D . UP Fi thesis, Universitys· of Madras . xxv, 525 p . PLS521 Content : Lex ; Hist 4 ; Comp ; Eth 3 . S3F7 F�82 1963 "Indian influences in the Philippines withs-.specialreference to language and literature . " · PSSHR, 28 (1-3) : 1 - 310. . Content: Lex ; Hist 4 ; Comp ; Eth 3. This gives an extensive bibliographys. It deals with. Sanskrit loan words and the· cultural significance . Sound comparisons and semantic changes , as well as parallels in literature motifs are_ givens. F- 83 1963 "Th.e new function of ancient Philippine scripts.s" PSSHR, 28 ( 4): 416-4 2 3 • . Content: Writ 2 ; Soc. This shows an innovation in the use of traditional scripts on Palawan. F-84 1964 "Notes on Philippine palaeography . " · .H.is·t ·Bul, 8 ( 1): 37-44. . Content: Writ 2 ; Theo 5 ; Bibl. This is an examination of references to the literature on writing systems. It evaluates and selects the more important works. The works reviewed are of Bernardo ( 1953) and Gagelonia ( 1962) , the latter receiving most attention and criticism. F - 8 5 1964 "Script writing in the Philippines.s' ' UP Res·ear·ch Digest , 3 ( 3): 6-8 . Content: Writ 2. 192 Francisco, Juan R . F- 86 1 965 "On the date of the coming of Indian influence in the Phi1 ip pin e s . " __P=h =i;_.;.l.....i-p_p___1=· n�e.;.__=H=i=s_t_;;..;; o....r;;..;;1;;;..· _c_a=l_.;;;_R=e_;;v....;:i;;..;e;;_;w;.;.., 1 (1 ) : 1 36 - 152 . Content : Lex l ; Writ 3; Eth 3 . This gives lin­ guistic and archeological evidence in culture history . Old Malay inscription in The Republic of Indonesia (682 -686 AD) are examined, Sanskrit words noted and compared to forms in Philippine languages . Sanskrit loans in the the Philippines are assumed to follow loans into Java (i . e . , 900 - 1100 A . D . ) d. F - 87 1966 "Palaeographic studies in the Philippines . " SMJ, 1 3 : 417 - 4 26 . Content : Writ 2 ; Theo 5 . This article on writing systems summarizes some major elements of research on writing systems in the Philippines . F- 88 1967 "A note on the Pagang: a Tagbanuwa bamboo musical instrument . d" Asia Std. , 5 (1 ) d: 33- 41 . Content : Text ; Writ 2 . A short text and some examples of the old syllabic writing system . F - 89 1968 "Furthe r notes on Pardo de Tavera ' s E l Sancrito en la lengua Tagalog . d" Asian Studies . 6 ( 2 ) : 2 2 3- 2 34 . - Contentd: Writ 2 ; Hist 4 . A reexamination of several words in Pardo de Tavera ' s treatment from the standpoint of orthography of the supposed Indian sources and identification of the borrowed wordd. "Free Press readers on the language issue" F - 90 1963 PPP, 56 ( Feb . 9 ) : 41+ . Contentd: Theo 3 . Freer, William Bowen (1865- ) F - 9 1 1906 The Philippine experiences of an American teacher . New York . C . Scribner ' s Sons. 344 p . Wason Contentd: Lex 3 ; "List of Spanish and Phil - DS659 ippine Terms . " P . 335- 339 in the book gives words F85 in Tagalog, Bicol, Igorrote, Moro, and Gaddan dialects. Frei, Ernest J . F - 9 2 1947 "Tagalog as the Philippine national language . " Ph . D . thesis in Oriental L iterature, Hartford Seminary . 4 30 p . Content : Theo 3 . History of the idea of a national languaged. Grammatical treatments of Taga­ log . Extensive bibliography with annotations . · F - 9 3 1949 - "The historical development of the Philippine 1 950 national language . " PSSHR, 14 ( 4 ) : 367 ... 400d; 193 15 (1) : 45-79 ; 15 (2) : 163-194. Content: Theo 2, 3 . This is an external history to the development of Filipino. Frei, Ernest J . F-94 1959 · The historical develo ment of the Phili ine nat1ona anguage. Manila. Bureau o Printing . Wason 92 p. PL5507 Content: Theo 2, 3 . This a reprint of the F86 previous entry and forms one part of entry F-92, the thesis. It is -issued by the Institute of National Language. F-95 1967 "Laurence Lee Wilson: Recorder of Mountain Province folklore.s" SLQ, 5(1-2) : 41-60. Content: Theo 2 ; Bibl 2 . · "A Brief Bibliography" lists his collection of folklore, his publica­ tionss. Fritz, Wil liam Grant F-96 1901 Ingles at Capampangan a munang piakitan (English and Pampango at S�ght.) Manila . YMCA Book Store. Ayer 91 p. Phils. Lang.sContent: Lex 3 ; Comp 5. The book says it is a Pampanga new system of selsf-instruction, and gives a com- 13 plete Pampanga pronunciation of English words. Funnel l, Shirley F - �7 1966 "Ang kuento nang matsing at pagong." SIL WP, 10: 56- 61 . Wason Content: Syn ; Text 2. Title translation: Stories P25S95+ of the Monkey and the Turtle. This contains transs­ V . 10 cription and interlinear translations. G. , J . M . G- 1 1875 Arteng Tagalog na macapagtuturo nang uicang Ca s ti 1a. · Mani1a. 95 p. ·s · Content: Ped 1. Title translsation: Tagalog grammars ( ? ) that would teach the Spanish language . G., P.s R. G - 2 1952 "Tighabol sa wika.s" WP, (6) : 4 7-48. Content: Lex l ; Ped ; Acq 2. Title translation: An addition to the language. This gives a basic vocabulary as a means to quick acq�isition of the language. It is a plea for a study to determine basic· words in common usage (i.e.s, not root words) . It cites pioneering works on the topic. Gabelsentz, H . L. von der G-3 1861 "Uber das Passivum: Eine sprachvergleichende Abhandlung." Kon Sac Ges· Wis , 8 (4) : 449-546. Content:s· Comp 3 . This gives a world wide view 194 of the subject, including MPN languages; i. e. , Bicol, Bisaya, (p . 482f) ; Iloco, Pampango, Tagalog (p. 4 8lf) , and gives a Philippine summary on page 544. The entire section 6 is largely on MPN (p. . 470 -492) . Gabelentz, Georg von der (1840 -1893) ·d· G- 1 891 Die Sprachwis sens ch aft, ihre· Aufg·a:b·e·n, ·Me.tho. 4 · den und bisherigen Ergebnis·se. Leipzig. T. 0. Weigel Pl21 Nachfolger. 50 2 p . Gll Content: Theo 1. This work is on typology, with scattered references to the Philippi ne languages (giving no forms) , and deals with relatedness, focus, and reflections of proto forms. Gabelen tz, Georg von der and A. B. Meyer G-5 1 883 "Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Melanesischen, Mikronesischen und Papuanischen Sprachen.d" Kon Sac Ges Wis, 8 (4) : 373-541. Content: Comp. This gives a bibliography of some 47 works. The only Philippine language used in this comparative work is Negrito (Mariveles, Z ambales)d. Comparison is by word class, followed by semantic category. Gagelonia, Pedro A. G-6 1962 "Evolution of the alphabet.d" F.E.UFJ, 7 ( 1) : 439 - 459d. Content: Writ 2. This is a general treatment of alphabets with specific attention also to Philip­ pine writing systems. It draws on the writings of others.d· For a review of this article, see F-84. Gaimusho, Nan ' yokyoku (Ministry of Foreign Affairs, G-7 South Seas Bureau) · 1941 Hirippin Oyobi Hirippi.njin· no· "I(ak·o· n·i· rs·ui·te. Tokyo. 85 p. Content: Soc 1; Title translationd: On the history of the Filipinos and the Philippines. Although mainly a history, it contains a "linguis- tic distri but ion map of Mindanao.d" · Galang, Fidel P. G- 8 1962 "Bible translation in the Philippines.d" · S0o uthe·ast Asia Journal of Theol·ogy (Singapore) , 4 (1) : 28-31. C6ntent: Text 3, 8. Galang, Ricardo E. G-9 19 35 "Ethnographic notes on the I sinais of Nueve Vizcaya.d" PJS, 5 8 : 503-511. Content: Lex l; Comp; Soc l; On pages 507- 509 are notes on language : a comparative Isinai-Iloko word list, locations of speech communities, and notes on ' postpositive article ' . G-10 19 35 "Ethnographic study of the Yogads of Isabella.d" PJS, 56: 81-90. 19 5 Content: Lex l ; Comp 2 ; The Yogad languages are described on p. 87-90, with notes on relationships to other languages, phonology, lexical comparisons with Ib·anag· and Gaddang, and some rules of differences a·nd similaridties. Galang, Ricardo E. G-11 1936 "Kinship usages among the Pampangos.d" PM, 33 (9): 452, 454-455. (Reprint: 1955 JEAS, 4 ( 1 ) : 115- 1 1 7 . ) Content: Lex l ; Sem 2 . This gives terms with idendtification of the person referred to by the term. Synonyms are listed with a main term in Pampango. Some indication is given as to when a term is appropriate. Galang, Zoilo M.d, ed. G-12 1936 Encyclopedia of the Philippines. Manila. Phil- ippine Education Co.d, Inc. V. 1. Wason Content: Lex ; Text 5 ; Writ 2 ; Bibl. "Literature DS655 of the Philippinesd" contains examples of native Gl4 songs, plate showing early writing of the Filipinos and bibliographical information. G-13 1938 Filipiniana. (Vol. I: "Land and people"d; Vol. II: "Linguistics") Manila. Philippine Education Co., UP Fi Inc. 413 p. PL5503 Content: Bibl 3. Although not careful ly edited, G33 Manuel says the second volume contains many refer­ ences on Philippine linguistics. Works from the fol lowing are included: Brandstetter, Costenoble, Kroeber. G-14 1950 Encyclopedia of the Philippines. Manila. Exequiel Floro. Wason Content: Text ; Writ 2 ; Bibl. Volumes 1 and 2 DS655 deal mainly wi th literature, but there is some G14 text material available, mostly Tagalog, and recent. Giving ancient form is a reproduction of the Doctrina Christiana, containing old Tagalog in Latin as well as old Indic script. A good many bibliographical references are to be found espe­ cially in Volume I, xxv, p. 436-439 ; and in Vol. II, p. 405 -408. Ancient forms of the various lit­ eratures are surveyed. Galian, Natividad M. G-15 1955 "An inquiry into the effects of the various Phil­ ippine dialects on the progress of students in the study of Spanish.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Quezon College, Manila. Content: Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq 2. Gallardo, Leonora M. G-16 1959 "A survey of the feasibility of Tagalog as a 1 9 6 medium o f ins truct ion in the primary s chools in Guimb a , Nueva Eci j a . " Unpub l i shed M . A . the s i s in Education , Stn. Louis Col l ege , Baguio C i ty . Content : Ped ; Theo 3 . Gal l e go , Manuel V . G - 1 7 1 9 4 7 "Pract i cal prob lems in the app l i cation of the nat ional l anguage pol i cy . " PJE , 2 6 : 6 . Content : Soc ; Theo 3 . G - 1 8 1 9 57 "The l anguage p robl em of the Fil ip inos . " Speech de l ivered in the House o f Rep re s entatives , Sep t . UP Fi 7 and 8 , 1 9 3 2 n. Mani l a . Bure au o f Printingn. 6 5 p . PL5 5 0 3 Content : Theo 3 . · G3 1 9 5 7 Gamboa , Doreen B . G - 19 1 9 5 1 "Our l anguage p rob lem : a prob l em o f l anguage or s omething e ls e ? " P Educ , 6 ( 3 ) : 3 4 - 3 7 . · · Con ten t : Socn. Gamb o a , Virgin i a L . See unde r Mendo z a , Vir. gini a Gambo a Gammi l l , John A . G - 2 0 1 9 0 6 ' 'The use o f the native dialects and of Spanish in our s choo l s . ' ' The Phil ippine Te acher , 2 ( 8) : 2 8 - Aye r 2 0 0 2 2 9 n. P 5 5 1 5 Conten t : Soc 3 ; Ped . V . 2 No . 8 Gana , Ro asrio B e l l a G - 2 1 1 9 5 2 _S_a_n_a�y_a_n�g_b_a_l__a_r_1· _1_a . Man il a . Inang Wika Pub l i sh ­ ing Co . 2 v . , 1 9 1 p . , 1 9 0 p . Wason Content : Gram ; Ped . Title translation : Grammar PL6 0 5 4 exercisesn. Gl9 Gana , Ros ario B e l l a and Ge11oveva D . Edro z a G - 2 2 1 9 5 1 Balari l ang pandalubhas aan . (S inuri ni Lope K . S antos ) Man i l a . Ph i l ippine Book Co . 2 : 2 8 4 , Was on 2 3 7 . PL6 0 5 4 Conten t : Gram . Title trans l ation : Coll e ge Gl9 Grammar ( reviewed by Lope K . Santos ) n. · Ganapin , J . G . G - 2 3 1 9 6 5 "Trans fer o f training from Fil ipino to the ve rnacular in ! locos Sur . " In the Grade School , 14 ( 3 ) n: 2 2 9 - 2 30 . Content : Comp 5 ; Pe d ; Acq 2 . Ganue l as , Susan a G - 2 4 19 - - Comparison of speech sounds in Engl ish and in I lokano . Bacnot an , L a Uni on . Bure au of Pub l i c Schoolsn. 1 p . mimeographed . Content : Phon ; Comp 5 . Thi s i s a tabulated com­ parison o f English and I lokano consonants and vowe l s n. Gapuz , Manuel M . G - 2 5 1 9 6 5 "Education i n a mul t i l ingual society . " PJE , 4 3 ( 6 ) n: 4 1 5 - 4 1 7 , 4 7 0 - 4 7 1 n. Content : Soc 2 ; Ped . 197 Garcia, Bernardo P. G-26 1940 "Discussion of Act 570 of the national assembly declaring the Filipino national language the official lan. guage be37: 227. . . ginnin. g July 4 ·, 1946." P-M, Content: Theo 3. Garcia, Domingo E. G-27 1948 ''A study of the conversational uses of some particles and words which are found in both the Cebu-Visayan dialect and the Filipino national language." Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Colegio de San Carlos, Cebu City. Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 5. Garcia, Florita Castro G-28 1949 "Providing for maximum transfer and f,reventing interference in the learning of Tagalog by Pampangos." Unpublished M �-A. thesis in National Language, Centro Escolar University, Manila. Content: Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq 2. Garcia, Francisco and R. P. Ulpiano Herrero G.,.29 1902 Manga onang turo sa uicang Ingles. Manila. Colegio de Santo Tomas .s . 477 p. Wason Content: Text ; Comp 5 ; Ped 3. This is a course PE1130 in English with text both in Tagalog and Spanish. FSG21 There is, of course much vocabulary and text 1902 material in English with both Spanish and Tagalog equi vale n ts. · · · Garcia, Marcelo P. G-30 1950 "Cecilio Lopez, Pantas sa m. ga wikan. g sila�ganin,s" NE., 1 (4): 9- 13. Content: Theo 2. Title translation: C. Lopez: Expert in Oriental Languages. Garcia, Mauro G-31 1934 "Secret dialects in Tagalog." PM, 31 (1): 28, 30. (Reprinted: 1955, JEAS, 4 (2): 299 �300.) Content: Phon ; Morph ; Syn. This gives phonologi­ cal, morphological, syntactic rules for producing artificial forms. G-32 1937 "Tagalog kinship terms and usages.s" PM, 34: 33- 34. Content : Lex 1 ; Eth 2. G-33 1939 "Philippine pseudonyms." Bulletin of the Phil- ippine Library Association, l (Dec. ): 67- 73. Con tent: Lex 1. Garcia de San Jose, Miguel (1860- ) G-34 1917 Novena sa nuestra senora sa salvacion nga insulat sa Bisara nga Cuyunon ig ang Padre Cura sa Coron ..s. Manila . Tipo. y Lit. de Santos y Bernal. 30 p. Content: Text 3 . 198 Gardner, Fletcher (1869- ) G- 35 192 3 "Tagb anua alphabet.d" CuF, 14d: 2 4 ... 2 6. Content : Writ 2 . Note : cited Saito, 196 8 . G - 3 6 1939 "Three contemporary i ncised bamboo manuscripts from Hampangan Mangyan, Mindoro, Philippine islands.d" JAOS, 59 (4)d: 496-502. Content: Lex 3 ; Text ; Writ 2. Three short texts are reproduced, transliterated, and translated. A vocabulary and chart of figure equivalents are presentedd. G-37 1940 "Bamboo writings from Mindoro and Palawan.d" JAOS, 60: 271 - 272. � Content : Writ 2 ; Theo 2. This reports the author ' s research, data and publications dealing with Mangyan and Tagbanua language and traditional writing. G-3 8 1940 Indic writings of the Mindoro-Palawan axis. San Antonio, Texas . Witte Memorial Museum. Vol. 3 -­ NL F499 . 79Mangyan Grammar and Vocabulary, p. 61-117. O172i Content : Gram ; Lex 3. This was reviewed, 1940, by Horace I . Poleman, JAOS, 60 : 275. G-39 1941 "Lingualization in austronesian languages: an unusual consonantal shift.d" Reprinted from: Qll PMASAL, 27: 511 -514. M6 2 Content : Phon ; Morph 2 ; Comp. This discusses P2 two general rules of morphological structure, 2 rules on sound shiftd; i. e. , RGH (Y) and RLD. The rule here is the "5th rule" and deals with the use of /R/ in reduplicated syllables which is found in Mangyan speechd. This is a synchronic study with implications for contrastive uses within Philippine la�guages and MPN. G-40 1943 Philippine indic studiesd. Witte Memorial Museum, San Antonio, Texas, Indic Bulletin No. 1 . San Ayer Antonio, Texas. Palm Tree Pressd. 105 p. 2 255W82 Contentd: Text 4 ; Writ 2. This deals with compa� 1943 V. l rative Philippine writing systems with texts and charts. It includes examples from Tagalog, Iloko, Bisaya, Pangasinan, Tagbanua, Mangyan, Buhid-Mangyan. On p. 97-100 is a bibliography. It was reviewed in 1943 by L . T. Ruiz, JAS, 3 : 92-93 . Gardner, Fletcher and Ildefonso Maliwanag G-41 1939- Indic writings of the Mindoro�Palawan axisd. San 1940 Antonio, Texasd. Witte Memorial Museumd. Volumes 1 , 2 . Content : Lex 3 ; Text 4 ; Writ 2 . Vol 1 is 199 UP Fi "Hampangan -Hanuno-o Scripts by Luyon" ; Vol. 2 is: PL5946 "Mangyan Prose and Songs.d" Z77 1939 Gardner, Mary Jane and Ursula Post 1965 Agbasa kuy 1 , 2. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 35 p. , 5 1 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is a Binukid primer. G-43 1965 Agtuen kuy. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materialsd. 20 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is Binukid alphabet book. G-44 1965 Binukid picture· bo·ok . Summer Institute of Lin - guistics literacy materials. 1 3 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. 1965 B·inukid stories. Summer Institute of Linguistics. literacy materials. 2 2 p. Content: Text 2 ; Ped 5. G-46 1965 Mga tultulanen 1 , 2. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Language. 20 p. , 27 p. Content : Text 2. This is a Binukid storybook. G-47 1966 Agbasa kuy 3. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 41 p. Content: Text. ; Ped 5. Gardner, Rolland G-48 1906 Mechanical tests, prop�rties, ana uses of t·h·i·rty. Philippine woods. (Philippine Islands Bureau of Ayer Forestry Bulletin No. 4) Manila. Bureau of 2 20 1 Print.ing. F7G2 Content: Lex 1 ; Pages 50-64 deals withd: 1906 "Structural Qualities, Appearance, Uses, Provinces, Leading in Production, Sizes, and Common and Botan ­ ical Names (of 30 Philippine woods)d. " Garduque, Catalino D. G-49 1955 Vocabulary of identical Tagalog and Ilokano words with identical meanings, tran�lated into English. Institute of National Language Paper No. 9. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 2 3 p. · Contentd: Lex 1 ; ·d Comp 1 . G-50 1959 "Need the Filipino language be hard to teach?" PJE, 38 : 427-4 2 8. Contentd: Ped ; Acq 2. Garvan, John M. G-51 1931 The Monobos of Mindanao. National Academy of Sciences Memoirs, v. 2 3, No. 1 . Washington, D. C. Government Printing Office, iii, 265 p. 200 UP Fi Content: Text 4; Chapter 28 contains some GN671 folklore. PSG2 Garvan, John M. G-52 1 95 5 "Su1 u pr overb s. " JEAS, 4 (3) : 4 4 3 - 4 4 6. ( Reprinted from r.M, 31 (8) : 338- 341, 285-287.) Content: Text 4. This contains texts with Eng­ lish translations, but there is no discussion. G-53 1964 The negritos of the Phi lippines. (ed. , Hermann Hochegger). Horn, F. Berger.· 288 p. (Wiener GN4 Beitrage zur Kulturgeschichte und Linguistik, W64 bd. 14, 1963. ) V . 14 Contents: Lex; Phan; Morph; Text 4; Comp; This is an ethnography with notes on vocabulary, intelligibility with other languages; grammatical features; word structure, (but no forms are given); numerals (with forms), p. 201-203; vowels (p. 203); chants (p. 231); and scattered use of terms and names. It was reviewed by C.H. M. Nooy­ Palm in BTLV, 122 : 396-398 and by Paul Schebesta in ANTHR, 59s: 684 -685. G-54 1957 "On the relative tractability of morphological data.s" Word, 1 3 : 12-23. Content: Morph; Theo 4. Gatal, Fermina Gan G-55 1966 "Ang pagtuturo ng Pilipino bilang pangalawang wika . " Diwa, 2 : 15-20. Content : Ped; Theo 1. Title translations: The teaching of Pilipino as a second language. Gayacao, Juan G-56 1875 Nuevo vocabulario o. manual de conversi�ioriis en Hispano- Ilocano. 1st ed. Manila. 70 p. (Other NL F editionss: 2nd ed. Manila. Imp. Ciudad Condal 499.s21811 de Plana y Ca., 1879. 70 p. 4th ed. 1884 Manila. C254n Imp. de D. Esteban Balbas. 80 p. 5th ed. 1892 Manila. Imp. Amigos del Pais. 79 p. 8th ed. UP Fi 1901 Manila. Libreria Tagala. 77 p. 1907 Manila. PLS_711.G3 J. Martinez. 77 p. ) 1879 Contents: Lex 3. 1879 Panayano. Manila. Imp . Cuidad Condal. e Plana y Compania. 70 p. (Other editions: St� ed. 1881) Contents: Lex 3 ; Ped 1 . c�58 1882 Nuevo vocabulario Espanol, Tagala y Pampangos. Manila. Content : Lex 4 . 201 Gayacao, Juan G- 59 1896 Manual de conversaciones en Hispano- Bicol y vice- versa. 6th ed. Manila. Establecimiento Tipo­ Ayer Phil.litografico de Ramirez y Compania. 116 p. Lang. (Other editions : 1873 4th ed. Manila. 1881 5th Bikol 11 ed. Manila. Imprenta de los Amigos del Pais. 116 p.) Content: Ped 1 . G-60 1896 Vocabulario Ibanag. Binondo. Contents: Lex 3. Gayacao, Juan and Sofronio G. Calderon G-61 19- - Vocabulario Ilocano-Hispano- Ingles con partes de la gramatica y frases usuales. Manila. Librerias Wason de J. Martinez. 228 p. PL5753 Content: Lex 4. C38 Gebetbuch in Bontoc-Igorrot G-62 19- - Baguio. · Catholic School Press. Content: Text 3. Geeroms, Pater H. G-63 1943 "Over de derde persoon meervoud in het austronesisch,s" BTLV, 102: 4 1- 79. Content: Morph ; Comp 3. This is a comparative typology. The Philippine languages treated are: Batan ( 4 4 ) , Iloko ( S O ) , Ifugaw { 5 1) , Pangasinan ( 52) , Tiruray ( 52) , Gaddang ( 53) , Ibanag ( 53) , Pampango ( 5 4 ) , Bisaya ( 5 6, 74) , Lepanto ( 56) , Bikol· ( 73) . Gener, Teodoro E. G-64 1938 "Bukas na liham sa Institute ng Wikang Pambansa." Mabuhay, Oct. 30. Content: Morph 2. Title translation: An open letter to the Institute of National Language. Subtitle: Studies in Tagalog Affixes.· G-65 1938 "Ang pangalan ng wikang Tagalog." Diwang Silangan, February. · · · Content: Lex l ; Morph 1. Title translation: The name of the Tagal�g language. G-66 1944 Essentials of Tagalog. Manila. T. E. Gener. xii, 112 p. · · Content: Gram; Writ 1. G-67 1944 Ang kudlit at tatas ng wikang Tagalog. Content: Phan 2 ; Writ 1. Title translation: The Apostrophe and Fluency in Tagalog. G-68 1944 Our national language. Studies in grammar. Content: Gram. · 202 Gener, Teodoro E. G-69 19-- Taluntunan (balangkas ng balarila). Isinunod sa mga Tuntunin ng Surian ng Wikang Pambansa. UP Fi Maynila. Arseni6 P. Afas.d· 87 p.d· PL6054 Content: Gram. G4 Genilo, Loreto Gaba G-70 1960- "A study of the problems of teaching the Filipino 1961 language in public secondary schools of the Philippines.d" Unpublished Ph.dD. thesis in Educa­ tion, University of California in Berkeley. Contentd: . Ped ; Acq 2. Geraldo, Fitz A. G-71 1960 "Tagalog triumphs at home.d" �, 15 (Feb. 21) : 32-33. Content : Theo 3. German, Alfredo B. G-72 1 9 32 "The Spanish dialect of Cavite.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in English, University of the Philip- NL F pines, Manila. 233 p. 499.d217Ca Contentd: Lex 3. A. Manuel says on p. 103-223 is G317s a vocabulary of the Spanish dialect of Cavite, including some words of Chinese origin. G-73 1932 A vocabulary of the Spanish dialect of Cavite . . . , Quezon City. the author. NL F Content: Lex. This may be a copy of the vocabu- F499. 203Calary portion of the thesis (entry G-72) . G317v Ges ange in Bontoc Igorrot G-74 19 25 Baguio. Catholic School Press. Contentd: Text 3. Ghatage, A. M. G-75 1964 "The phonemes of Hiligaynon.d" Indian Linguistics. (Poona), 25: 77-82. Content : Phon. Gibert de Santa Eulalia, Pedro (1782-184 3) G-76 1 811 Plan de la religion gue en siete discursos his­ toricos. . . (traducido todo en lengua cuyona). NL Manila. Dr. Jacinto de Jesus Lavajos. 386 p. F238. 2 (Other editiond: 1 886 Manila. Imp. Amigos del G372p Pais. 155 p. ) Contentd: Text 3. 1871 Casayoran sa p�garadalan sa mga Cristianos nga ginapaimprenta sa Bisara nga c·uyo·non·.·. . Manila. · Imprenta del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 88 p. Contentd: Text 3·. G .... 7 8 1871 Lacted nga tocsoan mga casayodan sa pagaradalan sa mga Cristianos. · Manila. Imprenta del Colegio 203 de Santo Tomas. 32 p. Contentd: Text 3. This is written in Cuyono. Gibert de Santa Eulalia, Pedro G-79 1887 Mga parangadien nga Cristianos ig lacted nga payturo o casaisayan sa mga pono nga camatundan nga taques maelaman ig tutumanan sa tauo, nga maling magpacum sa langit . Manila. Estableci­ miento Tipografico de la Viuda de Ramirez. 29 p. Content: Text 3. This is written in Cuyono. Gieser, Richard G-80 1958 "The phonemes of Kalinga . " Oceania Linguistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, ed . 3 : 10 - 23. PL7001 Contentd: Phon . Phonemes and allophones are A29 inventoried, illustrated with contrasts, and locations in the syllable. A short text with translation is also provided. G-81 1963 A grammatical sketch of kalinga. Nasuli. Malay­ balay, Bukidnond. Summer Institute of Linguisticsd. Wason 90 p. PL5851 Content : Gram ; Writ ; Bibl. This was also the G4S+ author ' s M. A. thesis in Linguistics in Cornell University, 1961. G- 82 1966 "Problems in Kalinga morphophonemics.d" SIL WP, 10 : 9 -12. Contentd: Phon 2 ; Morphd; Ped ; Theo 4. Giron, Eric S. G - 83 1965 "INL defines its stand.d" DM, (Aug. 14)d: 1 4 -15. Contentd: Theo 2 . G - 84 1965 "On the national lan. gua. ge . " DM, . (August 2 8) :14. Content : Theo 3. G- 85 1965 "Tagalog lurches on.d" DM, (August 7)d: 15. Contentd: Theo 3. Gisbert, Mateo G - 86 1 892 Diccionario Bagobo -Espanol . Manila. Estableci­ miento Tipo-lit . de Ramirez y Compania . 64 p . Wason Content : Lex 4 .· PL5552 G53 G - 87 1 892 Diccionario Espanol- Bagobo. Manila. Establecid­ miento Tipografico de J . Marty. 188 p. Wason Contentd: Lex 4 . The Cornell Library copy of this PL S552 book is bound with the preceding entry. G53 Gleason, Henry A. G-88 1955 Workbook in descriptive linguistics. New York, Henry Holt and Co. 88 p. Revised edition, 1961. 204 Content: Ped ; Theo 4. Illustrative problems for linguistic analysis draws on many languages inclu­ ding Bontok, Hanunoo, Iloko, T�galog. Gloria, C. P. G-89 1923 "The class in linguistics." The Philippine Collegian, Oct. 15. Content : Ped ; Theo 2. Gloria, Rev . Manuel G-90 1939 "A visit to the negritos of central Panay, Phil­ ippi ne Is 1 ands. " Pr M, 12 ( 4) : 94 - 10 2 • Contents: Text 1, 5; Comp 2 ; A short song and a few sentences are given in the native lan­ guage (ata) and translated into English. There are comments on language affinities. Goloy, Gloria Garchitorena G- 91 1963 "The language problem: communication or confusion?" STM, (June 30): 30-31. Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 3. Gomez, Juan ( 1860- ) G-92 1916 Pachinanauan nu camutdejan a Ibatan con las debidas licensias. Manila. Tip . del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 56 p. Content: Text 3. Gomez- Rivera, Guillermo G-93 1961 "Notes for 'Pilipino puristass'". P FP , 5 4 ( Dec. 9) : 67, 69, 143- 4. Content: Lex 1. Gonda, Jan G-94 1942 " Inwendige nasaal -en liquida-verbindingen in Indo­ nesisc he t ale n. " BTL V, 101: 141-206 . Content: Morph ; Comp 5. Tagalog, Bisayan, Sangir provide some data for a discussion of nasalization processes in verb formation as well as the problem of some bases containing CC with cl being some nasal and the presence of other forms without that nasal. Most of the data comes from languages in Indonesia, and the Philippine data forms a minor part of the whole. The work also deals with in ­ trusive liquids ( 1, r, d) in word bases. G-95 1943 "Indonesische relativa." BTLV, 102: 501- 537. Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 3. This deals with the relative pronoun in the Indonesian area: the Tagalog ligature (p. 525), a footnote (3) on p. 5 1 1 on Tiruray. G-96 1948 "The comparative method as applied to Indonesian 1anguages." Lingua, 1: 86-- 101. Content : Phon ;s·sMorph ; Comp 2, 3 ; Theo. This gives a summary of research in historical and comparative work. It discusses general structure 205 (typology) o f MPN l anguages ; morphology and phonol ogy. It refers to Bisayan , Tagalog, Iloko , and other west Indonesian languages . · Gonda , Jan G-97 1949 "The functions of word duplication in Indonesian l anguages." Lin. gua , 2: 170-197 . Contents: Morph 2 ; Comp 3 . Comparative morphology uses data from Tagalog (p. 172f), Sangir (p. 175) ; Iloko , Bisaya (p. 175) , Ibanag , Pangasinan. G-98 1950 "Observations on ordinal numbers" in Bingkisan Budi , p . 135- 145. Wason Content : Lex 1 ; Morphs; Comp . This typological PL5051 comparison of numbers (not the entire systems) 154 draws on a wide range o f worl d l anguages but with a good deal of attention givens· to Austronesian languages , especially Indonesian and Philippine (Tagalog , Bisaya, Sangir) as well as Formosa and Malay. G-99 1950- "Indonesian linguistics and general linguistics . " 1952 Lingua , 2: 308- 339s; 3: 17-51. Content: Phon ; Morph ; Comp; Theo 2 . This gives historical and theoretical background on compa­ rative and typological linguistics with respect to MPN l anguages. There are data and comments on Tagalog and Bisayas. It treats the major con­ tributors and contributions to the field of knowledge. Morphological structure , form classes , and phonology are included G- 100 1952 Sanskrit in Indonesia . Nagpur : International Academy o f Indian Cultures. xxix , 456 p . Wason Content : Hist 4 . This deals with foreign influ­ PK976 ence , borrowing. It contains data from Tagalog , I5G63+ Bisaya , Pampango (p . 52�57) . The first section gives generals· background and area sketches.· The · rest 6 £ the text �l assifies l o ans by 1) semantic and cultural real m ; 2) phonetic processes ; 3) mor� phological processes ; 4) semantic change . G ... 101 1954 "Tense in Indonesian languages.'' BTLV , 1 10s: 240""' 262 . Content: Gram ; Morph 2 ; Syn. The introduction uses Polynesian and Melanesian data. The Inda� nesian section treats Philippine l anguages (Taga- log particul arly , on p. 257-258 , 261). The author says that Tagalog has "actuals" and "contingent mode" ; and "punctual and durat iv e aspect" . The verb forms compared widely are MPN , but mostly in the Republ i c of Indonesia. 206 Gonda, Jan G- 102 1956 "Reply to I. Dyens's criticism." JAOS, 76: 229- 231. Content : Theo. This deals with his work on Sanskrit in Indonesia and Dyens's review of the same. Dyens's reply to this is found on pages 231-232. Mention is made of Tagalog among the general comments, but no real data is given. Gonzaga, Encarnacion J. G- 103 _ 1917 "Bisayan literature from the pre-Spanish times to 1917." Unpublished M. A. thesis in English, Uni- versity of the Philippines. Contents: Text ; Hist. Gonzales, Lydia Fernando G- 104 1962 "The active sentences and active verbs in Tagalog." Unpublished M.A. thesis, University of the Phil� UP Fi 1• pp1• nes. L G995 Contents: Morph ; Syn. 1962 L5G6 Gonzalez, E. G- 105 1965 "Linguistics and the language teacher." In the Grade School, 1 4 (4)s: 263- 165. Contents: Ped ; Acq 2. Gonzalez, Mary A. G- 106 1965 "The Ilongo kinship system and terminol�gys. " PSR, 13 ( 1): 23-31. Content : Lex l ; Eth 2 ; Sem. This is an ethnographic treatment of the kin terms and semantic features of the Ilongo language. Gonzalez y Martin, R. · · G- 107 1896 Filipinas y Sus Habitantes. Bejar, Aguilar. Content : Sec. P�ges 91 to 97 deal with: "Idioma Ayer de Filipinas." 2151 G64 Gonzalez de San Vicente Ferrer, Nicolas (1824s- 1892). See under Encina, Francisco, 1885. Goulet, Rosalina Morales (See also Morales) G- 107A 1968 "English, Spanish and Tagalogs: A study of morpho­ logical, lexical and cultural interferrence." Ph.D. dissertation. New York. 202 p. Content : Comp 5; Eth 2. Grace, George W. G- 108 1964 "The linguistic evidence (movement of the Malays­ Polynesians 1500 B.C. to A.D. 500).s" Cur Anth, 5 : 361-368. Contents: Comp 2; Eth 3; Bihl 2. Linguistic evidence for culture history by various authors is summarized and evaluated. This includes language relationships, grouping within and outside the Philippines. The evidence used is of the 207 lexicostatistical glotto-chronol�gical variety. Grace, George W. G- 109 1966 · ' 'Austronesian lexicostatistical classification : a review article.d" OL, 5 (1) : 13-31d. Contentd: Comp 2, Theo 2. A broad article which summarized and comments on some classifications which include Philippine data. Graino, Antonio G-110 194 2 "Grammaticos y lexicografos de la lengua Tagala,d" in Archivo-Ibero-Americano, Ser. 2 , v. 2 ; p. Newberry 1 8 8-194 . Contentd: Gram; Lex. Welsh says this contains a discussion (with 5 facsimiles) of the title pages of printed books from Pinpin ' s 1610 edition of San Jose ' s Arte y Reglas . . d. to the 1754 edition of Noceda 's Vocabulario, . . Granada, Luis de (1504-158 8) G-111 191 8 Mga pag pamalandong nga guintucud ni V. Fr. Luis de Granada. (Cag Guinbinisaya ni Juan Fernandez) Wason Manila . Tip . Linotype del Colegio de Santo Tomasd. BV4839 84 p. B6195 Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . These are devotional exercises in Bisaya. Gridley, Richard and Ethel Gridley, and Gondo G-112 Maguiong, Pedro Lingba, Nicomedes Batbat, Limuan Imag, Belen Limsa, Felicidad Lacusong 1956 Pepe (preprimer). Manila·. Summer Institute of Linguistics. Wason Content: Ped 2. This is a Tagbanwa reader. Pamphlet PLP. I. 4 Grine, Eliza Uy G-112A 1969 "Types of sentences in Hiligaynon, a member of the Philippine group of speech systems.d" Ph . D. thesis, University of Michigan. 177 p . Content: Syn 0. Guanco, Nelia Rivera G-113 1963 "A descriptived..-. contrastive analysis of E�glish and Tagalog verbs.d'"' Unpublished Ph . D. thesis , Univer-­ UH Asia si ty of Michigan. 1 81 p. Film 552 Content: Comp 5; Ped ; Acq 2. This uses the tag­ #1 memic approach to predicting learning difficulties. Guerrero, Jacinto (1643-1693) G-114 1715 Clarin sonoro del P. Cristobal de la Vega. Sampaloc. Imprenta de los Franciscanos . 4 p . Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . This is a translation into Ilocano by the author . Guevarra, Maria C. G-115 1955 "Word count and vocabulary analysis in the national language basic and supplementary readers used in grade· one.d" Unpublished M . A. thesis in National 208 Language, University of Santo Tomas. Content: Lex ; Ped 2. Guico, Mauro F. G-116 1938 "Kinship terms among the Ilokanos.d" PM, 35 (Jan . ) : 35-31. Content : Lex l ; Eth 2. Guillen de San Jose, Felix G-117 1 89 8 Gramatica Bisaya para facilitar el estudio del di alecto Bisaya Cebuano. Malabon. Esta. Tipo. Wason lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos. 157 ( 2 ) p. PL5649 Content: Gram ; Morph. This gives word classes G95 and grammatical categories together with some treatment of specific affixes . Guinto, Rosalia A. G -118 1963 "A contrastive analysis of the Tagalog personal pronouns with those of the other seven major Philippine languages.d" Unpublished thesis, Centro Escolar University, Manila. Content: Lex l ; Compds .· G·FS 18 : 139-150 Gullas, Vicente G-119 1937 English- Visayan-Spanish dictionary. 1st. ed. Cebu City. Barba Press. 461 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. PL5626 G97 G-120 n.d. Practical English grammar (with notes on common errors and faulty expressions corrected, trans­ lated into Spanish and National Language, and some fundamentals in the Tagalog Language. Cebu City. Pioneer Press, Inc. x, 30 p. · Content: Gram 2. Gumban, Concordi a Sian, comp. G-1 21 1947 National language elementary teachi�g method. Manila. the author. 27 p. NL F Content: Ped 1. 371. 3 G9 5 3n Guzman, Maria Odulio de G-1 2 2 1951 Tagalog para sa· mga dayuhan at di-Tagalog (Tagalog for Foreigners and Non-Tagalogs) . 1st. ed. Wason Manila. G. O. T. Publishers. 76 p. (Other edi­ PL605 3 tionsd: 3rd. ed. 78 p. ) G99 Contentd: Ped 1 ; Acq 2. 1952 G - 1 2 3 1966 English-Tagalog and Tagalog-English dictionary. Manila. G. O. T. Publishers. xxx ix, 66 8 p. xLix. Wason Content: Lex 4. This includes introductory notes PL6056 on grammar in Tagalog. Entries are generally by G99 209 roots or basesd. Very few have derived formsd. Some derived forms are listed separately but it is far from exhaustived. Even some very common bases are omitted; e . g . , trabaho. However, each entry has an illustrative sentence. Guzman, Maria Odulio de and Rosario Bella Gana G-1 24 1950 1001 tanong at sagot sa balarila at panitikan. Manila . G . O . T . Publishers . 144 p . NL F Content: Gramd. Title translation: 1001 ques­ 499 .d2076t tions and answers on grammar and literature . G9 89i Guzman, Maria Odulio de and Domingo de Guzman G -125 1963 Pocket dictionary: English-Tagalog- Spanish, and Tagalog-English vocabulary . Quezon City. Press­ Wason man Printers and Publishers . 2 2 9 p . PL6056 Content: Lex 4 . G99ES Guzman, Maria Odulio de and F . Macapinlac Manalili G -126 1963 English-Tagalog-Spanish and Tagalog-English (vocabulary) �ocket dictionary. (Containing more thand· 12,000 words of common usaged. A help­ ful guide to students in the elementary, secon­ dary, and collegiate courses as well as to lay­ men .- Quezon Cityd. Pressman Printers and Pub­ lishersd. Content: Lex 4. Hall, Alton H . and Andres Custodio H-1 1911 Visayan -English dictionary. San Jose, Antique . Alton H . Halld. iii, 357 p. UP Fi Contentd: Lex 4 . PL5626 HZ Hall, D. G . E . H-2 1964 Atlas of south-east asia. Londond. MacMillan � 84 p . (+ 7) . Wason Contentd: Soc l; Eth; Bihl; Page 13 contains G2360 a map showing Philippine cultural-linguistic D62 + groups . Hall, Robert A. Jr . H - 3 1966 Pidgin and creole languagesd. Ithaca, New Yorkd. Cornell University Pressd. 1 8 8 p. Content: Text; Theo 1. This is a broad work that provides historical and typological frame­ work as well as includes a short Chabacano text with English translation with a note on orthogra­ phy on p . 159-160. Hall, William C . H - 3A 1969 "A classification of Siocon Subanon verbs . " Anthro Ling, 11 (7): 209-215. 210 Content: Morph; Sem. This gives semantic values to verbal focus forms. Ham, Shirley and Virginia Morey H - 4 1958 "Proto- Tagalo-Ilocanan.d" SIL WP, 2 : 16 - 2 6. Content : Lex; Phon; Hist 1; Comp. This is a reconstruction and down -tracing. Hamm, Margaret and Batua A. Macaraya · H - 5 1959 Maranao alphabet. Manila. Lanao Committee of the United Church of Christ in the Philippines. 20 p. Content: Writ 1. Hanselman, W. H - 6 195 ? Tagalog with Joy. 156 p. mimeographed. (Other edition : The earlier edition is entitled Taga­ Wason log in Tiers. ) PL6053 Content: Ped 3. H24+ Hanselman, Joy H -7 1965 Bago bago fag famasa- an Buhid. Calapan, Mindoro (?) : Overseas Missionary Fellowship. 2 6, 26, 2 6 p. Content: Lex; Text; Ped. These three books are in three di alects of the Buhid language : Apnagan River, Bangoy River, B atangan River di alects.d· Harris, Sue H - 8 1966 " Isang umaga, araw nang mayo.d" SIL WP, 10 : 6 2 - 67. Content : Syn; Text 2. This is a Tagalog story entitled "One Morning in May" and has interlinear translation. · Hart, Donn Vorhis (191 8 - ) H -9 1964 Riddles in Filipino folklore, an anthropological analysis. Syracuse, N. Y. Syracuse University Wason Press . 318 p . GR325 Content: Text 4; Bibl 2. This contains texts H32 with English translations. The texts are in Iloko, Pampango, Pangasinan, Gaddang, Tagalog, Biko1 , Samar, Cebuano, Panayano, Aklan. · It also includes an extensi ve bibliography, notes, and discussdion. Hartendorp, Abram Van Heyninger H - 10 1938 "The national language movement.d" PM, 35 (Feb . ) : - 80. Content: Soc 3; Ped. This concerns the presiden ­ ti al executive order proclaiming the adoption of Tagalog as the basis of the national la�guage although the Constitution provides that the pub­ lic schools be conducted in English. , . ed. . H - 11 ..,,.. --.,,,..19""""5.....4 - - "Philippine languages.d" ACCJ, 30 (3) : 91 .,.93, 108. Contentd: Text; Soc 3; Bibl. This gives socio­ linguistic data on location, size, importance of 2 1 1 languages in the Philippines, and the extent of publication in the vernacularss. Hatheway, Joel H-12 1926 ( "Indonesian library of C . E . Conant")s. Language , I 1 2 : 6 2 . Content : Bibl 3 . The collection goes to the library of Williams College. It contains some 60 MPN languages, many being Philippine . Haudricourt, Andre G . · H- 13 1958 "Connections et rapports entre les langues du sud-est Asiatique et celles de l 'Oceanie . " P2 1 P . 618 in Proceedings of the Eighth International 161+ Congress of Linguists, Oslo. Oslo University Press. 881 p . Content: Comp ; Eth . This gives an abstract of the paper which points to the work of Asai, Ogawa and Li Fang-kwei in Formosan languages. It states that the center of origin of the Oceania language family (Malaya-Polynesian?) is to be found in the Formosa-Philippine area. There is also other data or information on other Asian languagess. H-14 1964 "Problemes de comparatisme austronesien (La Phono­ logie diachronique des correlations et la recon­ P12 struction du systeme consonantique) . " Bulletin S67 de la Societe de Linguistigue de Paris, 59: 107- 1 1 8 . Content: Hist 5 ; Comp 1 ; Theo. This begins with PMP and down traces to various stages and languages. Much attention is given to Indonesian area languages and Tagalog is only one set of 5 comparisons. See also the next entry. H-15 1965 "Problems of austronesian comparative philology.s" Lingua , 14: 315-329. (also p. 315-329 in: · Indo-Pacific Linguistic Studies, Part I, Historical Linguistics, G . s· B. Milner and Eugenie J. A . Hender­ son, edss. Amsterdam. North Holland Pubs. Co . 1965s. Content: Comp l ; Theo . A few Tagalog forms are used in comparison with non-Philippine languages . Haupt, Paul . H - 1 6 1903 "Philippine problems." JHUC, 20- 2 2: 57-58 . Contents: Theo 2, 3 . This contains a discussion of research and administration needs , some of which are linguistic . Haynes, Thomas Henry · H- 17 1885- "English, Sul u , and Malay vo·cabul ary . " JSBRAS, 1886 16(1885): 32 1-384 ; 18 ( 1886): 193- 239 . Content: Lex ; Comp . Haynor, H . 0 . , comp. H - 18 1930 Practical dictionary of the Tagalog language, 212 LC with definitions in English. (Edited by A. D. PL6056 Rosario) Rochester , N.·d Y. The Lawyers Cooperative H3 Publishing Co. 340 p. Content: Lex 4 . Headland , Janet H-19 1966 "Case-marking parti cles in Casiguran Dumagat.d" PJLT , 4 (1) : 58-59. Content: Morph ; Syn 1 . Headland , Tom and Janet Headland H - 20 1965 Purumeru a libru a pegbasaand- -1. Manila. Bureau of Publi c Schools , Summer Institute of Linguistics , Institute of National Language. 20 p. Content: Text; Ped 2. This is a Casiguran Duma­ gat (Agta of Quezon) primer. H - 21 1965 Ikadua a libru a pegbasaan-- 2. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics , Bureau of Public Schools , Institute of National Language. 31 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2 . This is a Casiguran Duma­ gat (Agta of Quezon) primer. H-2 2 1965 Ikatello a libru a pegbasaan--3. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics , Bureau of Publi c Schools , Institute of National Language. 37 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Casiguran Duma- gat (Agta of Quezon) primer. H - 23 1965 Ikaepat a libru a pegbasaan--4. Manila. Summer Institute of National Language , Bureau of Public Schools , Institute of National Language. 23 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a· C asiguran Duma- . gat (Agta of Quezon) primer. H - 2 4 1965 Ikalima a libru a pegbasaan--5. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics , Bureau of Publi c Schools , Institute of National Language. 29 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Casiguran Duma­ gat (Agta of Quezon) primer. H - 25 1965 Kagi na dios. Nasuli , Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 111 p. Content: Text 3 . This is a B ible translation in C asiguran Dumagat. H - 26 1965 Lagip na Agta. Manila. Summer Institute of Lin­ guisti cs , Bureau of Publi c Schools , Institute of National Language. 23 p. Content: Text 4. This contains folklore in Casiguran Dumagat. H-27 1965 Philippine Reader. Summer Institute of Linguis - tics literacy materidals. 16 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. / 213 Headland, Tom and Janet Headland H-28 1965 Tu aso sakay tu bakokol. Mani la . Summer Ins t i­ tute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Ins titute of National Language. 13 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. Title transdlation (from Dumagat Casiguran): The turtle and the fox. This is a s torybook in Cas iguran Dumagat. Headland, Thomas N. and Elmer P. Wolfenden · H-29 1965 "The vowels of Cas iguran Dumagat.d" Abs.tracts, The H. Otley Beyer Sympos ium,·d Univers i ty of the Wason Phi l ippines , Quezon City, p. 26. Pam. Content: Phon 5 ; Hist 2. DS P. I. #37 H-30 1967 "The vowels of Cas iguran Dumagat." P. 592-596 in Mario D. Zamora,· ed. , Studies in Phi l ippine Anthropology (in honor of H. Otley Beyer). Content: · Phon 5 ; Hist 2. Healey, Alan H-31 1956 First primer. Mani la. Summer Ins t i tute of Lin- guist ics, Bureau of Public Schools, Ins t i tute FEU Fi · of National Language. 29 p. PL6135. H4 Content: Ped 2. · This is in Yogad. H-32 1958 "Notes on Yogad.d" Oceania Linguis tic Monographs, Capel l and Wurm, eds., 3 : 77-82. PL7001 Content: Phon 5 ; Morph ; Syn. A29 H-33 1961 "Dyen's laryngeal s in some Phil ippine languages." SIL WP, 5 : 53 - 6 4 . Content: Comp 1. H-34 1962 "Three- letter abgreviations of Malayo-Po lynes ian (Austrones ian) 1 anguage names.d" Te Reo, 5: 36- 40. Content: Soc l ; Bibl 3. Healey, Phyllis M. H-35 1958 "An Agta conversational text." Oceania L inguis­ tic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, eds. , 3 : · 65-72. PL7001 Content: Gram 2 ; Syn l ; Text 1. This cons i s ts A29 of text material and English transdlation with grammatical notes which deal with l inkers and · sentence types i l lus trated in the text. H-36 1960 An Agta grammar. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 103 p. Was on Content: Gram ; Syn 1. This is an abridgement of P L 5 7 54 an M. A. thes is in Sydney, 1958. This has been z9A23 1960 214 reviewed in ANTHR, 56: 10-30 ; in BSOAS, 27 (2): 487- 488 ; by Cecilio Lopez, JAS, 21 ( 4): 569- 57 0 . This grammar gives little attention to phonology and concentrates onthe treatment of morphology within its discussion of the grammatical cate- gories of the syntaxs. Hemphill, Ro der ick J . H-3 7 1960 "Review of H . McKaughan 's The inflection and syn­ tax of the Maranao·sverb." PS, 8: 902-903 . - Content: Morph; Syn ; Theo 5 . This gives an in- ventory of the content. H-38 1962 "The analysis of a language: sounds . " P . 27-35 in Background readings in language teachings. Wason Content: Phan ; Comp 5 ; Theo· 1;' This deals P57 with general principles with limited application PSH49 made to Tagalog, and to contrasts of Tagalog and Englishs. . . . . , ed . H - 39 ___1_9_6_2__ Background readings in language teaching. Phil- ippine Center for Language Study, Monograph Series, Wason No . 1. Quezon Citys. Phoenix Pub. Houses. iv, PS7 120 p . PSH49 Content: Comp 5; Ped; Theo. This gives English and Tagalog contrasts. H- 40 1962 "Comparin. g two languagess- --Tagalog and English."P . 4 4 - 5 5 sin Background readings in language teach­ ing. Content: Phon; Morph ; Comp 5. This gives con­ trastive features of phonolo. gy and morphology. H-41 1962 "How consonant sounds are made- -articulation." P. 36- 43 in Background readings in language teaching. · · Content: Phan 3; Comp 5 . This contrasts Tagalog and English regarding the segments as well as distributions. H - 42 1·962 "The meaning of second language teaching . " P. 11-20 in Background readings in language teachings. Content: Ped; Theo 1 . Tagalog data 'is useds. · H- 43 1962 "The nature of language." P . 1- 10 in Background readings in language teaching. Content: Theo 1. This gives general principles with some application to Tagalog. -H - 4 4 1962 "The Philippine language scene." PSR, 10 ( 1-2): 26-33. Content: Soc 3; Theo 3. The main emphasis given 215 is on national language and competition between Tagalog, English,d· and Spanish. Henderson, Eugenie J. A. H-45 1965 ''The topography of certain phonetic and morpholo- . gical characteristics of south_deast Asian languages.d" Lingua, 1 5 : 400-434. (Also in : Indo -Pacific L1hgu1stic Studies, Part II, Descriptive Linguis­ tics ; G. B. Milner and Eugenie J. A. Henderson, eds. , Amsterdam. North Holland Pub. Co. , 1965, p. 400-434. Content : Phon ; Morph ; Comp 3 ; Eth 3 . This treats of Tagalog among other MPN languages. Typological feat�resd· are used : i. e. , pit�h, aspiration, voicing, retrofexion, prenasalization and preglottalization. The sample does not reveal any interestingd.dinternal contrast (to MPN) but shows differences between MPN and other SEA languages. Hendon, Rufus S. · · H -46 1964 "The proto-Malayoploynesian word for ' ladder, stair­ case ' , " JAOS, 84 : 258-262. Content: Phon 5 ; Comp 1. This is an examination of the difficulties of Dempwolff ' s reconstructed form */hej an/ partly due to the nature of the Tagalog word. Other cognate sets are examined for Tagalog and other languages, and 2 different recon�tru�tions are postulated : */ReZan/ or */haReZan/d. H-47 1964 "The reconstruction of */-ew/ in proto-Malayopoly­ n es ian . " Lang, 4 0 ( 3 , Part I) : 3 7 2 -3 80 • Contentd: Phon 5 ; Comp 1. Tagalog is the central language of comparison with Malay and Javanese. Henson, Marido.·d · H-48 1960 "The teach Tagalog for international understanding. Gr, 2 6 (Jan . ) ·: 8 � 9. Content: Ped ; Acq 2. Hermosisima, Tomas V. and Pedro S. Lopez, Jr. H-49 1966 Dictionary Bisayan �English �Tagalog. Manila. Pedro B. Ayuda and Co. 648 p. · · Waosn Contentd: Lex 4. The entries are by base forms PL5626 with derivations included. Some derivations are IiS 5 listed after the prefix entry. This is very neatly done. Hernandez, Fr. Fernando H - 50 1875 Dasal sa sarita nin Zambalen Binobolinao. Manila. Imprenta de Santo Tomas. 96 p. Content : Text 3 . Hernandez, Fernando and Florentino Sainz H - 5 1 1879 Devocionario sa sarita Sambalen Binoboldinao. (Nipatanid conran maomacooray) Binondo. Imprenta de Manuel Perez. 248 p. Contentd: Text 3. 216 Hernandez, Florentina H-52 1944 Tentative guide in the teaching of the Filipino language for grade five. Manila. Bureau of NL Fi Public Instruction. F499.s207T Content: Ped l ; Acq 2. P538t Hernandez, Jose M. , Rufino Alejandro and Jose Villa H-53 Panganiban 1953 "What should be the language of instruction.s" P Educ, 7 (Jan. ) : 32-42. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped. Hernando, Filomena T. H-54 1966 "Achievement in language and reading of grade three pupils who weres· taught in the local verna­ cular (Ilocano) in grades one and two.s" Unpub­ lished thesis, University of Santo Tomas, Manila. 219 p. Content: Ped 5. Herre, Albert W. and Agustin F. Umali H-55 1948 English and local common names of Philippine fishes. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service Research Report No. 14. Washington ; U. S. Govt. Printing Office. 128 p. · · Content: Lex l ; Eth 2. Herrejon, Santos (1858- 1899) H-56 1882 Lecciones de ramatica Bicol-His ana. 1st ed. Binon o. Establecimiento Tipografico de M. Lopez Perez, hijo. 211 p. · 1882 Content: Gram ; Ped. Herrera, Pedro de ( ·s- 1648) H-57 1623 Postrimerias en Tagalo. Manila. Imprenta de los Jes uitas. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. The date seems impro­ bable, according to Retana because the Jesuits did not have a press in 1623. H-58 1636 Confesionario en lengua Tagala. Manila. Tomas Pinpin. 8 p. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. There is no extant copy of this text. H-59 1639 An a cada at bi uin si Jesus nan man a calolouang tinobos niya. Manila. Imp. e Cole­ gio de Santo Tomas. 217 p. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Title translation (? ) : What is necessary is to disappoint Jesus by the souls He has saved. H-60 1645 Meditaciones cun manga rnahal na pagninilay na �sa-4-d ...:.:....a �sa_.. s,.....:.-an..--to-n� .........,.a� ex�er-ci..,....,,...c-io-s. Manila. 8 p. 0 ther editions: 176::-:::-2 Manila. Imp. de la Com- pania de Jesus. 175 p. 1799 Sampaloc. 350 p. 217 1843 Manila . 344 p. 1887 Guadalupe . Pequena Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos. 362 p . ) Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Herrera, Pedro de H-61 1886 Manga dalit na Tagalog. Guadalupes. Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos. 32 p . Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. These are dalits (poems recited to the saints) in Tagalog. Herrin, Amparo D. · · H �62 1963 "The problems in the use of Ilocano as the medium of instruction in grades one and two in the divi­ sion of Benguet-Baguio.s" Unpublished thesis at Adamson University, Manila. Content: Ped; Acq 2. Hershberger, Hank H-63 1959 "Tagalog equivalents of the comparative Malayo- Polynesian-English word list.s" S IL WP, 3 : 4 7- 48. Contents: Lex 1; Hist 5; Comp 1. Hervas y Panduro, Lorenzo (1735- 1809) H - 64 1785 Aritmetica. Cesena. Content: Gram 2. According to Mackinlay, it bears upon Tagalog to a slight extent. H- 65 1800- Catalogo de las lenguas de las naciones conocidas I 1805 y numeracion, division, y clases de estas segun la diversidad de sus idiomas y dialectos. Madrid. P201 Imprenta de la Administracion del real Arbitrio H57(v. 1) de Beneficencias. 6 v. Content: Writ 2 ; Comp l; Soc 1 ; Eth 3. "Dialectos Malayos de las Islas Filipinas." Volume 2, p. 24 -42 has vocabularies. Quotations and comments on volume 2 are found in Retana's Aparato. This indicates a general discussion touching ons·sculture history, locations of many varieties of speech, notes on writing system, /1/ and /r/ shift and, place names. The other volumes deal with other areas of the world. H- 66 1801 Vocabulario poliglotto. Cesena. 2 v. Content: Lex 3·; Hist 2. This contains specimens of the Tagalog of 1593, 1604, and 1787. Hester, Evett D., ed� · H-67 1954 The Robertson text and trans·lation of the Povedano manuscript of 1572. (with notes on Kabunian by Wason Fred Eggan and on the Bisayan Syllabary by Robert DS688 Fox) Philippine Studies Transcript Series, No. 2. N5P872+ Chicago. Department of Anthropology, University of Chicagos. 63 p. · Content: Lex 3; Writ 2 ; This also contains 218 a very short vocabulary from three groups of people; i. e.s, Negritos , Ygnienes , and Higuesinas. Hester , Evett D. · · H-68 1962 Alzina 's historia de Visayas : A biblio ra hical note, an .ore a out z1na s 1storia de Visayas Wason by Paul S. Lietz. Bibliographical Society of the 23294 Philippines , Occasional Papers No. 3. Manila. B S 8+ Bibliographical Society of the Philippines. 4 5 p. No. 3 Content: Writ 2; Bihl. This is an off-print from PS , 10 (3): 331-375. Linguistic references are to be found on page 35 1 ; in Alzina 's book , in Chapters 1 , 2 (book 3 ) . There is also a discus­ sion of different copies of the manuscript. Hevia Campomanes , Jose ( 1841 -1904) H-69 1909 Lecciones de gramatica Hispano- Tagala. 8th ed. Manila. Tip. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 317 p. Wason (Other editions: 1872 ( 1st ed. ) Manila. Estab. PL6053 Tipografico del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 246 p. HS9 1877 (2nd ed . ) Manila. Estab. Tipografico del 1909 Colegio de Santo Tomas. 256 p. 1883 (3rd ed. ) Manila. 256 p. 1888 (4th ed. ) Manila. 256 p. 1901 (6th ed. ) Manila. 1912 (9th ed. ) Manila. 260 p. ) Content: Gram; Ped 1. Heye, Jurgen B. and Cesar A. Hidalgo H -69A 1967 "An outline of southern Ivatan phonology.s" General Linguistics. 7 (2): 105 - 120. Content: Phon Hilario , Cenon H-70 1900 Kalendariong Tagalog ni Jose Rizal, 1901, na mai­ rong vocabulario Tagalog, Americana at Castila , Ayer at mabuting basahin. Manila. 48 p. Tagalog 81Conten·t: · Lex 3 ; Title translations: Tagalog calendar by Jose Rizal ( 1901) with Tagalog, English , Spanish vocabularies , and is good to read. · Himes , Ronald S. H- 71 196 4 "The Bon tok kinsh ip syst em . " PS R , 12 ( 3- 4): 1 5 9 ... 172. Content: Lex l; Comp; Eth 2; This is an ethnographic treatment but with comparisons to Kalinga , Gaddang , Kuyonon , and Tagalog systems. There are some notes on phonology. · H - 72 1967 "Cognitive mapping in the Tagalog area (II).s'' P. 125- 168 in Modernization: Its impact in the ·sPhilippines. II. George M. Guthrie , Frank Lynch and Walden R. Bello , editors. Institute of Phil­ ippine Culture Paper #5. Quezon City , Ateneo de Manila University Press. 172 p. Content : Comp 4; Eth 2; Sem 1. This gives Tagalog 219 dialect areas with reference to kinship terms. Symantic components of the term system. Indivi­ dual differences in term usage found within Marilao, Bulacan. Hockett, Charles F. H - 73 1955 A manual of phonology. Indiana University Pub­ lications in Anthropology and Linguistics, Memoir 11. Baltimore. · 246 p. · Content: Phon. Examples are given from Bisayan, Ilocano, Dibabaon, Tagalog. Hohulin, Richard and Lou Hohulin · H-74 1965 Elaw tayu. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 88 p. Contentd: Eth. This is an Amduntug�Antipolo If�gao picture book. · H-75 1966 Man-eddal kami 1. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 106 p. Contentd: Text; Ped 5. This is an Ifugao (Kaleyi) pri• mer. H-76 1966 Philippine Reader. Vol. 1, No. 2. 11 P • d. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. Content : Text; Ped 5. This is an Ifugao (Kaleyi) reader. Holle, Karel Frederik H-77 1 882 Tabel van oud- en nieuw-Indische alphabetten. (Bijdra e tot de Palaeographie van Nederlandsch­ UP Fi Indie. ) Uitgegeven door het Bataviaasch Genoot­ Microfilm schap voor Kunsten en Wetenschappen. Batavia. 007 W . Bruinin. g & Co. ' s Gravenha. ged; M. Nijhoff. 20 p. Content: Writ 2; Comp. This was reviewed by H. Kern, BTLV, 30d: 133-140, in which he mentions Tagalog and Bisayan only once (p. 139) in rela­ tion to the symbol for LA. This is the source of Taylor ' s The Alphabet, p. 359f. Holmer, Nils M. H-77A 1968 "Two viewpoints bearing on linguistic affinity in southeast Asia.d" JPS, 97 (1)d: 93-133 . Content: Comp 2. Philippine languages are a small part of this discussion of the overall . genetic grouping in island and mainland south-east Asia. · Houck, Charlotte and Harriet Minot H-78 1968 Bahawen tamo. 1, 2, 3. SIL Nasuli Press. 31, 51, 77 p. (Incooperation with the Bureau of Public Schools and the Institute of National Language, Manila. ) Content : Ped 2. These are primers for Botolan Sambal. 2 20 Howard, Joseph T . H -79 1955 A functional Hiligaynon grammar. Iloilo. Central Philippine University . Mimeographed. Content : Gram. Huey, David H - 80 1961 Dibshu III. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of· Wason National Language. 38 p . PL5785 Contentd: Lex 3; Ped 2. This is an Inibaloi pri­ z77S55 mer, with a short Inibaloi-Ta. galog- English word v. 3 list. . . Huey, David and Alan Healey H - 81 1957 "A problem of morphemic laternation.d" SIL WP, 5 : 5 - 1 1. Contentd: Phon. Huey, David and Marlys Huey H - 8 2 1959 Dibshu I. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Languaged. 38 p. Contentd: Ped 2 . This is an Inibaloi primer . H - 83 1961 Dibshu II. Manila . Summer Institute of Linguis­ ti cs, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 31 p. Contentd: Text; Ped 2. Humboldt, Wilhelm, freiher R. von (1767- 1835) H - 84 1832 "Extraits d ' une lettre de Msr . le Baron G. de Humboldt a Msr. E - Jacquet sur les alphabets de Newberry la polynesie asiatique.d" JA, Ser. 2, 9 (June)d: 4 81 -511d. Content : Writ 2; Comp; Theo. This gives specimens of the Tagalog alphabet. H - 85 1 836 Ueber die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen sprach- baues und iheren Einfluss au£ die geistige entwick- Pl03 lung des Menscheneschlechts. Berlin. Koniglichen H914 Akademie der Wissenschaften. (1960 facsimile 1960 c.d2 reprint)d. Content: Comp 3; Theo. This is a general typolo­ gical work but with some specific treatments of MPN languages. See "Methode" for orthographic conventions, Sections 1 and 21 on aspects of culture history and morphology. Philippine lan­ guages included are Tagalog in comparison with other non-Philippine lan. guages and Sanskrit. H - 86 1838 Ueber die Kawi- Sprache au£ der Insel Java . Berlin. 3 v. Wason Contentd: Morph; Comp 1, 2. This is one of the PL5151 early basic works on comparative Austronesian H91 linguistics. For some specific discussion on V . 3 + Tagalog see Vol. 2 : p. 79�86, 315� 320, 337, 2 2 1 340- 341 ; 344-345 ; 347-396. Comparative charts including Tagalog are also in Vo. 2, p. 241-256, 264. Volume 3 concentrates on Oceanic (Poly­ nesian) languages but many Ta. galo. g words areused in comparisons. Hunt, Chester L. H-87 1966 "Language choice in a multilingual society." Sociological Inquiry, 36 (2): 240 - 253. Content: Soc 3. This deals withs.sa classifica­ tion of situations and factors in language selec­ tion, but gives no language data. There are statements by Filipinos which illustrate the classifications. Hussey, Jean H - 88 1966 "Noun phrase markers in Aborlan Tagbanwa."s. P. 33- 38 in Papers in Philippine Linguistics, No. Wason 1. Linguistic Circle of Canberra Occasional PLSS06 Papers No. 8. P21+ Contents: Syn 1. This is a sketch of some as­ pects of phrase structure. Hussey, Stewart C. H- 89 1965 Aborlan Tagbanwa, verbal systems and related topics. Hartford Studies in Linguistics No. 19. Hartford, Conn., Hartford Theological Seminary. Content : Morph. Hymes, Dell H. , ed. H-90 1964 Language in culture and society: a reader in linguistics and anthropology. New York. Harper P25 and Row. 764 p. H99+ Content: Soc ; Eth ; Bihl 3. The Philippine mate­ rials included are reprints by Conklin (p. 189-192) and Frake (p. 193-211). H-91 1967 "Models of the interaction of language and social setting." Journal of Social Issues, 23 (2): 8- 2 8 . Content : Soc ; Eth l ; Theo 1. This deals with the broad theoretical framework for social and psychological treatments of the speech act. Yakan terms for "discussion" are analyzed on page 22. See also Fr·akes's 1967 manuscript, "Strucksby Spee ch." Icasiano, Jose M. I-1 1944 "On Tagalog and Greek articles.s" Phil Rev, 2: 46-50. ·s Content: Morph l ; Comp 5. This contains typolo­ gical comparisons of markers, ligatures, particles, but with only Tagalog examples while Greek is merely described. 2 2 2 Icasiano, Jose M. I-2 1944 "Tagalog could be better.d" Phil Rev, 2 : 40-43. Content: Writ 1 ; Ped. This deals with national language orthography, principles of and instruc­ tional use of· grammars. It gives very little data. Ignacio, Rebecca P. , trans. I - 3 1954 Povedano manuscript of 1578, the ancient legends and stories of the indios Jarayas, Jiguesimas, and Igneius which contain their beliefs· and diverse superstitions. Transcript 3, Philippine Studies Program, University of Chicago. Coritent: Text; Hist 2; · Ignacio, Rosendo I -4 1917 Vocabulario bilingue, Espanol-Tagalo, Tagalo­ Espanol. 1st ed. Manila. Impr. de J . Martinez. Wason 2 1 2 p. PL6056 Content: Lex 4 . 1 24 I-5 191 8 El moderno vocabulario Tagalo -Espanol, Espanol­ Tagalo. Manila. I mprenta, Libreria y Papeleria UP Fi de P. Sayo vda. de Soriano. 2 27 p. PL6056. I2 Content: Lex 4. I-6 1921 Nueva gramatica Hispano-Tagala (minuciosamente escrita con arreglo al use comun y de los modernos UP Fi hablistas y escritores vernaculos). 1st ed. PL6053. I24Manila. Impr. y Lebreria de P. Sayo vda. de Soriano. [7] 3 2 3 p. Content: Gram. I-7 1922 Diccionario Hispanod-Tagalo. Manila. Bahayd­ Palimbagan ni P. Sayo. 540 p. UP Fi Content: Lex 4. The UP citation includes sub­ PL6056 title: Aklat ng mga Pangungusap na Kastila at 199 Tagalog. Tornados de varios diccionarios de la lengua Castellana, especialmente del de la Real Academia Esapnola. I "' 8 1928 Vocabulario o lecciones practicas de lenguaje Ingles-Espanol-Tagalog. 2nd ed. Manila. Imprenta UP Fi de P. Sayo vda. de Soriano. 264 p. PL6056. I22Content: Lex 4. Rf I-9 1955 Tagalog forms for notaries public with legal terms in Tagalog. Manila. 94 p. Content: Lex 1. 1 .,.. 10 1 9S-8 Diksionaryo ng wikang Filipino . Quezon City. 223 Wason Samar Publishing Co. iv, 230 p. PL6057 Content: Lex 4. This is a unilingual dictionary I24 for use in elementary and high ·schools. Bases and derived forms are listed separately. Ignacio, Rosendo I�ll · 1963 Mga kinamihasnang salitang Tagalog (Tagalog idiomsd- ­ modismos Tagalos. May pagpapatibay ng surian ng Wason wikang pambansa. ) 2nd ed. Manila. M. C. S. Enter­ PL6055 prises. 96 p. (Other ed : 1st. 1954. Mal ab on I53 Rizal. R. Ignaciod. 76 p. ) Content : Lex 2. Words and phrases are listed by topic and have English and Spanish translation. Ilar, Fructuoso I. · I - 12 1951 "Il literacy and the school system.d" PJE, (April) : 582, 629d""'631. Contentd: Ped 5. 1 �13 1952 "Our national language problem.d" PJE, 3ld(July)d: 9+ ; (Aug) : 7 5 - 7 6 . . Conten t : Theo 3. Ilio, Dominador I. I-14 1939 "Measures of length in Aklan valley.d" PM, 36 (Nov. ) : 456, 458. Contentd: Lex 1 . Inderias y Viso, C. I -15 1873 Diccionario Ilocano- Castellano. Manila. 228 p. Contentd: Lex 4. Located at Tenri Toshokan Nara Pref. Ingles, Jose D . 1 �16 · 1960 "Our ancient ties with Madagascar.d" WG , 2 7 (20-- Nov. 9) : 1 1 -13 ; 2 7 (21d-Nov� 16) : 14 �15, 25. Contentd: Comp 2 ; Eth 3. I - 1 7 1961 The Philippines and Madagascar; a c·ompar·at·iv·e study __o-=f ____M..._a .,..l·d..._g..., a__s__ h __ e____. a__n _ d_T_�....,g......__a___ l...·� �g.· Mani1a. Filipino Signa"' UP Fi tures. 1 7 p. PL6059I5 Contentd: Comp. !nos, B. I. 1961 "The 'Pilipino' language - - Its importance in our rural development program.d" Agri·cul t·u·r·e and Industrial Life, 23 ( 10) : 6, 40. Contentd: Soc 4. Institute of National Language 1 �19 1936 Mga kapasiyahang pinagtibay ng surian ukol· sa was tong Pananagalog. · Manila'. Unpaged. FEU Fi Content : Gram ; Ped ; Theo 3. Title translation : PL6051. PS Decisions reached or strengthened by the Insti­ tute of National Languaged· regarding correct Tagalog. · · · · 224 Institute of National Language I-20 1937- Preliminary studies on the lexicography of the 1940 Philippine languages. Manila. Bureau of Printing . Vol. 1, Nos. 1-11. Wason Content: Lex ; Hist; Comp 1. This is an applica­ PL6051Al5 tion of Dempwolff ' s analysis in an attempt to V . 1 find and reconstruct proto-forms from various Nos. 1-9 Philippine languages. Each number is devoted to specific sound (s) . Volumes 1 -9 deal with word comparison and reconstruction. 1 ""21 1939 Ang palatitikan at palabigkasang Tagalog. Vol. 3, No. 1. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 60 p. UP Fi Content: Phon 3 ; Writ 1. Title translation : Pl5501A28 The alphabet and system of pronunciationd- .in Tagalog. I - 22 1 940 A national language -English vocabulary. 1st ed. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 1 80 p. (other ed. : Wason 1945-2nd ; 1950d-4th ed. 176 p. ) PL6056 Content: Lex 4. This gives a summary of affixa­ PSSN2 tions for nominal, verbal, and adjectival forma­ tions. Most entries are bases without specific designation of class membership or listing of derivations. Very few complex forms are· listed separately. I "" 23 1940 A Tagalog-English vocabulary. 1st ed . Manila. Bureau of Printing. 180 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. · PL6056 P55T3 1-24 1944 Balarila ng wikang pambansa. Manila. Kawanihan ng Palimbagan. 46 2 p. FEU Fi Content: · Gram. This is reputedly the work of PL6051. F4 Lope K. Santos. 1-25 1944 The propagation of the Filipino language. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 85 p. FEU Fi Content: Theo 3·. PL605 3 . PS 1 � 26 1950 Balarila ng wikang pambansa. Manila. Bureau of Printing (Kawanihan ng Palimbagan) . 4th ed. 462 p. Wason Content: Gram. This grammar· is based on the work PL6054 of Lope K. Santosd. PS S 1950 I�27 1950 Wikang pambansa. Vol. 1, no. ! (August)d; No. 2 (Sept. ) ; No. 3 (Oct. ) . 225 FEU Fi Content : Text ; Bibl 1. PL6055.dP5 Institute of National Language I�28 1951 Mga katawagang pampamahalaan. Manila. Bureau of Printing . d· x, 57 p. (Other editions : 1956 , Wason x, 53 p. · Reissued 1961, 1964 in Selected Vocabud­ PL605 lary Lists , Manila. Bureau of Printing , p. 117- p55S4 171. ) 1964 Contentd: Lex 1. · Title translationd: Terms ·· about government. This gives government terms- · -- ­ based· on the official directory with T�galog equivalents. I-29 1953 A composite vocabulary of Philippine languages. Manila. UP H. S. Content : Lex ; Comp. F1499.dD5 I-30 1953 Daho�g pa�g-- alaala sa linggo pg wikapg pamb·ansa at kaarawan ng pangulong Quezon. Manila. Kawanid"' Wason han ng Palimbagang Bayan. 36 p . PL6051 Cont�nt: Bibl 3 ·. . M27 I � 31 1954 Arithmetical and geometrical terms. (INL Paper No. 5) Manila. I Bureau of Printing. 11 p. Content: Lex 4. I�32 1954 Mga katawagan sa pagsasaka. (INL Paper No. 8) Manila. Bureau of' Printing. UP Fi Content : Lex 3. Title translation : Terms about PL5501. Agriculture. A32 I�33 1954 Traffic signs and termsd. (INL Paper No. 7) Manila. Bureau of· Printing. (Reissued 1961, 1964 in Se� UP Fi lected Vocabulary Lists, p. 81.... 84. Manila. Bureau PLS501. of Printing. ) A32 Content:d · Lex 1. This is a listing in English in alphabetical order. 1 .... 34 1955 The great Quezon's dream, a national language for the Filipinos (Ang pangarap ng dakilang Quezon, FEU Fi isang wikang pambansa·dpara sa mga Filipino). PL6051. PS Manila. Institute of National· Language. 22 p. Contentd: Theo 2, 3. r ,.._ 3 5 1956 Dahopg pang�alaala sa linggo pg wikang Filipino (at kaarawan ng Pangulong Quezon, sa pangangasiwa ng Surian ng Wikang Pambansa), Agosto l� -19d, 1956. Manilad. 3 4 p. · · 2 2 6 Content: Bibl 3 . Title translation: Pages to Commemorate the National Language Week and Pres. Quezon ' s birthday under the· Auspices of the INL. Institute of National Language I�36 1957 On the languages for Philippine educationd. INL Miscellaneous Publicationsd. 11 p . Content : Ped; Theo 3 . I - 37 1958 Mga Piling talasalitaan. (INL Paper No. 19, Special Edition) Manila. Bureau of Printi�g. UP V , 84 p . PLS S0l. Content: Lex 1 . Title translation: Selected A32 vocabularyd. No. 19 1958 Terms and expressions having reference to teaching. (Mga katawagan at pananalitang may FEU Fi kaugnayan sa pagtuturo) Manila. Bureau of LB1775. Printing. 2 9 p. PS Content: Lex l; Ped. I-39 1959 Selected vocabulary lists (Arithmetical, biologi � cal, parliamentary, etc. ) (INL Paper No. 19) · Mga Piling Talasalitaan--Pangaritmetika, Pambiolo­ hiya, Pangkapuluan, atbd. Manila. Bureau of Printing. Content: Lex 1. I-:--40 1960 English-Tagalog dictionary. Manila . Bureau of Printing. xvii, 412 p. Wason Content: Lex 4 . The introduction has notes on PL6056 pronunciation, conj ugation of the verb . There PSS is also a short bibliography. There are fairly full entries with illustrative sentences (about 10,000 in number). I-41 1 9 61 Selected vocabulary lists. (Arithmetical, biological, parliamentary, etc.) Manila . Bureau Wason of Printing . 1 7 1 p . (Other ed . : 1964, special PL6056 ed . ) PSSS4 Content: Lex 1 . These are various subject lists with En. glish entries in alphabetical orderd. I -42 1961 Spanish loan words in Tagalog language . Manila . Bureau of Printing . 86. p. Content: Lex l; Hist 4 ; Ethd. I-43 1962 "Background information on Filipino for editorial writers, columnists, speakers, educators, teachers, Wason students, enthusiasts.d" Dahong Pang-alaala linggo Pam . PL ng wika, Agosto 13-19 , 1962 , p . 1 s·, 19, 39d. P . I . 2 6 227 Content: Lex l; Comp 2. This has texts in Taga­ log, Filipino, and includes cognate precentage with other maj or languages. Other lexical data is given on borrowing, size of vocabulary, common vocabulary with other languages. Institute of National Language · · I - 4 4 1962 Dahan an -alaala sa lin o n wika, 1 3- 19, 1962 (sa ika-25 taon ng Surian ng Wason pambansa)d. Manila. 39 p·. · Pa1nphlet Contentd: Morph 2; Ped; Theo; Bihl 3. This is PLP. I. 26 a program of events with some articles concerning the 196 2 National Language Week. Three articles cover: 1) background on Filipino; 2) teaching problems in the non - Tagalog areas ; 3) comparative Iloko and Tagalog affixes.· It also contains a complete list of INL publications to 196 2. I-45 1962 Mga katawagan sa karunungang pantahanan. Manila. Bureau of Printing. · · Wason Contentd: Lex 3.d· Title translationd: Terms in PLSOSl home arts. A152 No. 21 I-46 1962 "Patuloy ang ingles at kastila ngunit. . d• " Dahong Pang-alaala Linggo ng Wika, .Agosto 1 3�19, 1962,. Wason p. · 13, 39. . . . Pam. PL Content : Theo 3. Title translationd; English and P. I. 26 Tagalog continue, but. . . This is a Tagalog arti­ cle stating that English and Spanish can be utilized but they don ' t meet the need for one single, uni- versal, ind�genous la�gu�ge. I -4 7 1964 "Bi o 1 o g i ca1 te rms . " .;:;..S�e__l...;,e _;;c:....;t:....;e:....;d:.;.___v;;,_,o�c..;;_a..;;_b...;;.u..;;;l...;;.a...;;r-....,,.Y___,;;l::..;1;.;;..· s;;.__ t_s , p. 9 -12. (See Entry I-41) Wason Content: Lex 1 . The entries are in English, in PL6056 alphabetical order. P S S S4 I-48 1964 "Government terms.d" Selected vocabulary lists, p. 117-171. (See Entry 1 -41) Content: Lex 1. The entries are in English, in alphabetical order. 1 -49 1964 "Literary terms.d" Selected vocabulary lists, p. 6 1-6 8 . ( See Entry I -41 ) Content: Lex 1. "Institute of Philippine dialects" 1 -50 1900 Current literature, 28(May)d: 171-172. Content : Theo 2; Soc. Inter church Language School I-51 1962 Cebuano for missionaries. Manila. 2 v. 228 Wason Contents: Ped 3 . Phase 1: Getting started . PL5649 Phase 2 : Enrichments. 161+ Interchurch Language School I-52 1963 Cebuano outline guide. Manila . 2 v. Contents: Ped 1. Vol. 1: Des cription. Vols. 2 : Wason Word lists. PL5649 I61C3+ V . 1 , 3 I-53 1963 Ilocano outline guide. Part 1 : description. Manila. Contents: Syn; Ped. I-54 1963 Tagalog outline guides. Manilas. 3 v . Conten t : Ped 3 . Wason PL6055 M26T3+ I-55 1964- Tagalog for missionaries . Manila . 2 v . 1965 Content: Ped 3 . Phase one ( 1964): Getting started . 1054 p . Phase Two (1965)s: Enrichment . Wason 217 p. PL6055 M26T2+ I-56 1965 Hiligaynon for missionaries. Manila . 2 v. Contents: Ped 3 . Volume Ones: Hiligaynon Pro� Wason nunciation by Maynard M . Eyestone . Volume Twos: PL5711 Enrichment . M26H6+ V . 1 , 2 r�s7 1965 Ilocano grammar and vocabulary . Manila. 3 v. Content': Gram; Lex; Ped 1 . This has a subtitle: Wason Learnin. g to Communicate in Ilocano, 2 . It was PL5752 edited by Maynard M. Eyestone, and replaced the M26I291+ 1962-63 edition. I-58 1966 Ilocano conversation patternss. Manila. 616 p. Contents: Ped 3. Subtitle : Learning to Communi­ Wason cate in Ilocano, 3 . It was edited by Maynard M . PL5752 Eyestones. M26I29+ I-59 1966 Ilocano pronunciation and memory materials. 2nd ed . Manila . 1 0 7 p . Wason Contents: Phan 3; Ped 3 . Subtitle : Learning to PL5752 Communicate in Ilocano, 1. This was edited by M26I29+ Maynard M . Eyestones. 229 Interchurch Language School I-60 19-- Cebuano pronunciation and memory materials. Manila. Content: Phon 3; Ped 1. I - 61 19-- Hili2aynon pronunciation and memory materials. Manila. Contents: Phon 3; Ped 1. This contains 3 partss: introduction to English and Philippine phonetics; practice in recognizing and producing Philippine sounds; short dialogues for perfecting pronuncia­ tion. Isalgo (Pseudonym o f Inocencio Salumbides) I -62 · 1938 "Ang pinagmulan n·g wikang Tagalog.s" Mabuhays, Jari. 9. · · · · · Content: Hist. Title translation: The or�gin o f the Tagalog language. Isidro, Antonio · · I-63 1947 Ang wikang pambansa at ang paaralan (INL Publica­ tion, Vol. VI, No. 4 ) . Manila. Bureau o f UP PLSS0l Printing. 27 p. A28 Content: Ped. I- 64 1948 "The vernacular as a medium of instruction in the primary grade.s" PJE , 2 6 ( 9 ) : 519f . Content:· Ped. I-65 1953 "Pemakaian bahasa sendiri di Philipina dan soal mengadj arkan bahasa asing.s" Pembina bahasa Indos­ ne�ia S (Dj uni) : 13-233. Dj akarta. Pustaka Rakj at N.V. Content: Soc; Ped; Acq. , ed. I -- 66 --....,,.....,.19-..--..55- - "Developing the national language . " PJE, 33 (10) : 651 £ . Content: Theo 3. I - 6 7 1955 "The language problem and the board o f national education.s' ' PJE, 34: 420- 421, 471. Contents: Soc 3; Ped; Theo 3. This gives psys­ chological bases for the use o f local languages in education. · · I-68 1958 "The problem o f vernacularization." PJE, 36 ( 8) : 485. Content: Theo. 230 Jacob, A. P. J-1 1963 "Pilipinos: a language in need of genuine writerss. " P FP , 5 6 (2 - Jan . ): 1 0 , :3 8 - 4 0. Contents: Soc 3 , 4 . Jacobo, Jorge J-2 19 5 1 · "E 1 Cas t e11a no en Fi 1 ip in as . " A.B. C . (Madrid), Dec. 12 . Content : Gram 2 ; Lex. This deals with the nature of creole languages of Cavite and Zamboanga ; i. e . , Spanish lexicon and native structure · (Tagalog and Moro respectively) . Jacquet, Eugene Vincent Stanislas (1811- 1838) J- 3 1831 Considerations sur les alphabets des Philippines. Paris. Imprimerie Royales. 30 p. Wason Contents: Writ 2 ; Comp . This treats Iloko but PL5 508 mainly deals with the Tagalog system. It gives Jl9 an inventory of symbols with Roman letter· equi­ valents. J- 4 1831 "Melanges Malays, Javanais, et Polynesiens,s" JA, 8: 1 �45 . Content : Writ 2 . This contains 3 works: 1) "Notice sur l 'alphabet Yloc ou Ylog" (p. 1- 19) ; 2) "De la Relation et de l ' alphabet indien d ' Iamboule" (p . 20-30) ; 3) "Moers civiles et religieuses des peuplades del Philippines" (p . 30- 4 5) . The first work compares Tagalog, Bugis, Devanagari, and Malay in a narrative way without very much illustrative material. The second work treats the Tagalog writing system ; i. e. , its direc­ tion when being written. The third work quotes in Spanish a 1570 manuscript which is mainly histo­ rical in interest . J- 5 1832 "Additions a une memoire intitutle 'bibliotheque Malaye '.s" JA, 10s: 5 53-569 . Content: Writ 2 ; Pages 5 57 to 569 deal with Tagalog literature,spages 561 to 569 listing classes of native literature with Romanized and syllabary versions of each name. J-6 - 1832 "Melanges Malays, Javanais et Polynesiens.s" JA, 10 : 5 57- 569 . Content: Writ 2 ; Bihl 2. This treats Tagalog literature and reproduces some short titles in the Tagalog script with transliterations. Jagor, Fedor (1816- 1900) J-7 1873 Reisen in den Philippinen. Berlin. Weidmannsche Buchhandlung. Newberry Content: Soc 1 ; Welsh says that pages 43 and 44 deal with "Sprachen und Mundarten". 231 Jagor, Fedor J-8 1875 "Bicol language.s" The Philippines and the Fili­ pinos of yesterday (Austin Craig, ed. ), San Juan, Ayer Rizal. Oriental Commercial Co. , 1934 , p. 201. 2065 Content: Soc 1 . C88 J-9 1875 "Languages and dialects.s" The Philippines and the· Filipinos of yesterday (Austin Craig, ed. ), NL F San Juan, Rizal. Oriental Commercial Co. , 1934, 191.14 p. 102- 104. C844p Content : Soc. J- 10 1875 Travels in the Philippines. London. Chapman and Hall. (Other editions: 18 7 5 Viaj es por Wason Filipinas. Aibau y Ca. xix, 400 p. 1965 Manila. DS658 Filipiniana Book Guild. 276 p.) J24 Content: Soc l; Pages 5 5- 56 (1875 edition) 1965 deal with languages and dialects (p. 40- 42 in the 1965 edition). These give a list of geographical divisions together with the language spoken there, and the number of speakers. J- 11 1916 "Languages and dialects.s" P. 53- 54 in The Former Philippines through foreign eyes (Austin Craig, UP Fi ed.), Manila. Philippine Education Co. , Inc. DS653. 4 Content: Comp; Soc ; CB Jakosalem, Dionisio J�l2 1919 "Los pueblos de la isla de Cebu, y los significados etimologicos de sus nombres.u (Cebu , Jan. 21), H. Otley Beyer, Philippine Ethnographic Series, Set 1 (Bisaya), Vol. 8 , Paper 183, M.S. 13 p. Content: Lex l ; Hist 5. Jardenil, Neva A. J- 13 1962 "A survey of the use of the twelve vernaculars as medium of instruction in twelve Philippine public UP Fi schools with particular reference to Iloilo.s" LG994 Unpublished M. Ed. thesis, University of the 1962 J3 Philippines. 83 p. Content: Ped. Javes , Jose J - 14 1876 Gramatica Hispano- Ilocana. Manila. I mprenta de Amigos del Pais. NL F Content: Gram. 49.s2181L N229g Javier , A. J-15 1962 "A word of caution regarding 'second l angu�ge' teaching." PJE, 4 1 (6); 391- 393. Content: Ped; Acq 2. 232 Javier, Abdon, Andrea A. Tablan, and Carmen B. J-16 Mallari 1963 Wikang Filipino. Manila. Philippine Book Company . 27 4 p. Content: Morph; Syn; Ped. Javillonar Marquez, Ely J-17 1965 "Language learning for cultural understanding." Es Sil, 10 ( 4): 22-23. Contents: Eth; Acq 2. Jenks, Albert Ernest ( 1869- ) J-18 190 4 "Bontoc I go rot c 1o thing . " Am Anthr, 6: 695 -70 4 . Content: Lex 3; J - 19 1905 The Bontok Igorot. Dept. of I nterior Ethnological Survey Publications, Vol. 1. Manila. Bureau of Wason Printing. 266 p. GN671 Contents: Lex 3; Phon; Morph l; Writ; Comp; P5A23+ V. 1 . Jernegan, Prescott F. J-20 1905 A short history of the Philippines. New York. (Other editions: 1908, 1912, 1914) Content: Writ 2; Jeronimo de la Virgen de Monserrate J-21 1789 Vocabulario Calamiano- Castellano. Content: Lex _3. This is printed in Retana 's Wason Archivo from a manuscript of 1789; c.f. Tom. II 23291 ( 1896), p. 207-225, and Prologo, p. xxiv. R43 J-22 1895 Vocabulario Castellano- Calamiano. Content: Lex 3. This is printed in Retanas's Wason Archivo from a 1789 manuscript, Tom. II ( 1896), 23291 p . 209-224. R43 Jesus, Belen de J-23 1966 "A study on the relative achievement (through reading) of equivalent English, Pilipino and Pampango vocabulary of elementary school pupils.s" Thesis at Philippine Normal College, Manila. Contents: Lex 1 ; Pe·d 5 ; Acq. Jimenes, Cristobal ( - 1628) J-24 1610 Arte del idioma Bisaya. Manila. Content: Gram. J-25 1610 Confesionario en lengua Bisaya. Manila. Content: Text 3. J-26 1610 Doctrina Christiana del Cardenal Roberto Belarmino en lengua Bisaya. Manila. Manuel Gomez. 8 p. Content: Text 3; Hist 2. 233 Jimenes, Cristobal J-27 1732 Poetica Cristiana y pre�untas en lengua Bisaya y juntemente una introduccion a esta lengua y con­ fesionario breve. 3rd ed. Manila. · Content: Text ; Hist 2. Jimenez, Consuelo J-28 1924 "On the influence of English on the Tagalo1 g lan­ guage." Paper No. 3' in The Archive (btto Wason · Scheerer, ed.), Manila. Tip. Pont. de la Uni-, PL5501 versidad de Santo Tomas, 13 p. A67 Contents: Lex 1 ; Hist 4. This deals with word No. 3 borrowings classified by cultural realms; with phonemic reshaping and use in Tagalog utterances. Jimenez de la Soledad, Pedro · J-29 190 4 English-Bisaya grammar in twenty-eight lessons. Cebu. Imp. de· 'El Pais '. 158 p . . Contents: Gram ; Ped 3. This was abridged from the grammars of the Recoleto Fathers, N. Guillen and Zueco, and translated into English for the use of the American people. Joaquin, Nick (psued. , Quijano de Manila) J- 30 1963 "The language of the street.s" PFP, 56 (Jan. 12): 32- 35, 63. Contents: Soc 3. This is a popular article on the dynamics of slang, language and dialect bor­ rowing with some historical depth. Many illus­ trative forms are given. The attention is focused on lexicon. · Jocano, Felipe Landa J-31 1958 "Corn and rice rituals among the Sulod of central Panay , Phi 1 i pp ine s . " PJS, · 8 7 : 455 - 4 7 2 . Content : Text 4 ; Ritual texts in Sulod dia- lect of Kiniray�a form a considerable part of this ethnographic article. J-32 1958 "The Sulod: a mountain people in central Panay, Philippines." PS, 6: 4 0 1- 436 . Content: Text 4 ; Comp 2 ; This is an ethno- graphic study but wi th notes on language relation­ ships (i. e., close to or a dialect of Kiniray-a. ) Chants in the native language with English trans­ lations are found on p. 4 13, 430, 434-436. There is no_ grammatical discussion. J-33 1963 "Kinship system and social organi zation of the Sulod of central Panay, Philippines." Thesis, Wason University of Chicago. vii, 307 p. (also, in Film 933 Phil Ed For, 13(1) : 13-21.) Content : Text; Comp ; Soc 4; Eth 2; This is a rather full general ethnography but without lin­ guistic data beyond those as noted. The author 234 indicates the term sulod should be used rather than Bukidnon, Mondo, or Montesses. Page 35 deals with several close dialects all related to Kiniray - a, but with less intelligibility. Socio-linguistic information on lowlanders is given on page 21. Some very short texts (single utterances) in the ceremonial setting are given on p. 253 - 28 2. Jocano, Felipe Landa · · J - 34 1964 "Linguistic elements in socialization progress . " Phil Ed For, 13 (3 -Nov. ) d: 3 -9. Content: Soc; Eth l; Acq 1. Only kinship terms are given in illustrating socialization among the Sulod of mountainous central Panayd. J - 35 1965 Epic of labaw donggon. Quezon City. University of the Philippines Press. Contentd: Text 4. This contains folklore textsd. J-36 1968 "Language and socializationd: some Philippine cases. • 1 Lan ua e roblems in southeast Asian universities. A. T. Tatlow p. 0 - . Content : Soc. Johnston, Clay and Helen Johnston J - 37 1965 Philippine reader. Vol. 1, No. 1. Summer Insti­ tute of Linguistics literacy materials. 13 p. · Content : Text; Ped 2 . This is a Manobo (Cotabato) reader. J - 3 8 1965 Sa igtulu diya mepion hagtay . Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 1 2 p. Content : Text; Ped 5 . This is a Manobo (Cotabato) health bookletd. J - 39 1965 Sepulu balangan telaki diya kagi Menubud. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Pub- lic Schools, Institute· of National Language. 7 2 p . Content : Text 4. These are folk stories in Cota­ bato Manobo. J-40 1966 Libelu sebaen (Primer One)d. Manil a . Institute of National Language , Bureau of Public Schools, Summer Institute of Linguisticsd. 54 p . Content : Text; Ped 2. J -41 1966 Libelu duwa (Primer Two). Manila . Institute of National Language, Bureau of Public Schools, Summer Institute of Linguistics. 50 p. Contentd: Text; Ped 2. J -42 1966 Libelu telu (Primer Three). Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language . 67 p. Contentd: Text; Ped 2. 235 Johnston, Clay and Helen Johnston J-43 1966 Libelu epat (Primer Four). Manila. Summer Instis­ tute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 81 p. Contents: Text ; Ped 2. · J-44 1966 Philippine reader. Vol. I, No. 2. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 11 p . Content: Text ; Ped 5. Johnston, Eugenia J-45 1960 "Ang kapanganakan nang aking manga pamangkin." Sit WP, 4 : 1-4. Content: Gram 2 ; Text 2. This contains Tagalog texts with literal and free interlinear transla­ tion followed by some grammar notes. Jonker, J. C. G. · J-46 1914 "Kan men by de talen van den indischen Archipel eene westelij ke en eene oostelijke afdeeling onder­ AS244 scheiden ? " Amsterdam Verslagen en Mededeelingen AS34 Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.sAfdeeling Litterkunde, 12(4) : 314-417. Contents: Comp 2. This contains historical comparative classisfications using an abundant amount of lesser Sunda material. Some minor mention is made of Philippine languages (p. 329, 333, 340) and details of Tagalog and Bisayan (p . 35 0 - 3 5 2 ; 3 5 9 - 3 6 0 ; 36 5) ·• Jordana y Morera, Ramon J-47 1885 Bosguejo geografico e historico-natural del archipelago Filipino. Madrid. Moreno y Rojas. UP Fi Content : Eth 1 ; On p. 107- 111, Pt. 1, QH187 Section 3, No. 35, is "Dialectos que se Hablan J82 en el Archipelago". Joseph, Padre Fr. Francisco de S. J-48 16- - Vocabulario de la lengua Tagala. (Tagal-Esp�gnol et Espagnol-Tagal). · 451 p., 540 p. Content : Lex 4. This is found in the Bibliothe­ que Nationale, Paris. Ju anmar ti , Jacinto ; S. J. . (1 83 3 - 189 7) J-49 1885 Catecismo de la doctrina Cristiana en Castellano y en Moro de Maguindanao. Manila. Imp. y Lito­ grafia de M. Perez. 83 p. Content: Text 3. J - 50 1887 Cartilla Moro- Castellana para las Maguindanaos. Manila. Imp. y Litografia de M. Perez. 56 p. Ayer Content : Ped 2. Phil.Lang. M�guin. 3 236 Juanmarti, Jacinto; S. J. J - 51 1 8 8 8 Appendix ad rituale Romanum admonitiones faciendae in sacramentorum administratione lingua vernacula Moro-Maguindanao et Tiruray. Manila. Imprenta y Litografia de M. Perez, Hij o. 20 p. Contentd: Text 3. J -52 1888 Compendio de historia universal desde la creacion del mundo hasta la venida de Jesucristo. (y un Wason breve vocabulario en Castellano y en Moro-Maguin­ BS635 danao por un p adre missidonero de la Compania de J91 Jesus) Singapore. Imprenta de Koh Yew Hean. 146 p. Contentd: Lex 3; Writ 2; This contains Moro- Maguindanao texts (in Arabic characters) ; vocabu­ lary in parallel columns of Spanish and Moro­ Maguindanao, the latter in transliteration and in Arabic type. J-53 1892 Diccionario Moro-Maguindanao-Espanol and Dicciona­ rio Espanol-Moro-Maguindanao. Manila. Tipografia Wason ' Amigos del Pais ' . 2 p arts in 1 vol. 270 p; 242 p. PLS91 2 Contentd: Lex 4. These two parts are bound with J91 Gramatica de la Lengua. . . (entry J-54) , and together are sometimes referred to as : Diccionario de la Lengua de Maguindanao. J-54 1892 Gramatica de la lengua de Maguindanao segun se habla en el centro y en la costa sur de la isla de Min­ Wason danao. Manila. Imprenta 'Amigos de l Pais ' . 110, PLS912 2 p. J91 Contentd: Gram; Writ 2; Ped 1. This is a manual ( 1 89 2) on word classes and phrases with information on the Arabic derived writing system found on p. 90 -91. J-55 1906 A grammar of the Maguindanao tongue (according to the Manner of Speaking It in the I nterior and on Wason the South Coast of the Island of Mindanao) . PLS91 2 Translated from the Spanish of Rev. Fr. J. Juan­ J91 marti, S. J. , by C. C . Smith. Washington, D. C. (1906) Government Printing Office. 80 p. · (War Dept. Document No. 270, ·doffice of the Chief of Staff) Content : Gram; Lex 3; Ped 1. Julia y Guerrero, Antonio J-56 1 899 Metodo teorico-practico y compendiado. para aprender en brevis imo tiempo el lenguaje Tagal·og. Wason Barcelona. Estab. Tip. de la Casa Provincial de PL6053 Caridad. 135 p. J94 Contentd: Ped 1; Acq 2. See alsod: Miles, Julius. Juntado, Loreto Graj o J-57 1961 "Number concord in English and Hiligaynon.d" Un­ published Ph.dD. thesis, University of Michigan. 237 Wason Ann Arbor. University Microfilms, Inc. 224 p. Film 1657 Content : Morph ; Syn ; Comp 5 ; Acq 2. This deals with the application of contrastive analyses to prediction of errors in English by speakers of Hiligaynon. "Justice Carson· on the language question" J-58 1912 The Manila Times (editorial), October 1 1. Contentd: Soc 3 ; Theo 2. K . K-1 n . d. "Linguistisch Arbeitan katholischer Missiond­ aren auf den Philippinen,d" Zeitschrift f. Xathol. Theol. , 26 : 223f. Content : Theo 2 ; Bibl. Kagahastian, Fermina D. K-2 1957 "A critical study and evaluation on the teaching of the Filipino national language in the public elementary and high schools in Manila.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education,d_ University of Santo Tomas. Contentd: Ped. Kahler, Hans K-3 1950 "Untersuchung uber die Entstehung Klassifika­ torischer Prafixe in Austronesischen Sprachen,d" AU, 35 (3-4) : 162- 190. Content: Morph 2 ; Comp 1. This is a comparative historical study on the Austronesian languages prefix. It includes words from major Philippine languages in comparison with other related languagesd. K-4 1953- "Untersuchungen zur Morphologie Polynesischer 1956 Dialekte,d" AU, 36 : 145-162 ; °37: 35-48 ; 1 19- 142 ; 38: 73-88 ; 165-186 ; 39 : 129-145. Content : Morph ; Comp 1 . This is a comparative study of morphology and syntax of Polynesiand- · languages. Philippine lowland languages (Tagalog, Pangasinan) are a minor part of the broader comparison to Indonesian area language. Kahlo, Gerhard (1893- ) . K-5 1941 Kleirtes Ver leichendes Mala o-Pol nesisches wo·rte·r uc .d .Le1pz1g : O. Harrassow1tz. p. Wason ·Cofit�rtt : Lex 4 ; Phon ; Com 1. The entries PLS045 are under the German with examples for compar­ Kl2 ison drawn .from MPN languages. A short discussion precedes, with a summary of sound laws. There is a cross reference of Malay 238 syl lables to their examples. The data from Philippine languages include those from Bagobo, Ivatan, Bikol, Bisaya, Bontok, Ibanag, Ilokano, Magindanao, Nabaloi, Pampango, Pangasinan, Sangir, Tagalog, Tinggian,d· Tiruray. Kalaw, Teodoro M. · · · K-6 1935 Cinco reglas de nuestra moral antigua ; una interp·re·tacion.d. . Manila : Bureau of Printing. Ayer 155 p. (Bihl. Naed. de Filipinas. Manuales de 2065 Informacion. No. 2. ) K14 Content : Text 4. Welsh says this includes many proverbs, poems, etc. in the various dialects together with Spanish translations. Kalibapi (Kapisanan sa· Paglilingkod sa Bagong K-7 Pilipinas) · · · · 1944 The ro a ation of the Fili ino lan ua e ng agpapa aganap ng 1 ang 1 1p1nod. LC Manila � Bureau of Printing. · 85 p. P16059 Content : Lex 3 ; Ped. ; Theo 3. This deals K3 with suggested teaching methods, and gives an English -Tagalog vocabulary. · Kaneko, Erika · · K-8 1956 ''The numeral systems of the Formosan languages GNl as compared with those of other Austronesian W64+ languages,d" Wiener Volkerkundliche Mitteilungen, 4. 1 . 56 :d37-77. Content : Comp; Eth 2. This lists existing and extinct languages with dialects and gives an analysis of various systems, some being compared to Philippine languages, generally, Tagalog and Bisayan (and some others) in particular. · Pre- fixes are examined. Sound laws are given. Kano, Tadao . K-9 1941 "Cultural affinities of the Batanes islands and Kotosho (Batel Tobago) as viewed from their names of animals and plants, •t ·z·i·n·ru·ig·a·ku z·a·s·s i, 56 (646)d. Content : Lex 1 ; Com 2. Kapili, Lily V. K-10 1960 "A study of common Hiligaynon patterns as an approach to English.d" Unpubl ished M. A . thesis in Education,d· Philippine Central University, Iloilo City. Content : Comp 5 ; Ped. "Kasaysayan ng Mga Salita,d" K- 11 1950- WP, 1 ( 3): 1 4 ; 1 ( 4 ) : 33 ; 1 ( 5 ) : 35 ; 1 ( 7): 16. 1952 Content : Lex ; Hist 5. This deals with etymology--sometimes, borrowed basesd. One or two words are given each time; some early uses are compared to present day uses. 239 Kasman, Edward Salkiya K- 12 1962 "Birth and death rituals among the Taus�gs of Si asi , " un·it as, 3 5 : 2 91 -3 4 O • Content : Text ; - This is mainly ethnographic but with a few short texts in Tausug with E�glish translations. "Mga katawa. gan at babalan. g pantrapiko,s" K - 13 . 19 5 0 WP, 1 ( 3 ): 38. Content : Lex.l. Title translation : Traffic signs and terms. Ka:t·e·c·h·i·s·m·us· ·p•iu•s ·x· in · Gadda·ng·, Is·inay, Ifugao. K- 14 1913- Bayombong . 1915 Content : Text 3. Katindig, J.G. K- 15 1946 "Mga payo at tagubilin sa mga guro,s" Junior Citizen, 1 : 3 0-32.- · · · Cotitent : Ped 4. Title translation: Counsel and instructions to teachers of national language. Kaufmann, John K�l6 1935 Visayan-English dictionary . Iloilos: La Edi­ torial. 1045 p. (Kapulungan Binisaya- Iningles). Wason (Other edition : 1890). · · PL5626 Content : Lex 1 . This is mainly Hiligaynon, but K21+ with many Hiniraya (non-Iloilo) forms. The entries are by bases with derived forms under the entry. The derived forms are often listed after the prefix in alphabetical order. K - 17 1939 Principles of Visayan - frammar. Manila:sCatholic Trade School Press. 4 5 p. Wason Content : Gram. PL5623 K21+ Keane, A.H. K- 18 1880 "On the relations of the Indas-Chinese and the inter-Oceanic races and lan. gua. ges,s" JRA·r,9 : 254-289. Content : Morph; Comp 3. This deals with culture history with language playing a minor role (up to page 268). · The language discussion yields the familiar Polynesian� Micronesian, Indonesian groups, but all linked to other polysyllabic languages on the mainland. The approach is comparsative but largely typological. Data is scanty and covers morphological matters but often linguistic with non-linguistic cultural features. It uses some of the maj or Philippine languages. 240 Keane K- 19 1883 "Rapports ethnologiques et linguistiques des races Indo-Chinoises et I:ndo- Pacifiques" Newberry (traduit de l ' anglais par Charles Gremiaux), Gen . Coll. Annales de l ' Extrem� Orient , 5 ( 56): 238 - 2 50, A54 . 03 5(57) :264-278. V . 5 . Content : Morph; Comp 3. This deals with Tagalog, Bisayan, and Pampango. K- 20 n . d. Essays relating to Inda -China . Con·tent: Writ 2; This is said to refer to Tagalog writing in Vols. I, p. 1 17 . Kennedy, James · · K- 21 1861 Essays ethnological and linfuistics. Editedby C.M. Kennedy. London : Wi Iiams & Norgate. 230 p. Contents: Bihl 3 . This is said to contain ethnological notes on the Philippines from the Spanish of Sinibaldo de Mas, and Kern says this deals with Tagalog- Kawi relationship. Kepner, William A. K- 2 2 1905 "Observations on color perception among the Visayans of Leyte Island, P.I . , " Science, UG Ql 2 2 : 680-683. S38+ Content : Eth 2; Sem 1 . This deals with the problem of system of color terms and perception of colorss. It contends that the Bisayan speakers borrowed Spanish words because colors higher than yellow were not designated (i.e., green, brown, violet); therefore, the evolutionary stage of pre-European Filipinos hadn ' t attained same level as the Spaniards. Kern, Hendrik. See alsos: Blumentritt (1896 Des Padre . . . ) Kern, Hendrik K- 23 1876 "Over zoogenaamde verbindingsklanken in het Tagala en wat daarmee overeenkomt in ' t Kawi,s" BTLV, 23- 24: 138 - 1 57 . (Also in Verspreide Geschriften , 13 : 35- 53.) Content : Phan 5; Comp 1 . Typological comparisons between l igatures in Tagalog and Kawi (Old Javanese) are given. Tagalog data is taken from Totaness' grammar . · · K - 24 1880 "Sanskritsche woorden in het Tagala,s" BTLV, 4 ( 4): 535 - 5 64 . (Also in Vers· pr· eide· ·G·es·cli· ri•ften, 10 : 2 5 2 - 278 . ) Content: Lex 1; Phan; Hist 4; Eth 3 . This is a discussion of the Tagalog sound system, with comparisons of many Tagalog words with Sanskrit, Malay, Javanese, and some· Batak formss. 24 1 Kern K-25 1881 "Sanskritsche woorden in het Bisaya , " BTLV, 5 (1):s128 - 135. (Also in· ve·r·s·p·re·id·e Geschriften, 10 : 280-287 . ) Content : Lex l ; Hist 4 ; Eth 3 . This is a comparison of 94 words with Sanskrit , and a few Javanese, Tagalog , with some comments on the sound modification when borrowin. g Sanskrit words. K-26 1882 "Over de taal der Philippijnsche Negrito 's, " B'TLV, 30 : 24·3-261. (Also in ve·r·spreide Geschriften , 10 :289-306. ) Co�t·ert : Lex ; Morph 2 ; Comp 2. This examines A Schadenbergs's article on the Negritos of the Philippines � part of which deals with the proposition that the Negritos have had a language of the neighboring Filipinos. It repeats much (possibly all) of Schadenbe!g 's data with somewhat changed orthography , and comparisons given for other Philippine and some Indonesian languages. His conclusion is that the Negrito speech is pure MPN. Words and affixes are compared with Tagalog, Bisaya , Pampango, Iloko, etc. K-27 188 5 "Eene bijdrage tot de kennis van 't oude Phil ippijn sche letterschrift , I I · 'B'TLV , 34s: 56-72 . (Also in· Ver·sp·r·e·i·d·e ·Ge·s·c·hr·i·f·t·en , 10: 308 -323.) Content : Writ 2; Comp. This summarizes with quotations some literature on the Philippine writing system . Largely , the article treats Pardo de Tavera 's 1884 work ("Contributions. .. "), and presents Pardo de Tavera ' s treatment of the symbols for A , I , U , · Ka , Ga, NGa , Ta , Da, Pa , Ba , Ma , Ya , La , Wa , Sa , Ha , which contain a considerable number of comparative considerations with Indonesian languages. K-28 1885 "Over de verhouding van het Mafoorsch tot de Maleisch-Polynesische talen , " Pr·oce·e·d·ings · of the Sixth International Congre·ss· o·f Orient­ �lists , 1883, Vol. 6.4, Section S, pp. 215-272. Conten t : Comp 2. This is not primarily a work dealing with the Philippines but includes data from major Philippine languages (usually Tagalog) for comparison with Mafoor and other language forms. K -29 1887 "Klankverwisseling in de Maleisch- Polynesischen talen , s" BTLV , 5 : 333-343 , 560- 572 . Cont·e·nt : Phon ; Comp 1 . This presents sound correspondence amo�g Austronesian languages, 242 including Tagal�g, Bisaya, Sangir, and Ibanag. Kern K-· 30 1889 "Taalkundige gegevens ter bepaling van het stamland derdMaleisch-Polynesische volken,d" TNI, 3rd ser., 6:d270-287. (Also in: Verspreide Geschriften, 6 :d105- 120 . ) Content : Comp l ; Eth 3. This is a comparative study drawing on Bisaya, Ibanag, Sangir, Sulu, and Tagalog.·d There is a 1957· Indonesian version of this article. K-31 1893 "Sprachvergleichende bemerkungen zum vocabulare,d" in A. B. Meyer, n·ie Phi. I i·ppin·en, I I. Ne Wason pp. 49- 67. (Also in:d · Ve�sp�eide· ·Ge·s·ct r·i tos, Yiften. PJ27 K39 Supplement. 's-Gravenhage:Martinus Nijhoff, Suppl. 1936, 68 p.) Content: Lex 3 ; Comp 2. This gives a word list of Negrito forms with comparison made to probable cognates from some 30 MPN languages, seven of which are Philippine languagdes.· It supports the contention of MPN clas sification for Negrito languages but no generalizations are drawn about sound change. K-32 1894 "Een belangrijk boek over de Filippijnen (J. M. de Zuni Filipinas), " . ga, Estadismo de las Islas Indi· sche· Gids, 2: 1 101- 1 108, 1 198- 1219. Content : Theo 5. This is a review of a general nature and only incidentally contains a few minor references to language. K-33 1895 "Aankondigin. g van: W. Retana, Un Libre de Aniterias, "d IAE . (Also in: Verspreide Geschriften, 11: 64-66. Content: Hist 5 ; Retana's work deals with magical amulets of writing with a mixture of Latin, Spanish and Filipino words (here, Pangasinan)d. Kern says that the amulets have nothing to do with anito worship but relates to Hindu-Buddhistic influence. Supporting etymologies : /agimat/ is from azimat (Arabic) and djimat (Malay). /anitu/ is a MPN word and not a Sansdkrit borrow- 1• ng. K- 34 1896 "Opmerkingen omtrent de taal der Agta's van 't Schiereiland Camarines (Filippijnen),d" BTLV, 46: 437-440. (Also in:d· v· e·rsp·re· •ide ·Geschriften, 11: 78-82. ) Conteht : Gram 2 ; Comp 1. Kern takes several (24) Agta forms and gives comparisons with other Philippine and Indonesian languages. 243 Kern K-35 1896 "Spaansche bescheiden aangaande de Filippij nen,s" BTLV, 4 6 : 720-726. (Also · in· Ver·sprei·de ·Geschriften,s.s1 1 : 84-90.) Con·te· nt : Lex 1; Phan 5; Comp 1. In discussing the second volume o f Retanas's work· Archi·v·o d·e1 Bibliofilo· Filipino, a word list is given from the Kalamianes and a catechism from· the Batanes islands. The former leads to a discussion o f sound correspondence among the island Southeast Asia languages. The latter is given l ittle specific treatment but leads to a discussion of some specific forms from Blumentritt 's work on terms in Ph ilippine mythology. Many comparisons are given in Sanskrit, Indonesian as well as Phi l ippine languages. K-36 1897 "Een Spaansch schrijver over den godsdienst der heidensche Bikollers,s" BTLV, ser. 6, 3 : 224-238. (Also ins: Verspreide Geschri·ften, 1 1 : 92- 106.) Content : Comp; This draws on and summarizes P. Jose Castano 's work on Bikol beliefs found in Retana 's Archivo, Vol. 1. It is largely ethnographic but makes use o f Bikol terms on which the author comments and compares with Tagalog, Bisaya, Javanese, Sundanese, and Malay forms. K-37 1908 "Austroneisch en Austroasiatisch,s" BTLV, 60 : 166- 172. Content : Comp; Theo 5. This is a summary o f theory concerning the external relationships o f the Austronessian language family (i. e. Pater Schmidt 's views on aspiration, word formation, word bases, pronoun similarities). He compares words for 'suns' in many languages (including major Philippine languages). · Implications for culture history are drawn. K-38 1910 "Review o f C.W. Seidenadel' s The first grammar o f the language spoken by the Bontoc rg·orot," IAE 19 :232-233. Content : Gram; Theo 5. K-39 1912 "Het infix-prefix in, " BTLV,s. 66 : 252-253. ·cont·ent : Morph 2. -Sang1r examples are compared in this note which quotes from grammatical works and attempts a rough characterization o f the grammatical function o f the affix in. - 244 Kern K-40 1913- Vers�reide Geschriften. 's= Gravenhage : 1928 Mart1nus Nijhoff. Is v. Content : Lex; Hist ; Comp; Bihl 3. This is a Wason collection of articles by the authors. Volumes PJ27 10 and 11 contain works dealing with the K39 Philippines. K-41 1956 Pertukaran dalam bahasa-bahasa oun c anges 1n a ayo - o ynes1• an Languages) Dj akarta : P . T. Pustaka Rakjat. 32 p. (Original edition : 1887, See K-29) . Content : Phon; Comp. K-42 1957 Berbagai keterangan berdasarkan ilmu bahasa di akai untuk menentukan ne eri asal ban sa Me �JU- o 1nes1as. 1nguist1c ev1 ence on origin of Malaya-Polynesian peoples) Dj akarta : P. T. Pustaka Rakj at. (Original edition : 1889, See K-30). Content: Lex; Hist; Comp l; Eth 3. Kern, Rudolf Aernoud K-43 1929 "Het verbaal-praefix si- in eenige Austronesische talen,s" Verslag van het Zesde Wason Congress-Oostersch Genootschap in Nederland, PJ21 pp. 29-30s. 059 Content : Comp 1. K-44 1930 "Deutang des - in- Infixes in den Austronesischen Sprachen,s" Acta Or, 9 (1):s1-58. Content : Morph 2; Comp 3. This is a comparative typology of affixation in word formation of related languages of the western Malaya- Polynesian area. It includes maj or Philippine languages (Tagalog, Bikol, Bisaya, Sangir, Iloko, Ibanag, Pampango, Bontok, Maguindanao) which receive most of the attention of this article. Some nearby languages (Tombulu, Favorling) are also treated but less intensively. The /in/ affixes are not the only affixes covered by this article but the presentation is or. ganized around them. K-45 1932 " 't Prefix Ha- , " BTLV, 89 : 117- 120 . Content: Morph 2 ; Comp 1, S . This is a comparative typology of word formation among related languages but with historical implication�. Philippine languages (Tagalog, Bisaya, Iloko) are compared to Javanese, Malay, Dayak, and Sundanese with regard to certain related affixes. 24 5 Kern K-46 1934 "De Partikel � in de Indonesische talen,d" BTLV , 92 (1):d5-=T21. Content : Morph 2 ; Comp. This is a comparative morphology involving Philippine language data (Tagalog, Bisayan, Bicol, Ibanag, Bontok) as well as Bahasa Indonesia and Malay. K-47 1939 "Het persoonlij k voornaamwoord aku,d" BTLV, 98 : 249-251. Content : Morph ; Comp. This presents a comparative approach to the elements in the structure of pronouns. The data drawn form Philippine languages includes Tagalog, Bisayan, Ibanag, Bontok, Iloko, and Sangir together with Javanese, Buginese, Cham, and Totemboan. The article is short and does not develop the main topicd. K-48 1942 "Gelijkheid en verschil in voorvoegsels in Indonesische talen,d" BTLV, 101: 341-394. Content: Lex ; Morph ; Comp. This deals with prefixes on a comparative basis (p. 242) . Words are compared by charts which form the bulk of the article. Tagalog and Bisayan words are compared with northern Indonesian languages. K-49 1943 "Wortels en grondwoorden in de Austronesische talen,d" BTLV, 102:d275-369. Content : Morph ; Comp 1. This deals with roots and radical elements in MPN languages. It provides a comparative morphologyd· involving Tagalog, Bisayan, Hiligaynon, Bikol, Samar­ Leyte, Iloko, Pangasinan, and Pampango. K- 50 1948 "Tweeerlei prefix ka- in de Austronesische talen,d" BTLV, 104: 137-199. Content: Lex ; Morph ; Comp 1. This comparative morphology deals with two types of ka- prefixes, using Ibanag, Iloko, Bontok, Pangasinan, Pampango, Tagalog, Bisaya, Bikol, Magindanao, Sulu, Sangir among the Philippine languages. K- 51 1956 "Anitu,d" Journal of Austronesian Studies. 1 (2): 5-7. PL5021 Content : Lex. Subtitle: Anitu "Ancestral J86 Spirit" in the Philippine languages and related words in Indonesian and Polynesian languages. This is a comparative treatment of demonstratives in MPN languages in which the vowels /i/ and /u/ are said to represent first and third persons ; 246 (a)ns(d)itu is traced with meaning of spirit or god in several Philippine, Indonesian, and Oceanic languages. It originally meant: 'those there, far away '. Kerr, Harland B. K-52 1965 "The case-marking and classifyin. g function of Cotabato Manobo voice affixes, " OL, 4 (1 -2): 15-47. - Content : Morph 2. Kess, Joseph Francis K-53 1967 "Syntactic features of Tagalog verbs." Unpublished Ph.D. thesis,s· University of Hawaii. Content : Syn. Kieckers, E. K-54 1931 Die Sprachstamme der Erde (mit einer anzahl grammatischer skizzen). Heidelberg:sCarl Winter. P203 257 p. K47 Content : Comp 2, 3. Pages 1 18 f contains a listing of MPN languages and some geographical sub-grouping. There· are a few typological comparisons, (i.e., numbers and pronouns, possession, affixation in word structure. ) There is very little data from the Philippine languages. Kirk, May K-55 1902 The Baldwin grimer (Tagalog edition). New York. ( ther edition: 1899) Content: Ped 2. Kitasato, Takeshi K-56 1927 Structure of the Japanese language. Osaka, Japan: The Shien Kai Association. 87, 241 p. Content: Writ 2. G. Bernardo says this shows illustrations of bamboo inscriptions which are presumed to be Mangyan characters (according to Ignacio Villamar). There are also palaeo­ graphic tables on ancient Philippine alphabets. Kiunisala, Edward R. K-57 1963 "Filipino for Filipinos,s" PFP, 56 (2. Jan.): 58-59. Content: Soc 3. Kiyoshi, Sawada K-58 1942 M a salitaan sa Ni on o ukol m 1• no. st. e . Mayn1 a: 1ppon yuppan UP Fi Kabusiki Kaisya (Nippai) . 1, 32, 2 p. PLS39.KS Content: Lex 1; Hist 4; Soc 3. Title translation: Words in the Japanese language pertaining to Filipinos. · · K -59 n .a. Mga ilang himatong sa balarilang Filipino. 4 p.1., 266 p. NL F Content: Gram. This has both Tagalog and 499.215 T Japanese texts. Title translation: · Some K658i information on the Filipino grammar. 24 7 Klaproth, Julius Heinrich (1783 - 1835) K -60 1823 Asia polyglottad. Paris : Gedruckt bei J . M . Eberhart. 3 84, p. P203 Content : Lex 1 ; Comp . This comes with an K6 3++ atlas which gives comparative word lists for 1823 Asian languagesd. Some Philippine forms are parenthetically placed with the Formosan forms (about 120 items pp. 380 - - 382). Some 20 Philippine forms are drawn mostly from Magindanao, but also includes Tagalog, Pampango. These are not too usefuld· because they are too few and the orthography is 11ot very goodd. Knowlton, Edgar C. Jr. K -61 1963 · "China and the Philippines in El eri uillo sarmiento,d" Hispanic Review, 311 4) : 136 -347. PQ Content : Lex 1; Hist 4. This deals with the 6001 H67 influences of Philippine languages on the Spanish of this novel. K -62 1966 "American culture and usage for the second language teacher.d" PJL T,·d 4 ( 3 - 4) : 6 3 -7 4 Content : Comp 5 ; Eth. This article deals with American culture and usage in English, with particular reference to difference viz-a-vis Spanish, Tagalog, Mandarin Chinese and Indonesian-Malay. K -63 1968 "The formation of the past-perfective in Tagalog -Spanish . " Romance Philology, 22 (1) : 22 -24. Content : Hist 4. Commentary on two surveys of Spanish dialects which give information on the use ofd�, -!!.& and -um- . Koran K -64 n . d . (en caracteres arabigos, del uso de las moros de Mindanao, lotgrafiado). Content : Text 3 ; Writ 2 . This was written between 1875 and 1 890 . It is #4208 in Vold. 3 of Retana's Aparato, or #2286 of his collectiond. K-65 n. d. (del uso de las Maguindanaos lotgrafiado). Contentd: Text 3 ; Writ 2 . This was written between 1875 and 1890 . It is #4209 in Vold. 3 of Retana' s Aparatod. · It is also in Arabic writing . Kri.eger, Herbert William K -66 1942 Peo les of the Phili ines. Washington . 86 p . m1t son1an Inst1tut1on War Bac�ground GN4 Studies No. 4) S66 Content : Eth l ; This is an ethn�graphic No. 4 survey with a general treatment of Philippine languages, a map of their locations, and information on the pre-European syllabary. 248 Krieger, Herbert William K-67 1945 "Races and Peoples in the Philippines,s" FEQ, 4 : 95 -101 . Content : Writ 2 ; Soc ; This is a very broad ethnographic survey of groups with historical background . It deals with language ·diversity, script, and other cultural traitss. A map locates groups defined largely by language but the dis­ cussion is racially organized. Krishnamurthy, T. K- 68 1953 "National Language in India and the Philippines,s" PEduc, 8: 2 1- 2 7 . Content : Comp 5 ; Theo 3 . Kroeber, Alfred, Louis K-69 1918 The Histori of Philippine Civilization as Reflected 1n Reli�ious Nomenclature . GN2 (Anthropologicals apers, the American Museum of A53+ Natural History, 19 (2) : 35-67 . ) New York: The V. 19 Trustees. no. 2 Content: Lex l ; Comp ; Eth 3 . Part I is a survey of religious ceremonies ; Part I I deals with lang- uages and culture. K-70 1919 Kinship in the Philippiness. (Anthropological Papers of the American Museum of Natural Museum of Natural History, 19 (3): 69-84. ) New Yorks: The Trustees. Content: Eth 3 . This is a comparative treatment from Nabaloi, Kankanay, Bontok, Ifugao, Subanun, Lanae, Magindanao, Sulu Moro, Tagalog, Malay. There is a reconstruction of 13 terms with impli­ cations for culture history . K-71 1943 People of the Philip ines. American Museum of Natural History, Han �book Series No . 8 . New York . Wason 244p. (Earlier editions: 1919 and 1928. New DS665 York: American Museum Press . 224p . ) K93 Content : Comp 2 ; This is a sketch of 1943 external and internal relations of Philippine languagess. There is a lack of fit between classification of race and classification of language spoken. K- 72 1944 "Review of Gardner 's Philippine Indic Studies,s" JAOS, 64 : 34 . Content: Writ 2 ; Theo 5. 249 Kuder, Edward K-73 1962 "On Defining the National Cultural fvlinori ties,d" in Rules and Regulations ond_ ·Local Scholarships. The �ommission on National Integration, Republic of the Phi l ippines. Mani la, June 21, 1962. Page 14f. Content : Soc 1 ; Eth 3. Definitions of cultural m1nor1ty are given, as wel l as the number of groups ( 53), and the dialects spoken (p. 17). Kuizon, Jose Germano (1927- ) K-74 1962 "The Sanskrit Loan-Words in the Cebuano-B isayan Language and the Indian Elements in Cebuano­ Wason Bisayan Culture.d" �fA Thesis, University of San PL5649 Carlos, Cebu City. vii, 144p. K97+ Content : Lex 1 ; Phon ; Hist 4 ; Comp ; Eth 3. ·K-75 1964 "Sanskrit Loan \\fords in the Cebuano-Bisayan Language,d" AFLS, 23 (1) : 111-158. Content: Lex 1 ; Phon ; IJist 4 ; Comp ; Eth 3 . The author deals with culture history impl i ­ cations based on l)sound structure 2)phonemic, morphemic and semantic c hanges in borrowed words. Ku Un-,dSan K-76 194 5 - "A Study of Tagalog,d" Chinese Commercial News, 1946 Oct. 23, 1945, Jan. 5, 1946 . Content : Lex 1 ; Hist 4. This is a handwritten copy 1n The E. Arsenio Manuel collection. Manuel says that this was published by the author in Chinese characters, and that there are only less than 1 0 0 words studiedd. The archaic words recorded are from Hsueh Wen, Han Dynasty before the Christian era. Labay, Esmeradldo,M. L-1 1953 "Observation in Teaching the National Language among Non-Tagalog Students,d" PEduc, 7 (7): 20 - 23. Content: Ped ; Acq 2.d' L-2 !953 "The Teaching of the F i l ipino Language,d" PJE, 32 (6) : 367, 371, 416. Content: Ped ; Acq. Lacal le y Sanchez, Jose de (1851- ) L-3 1886 Tierras y Razas del Archipelgo Fil ipino. Mani la: Colegio de Santo Tomas. UP Fi Content : Soc 1. On pages 245-247 and 269-275 : DS665 "Idiomas. ' ' · 114 Lackowski, Peter L-3a 1968 "Verb Inflection in Cuyunon.d" Oceanic Linguistics. 7 (2): 9 2 - 1 0 3 . Contentd: Morph O. 250 Lacuesta, Geruncio L-4 1964 "Language and Nationalism,'' STI-f, July 5, p. 30 -33. Content: Soc ; Theo 3. L -5 1964 "Liberation of Filipino Language from Tagalog,d" Day Mir, Oct. 17, p. 14- 15. Contentd: Soc 3 ; Theo 3. L -6 1965 "The Frankenstein of Tagalog Purism " Phi1 I-Jerald ' Magazine, May 8, p. 14- 15. Content : Soc ; Theo 3. L-7 1967 "Rejdoinder to t.1r. Lansangd: Purism is still the issue, n STr-f, Aug. 6, p. 28 -2 9. Contentd: Writ 1 ; Theo 3. This treats the problems of spelling. Lafeber, A. L-8 1928 ''The grammatic value of constructions with E in the Polynesian dialects compared with similar cases in Indonesia,d" JPS, 37 : 403-425. Contentsd: Morph 2 ; Syn l ; Comp. This is a short comparative morphology and syntax. Many language forms are included from Philipoine languages, i . e. words or phrases from Tagalog, Bisayan, Pangasinan, Ibanag, Magindanao, Subanun, I loko. The best coverage is given to Tagalog. La Gironiere, Paul Proust de L-9 1855 Aventures d'un gentilhomme Breton aux iles Philippines. Parisd: Lacroix-Camon. (1st ed. ) 458p. Wason (Other editiond: 1857 Parisd: F. Dido Freres, fils DS658 et Cie. 2nd ed. ) 117+ Content : Writ ; Comp ; There are some very 1855,d1857 general remarks on the relation of Philippine languages (Tagalog and Bisayan to Malay) and the Tagalog writing system (pp. 373-375- - ''De la Langue Tagala") Lagorra, Blas L - 10 1908 Subano vocabulary. Subano-Visaya-Spanish-English. (Under the direction of Major Jno. P. Finley, LC PL6035 1904- 1908) Zamboanga, P.dI. 28 leaves. zS 13 Contentd: Lex 3. Lagumbay, Wenceslao Rancap L-1 1 1962 "Filipino language nationalism and its implications , " Far Eastern Freemason, 43 : 18 -22. Content : Soc ; Theo 3. Laktaw, Pedro Serrano. See under : Serrano Laktaw, Pedro 2 5 1 Lambrecht , Francis L-12 1928 " I fugao tales . Of Amama and Unga , ... LAMP , 5 ( 4 ) n: 113-115n. Content: Text 4 . L-13 1929 I fugaw villages and houses . Publications of the Catholic Anthropological Conference , No. 3 , NL F Vol . 2 . Washington , o . c . 5 72 . n9 9 14 Content : Lex 3 ; Comp ; Ethn. Pages 139-141 deal Ll79 with "comparative Vocabulary of the Ifugaw Housen. . L-14 1930- "The I fugao sagas or Hudhud , " LAMP , 7 ( 7 ) ; 8 ( 11 ) n. 1932 Content: Text 4 . L-15 1932- The mayawyaw ritual . PCAC . Vol . 4 Washingtonn, 1958 D . C . No . 1-7 . Content: Text 4 ; Eth No . 1 . Rice Culture and UP Fi Rice Ritual . ( 1932 ) No. 2 : Marriage and Marriage GN 4 . Ritual . pp . 169-32 5 . ( 1935 ) No . 3 : Death and c . 3 Death Ritual . (1938 ) No . 4 : Property and Property v. 4 ; Ritual . ( 19 39 ) No . 5 : Go-Betweens and Priestsn. no. 2 -4 ( ? ) No. 6 : Illness and Its Ritual . ( 1955) No. 7 : Hunting and Its Ritual . (1958 ) This is ethnography but much text material. No. 5 is summari zed in JEAS , 4 ( 4 ) , note 1 ; No. 6 in JEAS , 4 ( 4 ) : 1-5 5 ; No. 7, in JEAS , 6 ( 1 ) ; 1-2 8 . L-16 1 9 32- "The Saga of the brave Aginayan, " LAMP , vol . 9 ; 1934 vol . 10n. Content : Text 4 . L-17 1933- "The saga of Gumingin and Bugan , his siste r , n" 1934 IAMP , 10 : 177-183 , 2 38-241 , 269-2 72 , 300-302 , 309 . Content: Text 4 . n' L-18 1955 " Ifugao tales , '' FS , 14 : 149-19 6 . - Content: Text 4 . This has native texts with English translation . L-19 1956 "Review of R . F . Fartonn' s book on the religion of the ifugaos , " ANTHR 51 : 311-31 9 . Content : Morph 1 , 2 ; Writ l ; Theo 5 ; Sero 2 . This is a review on the linguistic content of Barton ' s book . Critical evaluations of orthography , af­ fixation , translations , word classes and construc­ tion markers are givenn. 2 5 2 Lambrecht , Francis L-20 1957 "I fugao epic story ; Hudhud of Aliguyun at Hananga , " JEAS , 6 ( 3-4) : 1-2 0 3 . Content: Phon ; Morph ; Text 4 . This is a folk tale , i.e . chant in native text with English translation. It shows the differences in form between words and phrases in free discourse and in chants . It gives morphemic e lements of style . Pages 15-40 deal with phonetics , spelling , and stressd. L-21 1957 "I fugao tale , Banawe and Mayawyaw , " FS , 16 : 107-184 . Content : Text 4 . This is I fugao text with English translation. L-22 1958 "Ifugao ballads , " JEAS , 7 (2 ) : 169-207 . Con�nt : Text 5 . This is Ifugao text with English translationd. L-2 3 1958 "Ifugaw Weaving , " FS , 17 : 1-5 3 . - Content : Lex l ; On pages 42-53 is a vocabu- lary list of weaving terminology . L-2 4 1960- "Ifugao Hu ' dhud , " FS , 19 : 1-17 4 ; 20 : 136-273 . 1961 Content: Phon ; Morph ; Text 4 . This is a poem in Ifugao with English translation . On pages 20-35 are notes on sound system, orthography , mor­ phology . Lambrecht , Godfrey L-25 1960 "Anitu rites among the Gaddang , " PS , 8 : 584-602. Content: Text ; This contains considerable ritualistic text material in the Gaddang language with English translation and ethnographic content. Lande , Nobleza Asuncion L-25a 1970 "Theoretical and methodolocial trends in Philippine linguistic research : 1560-1970 .d'' Anthro Ling 12 ( 6 ) : 2 08-225 . Content: Theo Landor , A. Henry Savage L-26 1904 The Gems of the east . New York and London : Harper & Brothers . 566p . Wason Content : Writ 2 ; Comp . Chapter 5 0 , pp . 455-462 DS659 deals with the Philippines ; pp . 57-62 : Cuyono L26 languages ; pp. 62-6 3 : alphabets ; p . 14 3 : Batac language ; p . 546 : Tagbanwa and Mangyan alphabet ; pp . 5 4 6 £ : a comparative chart including Bagobo , B.ajao (Moro)d, Bicol , Bilaan , Cuyono , Igorote , Iloko , Ilongot, Isinay , Magindanaw, Manguianes , Mansaka , Sulu , Tiruray , and Visayan. 2 5 3 "The language problem" L-27 1960 STM, 16d(12): 18-21. Content: Soc. "The language question" L-28 1912 MT (Editorial), Oct. 25 Content: Soc 3 ; Theo. "The language question again" L-29 1931 PJE, 14d(4): 121-122. Content: Theo 3. "The language question again" L-30 1934 PJE, (Editorial), 17: 292. Content: Soc 3 ; Theo. "The language war" L-31 1965 PFP, (August 14), 58d(33): 10+ Content: Soc. 3 Lansang, Teodosio A. L-32 1967 "On Pili,pino: a call for realism,d" STM, June 28 and July 2. Content: Writ 1, Theo 3. The author deals with spelling of words (especially foreign words) in Filipino. Lapitan, A. C. L -33 1958 "Our two language bridges,d" PJE, 36d(10): 635 Content: Soc. Laraya, Consorc1a Manalastas L-34 1960 Aklat pambalik-aral sa wikang pilipino . . Manila: Liwayway Publications. vii, 107p. UP Fi Content: Ped 1. Title translation: Review book PL6052 for the Filipino language. This is a review of 131 methods of teaching the national language and Tagalog literatured. Larson, Donald N. (also see Interchurch Language Sch. )L-35 1962 "The Philippine language scene,d"d · PSR, 10 (1-2): Content: Soc 3. Language dominance and selec­ tion with special attention to Tagalog, English, Spanish, and Filipino is the main focus of this article. L-36 1963 "The Philippine language scene,d" PSR, 11 (1 -2): 4-12. Conte.nt: Soc ; Theo 3. This treats linguistics as an applied science in the Philippine cultural context,dviz-aviz the national language especially. It is similar to the preceding article (entry L-35), but not identical. 254 Larson , Donald N . L-37 1963 The Philippine language scene . Manila: Inter­ church language school. 86p . Wason Content : Comp 2 ; Soc l ; Theo. This is a dis­ PL5506 cussion of synchronic and diachronic linguistics 133+ in the Philippines and the relation to culture history and cultural-linguistic groupings . It attempts to evaluate factors for changed. L-3 8 1965 "Toward a simultaneous multilingual grammar for Tagalog , Cebuano , and Ilocano . " Thesis , University of Chicagod. 227p . Content : Gram ; Comp 5 . This is a transformational grammard. Lasema, Manuel L-39 1918 Sun kaan sa a basa a hambae it in eanon . a : El 1 , Content : Text ; Writ ; Ped 1 . This is a manual of some rules on writing , reading, and speaking in Aklan. Laubach�, Frank Charles L-40 1925 The peoples of the Philippines . New York : George H . Doran Co . SlSp . Wason Content : Soc 1. Some data on tribes regarding BV3380 pre-historic religion are presented. There is one L36 language map (p . 32 ) . This is mainly history and anthropologyd. L-41 1932 " The Lanao system of teaching illiterates , " PM (June 2 9 ) d, 16 : 41-45d. Content: Phon ; Ped 5 . The author describes syllable formation and phonetic values of some letters in the description of pedagogic method. Most of the article is a narrative and popular rather than detailed or systematic. L-42 1936 "Key method of teaching illiterates , " Interna­ tional Review of Missions , 25 (April)d: 235-249. Content : Phon ; Ped 5; This deals with syllables of Maranaw and word structure on the phonological level . It tells of the effective­ ness and problems of literacy campaigns in the Philippines and Asia in generald. 255 Laurel , Jose Paciano (1891- ) L-43 194 3 Pamulon ulon sa a baton sant alan aku-and· sang iyang kamaha an Jose P . Laure , Pangu o Ayer sang Republika sang Pilipinas . Manila : Bureau Phil of Printing. 20p . Lang . Content : Text . This is the Ilongot text of I longot the author ' s inaugural speech '(presidential.) 1 of Oct . 14 , 194 3 . L-44 1961 Inang wika. Content : Text 7 ; Ped 5 . This deals with NL F Tagalog language--composition and exercisesd. 308 L373br Laves , Gerhardt " Review of Otto D. L-45 1935 empwolff , Induktiver aufbau einer indonesischen Ursprache , " Lang , 11 : 2 64-267 . Content : Phon ; Morph ; Comp l ; Thev 5 . This reviews the first volume of Dempwolff ' s Ver leichende • • • , and summarizes Dempwolff ' s met6 od, data , and sources . It treats phonology and word structured. La Wall , Irene L-46 19 39 "Lightning literacy , " PM , 36 (Aug . ) : 33Q·-331 , 335 , - 337 . Content : Phon ; Writ ; Ped . This deals with the syllable method using native words as goals ; the details of preparation of materials and class procedured. Laya , Juan Cabreros L-47 1949 ( ?) Mga banghay-aralin. Manila: Inang Wika Publishing Co. 4 vols . in 1 . Content : Ped . Title translation : Lesson plans (Tagalog)d. L-4 8 1950 "Ukol sa pagbabago ng kahulugan ng mga sali ta , " ( Pansin sa isang bahagi ng ulat ng kasangguning Regalado noong ika-11 ng Oktubre , 1950 sa SWP ) d. WP , 1 (4 ) : 45-4 7 . Content: Hist 2 ; Theo. Title translation : Con­ cerning the changing of the meaning of words ; comments about a part in the report by consultant Regaldo on Oct. 11 , 1950 at the Institute of National Language. This denies Regalago ' s state­ ments that seem to imply that languages don ' t changed. The author agrees with the idea that languages change and usage (not legislation) governsd. 2 5 6 Laya, Juan Cabreros and Silvina c . Laya L-49 1948 Basic Tagalog vocabulary . Tagalo�-English , English-Tagalog. Manila: Inang Wika Publishing LC : Co . l28p . (Other edition : 1950 Manila. 148p . ) PL6054 CJ Content : Lex 3 . Lazaro , Joaquin Rivera ; O . P . ( 1852- ) L-50 1889 Introduccion al estudio de la lengua c·astellana en Isinay . Manila : Imprenta del Colegio de Santo Tomasn. 185p . Content: Gramn; Text . The text is in Isinayn, and the coverage under the European type word class headings . Leanon, Isabel L-51 1958 "The du ' jeng as sung and practiced in Takdiann, " JEASn, 7 (4 ) : 395-42 7 . Content : Text S . This is Ibaloy text with English transnlation. It has a cultural contextn. L-5n3 1965 "The Ibaloy sing for the deadn, " PSR, 1 3 : 154-189n. Content: Text 4 , 5 . This is native language text with English translation in a cultural context. Ledesma , Antonio F . L-5 3 1961 �The uses of Tagalog , '' PFP , 54 (27-July 8 ) : 50 . Content : Soc. This is an ethno-linguistic article on language dominancen. Lee , Ernest w. L-54 1962 "On non-syllabic high vocoids in Maguindanao , " Sil 16 ( 3-4) : 6 5-72n. Content : Phonn. L-5 5 1964 ''Maguindanao /1/ , '' General Linguistics , 6 ( 1 ) n: 24-26 . Content : Phonn. This deals with distributional aspects alternations and some of the semantic significance of this particular phonemen. L-56 1964 "Non-focus verbs in maguindanao , " O-L , 3 ( 1) : 49-57n. Content : Morph ; Syn . "The legal bas is of the Filip ino national l anguage" L-57 19"48 PEduc , 2 : 3-10 . Content : Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . 257 Lendoyro, Constantino L-58 1909 The Tagalo lan ua e : A comprehensive gram- ma ica treatise a apte to se -instruction and particularly designed for use of those Wason engaged in government service or in business , Pl6053 or trade in the Philippiness. 2nd ed. Manila: 1909 Juan Fajardo . cxvi , 448p-. (Other editions : 1902 . Manila: Imprenta de ' El Mercanti l ' s. xxvii , 387 , 6lp . 1st ed. ) Content : Ped 3 . This is a manual of instruction with lessons designated to cover given gramnatical categories. Leon , Felipe Padilla de L-59 1966 "Ang musikang sarili sa ikalalaganap ng wikang Pilipino , " Panitikan , Aklat II , blg . 8 , pp . 9-13 . Content : Text 5 ; Theo 3 . Title translation : Native music in the spread of the national languages. Leon , Jacinto R . de L-60 1943 "The National language has no dilemmas, " Phil Rev, 1 : 27-31s. Contents: Morph 2 ; Writ l ; Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . This is in answer to Agoncillo ' s article o f July 1943 . Orthography and morphophonemiscss, individualss, and institutions are involved in the formation of standard language ruless. L-61 1947 Talasalitaan� Tagalog-Ingles . Naglalaman ng r, soo karaniwang salita . Manilas: University NL F Publishing Co.s, Inc . xi , 72p . 499s. 2035 Content : Lex 3 . Title translations: Tagalog­ L55lt English Vocabulary . Containing 1500 common words . L-6 2 1956 "Tagalog cannot be translated literally into alien language , " STM, 11 (Feb . 26 ) : 32-33 • . Content : Text 7 . Le Page , R. B . L-6 3 196 4 The national language question (Linguistic problems of newly independent states . ) London : JF 195 Institute of Race Relations , Oxford University L3 14 3 Press . vi , Slp . Content : Soc ; Ped. This has a sketch on Malasia but also information on the Philippines (pp . 26- 28 ) on the problems of education . 258 Lepiten , v.v. L-64 1962 " In language , what skills can be developed if the native language is the medium of instruction? " PJEn, 20 (9 ) : 596-59 7 . Content : Soc 3 ; Ped ; Theo . Le Roy , James Alfred ( 1875-1909) L-65 1906 Philippine life in town and country. New York : G . P . Putnam's Sons. UP Fi Content : Soc 1 . On pp . 247-251 : "Dialects of Ds659 . L4 the Philippines . 1905 Leyden , John ( 1775-1811) L-6 6 1 886 " On the language and literature of the Indo­ Chinese nations . " Vol . 1 , pp . 84-171 in Miscel� Wason laneous Pa ers Relatin to Indo-China (R. Rost) , D550 3 . 4 Lon on : Tr ner & Co . Orienta Series) 318 p . R83 Contentn: Gram 2 ; Soc 1 . The sketch on Tagalog {pp . 116-126) includes comments on Bisaya , Baj au , Sulu , Maranao , and Maguindanau speech communities. Libarios , V.Y. L-6 7 1962 " Sanething ' s wrong with our national language , 11 Examiner , 1 ( 32 Nov 16 )n: 16-17 , 2 6 . Content : Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . Libro • • • L-68 n . d . que contienen. el ' arbol genealogico, y bio­ grafico de todos los profetas del islamismo , en caracteres arabigos , del uso de los Maguin­ danaosn. Lotgrafiadon. Content : Text 3 ; Writ 2 . This was written be­ tween 1875 and 1890 , and appears as #4210 in Vol . 3 of Retana ' s Aparato , or #2289 in his own collec­ tionn. L-6 9 n .d. con las oraciones de la Pascua que usan los panditas de Mindanao , en caracteres arabigosn. Content : Text 3 ; Writ 2 . This was probably written between 1 87 5 and 1890 . It is #4211 in Vol. 3 of Retana ' s Aparato , or #2290 of his collectionn . Lim , Matilde J . L-70 1958 "Mga karaniwang kamalian sa mga kathang pasulat s a wikang Pilipino ng mga mag-aaral sa ikalima at Ikaanim na Baitang ng mga Paaralang bayan sa unang purok ng Laguna. " Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education , Filipino Language , National Teacher ' s College , Manila. 2 5 9 Content : Text ; Ped S . Title translation : Corranon errors in Pilipino Compositions among 5th and 6th grade students in the first district of Laguna . Lindeman , Leon L-71 1955 "A Kalinga story , " FS , 14 : 197-201. Content : Text 4 . This is in native text with English translation . Lindquist , Alice . See also : Maryott , Alice Linquist Lindquist , Alice ; Vivian Forsberg , and Alan Healey L-72 1957 The Phonemes of Ta�abili . Fargo , N. D. : Sunmer Institute of Linguistics , University of North Dakota. 2 0 , lp . (also in : PJS , 8 8 ( 2 ) : 225-2 4 3 . Wason Content : Phon l ; Comp l ; Soc 1 . This contains Pamp. some socio-linguistic data . Segmentals are in­ PL P . I . ventoried with distributions and examples , showing 20+ contrasts . Syllable structure is analyzed . There is data on stress and intonation , and suggestions on orthography . There are texts with translation , and data showing historical changes of vowels from PMP . "Linguistic seminar on pi l ipino" L-73 1965 SLQ, 3 ( 2 ) "2"9"17-2 9 8 . Content : Ped; Theo 2 . This is a report on a seminar held March 27-28 for teachers of Pili- pino . Link, Francis L. L-74 1924 Abstract of a portion of the Sulu grammar con- tained in a typewritten draft entitled "The Wason Sulu dialect" by Charles R. Cameron. Jolo , Sulu , PL6042 lv . L75 Content : Gram. Literna, Editha, F . I . L-75 1966 "A descriptive linguistic analysis of the Hili­ gaynon verb system. " Thesis at Ateneo de Manila University , Manila. Content : Lex l ; Morph 2 . Lisboa, Marcos de ( -d. 172 8 ) L-76 1 86 5 Arte de idoma Bicol . 3rd ed. Manil a : Estable­ cimiento Tipografico de l Colegio de Santo Tomas . 4 17p . (Other editions : 1 7 5 4 , 186 3 . ) Content : Gram . 2 6 0 Lisboa, Marcos de ( -d. 1728) L-77 1865 Vocabulario de la lengua Bi.col (reimpreso a espensas del exmo. ilmo y ·rmo. sr. dr. D. fr . UP Fi Francisco Gain za)d. Manila: Establecimiento PLSS83 LS Tipografico del Colegio de Santo Tomasd. 417 , 103, lp. (Other editions: 1754, 1912) Content: Lex 4 ; Writ 2 . This was also titled: Diccionario y Vocabulari6 de el Idi·oma Espanol y Bicol. Litonj ua, Anatoli a L- 78 1 9 5 8 "Amoks and the national language,d" Kislapd- Graphic, 2 5 (Nov. 26) :2 2-23. Content: Eth. Llamson, Teodoro A. ,S. J . L -79 1957 East Tagalo�. Woodstock, Maryland: Woodstock Wason Col ege. ( xperimental Edition) 194p . PLS073 Content: Ped 3. L79+ L - 80 1960 "Recent trends in 1 anguage teaching, " PS, 8: 32 0 - - 3 3 3 . Content: Ped ; Theo 1; Acq 2 . This summaridzes American developments in language instruction (theory and practice, individuals and institutions ) . A little attention is given to the p icture in the Philippines. This contains no language data. L-81 1966 "A note on predication in Tagalog.d" PSR . 14 ( 3 ) : 150- 155. Content: Syn. L -82 1966 "Main transient formations in Tagalog.d" PJS. 95 (1) : 143 -157. Content: Morph ; Syn. Verbal express i ons. L- 83 1966 "The subgroupings of Philippine languages.d" PSR. 14 (3) : 145-150. Content: Comp 2. L - 84 1966 "Tagalog phonology," Anth Ling, 8 (1) : 30 - 39. Content: Phon. This covers segmentals and supra­ segmentals and distributions. 261 Llamson, Teodoro A . L - 85 1966 "Tagalog reflexes of P�1P •�," Anth Ling, 8 ( 3) : 1 3 - 2 3 . Content : Phon ; Comp 1 . The entire vowel system receives attention with some comparisons to other main Philippine languages and some non­ Philippine languages (Javanese, Batak) . L - 86 1968 "Modern Tagalog : a functional -structural descrip­ tion with particular attention to the problem of verification . " Ph . D . dissertation, Georgetown University. 3 1 2p. (To be published by Janua Linguar: um) Content : Gram. L - 86a 1969 A subgroupini of nine Philippine lan uages. (no . 58 . Verhande ingen van het Koninklij � Instituut voor Taal- , Land- en Volkenkunde) . The Hague . Martinus Nijhoff. xi, 1 2 8p. Content : Comp 2 . This work presents a compari­ son of Ibanag, Ilo cano, Kankanay, Ifugao, Tagalog, Bikol, Hiligaynon, Sam.ar- Leyte and Cebuano . The aspects of language structure treated are phono - logy, morphology and the lexicon . Llanes, Jose L - 87 1956- "A dictionary of Philippine mythology," JEAS, 1957 5 ( 1 ) - - 8 ( 1) , 8 ( 2 ) . Content : Lex 1 - 4 ; Text 4. Term definitions are given with language sources identified. This is variously titled : "Philippine Mythological Dic­ tionary, " and "A Study of Some Terms in Philippine �1ythology . " Locsin, Teodoro M. L - 88 1961 "English or Tagalog, " Century Maga·zine, l (June) : 2 4 - 2 8. Content : Soc 3. L - 89 1961 "English vs. Tagalog, " PFP, 54 ( 2 0, May 20 ) : 2 - 3+ Content : Soc 3 . L - 90 1963 "Confusion of languages, " (Editorial ) PFP, 56(Jan . 1 2 ) : 8 . Content: Soc 1, 3 . Londot, Sister Mary Magdalena L - 9 1 1 9 39 "A case study · to diagnose language difficul ties of grade one Igorot children in learning the UP Fi e lements of spoken english . " M. A . thesis in Edu ­ PE 1068 cation, University of Santo Tomas, vii, llOp. PS 18 Content : Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq 2 . 2 6 2 Lopez, Carmen B. L - 92 1951 Bumasa at sumulat. National language for Grade I. Man ila : Philippine Book Co. 98p. Conten t : Ped 3, 5. T i tle translation : To read and to wridte. Lopez, Cecilio L-93 1928 Comparison of Ta,dalog and Iloko·• • • Hamburg : J.J. Augusdtin. 88p. Wason Content : Phon ; Morph ; Comp 1 ; Soc. This i s PL60 52 comparative phonology and morphology, with s ome L86 data on "polidte speech.d" This was revidewed by Cohen in BSL 120 ( 1939) : 189, and by F. Blake in Lang. 5 (1929)d: 190d-192. L-94 1930 "Das Verwandtschaftssystem der Tagalen und der Ma 1a ien, " Ar Anthr , 2 2 ( 3) : 1 32 -136 . Content : Comp ; Eth 2. Thi s i s a comparison of the kinship terminologies of Tagalog and �falay. I t is summari zed in Anthropos , 27(1932) :293-294. L -95 1930 - "A contribution to our language problem, " PSSR, 1931 3 : 107- 117 ; 273d-283. Content : Soc ; Theo 3. L - 96 1931 The language s i tuation in the Philippine I slands. Manila : Institute of Pacific Relations. 47p. Wason Content : Soc 1, 3 ; Theo 3 ; Acq 2. This is part DS653 of a series of pape rs on Philippine progre ss. 1 59 I t is a general and broad work, oriented more to 1931 L pract ical problems rather than theore tical matters. I t has a good orientation and some bib­ liography. L -97 1932 "Our language problem,d" PSSR, 4 (2) : 93 -100. Content : Soc 1. L-98 1934 "Awan to kurki t a ' c ' iti saotd' Iluko,d" !locos Time s , 3 ( 4 - Augus t) . Content : Phon S. Ti tle translation : No letter 'c' in Ilocano. L-99 1936 "Review of O tto Dempsolff ' s ' Vergleichende Laut­ lehre des Aus tronesischen Worts cha tzesd' , " PSSR, 8(2) : 197-202 . Content : Comp ; Theo S. The review treats only Volume I and summari zes the geographical scope of the work, i ts organi zation, and method. Some general typological observations are givend. 2 6 3 Lopez , Cecilio L - 100 19 36 "Tagalog words adopted from Sp anish , " PSSR , 8 : 2 2 3 - 246n. Content : Lex ; Hist 4 ; Eth 3 . About 500 words from Serrano L aktaw ' s dictionary are l isted and classi fied with rules for spe ll ing (sound? ) changes . This was reprinted in Galang ' s Filip i ­ niana as entry no . 65 , Vol . II . It was reviewed by Marcel Cohen in Bulle tin• de l a Societe de Linguistique de Paris . Vol. 38 , 1937n. L -101 1937 "General features of Phi lipp ine 1 anguages , " PSSR , 9 : 2 01- 2 07 . Content : Morph ; Syn 1 ; Comp 3 , 5 . This is a contrastive typology of sound and word structure , phrase markers for Tagalog , B isayan , Iloko . L -102 1937 Pre liminary study of affixes in Ta�alog . Insti ­ tute of National Language Publications , Vol . 2 . Wason Man i l a : Bureau of Printingn. 78p . PL6051 Content : Lex ; Morph 2 . Al S v . 2 L -10 3 19 38 "Prob lemas del instituto , " L a Vanguardi a , Febn. 12n. Content : Theo 2 . L -104 1938? Studies on Dempwolff ' s Ver leichende L autlehre or des Austronesischen Wortsc� atzes. Institute of 1939? National Language Bulletin HI . 6 3p . Content : Comp 1 ; Theo . This is a synopsis in Wason English of Dempwolff ' s work . Neither this nor PL SS0l the original provide a breakdown o f Phi lippine A3 languagesn. It is useful for theory . L -105 1939 and Mal a lexico ra hies ..:--_..___ as1s . Institute o ational Wason ___________ �M-an,....;,..i a : Bureau of Printingn. PLSS0l A3 Lex ; Phon ; Comp ; Sem� L -10 6 1940 The Ta,nalog language ( an outline of i ts psycho­morpho ogical analysis)n. Instintute of National UP Fi Language Bulnletin # 5 . Manila : Bureau of Printingn. PLSS0l 2 3p . A3 Content : Morph ; E th 1 . L -107 1941 A manual of the Phi l i�pirte national languagen. 3rd ed. Institute ofn ational Languagen. Mani la : Wason Bure au of Print ing . 327p � ( Other editions : 19 40n. PL60 51 327p . ) L86 Content : Gram ; Morph ; Ped 1 . 264 Lopez, Cecilio L- 108 1941 Reduplication in Tagalog. Institute of National Language Bulletin #7. Manila : Bureau of Printing. UP Fi 17lp. (Other editions : Rev. 1948; 1950.) PL 6053 Content: Morph 2. 172 L- 109 1941 Studies on Tagalog 1·ex·ic·og·ra·phl· · # 1 . Instituteof National Language Bulletin 6. Manila: UP Fi Bureau of Printing. 29p. PL5 501. Content: Lex l; Hist 4. Subtitle: "Tagalog A3 Words for Spanish Loan Words." L - 1 10 1944 "Foreign influences in Tagalog, " Phil Rev 2 (2): 43-49. Content: Lex; Hist 4; Eth 3. Word borrowings from Sanskrit, Chinese, Spanish, and English. Rules of sound modification by native speakers are given, as well as Chabacano examples and a classification of borrowed formss. L- 111 1949 "Studies on Sugbuhanon affixes,s" PSSHR, 14: 29- 55, 183-226. Content: Lex 1; Morph 2. This is a detailed treatment of morphological elements used in the derivation of several classes of words; i.e., numerals, verbals, adjectives, 'quasi-verb '. Sentence length contexts are usually given for the examples. L- 1 12 1950 "Reduplication in Tagalog,s" BTLV, 106 : 1 5 1-311. Content : Morph 1, 2. See also Institute of National Language Bulletin #7, 1941 (revised in 1948). This was reviewed by J.M. Echols, SIL, 9 (1951) : 105. This is a detailed treatment with a system of classification for types of reduplication and the employment of these types in different classes of words both with and without affixation. Word classes treated are nouns, verbals, adjectives, verbs, pronouns, numberals, adverbs, prepositions, conj unctions, interjsections. L- 113 1955 "A pure Filipino tongue, " ·pa·nora·ma, 7: 1 5 (Jan.). Cont·ents: Theo 3. 265 Lopez � , Cecilio L- 1 14 1958 "Review of Vanoverbergh, Morice: · · r1oko ·G:raniniar, 1955, Baguio: Catholic School Press, x, 348p . " Anthr . , 5 3: 32 4 -32 6 · ·Cont·ent: Phon ; Mor. • ph ; Theo 5 . The author sum:-:-. mar1zes and evaluastes the work with regard to the pepet vowel, orthographic converitions, format of presentation, treatment of verb focusess. The major criticism is that 1) it is cast in an English frame, and therefore, 2 ) _ it is not system­ atically presented. L- 1 15 1960 ? Studies on Denipwolffs' s· · 've·rgl·ei·chende· ·1aut1·e·hre des· Aus·tro:nes·is·cfien ·swort��haties.' Manila: Summer Institute of Linguistics . 2 vols. in 1. 60, 35p. Wason Content: Lex; Phan; Morph ; Comp 1. The author PL5031 summarizes Vol. 1 and 2 of Dempwolff's work, which D38 is the theoretical, comparative part with the L86+ conclusions of the study. Vol. 3 contains the word list of reconstructed roots which has been edited by the Summer Institute of Linguistics, giving two lists: one with English entriesand the other being a list of the MPN roots. Both use Dyen's orthographic conventions. This was originally published in 1939. L- 1 16 "Review of M. Vanoverbergh, 'Iloko-English Dictionarys' , "ANTHR, 56: 337 -339. . Content: Lexs. L- 117 1962 "List of Filipino words not found in Dempwolff (Tagalog),s" SIL WP, 6: 8- 15. Content: Lex 1; Hist 1. About 300 words with English glosses are given. L- 1 18 1965 "Classifiers in Philippine languages." Abstracts. The H. Otley Beyer Symposium. Diliman, Quezon Wason City: University of the Philippines . p . 29 . Pam Content: Morph; Syn; Comp. This is a compara­ DS PI37 tive typology of phrase structure elements in­ volving Tagalog, Cebuano, Iloko, Bikol, Samar- Le. yte, Pangasinan, Ibanag, and Sambales (Botolan).L-1 19 1965 "Contributions to a comparative Philippine syntax,s" Lingua, 15: 3-16. (Also in: Indo­ Wason Pacific Linguistic Studies, Part II, Descriptive PJ21 Linguistics, G. B. Milner and Eugenie J.A. Henders­ C72+ son, ed. Amsterdam: North Holland Pub. Co. , 1965a 196 5 . pp. 3- 16.) 266 Content : Syn 1 ; Comp 2. The obj ective is subd­ �roup1ngs , through shared similarities. Ex­ amples are given of means of predication , at­ tribution , and serial relation , from 12 languages : Tagalog , Cebuano , Hiligaynon , Ilokano , Bikol , Samar-Leyte , Pangasinand, Pampangand, Ibanagd, Sambales (Iba) , Ivatan (of Basco) ; Taus.a g (Jol o). L -120 1956 "The Spanish overlay in Tagalog , " Lingua , 14 : 467-504. (Also in : Irido �P��i£ic· Liri ti �tic Studies Part I , Historical Linguistics , G. B. Milner and Eugenie J. A. Henderson , ed. Amsterdam : North Holland Publ. co , 1965 , pp . 467- 504. ) Content : Hist 4. This article gives aphonol o ­ gical inventory of Tagalog , its morpheme types , reshapings of Spanish forms when borrowed into Tagalog. Some notes on incorporations of re� sultant forms int o Tagalog grammatical patterns (i. e. , word structure) are included together with results on syntax and meaning categories. L-121 1967 "Origins of the Philippine languagesd, " PSd, 15d: 130-166. Content : Morph ; Syn ; Comp 1 , 3. This is a comparison of some 30 MPN languages of which more than half are the maj or Philippine langu­ ages. It deals withphonology on the broad MPN level , as wel l as morpho logy , and syntax on the Philippine level. The war¥ is historical as wel l as typological and provides a neatly arranged chart of sound correspondences from PMP to Tagalog and other specified languages. L-121a 1967 "Classifiers in Philippine languages.d"· PJS , 96 ( 1 ) : 1 - 8 . Content : Lex 1. Lopez , Cecilio and o thers L -122 1953 Aklat ng wik�. d . Ik�tl �ri�- b�it�rig. Manila : Macaraig Publishing Co. 247p. Content : Gramd (?) ; Pedd (?). Tit le translation : Book of language. L-123 1954 Aklat ng wika. Ikaapat na b�it�ng. Manila : Macaraig Publishing Co. 263p. Content : Gramd (?) ; Pedd (?). Title translation : Book of language. 267 Lopez, Francisco, trans. L- 124 1621 Libro a ·nais·urat·an· amin ·ti ·b·a:g·as ·ti Dot·rina ·cris­ •ti•a·n·a... Manila : Imp. en el convento de S. Pablo de Manila. 283p. (Othe·r editions: 1688 Manila. 1716 Manila: Imp. del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1767Manila Imp. del la Compania de Jesus. 475p. 1846 Manilas: Imp. del· Cologio de Santo Tomas. 1882 Manila: Imp. de Amigos del Pais. 1895 Malabon: Tipo-Lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos de P.P. Agustinos. 4 12p.) Contents: Phon 2; Text 3; Writ 2; Hist 2, 4. This is said to be the first book in Ilocano. There are notes on morphophonemics, word bor­ rowings. In the 1895 edition, a textual descrip­ tion of the Doctrina ·cristiana is given, followed by a complete transcription 1n Tagalog charac­ ters, consisting of 23 unnumbered pa. ges.L- 125 1627 Arte de la lengua Yloca. Manila: Imprenta del Colegio y Universidad de Santo Tomas de Aquino. 336p. Wason (Other editions: 1792, 1793 Sampaloc: Imp. de PL5752 Nuestra Sra de Loreto del Pueblo de Sampaloc. 238p. L86 1865 (Gramatica Ilocana) Malabon: Asilo de 1895 Heurfanos. 354p . 1888, 1895 ( Gramatica Ilocana) " " " Huerfanos. Content: Gram. Forster, McKaughan say that this uses the classical languages as the organizational framework for the grammar. Retana in Origenes. also notes a 1617 work of the same title by the same author but lists its existence as speculatives. L- 126 1792 Com endio methodo de la suma de las re las del arte el y ioma Ylocano. que a los prin­ UP Fi cipios del siglo passado, compuso el M.R.P. PLS752 Fray F. Lopez ...) Sampaloc: Imprenta de Nuestra L7 Senora de Loreto del Pueblo de Sampaloc. 238p. Content: Gram. L-127 1882 Catecismo de la len ua Ilocana con ex licacion e los misterios principales e nuestra anta Fe, etc. .. Manila: Imprenta de Amigos del Pais. 40p. Ayer (Other editions: 1765; Phil Lang 1894: Tambobong: Asilo de Huerfanos. 64p. Iloko 1907 Manila: Colegio de Santo Tomas. 32p. 115- 118 1910 Manila: J. Fajardo. 40p. 1911 Manila: J. Fajardo. 40p. ) Content: Text 3; Hist 2. 268 Lopez, Francisco, trans. L - 128 1895 · Gramatica· ·dIlocana. 3rd ed. Malabon: Estable­ cimiento 'l'ip. Lit. del Asilo de Huerfanos. 354p. Contentd: Gram. This is a corrected and enlarged edition of Carrod' s earlier work. Located at New York Public Library and Tenri Toshokan Nara Pref. Lopez, M.H. . . . . . . . . L-129 1909 Diction�ry (bic�idonaria. ) . EugJ .i shd-T���log. Figurative Pronunciation of all words. Idioms UP Fi usual in Tagalog as in English. Manila: PL6056 Imprenta y · Libreria y Papeleria de J . Martinez. L86 139p . Contentd: Lex 4. The title is also given in Tagalog. Lopez, Salvador P. L-130 1940 "Problems of the national language,d" Phil.ippine Yearbook, (Sept. ) pp. 68 -69. Content: Ped ; Theo 3. The author discusses matters of teaching Tagalog in the school system. He_ gives the historical background , futured_ goals and requirements. Lopez, Sixto L-13 1 1900 The tribes in the Philippines. Bostond: Anti­ Imperialist League. Sp. Ayer 2066 Content: Soc. Welsh says this refutes the L86 Philippine Commission Report of 1900 which lists 84 separate tribes. Loyola, Isidro L-132 1962 "Conflict of words,d" Day Mir, Nov. 3, p. 6. Content: Lex. Lozano y Megia, Raimundo (1826- 1897) L-1 3 3 1876 Cursos de lengua Panayana. Manila: Imprenta del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 23lp. Wason Content: Gramd; Lex 4. Specific forms are discus­ PL571 1 sedd; the grammar is within a Latin framework. L92 More than half the work is a Bisaya-Spanish dic­ tionary (pp. 91 -231). L - 1 34 1892 Gramatica Hispana -Visays-Panayanad· y ·dDiccionario manuald. Valladolid: Imp. de Luis N. de Gaviria. 278p. Content: Gram ; Lex. Essentially this is the 2nd edition of the previous entry (L - 13 3). Lukban, Noemi V. L-135 1966- " ' Nang ' and ' ng ' - a preposition. " . . FEUFJ 1 1 (2) : 1967 30- 36. Content: Lex 1. Lumauig, G.dG. and J.A. Quirino L-136 1954 "The Hudhud, " SMM, 20:d32 - 3 3. Content: Text 4. This is said to contain frag­ ments of this epic which is sung during harvest time. 2 6 9 Lupon ng mga pahayagan sa wikang Tagalog L-137 · 1936 "Sa· pagbuo ng isang ortographyang panlahat ng wikang Tagalog,s" Mabu·hay, Nov . 13. Cont·e·nt : Writ 1 . Title translation: For fors­ mulating a general orthography for Tagalog, by the committee representing Tagalog language publicationss. L- 138 1936 P�raan ng pagsulat ng wikang Tagalogs. Manila: The San Juan Press. NL F Content: Writ 1 . Title translation: a method 499 . 215t for writing the Tagalog language. L973p Lusted, Ruth; Claudia Whittle, _ and Lawrence A . Reid L- 139 1964 "The use of matrix technique in an analysis of Atta personal pronouns,s" OL, 3 (1 ) : 138- 160s. Content : Lex 1; Theo 4 . Tliis is an analysis of the features and forms of this sub-system . Lyman, Thomas, and Elnore Lyman L-140 1959 Picture book. Summer Institute of Linguisticss. Lithographeds. Content: Text; Ped . This is in Cotabato Manobos. L- 1 4 1 1959 Practice Primers. Summer Institute of Linguistics . Lithographeds. Content: Text; Ped 2. This is in Cotabato Manobo. L- 142 n . d . Pepe (preprimer)s. Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content: Text; Ped 2 . This is in Bontoc. Lynch, Francis X. L-1 43 1948 "Some notes on a brief field survey of the hill people of Mt . Iriga, Camarines Sur, Philippines,s" PrM, 21: 65 -7 3 . Content: Morph; Comp 4 . The author says this is not a true Negrito group, and that it is better to use semi-Negrito or their own term, Agta . The language is the Bicol dialect of Buhi, Iriga, or Sagnay town which borders the areas. The article discusses nature of dialect differents, and mor ­ phology is compared with Tagalog . Lynch, Frank L - 144 1956 "Some speech-sound problems for Bicolanos learning English." Paper presented at the Division Work­ shop on Teaching English as a Second Language, Naga Central School, Naga City. 3p. Content: Phon 3; Comp 5; Acq 2. Lynch, Frank and Ronald S . Himes L- 1 45 1967 "Cognative mapping in the Tagalog areas. " p . 9- 52 in Modernization: its im act in the Phili ine' Institute o P 1l1pp1ne Culture aper . Wal en F. Bello and Maria Clara Rolden, editorss. Quezon City, Ateneo de Manila University Presss. 3.3p. Content: Soc Eth 2. Socio-/psycholinguistics o disease and kinship term · systems . 270 Macaraeg, Anastacio Austria M-1 1896 Vocabul ario Castellano-Pangas inan. Manila. (Other editiond: 1904, 3rd ed. Vocabulario UP Fi Hispano-Pangasinan. Mani la. Imp. Fajardo y PL6015 Compania. · 104 p. ) Z SA8 Content: Lex 4. 1904 M-2 1898 Vocabulario Pangas inan-Castel lano. Mani la. Contentd: Lex 4. UP Fi PL6015 2548 1904 Macaraeg , Fel i c i ano M-3 1963 "Rep. Mercado defends offi cialsd' use of Filipino as national l anguage.d" Day Mir, March 30, p. 20- 21. Content: Theo 3. Macaraya, Batua A. , Hadji Parnbaya Bayabao, and M-4 David L. Hamm 1952 The Dans alan Junior Col lege Maranao-English Di ctionary. Marawi City, Lanae. Madras a Press. Wason 9 3 p. PL5957 Content: Lex 4. Subtitle: Sorat a maana ko Z5Ml l+ bas a Maranao a go Ininglis rek o Dans alan Dioni­ or Kalids. Bases and derived words are listed separately and provided with a sentence context. Maceda, Generoso S. M-5 19 35 "The Dumagats of Famy.d" PJS, 57: 235-251. Content: Text; Comp 2; Soc l; Sec. Thi s is an ethnographic sketch with a discuss ion of: 1) origin of the term dumagat , 2) l anguage relation­ ships (to Bi col, Ilongot, and Tagalog). A short text with Engl ish trans lation is g iven on p. 241- 242. A map i s g iven with location of speech communities. Maceda, Jose Montserrat M�6 1958 "Chants from Sagada, Mountain Province, Phi l ip­ pines . " EM, 2 : 45 -5 5 ; 96-10 7 . Mus i c Content: Text 4. Included are native language ML1E84+ texts of chants with mus ical notations and Eng­ lish transl ation. M-7 1963 "The Mus ic of the Magindanao in the Phi lippines.d" Ph. D. thes is, Univers ity of California in Los Wason Angeles. 2v. Film Content: Phon; Text 5; Comp 4; Soc. On p. 152f 1212 is a discussion of vocal mus i c; p. 161 - 200-­ phoneti cs, changes in writing. A reference is made to Tars i l as on p. 20f. Texts of songs s tart on p. 276, with English trans lation. 271 Maceda, Marcelino N. M-8 1963 "Some medicinal plants known to the Mamanua of northeastern Mindnao, Philippines." p. 133- 136 GN325 in Festschrift Paul Schebesta zum 75. Geburtstag. F 4 1 + Wein-Modling. Missionsdruckerei St. Gabriels. 568 p. Content: Lex 3 ; Eth. This contains a wordlist of native plants with English and scientific names together with cultural use. M-9 1967 "A brief report on some Mangyans of northern Oriental Mindoro." Unitas , 40 (1): 102-155 Content: Soc 1 ; This is mainly ethnographic without language data. There is a long bibli­ ography at the end together with several pictures. Sociolinguistic data: the speech around Saclag is called the lata� dialect of Mangyan. This bears a striking similarity of form to the Rata­ gnon of Southern Mindoro. Alangan dialect is also referred to. Madale, Abdullah t. M- 10 1963 "Preliminary study of Maranaw folk literature." Marawi City. Institute of Research and Filipino Culture , University of Mindanao. Content: Text 4; Bibls. Madlangbayan, Pedro A. M- 12 1959 "Ang buong 'nangs' at ang maikling 'ng '. " PJE, 38: 318-319. Content: Lex 1 ; Writ 1. Title translation: The complete (spelling of) 'nangs' and the short 'ng ' . Ya madyaw tugun ni Jisas Kraist nyasulat ni Markos M- 13 1964 Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 77 p. Content: Text 3 . This is a Kalagan translation of the Bible according to Mark. Magallona, Magelende M. M- 14 1964- "Articles as markers of singular count nouns." 1965 FEUFJ, 9 (4): 56-66.s· Content: Syn; Comp 4. Tagalog and English markers are contrasted. Magats, Gil M-15 1915 1st e . Manila. Tip. Linotype 272 UP Fi 283, . .2 . .p . PL5993 · c·on·ten t : Gram M2 Magdalena, Agustin de la ( - 1689) M- 16 1679 Arte de la lengua Tagala . Sacado de diversos artes � Mexico, London. Br. Mus. 71 p . · C�rit�rits: Gram. This is mentioned by Rizal in Epistolario Rizalino, Vols. II, p . 253; and by Medina in Bibliografia Espanola . Magdamo, Priscilla Venturanza M- 17 1957- Phili ine folk sonss. Sonss of the Visa as. 1958 Dumaguete Citys. 1 1man Foun at1on, Silliman University. 6v. Content : Text 5 . Native texts in Aklan, Cebu ­ ano, Hiligaynon, Bisaya, and Samareno are given. Maglangit, Federico Randa M- 18 1954 "The English pronunciation problems of the native speaker of Maranao." Thesis, Cornell Universitys. Thesis Content : Phon 3 . P30 M195+ 1954 Magno, F.H. M- 19 1963 "Double fancy double talk." STM, 18 (June 2) : 30. Wason Content : Lex 1; Soc. Pig Latin Pilipino used Microfilm by Manila teen-agers is discussed, with most at­ Film 9 tention devoted to specific words. Makarenko, V.As. M-20 1964 "Some data on south Indian cultural influences in southeast Asia; the history of the origin and development of the old Filipino script." Tamil Culture (Madras), ll (Jan): 58-91. Content : Writ 2; Hist 4; Eth 3 . References are liberally included in this article. Loan words (Sanskrit and Tamil) are treated in major lowland languages. There is a review of research writing on and the use of the Indic derived syllabic script.· Examples of the figures are given for Ilocano, Tagalog, Visaya, Pangasinan, Pampango . Features of the script are described and compared to the Dravidian writing systemss. M- 21 1965? "0 stepeni rodstva tagal ' skogo i indonezijskogo jazykov (s ispols'szovaniem metoda leksikostatis­ ticeskoj teorii M . Svadesa).s" Voprosy Filologii Stran Jugo-vostocnoj Azii, 73- 103. Content : Comp 2. Title translation : How cog­ nate are Tagalog and Indonesian? Application of Swadesh's theorys. M- 2 2 1965? "Tagal ' sko-indonezijski slovoobrazovatel ' nye paralleli." Voprosy Filologii Stran Jugo- 273 vosto�noj Azii, 25- 46 . Content: Morph ; Comp 5. Title translation : Word formational parallels between Tagalog and Indonesdian. Makarenko, B. A. M-23 1967 "Izuchenie v SSSR filipinskikh iasykov do i posle Oktiabria . " Narody Azi i i Afrikid. Moscow . 6: 100- 107d. Content: Theo 2, Bibl. "Studies in the USSR of Philippine languages before and after the October revolution.d" Malay, Armando J. and Paula Carolina Malay M-24 1955 Out Folkways. Manilad. Bookman, 254 p. Content: So c ; : · · : This is a compilation of Wason popular �i1icles which appeared in the Weekly GR325 Women's Magazine. Some deal with greeting and M23 addressing customs, (p. 238-254) and describe some of the social contexts in namingd. Mallat de Bassilan, Jean Baptiste (1808- 1863) M-25 1843 Les iles Philippines considerees au point de vue d� l'hydrographic et de la linguistigue. Paris. Imprimerie Pollet et Compagnie. xii, 108, 60 p. Content: Lex 3 ; Writ 2 ; Comp. A French- Tagalog­ Bisaya vocabulary is given together with a chart of the Tagalog writing systemd. The author's 1846 work (entry M-26) is said to be betterd. M-26 1846 Les iles Philippines: Histoire, geographie, moeurs, agriculture, industrie et commerce des colonies es a noles dans l'Oceanied. Paris. Imprimerie e Ma ame Veuve Bouchard Huzardd. 2v . 399, 380 p. Content:d· Lex 3 ; Writ 2 ; Compd. Philippine idioms in French, Tagalog and Bisaya are given together with a plate of the ancient characters of the Tagalog language . 2: 163- 238. Malumbres, Julian M-27 1911 Vocabulario en Castellano, Ingles e Ifugao del Quiangan. Manila . T ip. de Santo Tomas . 60 p . Wason Content: Lex 3 . PL5728 Z5M26 M-28 191 1 Vocabulario en Gaddan, Espanol, e Inglesd. Manila. Tip. de Santo Tomas. 91 p . Wason Content: Lex 3. PLS671 ZSM28 M-29 1927 Vocabulario en Espanol, Ytawes, Yogad, Gaddan, Ybanag, Ysinay. NL F Content: Lex 3. 499 . 2031 t M299v 274 Malupa , Marcos P. l\il - 3 0 1956 "The wonders of I tbayat. ' ' Phil Geog Jr, 4 (2 , 3 , ) : 78-82. Content: Comp 4 ; Soc. The author attempts to encourage research on Itbayat , Batanes Islands. He says 2 , 000 speakers write the Batanes dialect but speak their own language which is not redu ­ cible to writing ( ? ) , and which is said to be phonetically like Japanese. There is no other linguistic information. Mamparair , Felipe , and Mr. and Mrs. Richard Elkins M-31 195 5 Manobo primer I. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics , Bureau of Public Schools , Insti tute Lopez of National Language. 14 p. Content: Ped 2. · This primer is the first of a series of two. Manacop , Carlos M-32 195 5 Pagsimula sa pagbasa at pagsulat. Content: Ped 5. Title translation: Starting NL F to read and to write. 499.207T M3llp Manalili , Bienvenido and J. P. Tamayo M-33 1964 English- Tagalog-Pampango vocabulary. Quezon City. Pressman Printers and Publishers. 215 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. Entries are under the English. PL6056 This results in many Tagalog and Pampango forms M26 being sentences of explanation or definitions and not single equivalent forms. Manalili , Felix Macapinlac and Reynaldo de Dios M-34 1964 English- Filipino, Filipino-English vocabulary: pocket dictionary. Quezon City. Pressman Printers Wason and Publishers. 123 , 83 p. PL6056 Content: Lex 4. M27E5 �1 - 3 5 1964 English- Tagalog vocabulary; Tagalog-English vocab­ ulary: pocket dictionary. 2�. in 1. Quezon City. Wason Pressman Printers and Publishers. 430 p. PL6056 Content: Lex 4. M27 Manalo , Isabelo M-36 1965 "The language of instruction in our schools." PJE , 4 4 ( 3) : 178 - 18 0 , 2 2 5 f. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped ; Theo. This g ives the back­ ground of the language of instruction question. It discusses the efficacy of vernaculars , Filipino , and English. M-37 1965 "Filipino in our schools.s" PF P , 58 ( 33 , Aug 14): 65+. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped. 275 Manalo, Isabelo M-38 1965 "Study of the comparative di fficulty of learning Filipino and English in the Philippine publicd· schools.d" In the Grade School, 13 (7) : 496-501. Content : Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq 2. M-39 1967 "The Filipino language problem.d" Filipino Edu- cat or , 1 ( 2 ) : 16·_ 19, 50- 51 • Content : Theo 3. M-40 1967 "The Filipino language problem.d" Filipino Edu- cator , 1 (3) : 16, 54-56. Contentd: Theo 3. M-41 1967 "Loss of a precious cultural heritage has created the Filipino language problem.d" The Filipino Educator, 1 (1 ) : 41-44, 84. Content : Lex 3 ; Writ 2 ; Comp 2 ; Soc. This ar­ ticle gives a comparative vocabulary, and symbols of syllabic writing system are compared for sev­ eral Philippine languages. The European writing system and socio-ling�istic background is summa- rized. · · Manalo, J. M-42 1964 "Vernacular as a medium of instruction in grades I and II.d" In the Grade School, 13 (4) : 256-259. Content : Ped ; Theo 4. Manalo, Pascual M-43 1938 "Dapat pairalin ang ayos ng p.agsulat ng wikang Tagalog.d" Diwang· Silangan. Content : Writ 1. Title translation : The (old ?) form of writing in Tagalog should be retained. Mangibin, Aurea Cordona · · · M-44 1955 "The evaluation of the teaching of the Filipino language in the primary grades in the public schools in Manila.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Arellano University. Contentd: Ped. Manila, Quijano de. See under Joaquin, Nick. Manila Times Editorial M-45 1964 "A.ng hinaharap �g Filipino.d" Panitikan, 1 (1) : 68 - 69. Contentd: Theo 3. Maffo, Toribia M-46 1961 "Zamboanguefio Chabacano.d" FEUFJ, 6 (3) : 52-57. Content : Lex 1 ; Hist 4. The writer examines the lexicon of Chabacano to determine the sourcesd.dof the words. This is an attempt to evaluate Whinnom ' s hypothesis as to the external history of the formation of the creoles in the Phi l ippines and nearby locatidons. Whinnom's views are sum­ marized. 2 76 Mafio , Torib i a M - 4 7 1 963 "The Z amboangueno - Chabacano grammar . " FEUFJ , 7 : 6 7 3 - 6 8 2 ·• Content : Phon ; Tex t . This i s a s ketch o f the phono logy toge ther with some text material in Chabacano and the English trans lat ionn. Mancos , Pedro N . · M - 4 8 1 9 5 9 " F i l ipinos and their nat i onal lan 1 4 (Aug 1 6 ) : 2 0 , 2 1 . . gua. ge . " TW , Content : Soc 3 . Manual de convers acion in Cas te l l ano, Yisaya e Epgles M - 4 9 1 8 9 9 (con l a· pronunci acion figurada) . · ·cebu . Impr . del Seminar io de San Carlosn. 2 5 p . Content : Ped 1 . Manue l , E . Arsenic M - 5 0 1 9 48 Ch ines e elements in the Tagalog language (wi th some indication of Chinese influence on other Wason Phi l ippine l anguages and cul tures and an excur­ PL6 0 5 9 s ion into Aus ·trones i an l ingu i s t i cs ) n. Man i l a . M29 F i l ipiniana Pub licationsn. xxv , 1 3 9 p . Content : Lex ; H i s t 4 ; Compn. The "His tori cal Introducti on" i s by H . Otley Beyer . There i s an an - notated b i b l iography on p xxi i i ff and p . 1 2 7ffn. A large body of data i s presented and i s subn­ d ivided into : 1 ) words borrowed from Chine se into Tagalog , 2 ) Tagalog and PMP words bases found in Chine s e , 3) Chinese monosyllab i c words as bui lding material for Tag alog and PMP rootsn. An analys i s i s made with semantic clas s i f i cation of wo rd orig ins and an interpre tation for the nature of contactn. Implications are made for common origin of s ome MPN roots with Chinesen. Ivl - 5 1 1949 "Origin of the Tagalog l anguage and Chinese contribution to its growthn. " Fookien T imes Wason Yearbookn, p . 3 3 - 36 , · 9 3 - 9 6 n. DS666 Contentn: H i s t 4 ; E th 3 . LSF68++ M - 5 2 1953 "An out l ine of the origin and deve l opment of Phi lipp ine l anguages and the i r re l at ion with the Wason Chinese l anguage . " Fookien Times Yearbook , p . DS666 1 0 3 - 108 , 1 13 - 1 1 8 , 1 2 3 - 1 2 4 . L5F68++ Content : H i s t 4 , 5 ; Comp 2 . Essent ially , this i s an art icle s i ze treatment of " Ch ines e Elements in the Tagalog Language" (entry M - 5 0 ) n. M - 5 3 1953 "Ang unl aping hin- o him- s a Tagalog - - is ang pag aaraln. " · Kadipan , February .n· · Content : Morph 2 . T itle trans l at ion : The pre ­ f ix hin- or him - in Tagalogn- - a s tudy . 2 7 7 Manuel, E. Arsenic M-54 1954 "A lexicographic study of Tayabas Tagalog. " M.A. thesis in Anthropol�gy, University of the Philip- UP Fi pi• nes. LG995 Contents: Lex ; Comp 4. 1954 A6M2 M-55 1957 "The maiden of the Buhong sky. A fragment of the Bagobo Tuwaang epic cycle.s" PSSHR, 22 (4) : 435-497. Content : Text 4. This is native text with Eng­ lish translation. A few_ grammatical footnotes are included. Ivl-56 1958 The maiden of the Buhong sky (a complete song from the Bagobo folk epic Tuwaang. Recorded and UP Fi translated· with the assistance of Saddani Pagayaw) PL6188 Quezon City. University of the Philippines· B32AS2 Press. 70 p. T82 Content : Text 4. This was summari zed in Anthropos, 54 : 1050- 1051. It consists of native la�guage text with English translation. M-57 1958 "Tayabas Tagalog awit fragments from Quezon prov­ ince." FS, 1 1·: 56 - 97. · Content : -Lex ; Comp 4. This deals with a form of literature but is preceded by a lexicographi- cal study of Tayabas T�galog dialect. · M-58 1962 "Bagobo riddles." FS, 21s: 123- 185. Content : Text 4. This is Bagobo text with Eng- lish translation. M-59 1965 "Abbreviations in written Tagalog." JEAS, 8 : 198-201. (Also ins: Pt-1, 193S (Jan- April), p. - 387-391). Content : Writ 1. This deals with orthographic conventions. M-60 1966 "Pre-proto-Philippinesian : the structural ele­ ments of stems and words in some Philippine languages." Phil Ed For, 15 (1)s: 1 - 26. Content : Morph 2 ; Hists; Comp 1. Thi� deals with Tagalog but also uses datas·sfrom Iloko, Ibanag, Gaddang, Kapampangan, Hanunoo, Bisaya, Magindanao and tausug. It is an attempt at reduction of traditional disyllabic roots to two monosyllabic roots using some internal compar isons �nd some interlanguage comparisons. M - 60A 1969 "Agyu : The Ilianon epic of Mindanao." Unitas, 4 2 ( 2 ) : 1-104. Content : Text 4. This has a long text. 278 Manuzon and Flordeliza M -61 n. d . Tagalog-Bikol -English vocabularr . Institute of National Languages, Manila . Content: Lexd� - This is said to contain 563 cognates. Manz a, Fe M-62 n . d . "A comparison of the sounds of Pangasinan with those of English . " Division of Schools, Panga- sinan Province . 1 p . mimeographed . · Content: Phon ; Comp 5. This is a tabulated comparison of Pang asinan and English consonants and vowelsd. · · Manzano, Jose M. M-63 1964 "A contrastive analysis of English and Ilokano in the light of second language teaching � " Un- · published M . A. thesis, Univeisity of Santo Tomas, Mani 1 a . 2 8 7 p . Content: Comp 5; Pedd; Acq . 2. Marche, Alfred M -64 1884 "Quelques mots sur l ' Ile de la Paragua (Palaouan) et les iles voisines . " Bulletin de la Soc . de Geogr . Commerc . de Bordeaux, 7 (15) : 457-461 . (Also in Bulletin Socd. Geogrd. , Marseille, Dec . p . 346 - 349. Contentd: Lex 3. M -65 1887 Lucon et Palaouan . Six annees de voyages aux iles Philippines. Parisd. IIachette et Cied. vi, Wason 406 p . DS658 Content: Writ 2 . This deals with Tagb anua M31 language with referencesd. On p . 3 27 - 3 3 1 is in­ formation on the writing system . Marcilla y Martin, Cipriano ( ·- 1904) M -66 1895 Estudio de los antiguos alfabetos . Malabond. Tipo-litografia del Asilo de Huerfanos . 107 p . UP Fi Content: Writ 2 . Bernardo says this is a worthy PL5508 attempt at a critical evaluation of the various M3 (Rf) works on Philippine palaeography . Ivlariano, Antonio D . G . · M-67 1949 Mga pamamaraan sa pagtuturo ng wikang pambansad. Institute of National Language Publications, UP Fi 7 (2) . Manila . Bureau of Printing . 31 p . PL5501 . Content: Ped; Theo 4; Acq 2 . Title translation: A28 The procedure or method for teaching the national language . · Marquez, D. T . },1 - 6 8 196 2 "Peculiar names and speeches of Marinduquefios . " Day Mir (Feb 10) : 6 -7 . Content: Lex l; Comp 4 . Marquez, Ely Javillonar M -69 1965 "Language-learning for cultural understanding . " Es Sil, 10 (3) : 2 2 - 2 3 . Content: Eth ; Acq 2. 279 Marquez, Ely Javillonar M - 70 1967? Pampango dialogues. Manilas (?). Peace Corps Language Program. 40 p. Content: Ped 3. There are 18 lessons in dia•­ iogue form with a few pattern practicess. Marquez, Ramona Desideria and Sofronio G. Calderon M-71 1919 Gramatikang Ingles-Tagalog. Manila. Bahay Palimbagan ni· P. Sayo. 183 p. UP Fi Content: Gram. PL6054 M35 Marre, Aristide M-72 1885 "Apercu philologique sur les affinites de la langue Malgache avec le Javanais, le Malais, et les autres principaux idiomes de l 'archipel indien.s" Proceedings of the Sixth International Congress of Orientalists, 1883, 6. 4 (Sec 5): 55-81. Content: Hist 5; Comp 1, 2. Tagalog and Bisayan forms are compared with Malagasy, Javanese, Malay and other languages of Indonesia. It deals with Sanskrit borrowings, word formation, and genetic relationships. The article is not overly de­ tailed or rigorous in method. M-73 1885 "Vocabulaire systematique, compartif des prin­ cipales racines des langues Malgache et Malayo­ Polynesiennes.s" Proceedings of the Sixth Inter­ national Congress of Orientalists. 1883, 6.4 (Sec 5) : 8:3s- 2 14. Content: Lex l; Comp 1. After a few short notes on word structure, and sound correspondences, the bulk of the work lists cognate forms for Tagalog, Bisayan, Malay, Javanese, Malagasy, Batak, Dayak, Makasarese, Buginese, Alfor, Balinese, Rotinese, together with semantic notes and analytic notes. The lists are grouped under different semantic headings of body parts, plants and animals, natural phenomena, material culture, qualities, verbs of physical action, verbs of intellectual and social function, and numbers. M - 74 1900 "Proverbs, maximes et conseils traduits du Taga­ log, (langue principale des Philippines). " Acca­ demia delle Scienze di Torino. Atti.s, 35 (April 20): 734-747. Content: Text; Writ 2. �ernardo says there is an explanation of the Tagal�g syllabary in the int roduc·tion. M-75 1901 "Grarnrnaire Tagalog composee sur un nouveau plan.s" 280 BTLV, 5 3 : 547-592 . Contentd: Morph 1 , 2; Writ 1, 2 . This grammatical sketch deals mainly with word formation, and word classes (subclasses in the case of pronouns, verbs, and adverbs). Notes are also included on orthography and the ancient Tagalog writing sys- tem (p. 547-549)d. Marre, Aristide M-76 190 1 "Madagascar et les Philippines; Vocabulaire com­ paratif des principales racines Malayo-Polynesi­ ennes, communes a la langue Malgache et a la langue Tagalog.d" Academia delle Scienze di Tori­ no. Atti, 36: 145-156 . Content: Lex 3 ; Hist; Comp. Martin, Dalmacio M-77 1943 "The Tagalog translation of the constitution (with a note by Jovita R . Salonga).d" PR, Decd: 50 -51d. Contentd: Text 8. This is a critique of trans­ lation with specific forms evaluated . M -78 1948 "Signs in the national language development pro­ ject . " Philippine Outlook, 1 (Nov): 10 +. (Also in: BPS Publication, 194 8 . 5 p . ) Contentd: Soc 3 . Martin, Dalmacio and Virginia Palma Bonifacio M-79 196 1 "Forum: the prospects for Filipino . " PS, 9 : 301 - 3 10 . Contentd: Soc 3 ; Ped; Theo 3 . The views of the two participants are kept separate on matters of efficacy of native languages in education . Sug­ gestions are given on techniques and source ma­ terials for teaching Tagalog. Martin, Fabian O . P. ( 1 817-1878) M-80 1916 Novena nu maglorioso patriarca S . Jose. Manila. Tip. Linotype del Colegio de Sto. Tomasd. 21 p . Content : Text 3 . This is Ivatan text . M-81 1921 Devocion nu pito a ca domingos ni San Jose . Oraciones a dasalen anu maiconfesal canu mai co­ mulgar as canu capamagemages anu tayuca dana a maicomulgar. Manil a . Tip . Pontifica del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 1 19 p. Content: Text 3 . This is Ivatan text . Martin, Gregorio and Mariano Martinez Cuadrado M-82 1890 Colleccion de refranes frases y modismos Tagalos . Guadaluped. Pequefla Imprenta del Asilo de Huer­ UP Fi fanos de Nuestra Senora de la Consolacion. 2 3 1 p. PN6519 Content: Lex 2; Text 4. This is a collection P SM3 of popular sayings and idioms in Tagalog . 281 Martin, Julian (1 784 -1857) M -83 1842 Diccionario Hispano Bisaya. Manila. Imprenta de Manuel y Pelis Dayot. 461-827 p. Ayer Content: Lex 4. This is Part I I of Mentridad' s Phil Lang Diccionario de la Lengua B i saya, Hiligueina y Bisaya Haraya. 1841. Hiligaina 67 Martinez, Hilaria N. M-84 1953 "The development of the teaching of national language in the public schools in the Philip­ UP pines.· " Thesis (M.dEd. ), Univers i ty of the Phil­ LG994 ippines. 124 p. 1953 Content: Ped. ; Bihl 3. This gives historical E3M3 background and provides documentation. M-85 1953 "Problems and difficulties in the teaching of national language.d" Ed Q, 1: 130-43. d . Content: Soc ;d· Ped. Martdinez, Raimundo (1792 �1834) M-86 1832 Neudruck des Vocabulario de la lengua Tagala des P. P. Juan Noceda. S. J . Valladolid. Content: Lex 3. Martinez Vigil, Ramon M-87 1876- "La escritura prop1a de los Tagalos.d" Revis ta 187 7 de Filipinas, 2 (3): 33 -37. Content: Writ 2. M-88 1879 Diccionario de log Nombres vulgares gue seddan en Filipinas a muchas plantas usuales y notables del mismo archipelago, con la correspondencia cientifica, la class ificacion natural, y la ind­ dicacion de su uso. Madrid. Imprenta de la Viuda e Hijo de D. Eusebio Aguado. SO p. Content: Lex. Martinez de Zuniga , Joaquin (1760-1818) M-89 1814 An historical view of the Philippine islands. (Exhibiting discovery, population, language, gov­ Wason ernment, �annersd, customs, productions, and com­ DS668 merce--Translated from the Spanish by John Maver). M38 Londond. T. Davison. 2v. 308, 295 p. (Other ed . : 1814, London. Black, Parry & Co. , 251, 271 p. ) . Content: Comp 2, 3 ; Pages 27-35 (Vol. 1) deal with language and support MPN grouping, but the author goes further to state a relationship to languages of South America, Chi le , largely on typological. grounds of -an suffix and redupli �ation. M-90 1893 Estadismo de las islas Filipinas, o mis viajes por este pais. Madrid. Zv. 282 Wason Content: Hist ; Comp 2 ; Ethd; This was printed DS668 and extensively annotated by W. E. Retana. Vol. M3 8 2, Appendix G (p. 477-52 8) gives an ethno-lin­ guistic treatment of language relationships, racial affinities, and cultural origins. It ends with an ethnological vocabulary containing ethnic group identifications and descriptions. · Mary knoll Fathers M-91 1962 Visayan exercise book. Davao City. 141 p. c·on tent : Ped 1 . Maryott, Alice Lindquist. See also: Lindquist, M -92 Alice 1963 "The nuclear predication in Sangi r. ' ' PJS, 9 2 (1, March) : 111-120. Content: Lex 1 ; Morph 2. · This article treats pronouns, affixes of verb formation with result­ ing focus classifications. M -93 1966 "The Summer Institute of Linguistics, Philippine branch.d" PJLT, 4 (1, 2) : 54- 61. Content: Theo 2. Maryott, Kenneth R. M-94 1961 "The phonology and morphophonemics of Tabukang Sangir.d" PSSHR, 26 (1, l\1arch)d: 111-126. Content: Phon ; Morph. M-95 1963 "The substantive phrases of Sangir.d" p. 50-62 in Papers on Philippine Languages· No. 1, Manila. In­ stitute for Language Teaching, University of the Philippines and the Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics, Philippine Branch. Content : Syn . Mas y Sans, Sinibaldo de M-96 1843 Informe sobre el estado de las islas Filipinas en 1842. Madrid. 3v. Wason Contentd: Lex 3 ; Writ 2. This contains sections DS658 on languaged; 1 : 25 - 26 (on reading and writing M39 among ancient Filipinos) and 2: 1-2. · M-97 1845 "A notice of the alphabets of the Philippine is­ lands.d" (translation ofd: "informe sobre el Newberry estado de las islas Filipinas,d" by Henry Pidding­ Gen Coll ton) Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, A9. 053 14 (August) : 603 . · v. 14 Contentd: Writ 2. This is said to contain a chart of Filipino written characters. Maslog, Crispin M-98 1965 "Is there Filipino English?" The Asian Student, April 10. Content : Hist 4. This is a popular discussion 283 with examples of English borrowing into Tagalog and Tagalog structure retained in English sen­ tence� (utterances) of Filipinos. Mostly single words are given, but a few loan translations are also given. Mateos, Fernando M-99 19 57 "Problemas linguis ti cos de Filipinas." llaz Fe, 155 : 471-480"; 156 : 209-234, 333-350. Content : Phon; Morph; Soc. Socio- iinguistic data of considerable detail are given.·s Some com­ parative data, grammatical sketches on morphology and syntax of Tagalog are also included. Matino R.B. M - 100 1962 "How can Filipino be tau. ght more effectively? " PJE, 40 (9)s: 598-599. Content : Ped ; Theo 3 . Matsumoto, Nobuhiro M- 101 1934 "Relation of the Japanese and the Austro- asiatic languages.s" p. 2863-2870 of Vol. IV , Pro Pac Sci QlOl Cong, Canada, 1933. Toronto. The University of Pll Toronto Press. Content : Comp 2. Included is a list of 115 com­ parisons involving Japanese words from various southeast Asian languages (island and mainland); Oceanic languages. The mainland southeast Asia forms predominate but there is a scattering of Philippine terms from Iloko and Bisaya. The author asserts sound correspondences: p=ph=h, but is very inconclusive. Maxfield, Charles L., comp. M-102 1913 English Visayan dictionary and grammatical notes. Iloilo. Philippine Baptist Mission Press. 162 p. LC Content : Gram 2 ; Lex 4 . PL5626M3 Maxwell, William Edward M- 103 1907 A manual of the malay language (with an introduc­ tory sketch of the Sanskrit element in Malay). Wason London. Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co. , Ltd. PL5107 viii, 182 p. M46 Content : Comp. These pedagogic materials first compare ( first 40 pages) Malay and Sanskrit with each other but there are also some additional comparisons to Bisaya and Tagalog, together with other Indonesian languages. Mayfield, Roy M- 104 1959 Uhohug na Agta I. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Instit�te of National Language. 26 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is an Agta (Cagayan) pri• mer. 284 Mayfield, Roy M - 105 1960 Uhohug na Agta I I . Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 25 p. Content: Text·; P�d 2. M - 106 1965 Agbasan na Agta I . 60 p. Agbasan na Agta I I. 60 p. Summer I nstitute of Linguistics literacy materials. Content: Text ; Ped 5. These two volumes are Agta primers. Mayo, V. L. M - 107 1938 " Ilang pag-aaral ukol sa wika . " Mabuhay, Oct. 2. Content: Bihl. Title translation: Some studies about language. Mayurgas, Wilfredo, Rosa .dSoberano , Frank Flores M - 108 and the I L S staff 1967 Tagalog for non - Filipinos. Vol. 1, units 1 -4. Manila. Interchurch Language School. Content: Ped. Media, Pedro Nolasco de M - 109 1 89 2 Agguiguiammuan tac cagui gasila o gramatica I banag- Castellana. 2nd ed. Manila. Establecimiento · Ayer Phil Tipografico del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 397 p. Lang (First edition: 1890. Manila. Estab. Tip . del Ibanag Colegio de Santo Tomas. 317 p. ) . 9, 10 Content: Gram. Meijia, Antonio Santosd; O. E. S. A. ( - 1659) M -110 1845 Pasion de nuestro Senor Jesu Christo. Madrid. Imprenta de D. Jose Cosme de la Pena. 544 p. Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Meiklejohn, Percy and Kathieen Meiklejohn M - 1 11 1953 "Notes on Cebuano syntax.d" FS, 12: 96-100. Content: Morph ; Syn. 'This aeals with formuli ­ zation of sentence parts, word order, the clas­ sification of verbal prefixes and sentence (part) connectors and the interrelation of the two. M - 11 2 1958 "Accentuation in Sarangani Manobo.d" Oceania Lin­ guistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, eds. , 3: 1 - 3. Content : Phan 6 ; Comp 4 ; Soc 1. Sociolinguistic data and dialect information is given, together with stress and length accent rules. There is also a note on morphophonemics of accent. Meillet,dAntoine and Marcel Cohen, eds. M- 1 13 19 24 Les langues du monde. ' Collection Linguistique,d' publiee par la Societe de Linguistique de Paris, Pl21 XVId. Paris. E. Champion. 811 p. (Other edition: M51L2 19 5 2 Paris. Centre National de la Recherche 1952 Scientifique. 1296 p. ) . 285 Content: Gram 2 (1st ed.) ; Phon ; Morph ; Comp ; 1'heo ; Bibl (other ed.). In the 1924 edition, pages 407-410 deal with a general coverage of the Phil­ ippine languages. In the 1952 edition, "Langues de l 'Asie· du Sud-est" appears on pages 523- 644. There is a survey of languages, and data on sound systems, comparative vocabulary, numbers, pronounss� Notes on word structure, syntax are included. Tagalog and Bisayan phonology are also dealt with. Melgarejo, Nemia B. See Chai, Nemia B. Melgarejo Mendoza, L.E. M- 114 1962 "Symposium: Instill the idea of learning Filipino as a patriotic duty." PJE, 40 (10): 669. Content : Soc 3 ; Ped. Mendoza, Virginia Gamboa M- 115 1940 · Phonological peculiarities of Pampangan (based on the original Austronesian as constructed by UP Fi Dempwolff). Institute of National Language Bul- PLSS01.A3 letin No. 4. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 51 p. Content: Phon. This gives 1134 Proto words (with a few duplications) as reconstructed by Dempwolff. Mentrida, Alonso de M-116 1637 Bocabulario de la lengua Bisaia-Hili·gueyna y haraia de las islas de Panai v Sugbu, y para las demas islas. (Afiadido e impresso por Martin Claver). Manila. Imprenta del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 175, 754 p. (Other editions: 1698. (in British Museum, Additional Manuscripts No. 6879, No. 26) , 1841, Diccionario de la Lengua. .. Manila. Im­ prenta de D. Manuel y D . Felix Dayot. 827 p.). Content: Lex 4 ; Hist 2. M- 117 1818 Arte de la lengua Bisaya Hiliguayna de la isla de Panay. Manila. Imprenta de· Don Manuel Memije por Wason Don Anastacio Gonzaga. 247 p. (Other editionss: PL5711 First edition, 1637, is non-existent today). MS4 Content: Gram ; Text ; Writ 2. The 1818 edition 1894 has examples of the syllabary. It treats morpho­ logy and syntactic features but often within an European framework. There are notes on the writ­ ing system and poetry. Mentrida, P. Alonso (and Julian Martin) M- 118 1841- Diccionario de la lengua Bisaya, Hiligueina y 1842 Haraya de la isla de Panay. Manila. La Imprenta de D. Manuel y Felix Dayot. 827 p. LC:sPL5626 Content: Lex 4. Pages 461-827 is P.F. Julian MS Martin 's Diccionario Hispano-Bisaya. M- 119 1894 Arte de la lengua Bisaya-Hiligayna de la isla de Panay (corregido y aumentado· por el m. r.p. Jose Aparicio). · Tambobong. Pequeno Tipolitografia del Silo de Huerfanos. xviii, 270, 6 p.·s 2 86 Content: Gram; Morph. Page 248d: Letras de L.L. Bisayad; p. 249 -251d: Declinationes de L . L. Cebuanad; p. 251-253: Declinationes de L . L. Samar-Leyte. Mercado, Rogaciano M-120 196 2 "Pilipino first.d" PPP, 55 (Jul 2 8): 2 8-29+. Content: Soc 3. M-121 1965 "Nasyonalismo at a�g wikang pambansa.d" Panitikan, 1 (4) : 25-27. Contentd: Theo 3. Mercado, Simon A. M-1 2 2 1960 "The national language and our public officials.d" Tif, 15 (Mar 20) : 10 -12 . Content: Soc 3. Merrifield, William R. and Constance M - Naish, M-1 2 3 Calvin R. Rensch, and Gillian Story 1962 Laboratory manual for morphology and syntax. Santa Ana, California. Summer Institute of Lind- guistics. Contentd: Morph; Syn; Pedd; Theo 4. For teaching, this presents a general theory of morphological discovery procedures using a broad range of lan­ guage sources including Agta, Hanunoo, I locano, Kalagan, Manobo. Merrill, Elmer Drew ( 1 876- ) M-1 24 1903 A dictionary of the plant names of the Philippine islandsd. Manila. Publication No. 8, Publications Ayer 2 249 of Government Laboratories. 193 p. B7M57 Contentd: Lex 1, 4 ; Eth; The list is arranged alphabetically with the dialect indicated when known. M-125 1904- New or noteworthy Philippine plants. Bureau of 1905 Government Laboratories Publication No. 6, 17, 29, Part l; 35, part 1. Manila. Bureau of Printing. Ayer 2 249 4 numbers. B7M57n Content: Lex 1 ; Some native names are given and the dialect sometimes indicated. M-126 1905 A review of the identifications of the species described in Blanco ' s "Flora de Filipinas". QL 3 Bureau of Government Laboratories Publication No. W94U57+ 27. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 132 p. Content: Lex l; This is not primarily lin- guistic but contains an index to native names in Tagalog and other Philippine langu�ges. M-1 2 7 1920 "Comments on Cook ' s theory as to the American origin and prehistoric polynesian distribution of certain economic plants, especially Hibuscus tila­ ceus linnaeus.d" PJS, 17d: 377-384 287 Content: Comp l ; Eth 3 ; The discussion is not entirely or even rigorously l inguistic but pages 381 to 384 gives· various Polynesian, Malay and Philippine names for the plants, their re­ lationships and sound correspondences. Merrill,· Elmer Drew M- 128 1925- An enumeration of Philippine flowering plants. 1926 Manila. Bureau of Printing. 4v. Content : Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; E. A. Manuel notes that this includes 6 plants of Chinese origin. M- 129 1926 A discussion and bibliography of Philippine flower­ ing plants. Department of Agriculture and Natural Mann Resources, Bureau of Science, Popular Bulletin 2. QK368 Manila. Bureau of Printing. 239 p. M57 Content: Phan ; Writ ; Soc l ; Pages 20+ deal with an ethnographic survey. Local names of Phil- ippine plants are given on pages 2 2+ with examples. There is a discussion of Philippine language sounds and proper orthography from p. 34 to 43. · Plate 3 is a language map of the Philippines. Merritt, Melvin L. and H. H . Whitford M- 130 1906 A preliminary working plan for the public forest tract. Bureau of Forestry Bulletin No. 6. Manila. Ayer Bureau of Printing. 2 201 Content: Lex 1 ; , The 1 ist of tree species is F7M57 alphabetical by scientific name and gives the family, native, and commercial name. Meyer, Adolf Berhard M- 131 1873 "Ein Beitrag zu der Kenntniss der Sprachen auf Mindanao, Solog und Sian, der Papuas der Astrolabe­ Bay au£ Neu-Guinea, der Negritos der Philippinen, und einige Bemerkungen uber Herrn Riedel 's Ueber­ setzungen ins Tagalalische und Visayasche." TITLV, 2 0: 441-470. Content : Lex 3 ; Comp. Some general comments are . given on the maj or languages followed by vocabu-laries of Tirurai (about 100), Moro of Jolo (100, with phrase); Moro of Siau, Negrito of Mariveles, and Zambales. · M - 132 1874 "Ueber die negrito-Sprache." Z.Ethnol. , 6: 255- 257. Content: Bihl. This is a note to correct and amplify the content of an earlier work (M- 131). M- 133 1878 Ueber die Negritos oder Aetas der Philippinen. Dresden. 64 p. Content : Lex 3 ; Comp ; Bihl. Pages 54 to 57 con­ tains a comparative vocabulary of Tagalog of Bataan, 2 8 8 Pampanga of Zambales , Negrito of Mar iveles , and Negrito of Zambalesn. There are refe rences to works ( 3 1 ) on Negritos on pages 5 0 - 5 2 . Meyer , Adol f Bernhard M - 1 3 4 1 8 8 2 ' 'Die Negrito sprache und Herrn Mundt- Lauffs Forschungen au£ den Phi lippinen . " Aus lan.d , 5 5 : 3 5 - 38 . Content : Theo 2 . M- 1 3 5 1882 "Ueber die Namen Papua , Daj ak und Alfuren . " Akademie der Wis s enschaften ( zu Wien)n. S i t zungsn­ berichte Philosophisch-Historische Klassen. 10 1 : 5 3 7 - 5 5 2 . Content : Lex ; Compn. This i s a comparison of Tagalog , Pampangan , Pangas inan , Bikol· , B isaya . I. t deals with the ori gin of thes e terms and mean-1ngsn. M- 1 36 189 3 Die Phi l ippinen . I I . Negritos . (mi t sprachverg­ lei chende bemerkungen zum vorhergehenden Verz ­ Aye r e i chnisse und Vocabular der Negritosprache von H . 2 1 5 1 Kern) Separatabdruck . Pub l icationen des Konig l n. M6 1 1 8 9 0 Ethnographisches Museums zu Dresde n . I X . Dresden : V . 2 Stengel and Markertn. 9 2 p . Content : Lex ; Comp 1 . Meyer , Adol f Bernhard and A . Schadenberg and W . Foy . M- 1 3 7 1 8 9 5 "Die Mangianens chrift von Mindoro . " Abh . und Ber . des Koni 1 . Zool . und Anthro . - Ethnogr . Museums z u NL F Dres en . 5 1 5 : 34 p . Berlin . R . Frei l an er 5 7 2 . 99 1 4 u11d Sohnn. M 5 7 5m Content : Wri t 2 , 3 ; Co�p . This is a general treat ­ ment of s ome l i terature on the Mangyans together with ethnograhp ic map of the i s l and . The treat ­ ment of the wri ting sys tem is largely done by Foy . There is much i l lus trative material with trans l i t ­ eratnions and trans l ationsn. Comparisons are made with the Tagalog wri t ing sys tem and a general treat ­ ment (with a historical viewpoint) i s pres ented for wr i t ing sys tems of the ent ire Phi l ippinesn. Plates of bamboo manusncripts are included . Meyer , Hans M- 138 1 8 8 4 E ine We ltre i s e , Anhang : Die I gorroten . Leip z i g . Content : Lex 3 . Thereis a Guinanis ch- T ingui a ­ nische Vocabul ary of some 1 2 0 wordsn. According to Conant , there is an 1890 edition ( Leipz ig undWien)n. Meyer , Ray M- 139 1 9 6 3 Speaking Bicoln. An introductory cour· s e · to· r· Peace Corps v6lunt·e�rsn. Manil a . Pe ace Corps Phi lippiries , Program Support Officen. 9 2 p . Mimeographed . Content : Ped 3 . Bas ically , this i s a set of dia ­ logues plus some grammatical informat ion l i s t ing 289 Wason some functor words, giving word classes and an PSSS81 outline of some sentence· patterns. It gives no M61+ pattern practice. Micoleta, Rafael M- 140 1897 Modo breve de aprender la lengua Vizcayna. (Com­ uesto por. . . , presbyt de la muy leal y noble villa de Biblao, 1653). Sevilla. Establecimiento Tipo ­ grafico de Francisco de P. Diaz. 2nd ed. 30 p. Content : Ped 3. Miles, Julius M- 1 4 1 1887 Metodo teorico- ractico com endiado ara a render en revis1mo tiem o el len u·• · e· T�- ·a o . arce- Wason lona. Esta lecim1ento T1pogra e os Sucesores PL6053 de N. Ramirez y Compania. 135 (Other editions: M64 1888, 135 p.) Content : Ped 1; Acq 2. Note: see also Julia y Guerrero , Antonio Miller, Friedrich See Muller, Friedrich Miller, Helen W. M- 143 1967 Maman�a morpholog . Linguistic Circle of Can­ berra Occasional �apers (in press). Content: Morph. Miller, Jeanne M- 144 1959 Panan-og ka boog. Nasuli?, Summer Institute o f Linguistics. Content : Tex; Ped2. Mamanwa literacy materials- (pre-primer). M - 1 4 5 1964 "The role o f the verb stem in the Mamanwa kernel verbal clauses.s" 01 , 3 (1): 87- 100. Content : Morph; Syn. This deals with verbs in a tagmem1c analysis o f syntax. M-146 1968? "Nonverbal clauses in Mamanwa.s" Canberra . Lin- (in guistic circle of Canberra publications. press) Contents: syn. Miller, Jeanne and Helen Miller M- 147 1964 Basahen nao I. Basahen nao II. Manila. Summer Institute of Lingu1st1cs, Bureau o f Public Schools, Institute o f National Language. 126 p., 135 p. Content : Ped 2. These are 2 Mamanwa readers. 290 Miller, Jeanne and Helen Miller M-148 1964 "Mamanwa phonemes and orthography.d" PSSHR, in press. Content: Phon ; Writ 1. ,.... , trans. M-149 ---1.....96....5__d_ Magha1narag kamo ka tagnek. Manila . Summer In - stitute of L inguistics, Adult Education Depart­ ment, and the Bureau of Public Schools of the Department of Educationd. 31 p. Content: Text . This is a pamphlet on malaria control in Mamanwa . M - 150 1965 Philippine reader . Vol . 1, Nos. 1 and 2. Summer Institute of Linguistics L iteracy Materials. 11, 9 p . Content: Ped 2 . This is a Mamanwa reader. Miller, Merton L. M-151 1911 "Review of Allin ' s ' Standard English-Visayan dic- tionary ' . " PJS, 6 (Secd. d) : 281. Contentd: Lex 4 ; Theo 5 . M-152 1912 "The Mangyans of Mindoro . " PJS 7 (Sec . d, 3) : 135- 156d. Content: Writ 2 . This is mainly ethnographic but there are some notes on language (p. 153-154)d. It deals with the writing system not only of the Mangyans but also of the Iloko, Tagalog, Pampanga, Pangasinan and B isayan peoples. · Milner, G . B. and Eugenie J. A . Henderson, ed . M�1 S 3 1965 Conference on linguistic problems of the Indo­ Pacific area, London, 1965. Amsterdamd. North Wason Holland Publishing Co . 2v . PJ 21 Content : Comp ; Bibl 3 . C72+ Mina, Paula A . M-154 1963 "Problems in the teaching of Filipino in Ilocos Norte . " Thesis, Arellano University , Manila . Contentd: Ped ; Acq 2. Minguella y Arnedo, Toribio (18 36-19 20) M - 155 1878 Ensayo de gramatica: Hispano-Tagalad. Manila. Establecimiento Tipografico de Plana y Compani a. Wason 302 p. PL6053 Contentd: Morph 2 ; Syn 1. This is a manual for M66 learning Tagalog cast in Spanish and Latin gram­ matical categories. Morphology and phrase markers get most attentiond. There are palaeographic · specimens (p . 8-9). M-156 1886 Metodo practico para gue los ninos y ninas de las provincias Tagalas aprendan a hablar Castellano . UP F i Manila. Chofre y Compania. 161 p . PL6053 M6 (RF) 1886 2 9 1 Contentd: Ped 3. This is in Tagalog and Spanish in parallel columnsd. Minguel la y Arnedo, Toribio M-157 . 1 887 "Estudios comparatives entre el Tagala y el San­ scri to.d" Ex15osicion de Filipinas·, Col leccion de UP Fi articulos pu licados en El Globo, p. 1 2 1-1 2 8. DS664. G56 (Also in: Rev. Agustiniana, Vold. 15, 1887)d. Content: Lex; Hist 4 ; Comp. M-158 1889 Unidad de la especie humana probada por la filo- logia. Madrid . Imprenta de A. Perez Dubrull. 3 1 p. Content: Hist 4; Comp. This is a comparative study of Tagalog and Sanskrit. See alsod: Expo­ sicion de Filipinas. Minot, Harriet and Charlotte Houck M-159 1965 Kabayo. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 32 p. · Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is an Aeta Sarnbal primer, entitled "Horse". Mirasol, Dionisio M. M-160 19 26 Vocabulario o manual de dialogos en Espanol y Bisaya . Mandurriao, Iloilo: La Panayana. 6th Wason ed. 3 parts in 1. (Corregido, reformado y ex ­ PLS626 tensamente aumentado por M. P. y reimpreso por M67 Casimiro F. Perfecto)d. (Other editions: 1882 Manila, 1st ed.d; 1883 Manila, 80 p. 2nd ed. 2nd part; 1 889 Guadalupe, 90 p. 2nd part: Manila, Amigos del Pais, 80 p. ; 1894 Manila) . Contentd: Lex 3; Ped 1. Missionaries of the Ifugao Mission M-161 19 29 Dalan hi langit. Bayombong. Neuauflage: St . Louis, Mo. Content: Text 3. Moerman, J. M-162 19 21 Dalan di langit. Baguio: Catholic School Press. 176 p. Content: Text 3. M-163 1922 Catecismo an Ittag an Mipangat Jannaday U-Unga. Baguio: Catholic School Press. 30 p. Content: Text 3. Moerman, J . and Francis Lambrecht M-164 19 26 - "Kiangan tales and songs. " LAMP, 3 (1 9 26-27) : 19 2 8 70-71; 4 (19 27-28) . Content: Text 4. Mogol, Ernani Salandanan M-165 · 1964 "A set of objectives for the teaching of English as a second l anguage for Filipino students with 292 Tagalog background in a teacher training institu­ tion.d" M. S. in Education Paper, University of Southern California. 116 p. Contentd: Comp 5 ; Theo 3. Mohammedan tongues M-166 1953 Pampanga. Community Press . Contentd: "Moro" Languages. Mohring , Hans M-167 1964 "Uber einige Probleme bei Konsonantenhaufungen in Grundwortern des Tagalog , unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Rolle des Suffixes -i bei der Bildung von Grundwortern.d" Ph. D. disserta­ tion , U. of Leipzig , Leipzig. 160 leaves. Contentd: Phon ; Morph 2. Molony , Carol H. M-168 196 8 "Multilingualism and economic behavior.d" Ex- change Quarterly, 41: 25-35. Contentd: Soc 3. This is a discussion of the social/economic factors in language use in a community near Zamboanga City. Economic roles and the languages which are needed therein , and the factors of second language learning motiva- tion are also discussed. · Moncal , Aida H. M-169 1961 "The pidgin in the Philippines.d" STM , 16 (4 4 , June 11)d: 12-15. Contentd: Hist 4. M-170 1961 "The uses of English and Tagalog.d" PFP , 54 (49 , Dec. 9) : 66 , 142. Content : Comp 5 ; Soc 3. Montano , Joseph M-171 1885 "Rapport a M. le Ministre de l ' Instruction Publique sur une mission aux Philippines , " UP Fi Archives des Missions Scientifiques et Litteraires. DS658 Troisieme Seried. 11d: 271-479. Paris. Imprimerie M76 Nationale. Content : Lex 3; Writ 2. This is said to contain the first vocabularies of Ata , Bilaan , Manobo , Samal , and Tagakaolo. According to Welsh , pages 383 to 457 contains information on "Dialectos". There is some analysis of Tagalog. Villamor says this treats the Tagalog and Bisayan syllabaries. Montblanc, Charles , Comte de M - 172 1877 Les iles Philippines. Paris. Imprimerie de Madam Veuve Rouchard-Huzardd; Jules Tremblay , UP Fi Gendre et Successeur. 60 p. DS658 Contentd: Writ 2 ; Soc 3 ; On the copyright M77 page isd: "Extrait des Memoires de la Societe 1864 Etudes Japonaises , Sessions de 1876 , Tome 1 Partie.d" Bernardo cites Part 5 (p. 37-45) as 293 being on "Langue Tagaloe" which discusses the importance of this· language. It is followed by examples of ancient Tagalog characters. Montero y Vidal, Jose · · M-173 18 86 El archi elago Fili ino las islas Marianas, aro inasd; a aos. a ri . . e o. p.UP Fi Content :d oc 1. On pages 154, 465 -466, 4 82 is DS658M8 indexed for "Idioma". · Welsh says this gives statistics on the numbers of speakers for Bisaya, Tagalog, Iloko, Bikol, Pangasinan, Pampango, Chamoirodi and Pelew. · · Montes y Escamilla de San Antonio, Jeronimo M-174 ( -1610) 1610 Oraciones devotas para comulgar y confesar. 8 p. Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Entry 75 in Retana's Origenes gives the date of presumed publication. This title is given by Medina and the Tagalog title (#13 in Retana's Origenes) is inferred from the 1705 edition. M-175 1610 Librong ang pangalan ay caolayao nang calolowa na guinathang bago . . d. Manila. Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Title translation: A book entitledd: together with the spirit, newly written by... The title is inferred from the 3rd edition of 1705, as cited by Pardo de Tavera. M-176 1648 Vocabulario de la lengua Tagala. Manila. Imprend­ ta de la Compania de Jesus.·d 8 p. Contentd: Lex 4. Montesines, Luz Tuala M-177 1951 "Trends in teaching the national language.d" M.A. thesis in Education, Adamson University, Manila. Contentd: Ped. Morales, Alfredo T. M-178 1951 "Language and Filipino education ; the use of the vernacular in schools is meeting stiff opposition despite world trends in its favor.d" Philippines Quarterly, 1 (3) : 8, 10-11. _ Content : Soc 3 ; Ped. M-179 1952 "The position of the CETA on the language problem." PJE, 31 : 347- 348. Content : Soc ; Theo 2. M-180 1959 "The national language in the contemporary scene." fil, 6 (Jan . -Mar. ) : 28-41. Content : Soc ; Ped ; Theo 3. This is of socioiogi­ cal educational content with recommendations for educational programs. The text is a talk followed 294 by discussions from those in attendance. There is no actual language data. Morales, Rosalina A. (See also Goulet) M - 1 81 1959- Tagalog for Americans. Manila. American Embassy. 1961 Contentd: Ped ; Theo. This is a regular column on Tagalog language and culture for the American Embassy personnel and published by the American Embassy in Manila. M - 182 1960 "Language and culture.d" MSTEQ, 10 (2 , 3) : 3 2 - 36 . Content : Soc . M - 183 1961 "No literal translation, please.d" Exchange News Quarterly, First Quarter, p. 10 - 11. Contentd: Text 8; Theo 4. M-184 19 - - "Ugaling pilipinod: An introduction to Filipino thought and action.d" MSTEQ, 11 (4) , 12 (1)d: 5 - 15. Wason Contentd: Comp 5; E tl1 2 . Writ ten primarily for Film the Peace Corps, it deals with cultural values, 1688 attitudes involving linguistic expression. It appeared also as a manuscript with other unpub­ lished papers, "Language and Culture," "Don ' t Pass Here," "No Translation Please," 17 p. Morelos, Francisco M - 185 1946 The BWP in the hands of a sugbuhanon. San Fernando, Cebu. lv. NL F Contentd: Gram 2. The text is in Cebuano, Tagalog 499.d215T and English. Blake cites this as : Ang Balarila M815b ng Wikanf Pambansa (Grammar of National Language Written or Cebuan Bisayans)d. M- 186 1953 Isang paghahan1bing ng wikang Tagalog at wikang Sebuano. Cebu. Contentd: Comp 5. M - 187 1956 "Fundamentals of Filipino language and Sugboanon.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, University of the Visayas. Content : Gra m . M - 1 88 1957 "Towards a common Filipino language.d" P Educ, 1 2 ( 2 ) : 47-49. Contentd: Soc ; Theo 3 . M -189 1959 "The school child and the language problem.d" P Educ, 14 (Sept. ) d: 216 - 218. Contentd: Soc 2, 3; Ped 5. M - 190 1960 Visayan fundamentals. Cebu City. 66 p. Content : Gra m . Wason PL56 23 M84 295 Morelos, Francisco M-191 19- - Bansab - Bansay sa pagsulit. (Pagsanay sa pagsasa­Iita inisaya-Tinagalog). Sugbu. Hamabadd· Press. Content: Ped 1. · · Morey, Virginia. See alsdn Austin, Virginia Morey Morey, Virginia _ · M -192 1961 "Some particles and pronouns in Batak.d" PJS, 90d(2): 263 -270. Content: Lex 1 ; Morph ; Syn 1. This deals with phrase structure, phrase markers and case markers in connection with focus sets of pronouns. Morry, Virginia and Howard P. McKaughan - (Eds. ) M - 193 1961 Cebuano reference materials. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics and the Philippine Wason Association for Language Teaching. 223, 21 p. PLS649 Mimeographed. · · M84+ Content: Gram ; Ped. This is a Cebuano grammar. Morga, Antonio de (1559 - 1636) · M - 194 1868 Philippine islands, Moluccas, Siam, Cambodia, Japan, and China at the close of the sixteenth Wason century (Translated from the Spanish by H. E.J. G161 Stanley). London. Hakluyt Society. xxx, 431 p. HlS: 39 Content: Soc 1 . Pages 293 to 295 deal with the languages of the Philippines. M - 195 1961 Sucesos de las is las Filipinas. (Obra publicada en Mejico el anodde 1609 ; nuevamenta sacada a luz Wason y anotada por Jose Rizal y precedida de un protago DS674 del Prof. Fernando Blumentritt, ed. del Centenario) M84 Manila. Comision Nacional del Centenario de Jose 1909 ; Rizal. 374 p. (Pub. de la Comision Nacional del Centenario de Jose Rizal. Escritos de Jose Rizal, DS67 5. 8 Vol. 6. ) (Other editions: 1609 Mexico. C. A. R62Al2 Cesar. 51 172 p. 1868 London. Hakluyt Society. no. 1 1890 Paris. Garnier. 1904 Translated by Alfonso de Salvio, Norman F. Hall, James Alexander Robertd- son in The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, ed. by E. H. Blair and J. A. Robertson. Cleveland, Ohio. Arthur H. Clark Co. Vol. 15: 25- 289 ; Vol. 16: 25 -209. 1909 Madrid. Libreria General de Vicori­ ano Suarez. 180, 591 p.) Content: Writ 2 ; Soc l ; In the 1890 edition annotated by Jose Rizal are several notes on both language and the Philippine syllabary. Moro Province. Superintendent of Schools M - 196 1905 Magindanaw reader. (for the public schools of the Moro province). Zamboanga. Mindanao Herpld Wason Press. 126 p. · PLS911 Content: Writ 2 ; Ped 2. The author is Najeeb M86 Mitry Saleeby who was superintendent of schools at 296 that time. It is in Arabic script. Part 1 •1 5 a phonetic primer; part 2, a translation of the Arnold primer; part 3, various skills. M-197 1905 Sulu reader (for the public schools of the Moro province). Zamboanga. Mindanao Herald Press. Wason 1 3 4 p . PL6041 Content: Ped 2. The author is Najeeb Mitry M86 Saleeby. It is in Arabic script. Note that ' Sulu ' here is not the same as Samal. The second part is a translation of the Arnold Primer. Moses , Bernard (1846-1930) M-198 1902 Language of the schools. P. I. Department of Public Instruction Report. Manila. Bureau of Ayer Public Printing. p. 23d- 25. 2 235 Contentd: Soc 3 ; Ped P55 2 1901/02 Moss, Claude Russell (1876- ) M-199 1920 "Kankanay ceremonies.d" University of California Publications in American Archaeolo. gy an.d Ethnology, E51 15 (Oct. 29): 343-3 84. C15 + Content: Text 4 ; Comp ; Soc. This deals with V. 15 sociolinguistics (p . 344). It compares terms with no. 4 Nabaloi. A large part of the ceremonies and des­ criptions are in Kankanay with English translations. M - 200 1920 "Nabaloi law and ritual.d" University of California Publications in American Archaeolo E51 15: 207-342. . gy and Ethnology, . C15+ Content: Text 4. This includes prose texts (p. V. 15 236-279 ; 295-335), and poems (p . 290-292). no. 3 M - 201 1924 "Nab a 1 oi tales. " _U_n_i_v_e_r_s_i_t_y__ ____of_ C__a_l_i..,..f__o__r_ n_i__ a__P_ub_l___i- cations in American Archaeology and Ethnology, E51 17 (5): 2 27-353. Cl5+ Content: Text 4. V . 17 no. 5 Moss, Claude Russell and A. L. Kroeber M-202 1919 "Nab a 1 oi songs . " _U_n_i_v_e_r_s_i_t_y__of_C_a_l_i_f_o_r_n_i__a _P_ub_l_i - cations in American Archaeology and Ethnology, E51 15 (May 10): 1 87-206. Cl5+ Content: Text 5. This gives Nabaloi texts with V. 15 English translations. Mosto, Andrea da M-203 1903 "Philippine languages,d" in New International Encyclopaedia (1902 - 1904), xiv, p. 31- 3 2 . (in the 1904- 1906 edition. p. 722-723)d. New York. Dodd, Mead, and Co. 297 Content : Soc; Bibl. A short bibliography is included. Moya y Jimenez, Francisco Javier de M-204 1 883 Las islas Filipinas en 1882. Madrid. Estableci- miento Tip. de el Correo. vi, 36 2 p. Wason Content : Phon 3; Soc l; Pages 161 to 164 DS658 ("Dialectos" of the Philippines) list the dialects M93 and number of people speaking each, and the Taga­ log language, with some information on pronuncia- tion. Muller, Friedrich (1845 -1898) M-205 1865 "Ueber den Ursprung der Schrift der Malay ischen Volker.d" Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichden AS142 Akademie der Wissenschaften (zu Wien)d: Philosoph­ V6587 isch-Historische Klasse, S O : 31 8-326. V. 50 Contentd: Writ 2; Comp. This contains data on comparisons of Javanese, Pali, Batak, Makasar, Wason Bugis, Tagalog, Redj ang, and Lampung writing PLS O S 2 systems. There is a discussion on particular M94 forms and a chart of comparisons. It concludes by asserting that the common origin is in Indian scripts. 1 I M-206 1876 - Grundriss der Sprachwissenschaft. Wien . 1884 Contentd: Gram 2 ; Phon; Morph 2 ; Comp 3. Vol. 2 ( 2) : pages 1-160 treats MPN languagesd. Pages 87- 160 covers Malay type languages which includes short sketches of sound and morphology using words from several, including Tagalog, Ibanag, Iloko, Bisaya, and Pampango. · M - 207 1886 "The alphabets of the Philippine group.d" · JSBRAS, 17 : 157 - 158. Content : Writ 2. This is a notice and review (of Tavera ' s Contribucion para el estudio de las antiguos alfabetos Filipinos) giving general state­ ments as to the relatedness to the Indonesian writing systems. Mundo, Clodualdo del M-20 8 1941 "The coining of words and the teaching of Tagalog. " Teachers College J. , 2 (April- June)d: · 442-444. Content : Lex; Morph 2 ; Ped. Mundo, Clodualdo del and Andrea Amor Tablan M-209 1948 Talatinigang panlukbutan. Pocket dictionary. Tagalog �English, English-Tagalog. Manila. Abiva Wason Publishing House. · 208 p. PL6054 Content : Lex 4. Entries are by bases and derived M96 forms, but derived forms are not listed under the base. Entries are given part of speech classifica- tion. There are a few grammar notes. 298 Murdock, George P. M-210 1960 Social structure in southeast Asia. Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, no. 29. Wenner­ GN4 Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research, V . 69+ Inc. 1 82 p. no. 29 Contentd: Eth 2 ; Bihl 3 ; Sec. There is some Philippine material on ethno- linguisticsd- -the nature of kin systems. M-211 1964 "Genetic classification of the austronesian lan­ guages : a key to oceanic culture history.d" Ethnology, 3 : 117-1 26. Contentd: Comp 2 ; Eth 3. This discusses Dyen ' s lexico-statistical classification (background of study, conclusions, classification itself) and its implications for culture history. MacDonald, (Rev. Dr. ) Mc-1 1896 "The asiatic or semitic origin of the oceanic numerals, personal pronouns, phonology, and g r amm ar. ' ' JPS , 5 ( 2 0 ) : 2 12 - 2 3 2 . Contentd: Lex; Morph l; Hist; Comp. Comparisons are made with Arabic and Hebrew. The author attempts to justify some unusual sound shifts. Philippine language examples used are from Taga­ log and Bisaya. No reconstructions are given. MacKinlay, William Egbert Wheeler Mc - 2 1901 "Memorandum on the languages of the Philippines.d" Journal of Anthro. Inst . of Great Britain , 31 : 214 - 218. Content : Lex l ; Comp l ; Theo . Welsh says this gives the numerals (1 to 10 ) in the main Phild. languages. Mc-3 1904 "Some major langu�ges of Luzon.d" JAOS, 25d: 170- 174. Contentd: Phan ; Comp; Soc. The main coverage is on sociolinguistics, but includes notes on sound system, affinities of Iloko, Adang, Apayao, Ting­ gian, Ibanag, Pang asinan, Pampango, Tagalog, Bikol. Mc-4 1905 A handbook and grammar of the Tagalog langua e. Washington. Government Printing Office. 26� p. Wason Contentd: Morph 2; Ped 1. This is org anized PL6053 under English and semantic categories but gives MlS quite a bit of material on morphology and· word classes. It is designed as a reference source for non-Filipinos in learning Tagalog. 299 Macleod, Tom Mc-5 1964 Ulo-isin a pegisorutin de kasolaatin nun makedepat. Manila. Summer Institute of Lin. guistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 46 p. Content: Text 3. This Bible translation is written in Umarey Dumagat. Macleod, Thomas and Marjorie (Patricia) Macleod Mc -6 1964 Pebesa pati pesolat I. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Instis­ tute of National Language. 30 p. Contents: Ped 2. This· is a Umarey Dumagat prime�. Mc-7 1964 Pebesa pati pesolat II. Manila. Summer Instis­ tute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 49 p. Content: Ped 2. This is a Umarey Dumagat primer. Mc-8 1964 Pebesa pati pesolat III. Manila. Summer Instis­ tute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 45 p. Content: Text; Ped 2. This is a Umarey Dumagat pri' mer. Mc-9 1964 Pigbesa-in a tagibu . Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Language. 42 p. Content: Text 2. This is a Umarey Dumagat reader (stories, folklore) . Macleod, Tom and Barbara Blackburn, Betty Mundy, and Mc- 10 Lillian Under�ood , 1958 " (Ti ting/in/) ka muna. .. " SIL WP, 2: 1 1 4 - 1 23. Content: Gram; Text 2. This is a text with interlinear translation with notes on grammar features. Mccarron, Fr. John W. Mc-11 1968 "Some notes on language in culture , " in Language problems in southeast Asian universities. A. T. Tatlow (ed.) . p. 6- 19. Content: Soc; Eth; Ped McCormick, I. Scott Mc- 12 1930 "Philippine nationalism as revealed by a study of the content of newspapers- -a common language lacking.s" PSSR, 3: 150- 152. Content: Soc 3. Mccutchen, Robert T. Mc- 13 1918 Practical English-Sulu vocabulary and converse­ tion. Zamboanga. The American Pharmacy. 167 p. Wason Content: Lex 3; Ped 1. PL6043 Ml3 300 Mccutchen, Robert T. Mc-14 1918 Yakan -English, English-Yakan vocabulary. Z amboanga. Sulu Press. 2 2 p . Wason Content : Lex 3. PL6115 Z SM13 McDavid, Raven I. , Jr. Mc -15 1949 "Rev. iew . of H. L. Mencken, The American language: an 1ngu1ry into the development of English in the United States. Supplement I. " Lang, 2 5 : 69-77. Content : Theo 3. Page 76 refers to Mencken ' s statement that Tagalog has made little progress as a national language. The author disagrees with Mencken. McIntosh, Lois Mc-16 19 5 8 "The question of languages : first and second.d" P Educ, 13 ( 4 ) : 212 - 214. Conten t d: Soc 3. McKaughan, Howard Paul Mc - 17 1954 "Notes on Chabacano grammar.dt r JEAS, 3 ( 2) : 20 5 - 2 26. Content : Gram 2 ; Morph. This deals with the pronoun system, IC analysis for verbals, adverbials, and nominals. Most of the article is text material with interlinear translations followed by a smooth free translation. Mc-18 1954 "The Philippine proj ect of the Summer Institute of Linguistics.d" JEAS, 3 ( 2) : 203-204. Content : Theo 2; Bihl. This gives the background of the SIL activity, roster of field workers with manuscrip ts. Mc-19 1957 "The inflection and syntax of Maranao verbs.d" Ph. D. dissertation, Cornell University. (also : Wason 1 9 5 8 Publication of the Institute of National PL5 9 57 Language. Manila. Bureau of Printing. viii, MI S 5 9 p . ) Content : Morph; Syn. This was reviewed by J. Verguin in Word, 18: 3 57. Mc-20 19 58 "Review of Keith Whinnom ' s Contact vernaculars in the Philippine islands.d" Hisp Rev, 26 : 35 5 - 3 57. Content : Theo 5 . Mc - 21 1958 " Fifth anniversary report of the Summer Institute of Linguistics.d" PSSHR, 2 3 ( 2-4) . Content : Theo 2 ; Bihl 2. 301 McKaughan, Howard Paul Mc- 2 2 1959 "Semantic components of pronoun systems: Maranao.d" Word, 15. 1 : 101-102. Content: Lex 1; Morhp ; Sem 1. This short note presents a graphic analysis of the components of 8 pronouns. Mc- 23 1960 "Cebuano Bisaya.d" PS, 8 : 648-655. Content: Phon ; Morpn; Syn : Theo 5. This is a review of the Analysis of the Syntax and the System of Affixes in the Bisaya Language from Cebu by J. D. van der Berg. Surigao. Sacred Heart Fathers, 1958. 174 p. Mimeographed. This is a detailed examination of the workd, from phonology, particles, verb morphology with attention to voice. Parallels are given in Maranao. Mc- 24 1960 English linguistics : 2 23-E. Philippine- English language structure. University of the Philippines. Wason 25 p. Mimeographed. Pamphlet Content: Phon ; Syn ; Comp 5. This is a typologi­ PL P. I. 29+cal treatment of phonology (Kalinga, Tagalog, Cebuano, and Ilocano). Maranao, Ilocano, and Taga­ � og syntax are given, Contrasts with English are provided. Mc- 25 1962 "Overt relation markers in Maranao.d" Lang, 38: 47-51. Contentd: Lex 1 ; Syn. Mc- 26 1962 "Review of K. J . Hollyman, · A checklist of OGeanic languagesd. " BSOAS, 25: 657. Content: Theo 5 ; Bihl 3. Mc- 27 1963 "Relation markers in Maranao verbs.d" Proc 9th Pac Sci Cong, 1957. Vol 3 , Anthropology and Social Sciences, p. 81-83 Content : Lex 1 ; Morph ; Syn 1. This is a sket�h of the morphology of verbs and associated phrase types. Mc- 28 1970 "Minor lap.guages· of the Philippines.d" Current in press trends in linguistics: Linguistics in Oceania. Vol. 8. Content: Gram ; Lex ; Phon ; Bihl. A highly useful report on the present state of knowledge and scholarship concerning minor fhilippine languages. Relationships, descriptive studies by the Summer Institute of Linguistics, phonology, grammar and 302 lexicon are the subdivisions of this work. A lengthy and selective bibliography accompanies the text. McKaughan, Howard and Jannette Forster Mc - 29 1957 Ilocanod: An intensive language course. 4th ed. Grand Forks, North Dakota. Summer Institute of UP Fi Linguistics. (Other editions: 1952-lst edd; 1953 - Pl5751 3rd) M3 Content: Ped 3. This contains S O lessons (no total pagination) but each lesson runs 3 -4 page average. There are dialogues, but little pattern practice. McKaughan, Howard P. and Batua A. Macaraya Mc-30 1965 "Maranao plant names.d" 01 4 (1 - 2 ) : 48-112. Content: Lex 1 ; Eth. The text is in both Maranao and English. Mc-31 1967 A Maranao dictionary. Honolulu. University of Hawaii Press. 394 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. PL5957 Z SM15+ McKaughan, Howard P. and Percy Meiklej ohn Mc - 32 1954 "A brief English Agusan Manobo word list.d" JEAS, 3 (2 ) : 2 37-243. Contentd: Lex 3 ; Morph. The word list contains English gloss, particles, 12 affixes, pronoun chart ; some sentences and short text. 350 conten­ tives are givend; 16 numbers. McLachlin, Betty and Barbara Balckburn Mc-33 1968 "Verbal clauses of Sarangani Bilaan.d" Asian Studies, 6 (1) : 108-128. Content : Phon 2 ; Morph ; Syn 1. Typology of verbal clauses are described in a tagmemic frame of reference. Treats focus, stem classes and obligatory and optional elements of the clause. It also has data on the morphophonemics. Nambanal, Lourdes and Mr. and Mrs. Len Newell N-1 1955 Pepe. (Illustrated and adapted by Mrs. Brian Short) . Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, UP Fi Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Pl57 2 2 Language. 39 p. Z77N8 Contentd: Text; Ped 2. Nan liblo ai chataku enkapyaan ianan kamaschomaschom N-2 1910 Content: Text 3. The SOAS library holds a copy of this, which contains portions of the book of Common Prayer in Bontok Igorot. 303 Natino, R.dB. N-3 1962 "How can Pilipino be taught more effectively? " PJE, 40 (9): 598-5d99. Contentd: Pedd; Theo 4. "National language" N-4 1938 The commonwealth advocate, 3 (Jan.): 39. Content: Theo 3. "The national language" N-5 1940 PSSR, 12: 156-164. Content: Theo 3. This deals with Commonwealth Act No. 184, 333, and 5 70: Executive Order 134, 263. "The Nat ional language" N-6 195 8 TW, 13 (34): 22-23. Content : Soc ; Theo 3. "National language: Li terature vs. grammar" N-7 1947 STM, 2 (April 20) : 3. Content: Gram ; Text ; Theo 3. National Library. Manila N-8 1934 Plana consti tucionales para Filipinas. Manila. Bureau of Printing. Ayer Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 3. Pages 26, 70, 91, 2121 P88 423 deal with : Official language. Nat ional Media Pr6duct ion Center N-9 195 8 Quarterly report. Manila. Content: Text ; Theo 2. This report treats Philippine languages, and is the second quarter report for 195 7-58. Natividad, Pablo E. N-10 1965 "Mga simulain sa pagtuturo ng pangalawang wika." Diwa, 1 : 9-13. Content: Ped ; theo 4. Title translat ion: Prin­ ciples of Second-Language Teaching. These prin­ ciples are applied to the teaching of Filipino . Nat ividad, Teodulo C. N-11 1964 "Mga balakid ng wikang Filipino.d" Panitdikan, 1 (1): 19-25. Content: Theo 3. Title translation: The bar­ riers that face the spread of Pilipino. Navarro del Rosario, Cipriano (1833-18 8 7) N-12 1889 Compendio de la doctrina cristiana y oraciones para recibir con fruto los santos sacramentos de la peni tencia y eucardistia con un Brev.e ej ercicio cuotidiano y modo de ayudar a bien morir. 2nd ed. Guadalupe. Pequena Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos 69 p. Contentd: Text 3. Tagbanua Text Naves, Jose N-13 1892 Gramat ica Hispano-Ilocana. 2nd ed. Tambobong. Imprenta del Asilo de Huerfanos. 431, vi,3 p. UP Fi (other editions: 18 72 1st ed. Manila, Imprenta PLS752. N2 del Amigos del Pais, 469 p. ; 1 8 76 Manila, Imprenta RF 304 del Amigos del Pais, 469 p. ; 1922 Baguio, Catho­ lic School Press, 341 p. Conten t : Gram. Naves Alvarez, Andres (1839-1910) N-14 1895 "Cobobogan y sus canteras , " in Retana, W. , ed. , Archive del Bibliofilo Filipino. Madrid. 2 : Wason 30 7-334. Z3291 Contentd: Lex 1. This work is not primarily lin­ R43 guistic but contains native terms (Bisayan) for minerals, plants, animals, together with scien- tific terms and narrative descriptions. Nazareno, Carolina E. (1931- ) N - 1 5 1964 "A contrastive analysis of simple noun-head modification patterns in English and Cebuano.d" UP Educ M. A . T. thesis , University of the Philippines. LG994 s o p . N39 Conten t : Syn; Comp 5. This includes a biblio- 1964 graphy on pages 48-49. Neilson, P. D. N - 16 190 3 A Tagalog- English dictionary. Manila. American Book and News Co. 68, iv p. UP Fi Content: Lex. PL60 56 N4 190 3 RF N-17 190 3? An English- Tagalog dictionary. Manila. American Book and News Co. 192 p. Wason Content : Lex 4 . The date of publication is doubt - PL60 56 ful - - probably written prior to 1928. N41 Nelson, Andrew M. N-18 195 5 A grammar of the Cebuano dialectd. Cebu City. Ago Mimeograph Service, xiv, 248 p. Content : Morph; Syn. N - 19 1964 An introduction to Cebuano. Cebu City. Rotary Press. 531 p. Wason Conten t : Gram. This grammar is for speakers of PL S649 English learning Cebuano . It contains much il­ N42 lustrative material. N-- 20 196 5 Basic Cebuano-English and English-Cebuano vocabu­ lary. Manila. 5 3 p. Wason Content : Lex 3. PL 5649 Z 5N42+ Nepomuceno y Siriban, Vicente · N - 21 1895 Gramatica Castellana, explicada en el lenguaje Espanol e Ibanag (con el prologo en Castellano de Juan Soldevila y Borras). 2nd ed. Malabon. Es­ t ablecimiento Tipolitographico del Asilo de Huer­ fanos. 36 7 p. (Other edition : 1 894 Manila, 305 Imprenta de Isabelo de los Reyes. 367 p.). Content : Gram; Comp 5; Ped 1. It is doubtful that this gives much data on the structure of Ibanag. Conant (1913-Pepet Law) says this is actually a manual in Ibanag for the study of Spanish . Note: 1894 edition is in the New York Public Library. Newell, Leonard E. N-22 1953 "Some sound correspondences in six Philippine language." AFLSFS, 12: 105- 107. Content : Phon; Comp 1. This deals with proto­ phonemes, mainly with reference to reflexes of the PMP pepet and PMP*/h/. Reconstructions are included. N-23 1956 "Phonology of the Guhang Ifugao dialect." PJS, 85 (4): . 523-539. Content: Phon. This gives phonemes inventory, contrasts, allophoness,·s distribution (syllable and word). A short text is included with English translations. N-24 1958 "An Ifugao text." Oceania Linguistic Monographs, Capell and Wurm, eds., 3 : 73-76. · Content: Syn l; Text 4. This is a native text with English translation. Grammatical notes deal with verbal affixes in relation to pronouns and ligatures. N-25 1962 "Minimizing distinction through phonemics." PJLT, 1 (3-4): 7-8. Content: Phon; Writ l; Comp 4. Ifugao dialects are contrasted phonologically and allophonically. The goal is phonemic orthography that is applicable to all dialects. N-26 1964 " Independent clause types of Batad Ifugao." 01, 3 (1 ) : 171- 199. Content: Syn; Text 1. This deals with classifi­ cation versus verb focus. N-27 1965 Nam maphod an ulgud hi aat Jesu- Kalihtu an intudo Lukas. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon. . Summer In­ stitute of Linguistics. 142 p. Content: Text 3. This gospel translation is in A�ganad Ifugao. N-28 1965 Ulgud di biblia. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnoh. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 73 p. Content: Text 3. This bible translation is iri Batad Ifugao. 306 Newell, Leonard E. N-29 1965 Ulgud di biblia. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 67 p. Content: Text 3. This bible translation is in Amganad Ifugao. N-29A 1968 A Batad Ifugao vocabulary. New Haven. Human Relations Area Files. Contentd: Lex. Newell, Leonard E. and Doreen Newell N - 30 1960 (Primer 4) , Nas· uli? . Summer Institute of Lin ­ guistics. Content : Tex ; Ped 2. Amganad Ifugao primer (4th in series)d. Newell, Leonard, Doreen Newell, Shirley Abbott, and N-31 Joan Goetzd. 1957 Pepe (preprimer)d. Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content: Text; Ped 2. N-3 2 1957 Primer I, Primer II. Summer Institute of Linguis- tics. Content : Text; Ped 2. "The new materials for vernacular and English N - 3 3 instruction" 1958 (Editorial) , PJE, 36 (10) : 620-621 . Content: Ped; Acq 2. Ney, James w. N-34 196 3 "Teaching English on the rim of Asia.d" Lang Learn, 13 (3-4) : 193 - 201. Content: Soc 2; Theod; Bihl; Acq 2. This is a characterization of the teaching situations and problems in Japan, Rhykyus, Formosa, and the Phil­ ippines. It includes the use of English in schools, PCLS work on the development of materials, research into bilingualism in education (the Rizal province experiment and the Iloilo experiment)d. It also gives a fairly long bibliography. "Ngayo ' y ' wikang Pilipinod' " N-35 1952 Wikang Pambansa, 7: 45-47. Content: Theo 3. Title translationd: Now it ' s the Filipino language. Nieto Aguilar, Jose N-36 1893 Colonization de Filipinas. Madrid. A. Alonso. Content: Lex 3 ; Theo; This contains: "Co- Ayer nocimientos Utiles. Ligeras Nociones del Tagalo 2213 Consideraciones Filologo-Filosoficas,d" p. 289-3 24; N67 and "Vocabulario Castellano Tagalog,d" p. 293-324. Nigg, Charles N-37 1904 A Tagalog-English and English-Tagalog dictionary. Manilad. Imprenta de Fajardo y Compania. 360 p. LC : PL Content : Lex 4. 6056 NS 307 Noceda, Juan de and Pedro de San Lucar N- 38 1754 Vocabulario de le lengua Tagala. Manila. Im­ prenta de la Compania de Jesus. (Other editions: Wason 1832 Valladolid, Imprenta de H. Roldan, 609 p.s; PL6056 1860 Manila, I mprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier, 642 p . ) N75+ Content: Lex 4. 1860 Nolasco de Medio, Pedro N-39 1872 A ui uiammuan tac ac asitas· o ramatica I anag Castellana. 2nd ed. (Other edition: 1892 Manila, Imprenta de Santo Tomas, 397 p.). Content: Gram ; Comp 5 ; Ped. Conant (1913, Pepet Law) says that this is actually a manuel for thes· study of Spanish. Norbeck, Edward N- 40 1950 Folklore of the Atayal of Formosa and the moun­ tain tribes of Luzon. (Anthropological Papers, LC:sGN2 No. 5). · Ann Arbor. University of Michigan Press. MS Nos 44 p. Content: Text 4. "Number of publications and circulation ; by la�guage N- 4 1 or dialect" 1954s- Journal of Philippine Statistics, 1954s(1-3 ) : 22, 1955, Table 17 ; 1955 (1-3): 40, Table 31 ; 1959 (7-9): 91, 1959 Table 47. Content : Text, Soc ; Bibl 1. This gives the over­ Wason all increase in circulation ; Hiligaynon added to HA1821 the list ; several multis-lingual additions ; the J86+ English increase ; the Spanish decrease. Table 17 covers the years 1951-53 ; Table 31, the year 1954 ; and Table 47, 1958. Nunez, Jose N-42 1876 Gramatica Hispanos- Iloco. Manilas. Contents: Gram. Oates, William J. and Lynette F. Oates 0- 1 1955 A vocabulary of central Cagayan Negrito. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Wason Schools, Institute of National Language. 87 p. PL5721 Content: Lex 3. This gives Ibanag and English ZS 011 vocabulary. · · . 0 - 2 1958 "The phonemes of central Cagayan Negrito." Oceania Lin�uistic Mono2raphs, 3: · 34 - 46. · PL7001 Coritent: Phon· S, 6 ; Comp 4 ; Soc. This is a socio­ A29 linguistic and dialect discussion, dealing with . , syllable structure, inventory of phonemes and al- lophones, and contrasts, discussion of stress and length. 308 O ' Conner, Lillian 0-3 1955 "The ' Mother tongued' and socialization . " PSR, 3 (2)d: 7-10d. Content : Phon; Soc; Eth 1 . The author presents the theory of language learning as regards phonod­ logy . Very little data is presented and what is included is from Englishd. However, Filipino ver­ nacular sound systems are given a general charac­ terization. No specific Filipino language is mentioned. · 0 - 4 1955 "Our language problemd: it ' s woman-made . " Pano­ rama, September : 33-37. Content : Phon; Comp 5. This deals with contras- tive phonologyd. Ognase, Arsenio, and Mr. & Mrs. D . W. Huey 0 - 5 1957 Kapangduan a dibshu. Manila . Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Instid­ Wason tute of National Languaged. 59 p. Pamphlet Content : Ped 2 . This is an Inibaloi primer. PL P. I. 9 Olleros, Tomas 0-6 1 869 Apuntes para una gramatica Bisaya-Cebuana en relacion con la Castellana. Manila. Imprenta del L C : PL Colegio de Santo Tomas . xviii, 161 p . 564 9 Content : Gram . 06 Omenga, Elisa, and Mr. & Mrs. Tom Lyman 0-7 1955 Pepe. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National UP Fi Language . 38 p . PL5641 Content : Text ; Ped 2. This is a Bontoc primer, Z77N8 adapted by Mrsd. Brian Shortd. Ople , Blas F. 0-8 1956 "The development of a Filipino language.d" TW, ll (Aug . 26) : 4 8 -49. Contentd: Soc 3 ; Theod. 0 - 9 1956 "The intellectual and the langu�ge question.d" STM, 12 ( 13) : 4 -7 . Contentd: Soc 3. Oracion, Timoteo S. 0-10 1965 "The Bais forest preserve Negritosd: Some notes on their rituals and ceremonials.d" Paper read Wason at the Beyer Symposiumd. 26 p . Mimeographed. DS666 Contentd: Lex 1; Text; Hist 4 ; · This is mainly N4 063+ ethnographic, but has texts of rituals with Englishd· translationd. Ilongo and Cebuano terms are iden­ tified and a few analysed into constituent morphs. Most terms are not identified and it is therefore assumed that these identified are special in some sense (i. e. probably are borrowings)d. 309 Orata, Pedro T. 0-11 1947 "Tagalog and our national language." PFP, 38 (May 1 0 ) : 5 - 7 . Content : Soc ; Theo 3 . 0-12 1952 "Education in and throu. gh the mother tongue.d" P Educ, 6 ( 7) : 39-43.d Contentd: Soc 3 ; Ped. 0-13 1953 "The Iloilo experiment in education through the vernacular . " p. 123-131, in The Use of Vernacular Languages in Education, UNESCO Monographs on Fundamental Education VIII. Paris.·d Cont;nt : Soc 3 ; Ped. 0 -14 1956 "Teaching through the vernacular rather than Englishd: the Iloilo grade school experiment question.d" ACCJ, 32 (10) : 472-473. Contentd: Ped. 0 - 1 5 1963 "Teaching through the native language.d" MDB, Octd. 16.·d Content : Soc 2, 3 ; Ped. Ordonez, E.dA. 0-16 1960 "Notes on the Tagalog revival.d" Com, 1 1 d(2nd quarter): 33 -45' . . Contentd: Soc 3. Orendain, J . C. . 0-1 7 1963 "Filipino language--No ! Filipino English--Yes ! " Ex,aminer, 39 {March 11) : 8, 25d. Contentd: Soc 3. Oro, Josefina Trompeta 0 - 18 1951 "The Filipino la.nguage problems and their relation to the practical use of the English language.d" M. A . thesis in Education, Philippine Christian College. Manila. Content : Comp 5 ; Soc 3 . Orosa, Sixto Y . 0-19 1960 "Rizal and the Ta. galo. g language.d" Hist Bul 4 (2) : 100-102. Content : Writ ; Hist ; Theo 2. This gives Rizal ' s motives for writing in Spanishd. It denies the statement that Rizal ' s Tagalog was poor and gives supporting data like : a) "Letter to the Woinen of Malolos" ; b) "To My Fellow Children" (written at the age of 8) ; c) in 1893, Rizal began to write Tagalog grammar, and other works on Tagalog structure, word origins ; d) translations of "Wil­ liam Tell" and Andersen ' s fairy tales ; e) his work on orthography (where he advocated k for letterd£· 310 Ortega, Salud A. 0-20 1955 "The English pronunciation problems of the native speaker of Tagalog.d" M. A thesis in Linguistics , Cornell University. Content: Phon 3; Comp 5. "Orthography of place names in the Philippines" 0 - 21 1901 Geographical Journal , 18: 620-621. Content: Lex l; Writ 1. This short note indicates G7 Spanish spelling was retained by the U. S. Board R 8 8 2 of Geographic names. It also has a very short comment on pronunciation p roblems. Ortiz , Feliza B. · 0-22 19- - "Report on sounds in English and not found in Hiligaynon.d" Roxas City. Bureau of Public Schools. 1 p. Mimeographed. Contentd: Phon; Comp 5. Ortiz , Ger. T. 0 - 23 1962 Waray-English dictionary. Galbayog , Samar. 200 p. Content : Lex 4. Actually this is an English­ Wason Waray dictionary. When the equivalent is a base , PL6110 derivations are illustrated. Waray forms are 077+ . given in sentence context in a good many of the cases. Ortiz , Tomas 0 - 24 1740 Arte y reglas de la lengua Tagala. Manila. Im- prenta en el Convento de Nuestra Senor a de Loreto UP Fi en el Pueblo de Sampaloc. 10 , 125 p. PL6053 Content: Gram : Writ. This also gives some data 07z on the writing system (Chap. 10) . Osias, Camilo · 0-25 1917 "The linguistic basis of instruction in our public schools·. " PE , 13 (r-.1arch) : 394-395 , 4 27. Content: Soc 3; Ped. 0-26 1944 The propagation of the Filipino language; ang �agpapalaganap ng wikang Pilipino. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 84 p. Content : Soc 3; Theo 3. 0-27 1963 Meeting the national language problem. Manila. 117 p. Wason Contentd: Soc; Eth 3. This is a compilation of PL6051 speeches on the national language. 0 8 2 Ostrom , Frank Edison (1908- ) 0 - 28 1945 Ostrom ' s languages of the Pacific ; words and phrases in Pidgin English (New Guinea , Solomon Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago) ; Polynesian (Hawaii and vicinity)d; Japanese (Japan) ; Spanish (Philippines) ; Moro (Sulu Archipelago , Philippine 311 group). Los Angeles. Warner Printing Co. 60 p. Content: Lex; Text; Comp. Otanes, Fe Torres 0 - 29 1966 "A contrastive analysis of English and Tagalog verb complementation.s" Ph.D. thesis, University Wason Of California, Los Angeles. 246 p. Film1645 Content : Syn; Comp 5. Oyanguren de Santa Ines, Melchor. See Santa Inez Pablo, Winifred O ' Conner P-1 1938 "English in the Philippines . " PSSR, l0 (Feb.) : 35- 42. Content: Hist 4; Soc 3 . Welsh says that this gives examples of sentences spoken in a mixture of English, Spanish, and native dialects. Pacis, V.A. P-2 1952 "A second look at our national language." PFP, 43 (March 8) : 24-25, 40. Content : Theo 3. Pacyaya, Alfredo G. P- 3 1953 "A Sagada dirge." JEAS, 2 ( 2 ) : 49-53. Content : text 4. This gives a Sagada text with English translation. Pacyaya, Alfredo and Fred Eggan P- 4 1953 "A Sagada Igorot bal lad." JAFL, 66: 239-246. Content : Text 5. This is a Sagada text with English translation (prose and song text), to­ gether with a description of cultural context. Padilla, Maria Aspiras P-5 1960 "A study of the difficulties of Ilocano teachers in the Filipino language in the public interme­ diate grades in La Union." M.A. thesis in Edu­ cation, Northwestern Educational I nstitution. Philippines. Content : Phon; Morph ; Comp 5; Ped. Pagdanganan, Felicidad A. P-6 1946 Phonics and vocabulary. Pampanga. 48 p. Content : Lex; Phon. Page, Hazel P - 7 1966 "Something for each. Seven mindoro tribes wel ­ come god ' s words." EA Mil, 93 (April) : 28-29. Content: Text 8; Writ 1; Comp 2. This describes an approach to an orthography; translation probs­ lems in Alangan, Hanunoo, Iraya; language affi­ nity of Ratagnon to Cuyonon. Paglinawan, Mamerto P-8 1910 Balarilang Tagalog. Manila. Honoria Lopez, 3�8 p. Content : Gram. Title translations: Tagalog grammar. UP Fi PL6054.P2 312 Pa. glinawan, Mamerto P-9 1911 "Ang sagot sa 'Aklatang bayans' . " Taliba, Sept. 29. Coritent: Text ; Theo 2. Title translation: The answer to 'the librarys'. P- 10 1911 "Puna ni G. Paglinawan sa tugong ibinigay ni G. Calderon.s" Taliba, Oct. 13. · Content: Text ; Theo 2. Title translation : Com­ ments by Mr. Paglinawan on the answer given by Mr. Calderon. · · P-11 1911 "Si G. Paglinawan kay G. Calderon.s" Taliba, Nov. 13, 15 - 18, 20-24, 27-29; Dec. 1-2, 4 -7. Content: Text ; Theo 2. Title translation: Mr. Paglinawan to Mr. Calderon . . . P- 12 1915 Bagong bokabulario at aklat ng mga salitaan sa Kastila at Tagalog. (o nuevo vocabulario y manual Wason de conversacion en Espanol y Tagalog). 1st ed. PL6056 Maynila. Limbagang 'El Progreso '. 236, 2 p. Pl3 Content: Lex 3; Ped 1. The first part is a vo­ cabulary, the second part, a phrase book with en­ tries grouped under certain semantic headings. Title translation: New vocabulary and manual of conversation in Spanish ands·sTagalog. P- 13 1915 Gramatikang Kastila -Tagalog (Gramatica Hispano­ Tagala). 1st ed. Maynila. Limbagang 'El Pro- Wason gresos'. 2v. PL6053 Content: Gram. Title translations: Spanish­ Pl3 Tagalog Grammar (in both Tagalog and Spanish). P-- 14 1916 Aklat ng mga salitaan. Manila. 'El Progreso '. 77 p. Wason Content: Ped 1. This was bound with entry P- 12. FL6056 It is a phrase book as denoted by the title: P13 Book of conversation (?). Paguio, Bernabe B. P- 15 1963 "The emergence of Filipino as a national language.s" STM, 18 (Aug. 11): 6-8. Content: Soc 3. P- 16 1963 "Quezon and Filipino.s" FFF, 56 (33, Aug. 17): 30+. Content: Theo 2. Pahati, Eustaquio F-17 1925 Ang abakadang Filipino. Manila. 4, 34 p. Content: Writ 2. Title translation: The Philip­ pine alphabet. Bernardo says the text is written in Tagalog characters with corresponding equiva­ lents in· romanized form. Innovations from the ancient Tagalog system of writing are_ given. 313 "Dos palabras sobre el idioma Isinay" P-18 1895 La politica de Espafia en Filipinas , 5 (Jan. 15): 21. Ayer 2002 Content: Gram 2 . This is said to have been P76 v. 5 written by a Dominican friar. Pall·as , P. S. P-19 1787- Vocabularium catharinae. St. Petersburg. 2v. 1789 Content: Lex 3 ; Comp. This is a comparative vocabulary of about 200 terms in 200 languages , including Pampanga: No. 186 and Tagalog , No. 187. Pallesen , Kemp and Anne Pallesen · · P-20 1965 Buk dakayu. Manila. Summer Institute of Lin­ guistics , Bureau of Public Schools , Institute of National Language. 45 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is phonics book , reader in Siasi (Samal of Sulu). P-21 1965 Buk duas. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materialss. 55 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is a Samal primer. P- 22 1965 Hellingta bi. Manila. Summer Institute of Lin­ guistics , Bureau of Public Schools , Institute of · National Language. 43 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a phonics drill book in Siasis. P-23 1965 Kuyya maka tohongan (maka kasehean salsila). • Manilas. Summer Institute of Linguisticss, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language.· 27 p . Content: Texts. These are stories in Siasi. P-24 1965 Ondeonde bangbang. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics � Bureau of Public Schools , Institute of National Language. 25 p. Content: Text· 2 ; Ped. This is a translation into Samal of English children ' s stories. A short Samal-Pilipino-English . glossary appears at the end. P-25 1966 Buk t 'llu. Summer Institute of Linguistics liter­ acy materials. 71 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Samal primer. p .,.26 1966 Pasal kitam mbal tinandogs. Summer Institute of Linguistics literacy materials. 26 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is a health bookiet in Samal. Paluzie y Cantolozella , Esteban P-27 1846 Paleografia Espanola. .s. Barcelona. vii, 466 p. Cont�nt: Writ 2. Bernardo says there are Philip­ pine palaeographic specimens on p. 46-48. 314 Ma panan kama P - 2 8 n.d . Nuev� Vizcava: New Tribdes Mission, Sitio S�gem. 12 p. Content: Ped 2 . This is an Ilongot reader. Pandjiris, Rosemary G . P-29 1963 "A suggested application of the theory of ' con­ text of situationd' analysis to language learning.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, Ateno de Manila Univer­ sity. Manila. 214 p. Content: Ped; Theo 4; Acq 2 . Pangangadyi na pinagcasondoa,t, pinagcayarian sa P-30 catiponan nang maraming manga mahal na Padreng Clerigo, at manga religiosong lalong maroronong at matalos sa u .1• cang Tagalog. .· . · · · 1833 Manila. Imprenta de D. Jose Maria Dayot. 319 p. Content: Hist 2. Pardo de Tavera guesses that the first edition came out in 1637. Its title translation is : Agreement, or accord at an as­ sembly of priests who know Tagalog. Panganiban, Cirio H. · · P-31 · 1950 Sariling wika (Balarila ng wikang Pambansa). Manila. Inang Wika Pub. 320 p. FEU Fi Content: Gram. PL6051.dPl9 P - 32 1952 "The Filipino national language. " Civilisationa, 2 : 55-60. Content: Theo 3. Panganiban, Conseuelo Torres P-34 1950, "Spanish elements in the Tagalog language.d" M . A. 1951- thesis, University of Santo Tomas, Manila. "Span - 1952 ish elements in the Tagalog language. " Unitas, 24: 600-673 , 846-877; 25: 86-118. Content: Lex l; Writ 1; Hist 4; Eth 3. This has an alphabetical listing with Spanish forms also listed if they differ from the Tagalog. Meanings are given in English. The first of the three in­ stallments contains the narrative discussion in which is found the historical background on re­ lationships of 1) Tagalog to other ' Malayd' lan­ guages ; and 2) Tagalog in interaction with Spanish. Notes on orthography, and orthographic as well as semantic changes in the borrowings from Spanish are also given. Several sets of words (one Spanish, the other native to Tagalog) are discussed with a view to testing for true synonymy. P - 35 1 966 "Salita at pahayag. " Diwa, 2 : 3 -9 Content: Morph; Text 7; Hist 5. Title translation: Word and Exposition. This deals with notes on 315 etymology and word structure as aids in usage of words in exposition. Panganiban , Consuelo Torres and Jose Villa P-36 Panganiban 1962 101 tanong at sagot na pa·n gwika. San Juan, Rizal . Limbagang Pilipino. Wason Content: Phon; Morph; Syn; Writ 1; Hist 4; Sem. PL6055 Presented is a discussion of various aspects of P19 Pilipino in the form of answers posed to a series of questions which deal with 1 ) phonemics, meaning, usage (logo tactics) differences between sets of words; 2) orthography; 3) stress; 4) sentence parts; 5 ) sets of near synonyms; 6) borrowings; 7) morphology and etymology; 8) phrase markers. Panganiban, Consuelo Torres, Jose Ma. Panganiban, P-37 and Jose Villa Panganiban n . d . Tesaurong Ingles-Tagalog. (Draft form). 388 p. Content: Lex 4. The entries run only from A­ Wason to Gape-, each with the corresponding Tagalog PL6056 forms, and some detailed definition.·s See entry PlS P-74 (Panganiban, Jose Villa) for the probable continuation or revision. Panganiban , Jose Villa P-38 · 1938 "Ang paglikha ng mga katawagan." Liwayway, March 25; April 22; May· 13. Content: Lex; Title translation: The creation of names. P-39 1938 "Ang paglilimay at panahunan." Taliba, Dec. 10. Content: Gram. P-·s40 1939 Ang anim na panahunan ng mga pangbadyang Tagalog. Institute of National Language Publications, Vol. NL F 4, No. 13. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 44 p. 499·.2 1ST Content: Morph. Title translations: · The six Pl93a tenses in T�galog conj ugation of verbs. p ... 41 1939 Fundamental Tagalog. 2nd ed. Commonwealth Text­ book Series. Manila. Philippine Education Co. Wason xvi, 387 p. PL6053 Content: Ped 3. Subtitle: A simple and practical Pl9 method for the beginner in Tagalog. 1939 P-42 1941 "A study of Tagalog grammar and what elements of it should be taught in the schools." Ph.Litt.D. thesis, University of Santo Tomas. Manila. Content: Gram; Morph; Syn; Ped. P�43 1944 "A short cut to the national language." Phil Rev 2 (5): 54-57. 316 Content: Morph 2; Syn; Ped; Theo 3; Acq 2. This discusses the rapidity of language acquisition by native speakers of other Philippine languages. It also includes a discussion of generali�ed sentence structure diagram , wordd. structure and affixation all as part of language instruction technique. Panganiban, Jose Villa P-44 1946 English-Tagalog vocabulary. Manila. University Publishing co.·d xxiv, 170 p. (Other edition: Wason 1958 Man1la , University Book Supply. 170 p . ) . PL6056 Content: Lex 4. Pl9 P-45 1948 Easy lessons on the Filipino national language. Manila. Philippine Education Co. xiv, 258 p. Wason Content: Ped 3. Pl6053 P19 E2 P-46 1951 "Teacher preparation for national language.d" Unitas, 24 (1) : 209- 214. Content: Ped ; Theo 3. This attempts to evaluate, set obj ectives and standards for national lan­ guage instruction together with some of the prob­ lems faced. There is no lan- gua- ge data . given. P-47 1952 "A ' Thirdd' look at our national language.d" PFP, 43 (March 29) : 25-26a. Content: Soc; Theo 3 . P-48 1955 "Our language problem: Shall we be trili�gual? " Spec Feat Bul, 49 (Dec. 1) : 1-4. Content: Soc 2. P-49 1955 "Let ' s have English and Tagalog.d" Day Mir (Sat- urday magazine) , Aug. 13, p. 1 8. Content: Soc 3. P--50 1956 "Hindi and Tagalog.d" TW , 11 (4 4 , 0ct . 2 8 ) : 3 2 - 3 3 . Content: Comp; Theo 3. P--51 1957 "The family of Philippine languages and dialects.d" Unitas, 30 (4) : 8 2 3 - 8 3 3 . Content: · Comp; Soc. This is also in Summer Cul ­ tural Series (Fourth Series) , 1958, p. 59-69. Cognate sets, some of which show sound change, some showing none, are presented for major languages. Some sociolinguistic information is included. P-52 1957 "A Filipino national language is not impossible.d" Unitas, 30 (4) : 855-862.· 317 Content: Soc 3; Theo. This presents an analysis of and answers to the problems preventing the contemporary success of Tagalog as the national language. Most attention· is �aid to the compe• t ition between English and Tagalog. Pan. ganiban, Jose Villa · · · P-53 1957 nvernacularization, English, and Spanish.s" TW, 1 2 (27) : 2 2 . Contents: Ped . P -54 1959 "The national lan. gua. ge becomes national.s" Prog,120 �124. Contents: Soc 3. This presents the historical background, and the present situation with ref­ eTence to education. It discusses the relation of the national language to English and other Philippine langu�ges.s· · P-55 1959 "Philippine linguistics.s" Unitas, 32 (3): 607- 622. (Also in : 1959 Summer Cultural Seriess. p. 7 - 11). Contents: Comp 2, 3 ; Ped; Theo 2. This summarizes briefly some early and contemporary research into Philippine languages. The author discusses language relationships and employs some typologs­ ical notes on word formation. Finally it treats the question of the proper language for instruc- tion. · P-56 1960 "Informati.on : National language.s" PFP, S (April 30) : 53-62. Content : Lex; Theo 2, 3. This is an addition of words from various languages to the Pilipino lexicon. P-57 1960 "Language and nationalism.s" Comment, 1 1 (2nd Quarter): 18-32. Content: Soc; Theo 3. P-58 1961 "Background of the Filipino language.s" Unitas, 34 (3 ) : 1 1 0 - 11 1. Contents: unknown. P-59 1961 "Language nationalism and internationalism.s" Unit as·, 34 ( 4 ): 57 - 63 . Content: Soc 3. This was also published in Com­ ment, 13 (1961) : 77-81. It deals with the ext, er- nal history of Pilipino, English, and Spanish in the Philippines with respect to sociological and political unification. 318 Panganiban, Jose Villa P-60 1961 "For a national Filipino language.d" Century Magazine, l (July) : 25- 27. · Contentd: Soc; Theo 3. P-61 1961 "The national language becomes national.d" Pa, · -13 (March)d: 74-83. Content: Soc 3 . P-62 1961 "Filipino and the Filipino.d" � ' 184-189. Contentd: Comp 1, 2; Soc 4 . Tliiswas also pub­ lished in : 1962 Special Features Bulletin, March 12, 19, 26 (No. 11, 12, 13) p. 1-2; 1-4; 1-3. This deals withd: 1) colloquialisms and innovation, with references made to English loans, Javanese, Kawi, Arab, Sanskrit, and Chinesed; 2) common vocabulary with other Filipino languages; 3) status or roles of Filipino. P-63 1961 Spanish loanwords in the Tagalog language. In ­ stitute of National Language Publication. Manila. Wason Bureau of Printing. xiii·, 86 p. PL6059 Contentd: Lex 4 ; Hist 4 ; Comp. This lists some Pl9 5,000 basic loan words, the original work being from Consuelo Torres Panganiban ' s M. A. thesis (entry P p 34). There is a short analysis of the corpus (i. e. , with reference to change or no change in meaning, spelling, stress, and manner of incorporation into Tagalog grammar). The listing is by Spanish with Tagalog alternate spellings, English gloss, and the Tagalog native term (if it exists) . P-64 1961 "Why and how of ' Alembongd' . " SCM, 16 (July 16)d: 18. Contentd: Lex l; Hist S . Title translation: The why and how of an expression in Tagalog ' alembong ' . P -65 1962 A survey of the literature of the Filipinos (based on the findings and readings of Jose Villa Panga­ Wason niban and Consuelo Torres Panganiban) . 4th ed. PL5531 San Juan, Rizal. Limbagang Filipinod. 291 p. P19+ Content: Text 7; Writ 2; Bibl. This is organized 196 2 by historical periods, with summaries, examples, and minor languages. Notes on ancient writing system with examples are found on p. 66 - 70; and bibliographical notes on linguistics and texts on p. 90-92. P -66 1963 "Director of the INL on Filipino and critics.d" PFP, 56 (March 9)d: 15+. Contentd: Soc ; Theo 3. 319 Pan. ganiban, Jose Villa P-671963 "Studies in word relationships among Philippine languages, Malay, and Bahasa Indonesia." Unitas, 36 (1): 131- 143. Content: Lex ; Morph ; Comp. Lowland Philippine language data are or. ganized under semantic realms for comparison with each other and non-Philippine language forms. Sound correspondences are not formalized and not all forms compared are cog­ nates. In addition to comparing word bases·, this work compares derived forms as well. P-68 1963 "The Tagalog based 'Wikang Pilipino '. " . Fookien Times Yearbook, 269-270.· (Also ins: 1963 Special Feature Bulletin, 47 (Nov. 25) and 48 (Dec. 2)s: 1- 2) . Content: Soc 3. P-69 1963 "Why we have a national langu�ge." ST M , 18 (2 7) : 36. Content: Socs'· Theo 3 . P-70 1965 "Etimolohiya at kahulugan ng mga salita." Diwa, · 1 : 14- 18. Contents: Lex l; Sem. This is under "Saliksik­ Wika" (Language Research), and dealss· with ety ­ mology and the meaning of words, like: 'etimolo­ hiya ', 'akademya ', 'wika ', 'Pilipino', 'm�ga·sin ', 'p·apel ', 'libro '. P-71 1965 "The lyrics of the 'Pambansan. g awi t ng Pilipinass'. . " SLQ, 3 (3) : 482- 484. . Content : Lex l; Text ; Comp 1. This is a word study of the national anthem which identifies the source languages and cognates from various Philippine languages. · P -72 1965 "Painless" lessons in Pilipino. Manila. 90 p. Content: Ped 3. P-73 1965 "Mga pinagmulaang wika ng wika�g Pilipino . " Diwa, 1: 39 -52. · Contents: Morph 2; Comp 2. This comes under the sections: Kasaysayan ng Wika (the history of language), and is a discussion of genetic clas­ sification, size of speech communities, and the morphology (derivation of all possible formations using a· single word base). p ...74 1965 - Tesaurong Ingles�Pilipino (English-Filipino 1966 Thesaurus).· San Juan, Rizal. Limbagang Filipino. 320 Wason Content : Lexs. Note: This was earlier worked PL6056 on as a draft by Consuelo Torres Panganiban, Pl9 Jose Ma . Panganiban, and Jose Villa Panganibans. T3+ This later edition was published seriallys. P.-75 196 5 - "Mga pinagmulan ng wikang Filipino . " Panitikan, 1966 1 ( 5) : 3 -7 ; 1 ( 6 ) : 6 4 • Content: Morph 2; Hist 4; Comp. Title trans­ lation: Origins of the Filipino languages. Listed are about 3200 roots and affixes, Malay cognatess. Borrowing sources are dia. grammed. P-76 1966 "The present situation of 'Filipino'. " Unitas, 39 (2): 301-306 . Content: Soc 3 . P-77 1966 Talahuluganang Filipino- Ingless. Republika ng Pilipinas, Kagawaran ng Edukasyon, Surian ng Wason Wikang Pambansas. Maynilas. Kawanihan ng Palim­ PL6056 bagan . xi, 362 p . Pl9 Contents: Lex 4 . About 10,000 entries are con­ T2 tained in thiss. Title translation: Pilipino­ English dictionarys. P-78 1967 Filipino as Filipino . Comparative Semantics among Homonyms and Antonyms in the Principal Wason Philippine Languages (Part I); Words that Have Film to Do with the Physical World and Its Larger 1688 Aspects. San Juan, Rizal. Limbagang Filipino . 52 p. · · Content: Comp; Sems. This is a comparison of forms and meaning; i . e., similarities and dif­ ferences. P-79 1969 Concise English-Tagalog dictionary . Rutland, Vt. Charles E. Tuttle, 170 p. UH Ref Content: Lex 4. PL6056 P3 P-80 196- Mga simulaing panretorika . Manila (?). 1 18 p. Content: Gram 3; Text 7 . Title translation: UP Fi Principles of rhetoric . PL6059 P28 Panganiban, Jose Villa and Consuelo Torres P-81 Panganiban 1954 Panitikan ng Pilipinas (Saliksik na Pahapyaw). Manila . M.E. Anatolia . 248 p . Wason Content: Text 4 . This is the translation of PL5531 A survey of the literature of the literature of Pl9 the Filipinos (entry P-65). This has Tagalog 321 language texts. Much text material is from major languages but see also the index for references to Bagobo, Igorot, Ifugao, Kalinga, Moro, Negrito, Tingguian (for which there are a few texts only and not always with translations). Panizo, Alfredo P - 82 1961 "The linguistic problem in the Philippines." Unitas, 34 (3) : 30-38. Contents: Hist 4; Theo 3. The title in the table of contents readss: "Linguistic Problemss: Corruption vs. Purity." This is a general dis­ cussion of some language and speech community 'universalss' in application to evaluation of language processes and situations. Loan sources are shown for Tagalog. The article urges the acceptance of loans. P-83 1966 "The unsuccessful experiment of the Spanish language in the Philippines.s" Unitas, 39 (2): 2s2-2·37. Content : Comp 3. Among other things, this article shows the use and extent of Tagalog as the Philippine national languages: Panlasigui, Isidoro · · P-84 1932 "The future language in the Philippines." PSSR, 4 (Jan): 25-33. · Contents: Theo 3. P - 85 1962 The lan. guage problems of the Philippines. QuezonCity. s The author. xii, 97 p. UP Fi Content : Soc 3. This contains a bibliography P381 on p. 9 5 - 9 7 . PS P3 P-86 1963 "Let ' s discard Filipino ! " Examiner, 36 (Feb. 8 ) : 8, 24. Content : Soc 3; Theo 3. "Panukalang talatinigang Ingles- Tagalog" P-87 1 9 50 - �' 1 (3)- 1950 : 21-28; 1 (4- 1950): 19-30; 1 (5 - 1 9 5 2 1 9 5 1 ) : 17-32; (6) : 20 -27; (7) : 1 7 -28. Content : Lex 4. Title translations: Suggested Wason English-Tagalog dictionary. PL6051 W66+s· Papers in Philippine languages No. 1. P-88 1963 Manila. Institute for Language Teaching, Uni ­ versity of the Philippines; and the Suinmer In - stitute of Linguistics. Content : Bih l 3. This is a collection of papers by various authors. For example, see Whittle. 322 Papers in Philippine Linguistics No. 1. P -89 1966 Canberra: The Australian National University. iv, 38 p. (Linguistic Circle of Canberra. Pub­ Wason lications Series A: Occasional Papers, No. 8). PL5506 Content: Phon ; Morph 2 ; Syn l ; Bihl 3. The P21+ works are listed separately under the authors (J. Shetler, R. Pittman, V. Forsberg, and J. Hussey). Parale, Apolinar B. P -89A 1969 Facts and issues on the Filipino language. Manila. Royal Publishing House. 294 p. UH Asia Content: Soc 3. This discusses the national PL5506 language question largely within a sociolinguistic P353 framework. The policy positions of various in­ dividuals are examined and evaluated. Mga parangadien nga Cristianos ig lacted nga P-90 pagturo o casaisayan sa mga pono (nga camatundan, nga taques maelaman ig tutumamanen sa tauo, nga maling magpacun sa langit) · 1887 Manila. 29 p. Content: Text 3. This is in Kuyo. Pardo de Tavera, Trinidad H. (1857 -1925) P-91 1884 Contribucion para el estudio de los antiguos alfabetos Filipinos. Losana. Imprenta de Jaunin UP Fi Hermanos. 30 p. PLSS08. Content: Writ 2 . Welsh says that this contains P22 the alphabets of Tagalog, Ilocano, Visaya, Pan­ gasinan, and Pampango. · P -92 1885 "Les anciens alphabets des Philippines.d" Annales de l' Extreme-Orient, 7: 204 -210 ; 232 -239. Wason Content: Writ 2. DSS0l A61+ P -93 1887 El Sanscrito en la lengua Tagala. Paris. Im­ primerie de la Faculte de Medicine. 55 p. UP Fi Content: Lex ; Hist 4 ; Comp. PL6059.dP3 1887 P -94 1889 "Consideraciones sobre el origen del nombre de los numeros en Tagalog . . . " in La Espana Oriental. Manila. Tipo-Litografia de Chofre y Compania. 26 p. Content: Lex ; Hist ; Comp. P -95 1892 Plantos medicinales de Filipinas. Madrid. B. Rico. Content : Lex l ; Eth 2. On pages 325 -339 is an UP Fi alphabetical index of names of medicinal plants QK368.dP22 in the Philippines: " Indice Alfabetica de Nombres Sistematicos y Vulgaras", giving the native names in Bisaya, Bikol, Iloko , Pampango, Pangasinan, Tagalogd. 323 Pardo de Tavera, Trinidad H. (1857-1925) P-96 1899 Una memoria de Anda y Salazars. Manila. Imprenta 'La Democracia' . 102 p . Ayer Content: Gram; Theo 5 . The part that concerns 2141 Philippine languages is translated into Engl ish P22 in Blair and Robertson, Vol 50, p . 147- 148 . P-97 1901 Etimologia de los nombres de razas de Filipinos. Manila . M . Reyes y Compania. 20 p. Content: Lex 1; Hist 5. Parin, M. Ignatius (Sister) P-98 1962 "Pronunciation and difficulties of Pangasinan learners of English and some practical implica­ tions for teaching . " Thesis, University of Santo Tomass. Content: Phan 3; Comp 5. Parker, Luther P-99 1905 An En lish- S anish - Pam an o dictionar (together wit i ioms common conversation, an an abridg­ UP Fi ment of English grammar- -grammar in a nutshell- ­ PL5993.P various uses of words, similar words, synonyms, 24 abbreviations, etc.). Manilas. American Book and News Co. 164 p . Content: Lex 4; Ped 1 . P- 100 1964 "Report on work among the Negrit os of Pamp·anga during the period from April 5 to May 31, 1908s. " Asia Stud, 2 ( 1): 105 - 130 . Content: Lex 1, 3; Text 5. This is ethnographic, but with the £allowing linguistic content: a list of native wood/tree names; 86 sets comparing Malay, Pampango, and Pampanga Aeta vocabulary; the numbering systems of Negritos; and a few Parnickel, B. P-101 1965 "Austronesian philology in the Soviet Union." BTLV , 121 (2): 245-258. Content: Theo 5; Bihl. This is a summary of Russian scholarsh ip in MPN language relationships, structure, lexicon, and literature. For work on Philippine languages, seesp . 246 -247, 252, 255, 257 (on Tagalog). Paredes, B. P- 102 1965 "C9mparative study of the consonant and vowel system of Ilocano and English . " In the Grade School, 13 (7); 556-558. Content: Phan; Comp 5. Pascasio, Erny Mariano P- 103 1960 "A descriptive-comparative study predicting interference and facilitation for Tagalog speakers 3 2 4 Was on in learning Eng lish noun -head modification pat ­ F i lm 5 5 3 terns . " Ph . n ·. the s i s , Univers i ty of Michigan , Ann Arbor , Michigan . vi , 1 8 6 p . Content : Syn ; Comp 5 ; Acq 2 . This is a con­ tras tive analys is to es tab lish p rob lems and then tes ting to evaluate and clas si fy actual p rob lems (wi th psycholingu i s t i c imp l i cations ) . I t presents a theoretical framework , an analysis and clas s i f ication of morpho logi cal and syntac ­ tic p atternsn. A l arge amount· of data is pren­ sente d , and is more complete than the article pub l i shed l ater of the s ame title (entry P - 10 4 ) n. Pas cas io , Erny Mari ano P - 10 4 1 9 6 1 "A comparative s tudy predicting interference and faci l i tation for Tagalog speakers in learn­ ing English noun -head inodifi cation patterns . " L ang Learn , 1 1 ( 1 - 2 ) : 7 7 - 8 4 . Content : Syn ; Comp 5 ; Ped . This i s an attempt to contras t e lements of syntax , predict points at whi ch le arning wi l l be impeded , and a test to see if this predi ction is accuraten. P - 10 5 1962 "A few l ingui s t i c hints for the l anguage teache r . " MSTEQ, 1 2 (3 )n: 1 - 1 1n. Content : Ped ; Theo 4 ; Acq 2 . P - 106 1962 "The Tagalog l anguage , where it began , and how i t became the national l anguage . " The Chronicle Magazine , Augn. 1 8 , p . 8 - 10n. · Content : H i s t ; Theo 3 . P - 10 7 1963 "Code s of behavior : the relations b e tween lin­ guistics and non- l inguis tic behavioral patterns . " PSR , 1 1 ( 3 - 4 ) : 2 4 3 - 1 5 0 . Content : E th 2 ; Theo 1 . Thi s i s a context of s i tuation analysis applied to interaction of l anguage and othe r behavior codesn. P - 10 8 1964 "Language : an aid to cros s - cu l tural unders tand ­ ing . " PSR, 1 2 ( 1 - 2 ) : 84 -- 8 8 n. Content : Lex l ; Comp 5 ; E th ; Sem 1 . This i s an e thno - l ingu i s t i c treatment contras ting Eng lish , Tagalog , and I loko term sys tems as i l lus trations in a g eneral article on cros s - cu ltural communin­ cationsn. P - 109 1964 "The role of l anguage - in-cul ture in the teaching of l i terature . "- PJLT , 3 ( 1 - 2 )n: 19 - 2 6 n. Content : Lex ; Eth 2 ; Ped . Thi s i s an e thno -­ l ingu i s t i c p aper that aims at defining the rela ­ tion of l anguage to cul ture , and i ts use in 325 teaching of literature. Tagalog color words are used as examples of culture pattern in language, as well as Tagalog rice terms , This uses· the context-of-situation approach of Firth. Very little direct application is made to literature. Pascasio, Erny Mariano P- 110 1965 "A methodology for predicting interference and facilitatiori for Tagalog speakers in learning English grammatical patterns.s" PSR, 13 (1): · 31.,., 5 7 . Content : Morph 1; Hist 5; Eth. The author applies contrastive analyses of Tagalog and English phrase structure. P•lll 1967 "Language in relation to social change.s" PSR, 15 ( 1 - 2) : 6- 15. Content : Soc 3. This gives the general back­ ground theory of language in relation to culture change with specific data from the Philippine scene. Most of the attention is given to the arguments supporting the two sides of the English- Pilipino language controversy. · 1968 "Language ·teaching : the context of situation approach , ' ' in Lan�ua2e problems in sou the as t Asian universities. ·sp. 22- 27. Contents: Ped; Acq 2. Theoretical background to language teaching. Pascual, Timoteo J . · P- 113 1957 "A study of the legends, stories, superstition, and practices in life of the Manobos of Agusan.s" M. A. thesis in Education (Folklore- Legends), National Teachers College, Manila. 156 p. Contents: Text 4. · Patac, Juan P- 114 1960 "Problems of beginning reading in the native language . " PJE, 39 (5) : 313-· 314. Content : Ped 5. P- 115 1966 "Teach to make the child efficient in his native language.s" PJE, 44 (7): 504-505 . Contents: Ped; Theo 3 . This articl e sets forth obj ectives and suggests some techniques. Patacsil, Artemio C. · · P- 116 1964 "Pilipino, Oo; Espanol, No.'' Examiner, 93 (March 29) : 2 0 . Content : Lex 1; Comp 5. Paterno, Adelaida P- 117 1953 "English sounds difficult for Tagalog learners of English.s" MSTEQ, 3 (3)s: 25-34. Content : Phon; Comp 5; Acq 2 . 3 2 6 Paterno, Adelaida P - 118 1957 "Report of the Commission on La!lguage , " MSTEQ� 7 (4)d: 17-- 20, 31 . Content: Theo 2 . P -119 1957 "Tagalog consonant phonemes compared with English consonant phonemes . " MSTEQ, 7 (2-3 ) : 11 .. 17·, 5 3 . Content: Phon 5 ; Comp 5. Paterno, Pedro Alejandro (185 7 - 1911) P-120 1887 La antigua civilizacion Tagalog (apuntes). Madridd. Tipografia de Manuel G . Hernandezd. Wason 411 p. (Other edition: 1915 )d. DS666 Content: Writ 2 ; On p . 36-5 2 , 3 5 7 -379 are T2 P 29 notes on the writing system, including some quotations from other writers on the general subd­ ject of Tagalog languaged. P-121 1890 Los Itas . Madrid . Sucesores de Cuesta . 439 p . (Other edition: 1915 Manila, Tipo.dlinotype del UP Fi Colegio de Sto . Tomas, viii, 2 3 2 p. ) . DS666.dA3 Content: Lex 1 ; Synd; Text; Writ 2 ; Comp 1 . P3 191 5 This contains a discussion on language and idioms (p . 117-147d; 2 3 2-276) , together with palaeographic tables, one of which illustrates the Mangyan writing system, according to G . Bernardo. Paula, Fr . Franco and Fr. Nicolas Castano P-1 2 2 18- - Diccionario Espanol y Batand. Content: Gram 2 ; Lex 3 ; Morph 1 ; Text 3 ; Comp 2. Wason This may have been published either in 1895 or Z 3 291 1896 , and it is partially reproduced in Retana ' s R43 Archive del Bibliofilo Filipino, vol. 2, p . xli­ xlix . It consists of about 200-word vocabulary . This is preceded on p . xxxvi-xli with grammatical notes on pronouns and comparative texts of the Ave Maria in Ivatan, Ibanag, and Ilokod. Pavon, Jose Maria P-123 1838- Los cuentos de los Indios de esta isla (escrita 1839 en Jimamayland. Las antiguas leyendas de la isla de Negros) . 4 partsd. (M . S . ) d. Content: Writ 2 ; Palaeographic speci. mens, according to Bernardo are to be found on p. 95 in part 1 . This is said to have been finished by Juan Antonio Collado in 1839. Paya, Pedro P-1 24 1867 Diccionario Espanol-Ibanag: o sea, Tesauro Hispanocagayan sacado de los manuscritos antiguos, UP Fi y nuevamente corrd. y anadido en gran parte por PL5721. dos religiosos dominicos ministros en aquella 2 50 5 provinciad. Manila . Imprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier . 5 11 p . Content: Lex 4 . Paye is credited with author­ izing the publication of this workd. 327 Paz, Consuelo Joaquin P- 125 1965 " -. ....A D in Isinai . ' ' Asia Stud , 3 ( 1 ) : 114 - 125. Content : Morph 2; Syn 1. This is a distribu­ tional study of this phrase marking particle with respect to various sentence types and verb formations. There is much relative data presented. P- 126 1967 "The morphology and syntax of Tagalog nouns and adjectives." M.A . thesis, Universit. y of the Philippines . Contents: Morph; Syn. Peace Corps Philippines Language Program P- 127 1962 Language manual 1. 26 p. Mimeographed. Content : Theo; Bibl 3; Acq 2. · This treats o f Wason language learning motivation techniques, includ­ Film 1688 ing articless: 1 'Why Bother with the Dialect?" by Doug Foley; "Using a Native Speaker Effectively in Studying the Local Dialect" by Mike Forman; Pattern Drills; Markers and Substitutes (a chart); "Language and Culture" by Rosalina Morales; and "How ·to Avoid American Filipino by Studying Filis- pino English" by Mike Forman. · p ... 128 1963 Cebuano dialogues . Zamboanga. 30 p . Mimeographed. Contents: Ped 3. There are 10 dialogues with Wason En. glish translations and . grammatical notes. PL5649 USSs . P- 129 196- Hiligaynon materi als- -Hiligaynon classroom in­ structions. Hilo, Hawai i·. 15 lessons. 4 gram� Wason mar lessons. PL571 1 Content : Ped 3. These are dialogues with_ gram­ H38+ mar notes and drills. P- 130 196- Hiligaynon dialogs for Peace Corps . Bacolod City. 34 p. Mimeographed. Wason Content : Ped 3. These are dialogues with Eng- PL5711 lish translations and grammar notes. V58 P- 131 196- Tagalog dialog for PCVS. Manila . 16 p . Mimeo- graphed. Wason Content : Ped 3. These are 9 dialogues with PL6053 English translation and grammar notes. USS T12 Pearl, Paul L. P-- 132 1922 "English or Philippine languages for our scho9ls . " P J E , 4 ( J an) : 14 7 - 148 , 16 7 . Content : Soc 3; Ped. Pej i, Sotero and I. Tecson P- 133 1946 Balarila ng wikang pambansa. Manila. 149 p. Content : · Gram . · Grammar of the. national language. 328 Pellicer, Mariano (1802- 1844) P-134 1904 Arte de la lengua Pangasinana o Caboloan (corre­ gido aumentado y llevando en si mismo el compen­ UP Fi dio). Manila. Reimpreso en la Imprenta del PL6013. Colegio de Santo Tomas. 268 p. (3rd ed. ) . Other P38 edi tion: 1840 1st ed. Manila, Impre. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 198 p. 1862 2nd ed. Manila, Impr. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 176 p. + 4 p. Content: Gram. This is a grammar in the Latin framework. See Retana ' s Aparato (1862) for fur­ ther indicat ion of content. Pena, Virginia P. de la P - 135 1958 "A comparative study of English and Sugbuhanon phonemics and phonotactics.d" M. A. thesis, Uni­ versity of Texas. Contents: Phon; Comp 5. Penitente, Placido P - 136 1966 "May antas ang mga sali ta.d" Diwa, 2: 42-48. Content: Soc 4. Title translat ion: Levels of Usage. Socio-linguistic article on usage versus status/role, and the educated vs. the uneducated/ colloquial. Peraj as, Gorgonio P - 137 1962 "Why the vernaculars as medium of instruction?" PJE, 4 1 (7) : 476-477, 521. Content: Ped. Peralta - P ineda, P. B. P-138 1959 "Ang wika at ang ating mga batas.d" Ang Bayan, 1. 4: 9- 11. Wason Content: Soc; Theo 3. This presents the case DS651 for Tagalog for the national language, based on B35+ the percentage of speakers and breakdown of Bi­ sayan into Cebuano, Hiligaynon, Samar- Leyte. It also presents the legal posit ion of the national language and its use in legal matters . Perez, Lorenzo (1867- ) P - 139 1927- "Los Aetas e Ilongotes de Filipinas.d" in Archive 1928 Ibero-Americano, 28 (Nov. - Dec. ): 289- 346; 30 (July-Aug. ) : 71- 106. Ayer 1 Content: Lex 1; Text. This gives Ilongot text A75 materials (Casiguran Aeta) on p. 85- 106, and v. 28, 30 98- 104 (together wi th Tagalog). Perez, Rodrigo P - 140 1961 "Four basic problems.d" DM, Jan. 7, p . 11. Content: Soc. This is said to be on Philippine language problems. Perfecto, Mariano P - 141 1883 Vocabulario o manual de dialogos en Espanol y Visaya por el maestro de Jaro, D. Dionisi6 M. Mirasol. Manila. Imprenta de C. Valdezco, 329 Impresor de la Real Casa de S.M. 80 p . (Other editions: 1889 (Part II, 3rd ed.) Manila, Imp. de Amigos del Pais. 1889 (Part III, 3rd ed . ) Guadalupe, Peq . Imp . del Asilo de Huerfanos) . Content: Lex 3; Ped 1. This is in Spanish­ Bisaya-Panayanos. Perfecto, Mariano P-142 1896 Frases familiares en Espanol y Bicol y guia de conversaciones en Bicol y Espanol. Nueva Caceres. Imprenta 'La Sagrada Familia'. 32 p . Content: Ped 1. P- 143 1896 Guia de conversaciones en Bicol y Espanol (para escuelas y estudiantes que principian a aprender el Castel lano, y para los estranos que desean com­ prender algo del Bicol) . Nueva Caceres . Imprenta 'La Sagrada Familia '. 32 p. Content: Text; Ped 1 . P- 144 1896 Vocabulario o manual de terminos en Castellano y Bicol. Nueva Caceres. Imprenta 'La Sagrada Fa- milia'. 56 p. Content: Lex 3. P-14 5 1897 Vocabulario de la lengua Bicol con sus significa­ ciones en Castellano. Nueva Caceres. Imprenta 'La Sagrada Familia '. 48 p . Content: Lex 3. Petersen, Robert O.H. P- 146 1964 Lessons in Tagalog. University of Hawaii Peace Corps Training Center. Hilo, Hawaii. Content: Ped 2, 3. These are 19 lessons with dialogue- drill format; short grammar notes are up to lesson 5 only . This is generally for Peace Corps training purposes, and grammatical explana­ tions are not included. Phelan, John Leddy P- 1 47 195 5 "Philippine linguistics and Spanish missionaries, 1565- 1700 . " Mid- America, 37 (3) : 153- 170. BX1415 Content: Theo S; Bihl 2. Bibliographical foot­ I3M62 notes are given. Philippines Agency, American Bible Society P- 148 1939 Four decades in the Philippines. Forty-First annual report. Manila. 8 p. Content: Text 3; Theo 2. This contains infor­ mation on the languages in the Philippines. Philippine Association of School Superintendents P- 149 1953 Instruction in the vernacular in the Philippine public schools. 39 p. FEU Fi Content: Ped. LB1027.P6 330 Philippine Book Co . P- 1 50 1946 Outline and __,;;.;....,;;;;___ ____.. _,;;.;;.;;; _.;;;..e;;;;._;;;..xe___,_rc..;;;;;..,;:;is�es;....____; o;;...=...f _..;;;.,;th�e---- B..;;;;;.,;;;;alc.=.;;;ar�il"-=,a . 1st ed . ;.;;;..;;.;.. Manila . 123 p. Contents: Gram; Ped 3 . Philippine Delegation P-15 1 1957 "General paper presented by the Philippine dele- gation." in ASAIHL-BUL, 1 (2) : 59- 98 . Wason Content : Soc; Theo 3 . LB2301 A84 Philippine Islands. Executive Bureau . P- 152 1906 Annual Reports. Manila . Bureau of Printings. Content: Text 8; Theo 2. Volume 1, Appendix E, Ayer p . 57- 59; and vol . 2, p . 58- 60- according to 2121 Welsh containss: "Third Annual Report of the P7E8 Chief of the Translating Divison . " Philippine I slands. Independence Commission . P- 153 1923 Beautiful Philippines, a handbook of general in­ formation . Manila. Bureau of Printings. NL Fi Content: Soc; Ped; Page 113, according to 919 . 14 Welsh contains "The Language for the Tourist . " P538b Philippine Islands. Inspeccion General de Montes . P- 154 1875 Catalogue- memoir . Manila .s • · J. de Loyzaga y Com-pan1a . Ayer Content: Lex l; Native names of floral 2201 species in the Philippines are given. F7P 5 5 5 Philippine Islands. Laws, Statutes, etc . P- 155 1900 Regulations governing the utilization of forest products of state landss. Manila. Ayer Content : Lex 1; Native names of woods are 2201 gi• ven. F7P57 P- 156 1936 "An act to establish a national language institute and define its powers and duties." PSR, 8 : 363- 365 . Contents: Theo 2. "The Philippine National Language" P- 1-57 1947 The republic, l (Aug ;- Sept . ) : 24. Contents: Theo 3 . Philippine Normal College . Language Study Center P- 158 1966 What the LSC is. Manila. 6 p . Wason Content : Ped; Theo 2 . Pamphlet L P. I . 20 Philippines (Republic) . Institute of National Language . See under Insti.tute of National Language. Philips, Robert Newton P- 159 1956 "The significance of language to the national 331 development and international prestige of the Phi­ lippines.s" Unpublished M. A. thesis, University of the Philippines. Content: Soc 3, 4; Theo 3. Th�s presents the background on the linguistic multiplicity and lin­ guistic unity requirement w·i thin the historical · context of educational, economic, political, and international interaction. Piang, Alfredo and Mariano Antay, Vivian Forsberg, P- 160 and Alice Lindquist · 195 5 · Onuk hulo na benek halay (The Little Red Hen and the Grain of Wheat) . Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Language. 12 p. Content: Text 2. This is a Tagabili story. P- 161 1955* Pepeluwuh lah pilar nauy la banwu bong. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 2 parts: 112, 194 p . Content: Text 2; Ped 2. This is a Tagabili reader. P- 162 1955 Tuha libun na kun sado (The Old Woman and Her Pig). Nasuli?. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 13 p. Content: Text 2 ; Ped 2. Tagabili reader. Pick, Bernhard · P- 163 1899 "Bible versions which the Philippines will need . " Independent (New York), Sl (March 2): 647. Content: Text 3; Theo 3 . Piddington, Henry P- 164 1886 "A notice of the alphabets of the Philippine is­ lands" (a translation from " Informe sobre el Estado Wason de las Islas F ilipinas,s" by Don Sinibaldo de Mas. DSS03 . 4 Madrid. 1843, vol. 1, p. 25 )s. Journal of the R83 Asiatic Society of Bengal, 14: 603. (Also in Reinhold Rost, Miscellaneous papers relating to Indo � China. Straights Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, vol . 1, p . 235 . London. Trubner 's Oriental Series)s. Content: Writ 2 . This includes a plate with figures from Pangasinan, Iloko, Bulacan, Pampango, Igorot, and has notes on use and technique. Pigafetta, Antonio P- 165 1525 Primo viaggio intorno al mondo. M . S . in the Bi­ blioteca Ambrosiana . Milan, Italy . Reprinted Wason with English translation in The Philipp ine Islands, DS653 by Emma H. Blair and James A. Robertson . Cleve­ B63 PS land. The Arthur H. Clark Company. Content: Lex 3; Hist 2. On pages 187- 199 in vol­ ume 33 is found a list of Cebuano vocabulary (called Zubu) of 160 items. 332 Pike, Kenneth L. P-166 1963 "A syntactic paradigm.d" Lang, 39: 216- 230. Content: Syn; Theo 4. Thi� article is of general theoretical interest which concentrates on· an approach to the analysis of Bulacan syntax in con­ trast with English. P-167 1964 "Discourse analysis and tagmeme matrices.d" 0 1 , 3 (1): 5 - 25. Content: Syn; Theo 2. This presents a theoreti­ cal background for handling the analysis of syn­ tactical problems in Philippine languages. Pike, Kenneth, Henry M. Hoenigswald and Charles P-168 F. Hockett 19 61 "Proto - Binu k id Dib aba o n. " SIL WP, 5 : 65 -7 6. Content: Hist; Comp 1. This is an attempt to reconstruct a proto-language whose reflexes are Dibabaon-Mandayan. "Filipino as a medium of instruction" (Editorial) P-169 1961 PJE , 3 9 (f-.1a r ch): 6 4 0 • Content: Ped; Theo 3 . Filipino muna P-170 196- Manila. Phoenix Publishing House. Content: Ped; Bihl 3. This is a series of 6 textbooks for Grades 1 through 6 in the national language, the title of which is: Filipino First. See under the various contributing authors: P. Untalan, P. Cruz, B. R. Gamad, L. Agna, J. N. Bel­ leza, F.A. Yap. "Filipino taught in U. C. L. A . " P- 171 1963 MTM, Aug. 23. Content: Ped 3. "Filipino and translation problems" P - 172 1962 PFP, 55 (July 21): 52. Content: Text 8. Pineda, Felicidad V. P-173 1965 "Kung paano makatulong ang mga guro sa wikang Filipino sa mataas na paaralan sa pagpapalaganap ng wika.d" Ed. Q. , 4 (June): 93-99. Content: Soc 3; Ped; Theo 3. Title translation: How the Filipino Teachers in High School can help in the propagation of the language. P- 174 1961 "!sang tulong sa pagtuturo ng Filipino bilang pangalawang wika. .. " PJLT, 1 (1 - 2): 17-20. Content: Comp 5; Ped; Acq 2. Title translation: A help in the teaching of Filipino as a second language. This includes contrastive features with Hiligaynon. 333 Pineda, Felicidad V. P-175 1964 "Ilang simulain sa pagtuturo ng Filipino sa mga di Tagalog. " PJLT, 2 (3-4)d: 34-38 . Contentd: Comp 5; Ped; Acq 2. Some contrasting patterns are given. Pineda, P. B. et al. P-176 1954 Farming terms. Institute of National Language Paper No. 8. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 1 2 p. Contentd: Lex 1. P- 177 1954 Legal terms (Mga katawagang pambatas)d. Institute of National Language Papei No . 3. Manila. Bureau Wason of Printing. 3 p. (Also reissued in 1961, 1964 PL6056 in Selected Vocabulary Lists, p. 37-60. Manila. P S S S4 Bureau of Printing. 171 p. ) . 1964 Contentd: Lex 1. English entries are_ given in alphabetical order. P -178 1954 Parliamentary terms and usages. Institute of National Language Paper No. 4. Manila. Bureau Wason of Printing. 16 p. (Also reissued in 1961, 1964 PL6056 in Selected Vocabulary Lists, p. 69-79. Manila. PSSS4 Bureau of Printing. 171 p. ) . Contentd: Lex 1. English entries are given in alphabetical order. P-179 1962 Mga katawagan sa pangasiwaang pambayan. Institute of National Language Paper No. 20. Manila. Ka­ Wason wanihan ng Palimbagan. 39 p. PL6051 Contentd: Lex 1. Title translationd: Public Ad­ A152 ministration terminology. No. 20 Pinpin, Thomas (1610- 1639) P-180 1610 Librong Pagaaralan nang manga Tagalog nang uicang Castilla. Bataan. 258 p. (Other editionsd: 1752, NL Fi 1832 (919 p. ) ; 1911 (reissued by Miguel Ortigas F655. y Cuerva)d. 1914 Content : Phon; Text 3 ; Hist 2; Comp 5 ; Ped. Title Ar78p translation : Book studied by Tagalogs in learning Spanish. This contains questions for confession in Tagalog and Spanish by F. de San Jose. Primari­ ly, this is for teaching Spanish. The Tagalog text of dedication is reproduced in Retana '-s Origenes, No. 82. A song is included. This is interesting for the phonemicization of Tagalog. P-181 1911 "Paralang sulat ni Thomas Pinpin, tauong Tagalog, sa manga capoua niya Tagalog, na nagaabang maga­ Ayer ral nang dilang macagagaling sa canila.d" in 290 Retana, Origenes de la Imprenta Filipina. Madrid. R4 334 V . Suarez, p. 8 2-86. Content: Text; Hist 2. This is the Spanish translation of his letter of dedication in his 1610 book (entry P-180) . Also included is a song, the translation of which is not given. Pittman, Richard Saunders · P-182 1954 "Review of Harold C. Conklin, Hanunoo-English Vocabulary.d" JAOS, 74: 175 . Content: Lex 4; Theo 5. P-183 1955 "Apples of gold in pictures of silver . " Dil Rev, 3 ( 3) : 251-254 . Content: Soc 3; Theo 1. This treats ridicule and purity as factors in language dominance. P-184 1956 Descriptive linguistics applied to Tagalog. In­ stitute of National Language Paper No . 11 . Manila. Wason Bureau of Printing . 3 p. PL6051 Content: Phon 5 ; Morph ; Syn l; Writ l; Theo 2. AlSl No . 11 P-185 1957 "Fifth anniversary report-- Summer Institute of Linguistics. " J EAS, 6 (1 ) : 10 5- 113 . Content: Text 8; Theo 3; Bibl. Discussed are practical matters of linguistic, literacy, and translation operations. It gives a list of the Summer Institute of Linguistics' linguists at work, with the language concerned . There is a bibliography on p . 110-113. P-186 1966 "Tagalog -�_m and �ag-: an interim report . " p. 9-20 in Papers in Philippine Linguistics No. 1, Wason Linguistic Circle of Canberra Occasional Papers PL5506 No. 8 . P21+ Content: Mroph 2. Pittman, Richard S . and Associates or Staff P-1 87 1951 Notes on the dialect geography of the Philippine islands. Glendale, California. Summer Institute Wason of Linguistics. (Other editions: 1952 Grand PL5506 Forks, N . D. : Summer Institute of Linguisticsd. P69+ 112 p . and 1953 Grand Forks, N . D. : Summer In­ 1953 stitute of Linguistics. 116 p . ) . Content: Comp 4; Soc 1. This shows the use of informant and plotting technique to discover isogloss lines in the Philippines. It presents a slight departure from the usual dialect geo­ graphyd. Plata, Eugenio P-188 1930 "Ang Ilokano sa wikang pambansa ng Pilipinas.d" Pagkakaisa, May 1 8 . Corit�nt: Hist 4. Title translation: Ilokano in the nationa language of the Philippines. 3 3 5 Platero, Enrique 0 . P. (1859- ) P- 189 1901a Nu mapia amigo anmanas·sdevocionario de chirin nu Ibatan a ichasantos nu Chistiano. Manila. Im- prenta del Colegio de Santo Tomas. 494 p . Content: Text 3. P- 190 1901 Visitas du santisimo sacramento cani Santa Maria a pinayapn ni S. Alfon�o Ligorio. Manila. Im­ prenta del Colegio de Santo Tomass. 169 p. Content: Text 3 . Poleman, Horace I . (1903- ) P- 191 1938 A Census of Indic manuscripts in the United States and Canada . American Oriental Series No . 12 . 26605 New Haven, Connecticuts. American Oriental Society. I5P76+ xxix , 542 p. Content: Writ 2; Bibl 2. No actual titles or authors are given . Poleman says (JAOS, 60 (1940): 275) that Mangyan manuscripts are include "under Batak scripts in the index" which gives refere­ rence only to the fact that such documents are located in the fol lowing libraries: McGill, Columbia, New York Public Library, Smithsonian Institute, University of Minnesota . P- 192 1940 "Review of Gardner and Maliwanag 's Indic writings of the Mindoro-Palawan axis . "s· JAOS, 60 (June)s: · 275. Content: Writ 2; Theo 5 . "A policy of subtraction" (Editorial) P- 193 1957 MSTEQ, 7 (1): 1 -2, 28 . Content: Soc 3 . This treats of the language problem. Polo de Lara, Enrique P- 194 1896 Estudio social y politico de las islas Filipinas. Sevilla . Imprenta de la Andalucia Moderna . Ayer Content: Soc 1. Welsh says Part I, Chap . 8, p . 2113 53- 54 deals with "Dialectos que se Hablan en el P77 Archipielago . Polotan, Kerima P- 195 1966 "The language war- -a sequel." PFP, 59 (Feb . 19): 7+ . Content: Soc 3 . Ponce, Mariano P- 196 1907 "Paunang salita,· " (Foreword) in Friedrich von Schiller 's Wilhelm Tell, translated i·nto Tagalog by Jose Rizal . Manilas. Libreira Manila Filatelicos. Content: Writ 1 -2 . Bernardo says that Section IV, p. 13- 19 of this preface deals with modern Tagalog orthography, and mentions the old charac­ ters of Tagalog, giving the symbol for the syl­ labic character nga . · 336 Ponce, Mariano P- 197 1912 "Halaw sa kasaysayan ng lahi at wikang Tagalog.d" Taliba, March 18 . Content: Hist. Title translation: Taken from the history of the race and the Tagalog languaged. Pop, Rodica Deina P -198 1958 "Institut de Linguistique affilie a l ' Universite du Dakota Nord (Etats - Unis) . " ORBIS, 7: 535. Content: Theo 2 . P- 199 1958 "Institut National de Linguistique des Philip- pines . " ORBIS, 7: 534 . Content: Theo 2 . Porter, Ralph Stribling (1876- ) P- 200 1903 A rimer and vocabular of the Moro dialect Magin anau . Bureau of Insular A airs, War Wason Department Pamphlet No. 209 . Washingtond. Governd­ PL5911 ment Printing Officed. 77 p. P84 Content: Lex 3 ; Ped 2 . This reader has an English­ Moro vocabulary on p. 19-71d. Post, Ursula P- 201 1964 "Morphophonemic alternations in Binukid . " PSSHR 30 (1) : 52 -64 Content: Phon 2 . P- 202 1966 "The phonology of Tiruray . " PJS, 95 (4) : 563-575. Content: Phon 2. Postman, Antonio, S,V . D . P- 203 1965 "The Ambahan of the Hanunoo-Mangyans of southern Mindoro . " ANTHR, 60: 359 - 368. Content: Phon ; Text 6 . This is an analysis of the characteristic features of this literary form and some phonological features of rhyming . Cul­ tural significance and short texts are also in­ cluded. P - 204 1965 "The Ambahan: A Mangyan -Hanunoo poetic form . " Asia Std, 3 (1) : 71-85. Content: Text 4. Five definitive features of this poetic form are described . Texts with English translations are presented. P-205 1968 "Contemporary Philippine syllabaries in Mindoro.d" p. 71-77, in Dr . H . Otle Be er Dean of Phili - pine Anthroyo ogy Acommemorative issue . Ru olf Rahmann (edd. Content: Writ 2 . This is a comparison of Mangyan and Tagbanua scripts with the assertion that a third script has been discovered among the Mangyan of Mindoro. 337 Povedano, Diego Lope; See under Hester, E.D., ed. 1954 Prator, Clifford Holmes, Jr. P-206 1950 Language teaching in the Philippines: a report. Manila. U . S. Educational Foundation in the Phil­ Wason ippines. 96 p. P57 Content: Soc 1, 3 ; Ped ; Theo. This discusses: P5P91 1) the language situation in the islands ; 2) the problem of the language of instruction; 3) the possibilities of improving the teaching of English. This was reviewed by M. Cohen, 1953, asL (Paris),27-28 P- 207 1952 "Ang suliranin ng wika sa Pilipinas." (salin ng halaw sa Language Teaching in the Philippines ni Clifford H. Prator, Jr. ng United States Educa- tional Foundation sa Pilipinas noon 1950)." l\TP, 7 (Dec . ): 8- 16. Cont�nt: Soc 3; Ped. This is a translation of P- 206. P-208 1957 "Philippine center for language study." PJE, 36 (June): 8- 9, 57-58, 62-63. (Also in MSTEQ, 7 (2- 3): 1- 10). Content: Theo 2. P- 209 1958 "Linguistics abroads: the Philippines.s" Lang Learn, 8: 119- 120 (Special Issue). Content: Hist 4 ; Soc 3 ; Ped ; Theo 2. This deals with the deterioration of the quality of English, some contributing factors, and the role of the UCLA and the PCLS in meeting this challenge. The discussion touches on the role of English with regard to the native languages. Freiser, Rosa C., Juliana Z. Abedesco, Trinidad C. P- 210 Sion and Nieves A. Austria 1948 (A Tagabili primer). Manila. Department of Education. Content: Ped 2 . P- 211 1954 Pipi (pre-primer). Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 38 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Binokid primer. Prince, J.Ds. P- 212 1911 "Review of C.W. Seidenadel, The First grammar of the language spoken by the Bontoc Igorot." The Monist, p. 470- 475. Content: Gram; Theo 5. "The problems of vernacularization" (Editorial) P-2i3 1958 PJE, 36 (8): 485. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped. 338 "Pronunciation of Ph.ilippine names" P- 214 1902 Chautauguan, 35 (May) : 1 17. Content: Lex l; Phan 3. This is a very short note on the issuance of 1) the U. S. Board of Geographic Names report on the spelling of Phil­ ippine names, and 2) U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ' s List of Philippine geographic names with indication of the pronunciations supplied by Rev. Jose Algue, S. J. Quatrefages de Breau, Armand de (1 810-1892) Q- 1 1 895 The pygmies . (Translated by Frederick Starr)d. London. Macmillan. Ayer Content: Soc. Pages 144-148 is said to deal with 2154 "The Language of the Negritos.d" P7Q2 Quej ada, Elsa P. Q-2 1961 "An evaluation of the Cebuano reading materials used in the grades I and I I classes in Cebu City Schools for the school year 1959-1960.d" Unpublished M. A . thesis, University of San Carlos. Cebu City . 109 p. Content: Ped 5. "The question of the national language" (Editorial Q- 3 1927 PJE, 10 (Sept. ) : 34. Content: Theo 3 . Quijdano, Ignacio T. Q-4 1937 "Cebuano -Visayan kinship terms.d" EM, 34 (Aug . ) : 359- 360. Content: Lex 1; Eth 2; Sem. Quisumbing, Eduardo Q-5 1951 Medicinal plants of the Philippines . Republic of the Philippines, Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources Technical Bulletin 16. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 1 234 p. Content: Lex l ; Eth 2 ; This was reviewed by Rudolf Rahmann, 1955, Anthropos, 50: 483-484. This gives the names of plants in native languages. Quitazol, Angel C. Q-6 1962 "A survey of the present status of the teaching of reading in the vernacular in grades I and II in the division of !locos Sudr. " Unpublished M. A. thesis, National University. Manila. 1 31 p. Contentd: Ped 5. 339 Rachkov, G.E. R - 1 1967 "Predikativy nal ich i ia v Tagal 'skom iasyke." Vestnik (Leningrad, Universistet). Number 2: 110- 1 14 . Contents: Syn. Predicates that show existance. Rafferty, Patrick R-2 1928 Visayan- Engl ish dictionary. Cagayan. 112 p. Content: · Lex 4. Wason PL5626 Rl3 R- 3 1940 Enlargement of Bisayan- Engl ish d ictionary. Mani la. 4 7 1 p. Content: Lex 4. This is a d ictionary of Bisayan­ Engl ish words, based on a translation of "Diccio­ nario Bisaya- Espanol,s" by Juan Felix de la Encar­ nacion, and on the "Engl ish- Visayan Dictionary" by Jose Ma. Cuenco. Rahmann, Rudol f R- 4 1962 "Folktale and folk l i fe." PSR, 10 (3- 4): 176-181. Content: Eth. This is a general article with some suggestions drawn for Phil ippine l inguistics. Rahmann, Rudolf and Gertrude R. Ang R- 5 1968 "Dr. H. Otley Beyer: Dean of Phil ippine anthro­ pology (a commemorative issu·e)". Cebu City. University of San Carlos. 124 p. Content: Text 4; Writ 2; Hist 4. Collection of articles of ethnographic and l inguistic interest. See Postman, Tosdal, and Verstr�elsen. Rahmann, Rudol f and Marcel ino N . Maceda R- 6 195 5 "Notes on the negri tos of northern Negros." · ANTHR, 5 1: 810-836. Content: Soc 1. This is ma inly ethnographic, with very short statements on language. At the end of the article is a list of Visayan names for plants. A bibliography is included. R- 7 1958 "Some notes on the negritos of Iloilo, island of Panay, Phi l ippines." ANTHR, 53: 864-868. Content: Comp 4; Soc; This is mainly eth- nographic, but some statements on language appear on p. 865, 87 4-87 5. (The people described speak Kiniraya which is said to be a form of H i l igaynon). R -8 1962 "Notes on the negritos of Antique, island of Panay, Phi1 i pp ine s. " ANT HR, 5 7 : 62 6 - 6 4 3 • Contents: Lex 1; Comp 4 . There are intel ligibi­ l ity evaluations given (p. 630) with the Bukidnon population, and a l ist of Ati (name used for part Negrito peoples, also cal led Antiqueno, Hantik) names for medicinal and economic plants on p . 635- 636. Naming practices are described on p. 639. 340 Rajal y Larre, Joaquin ( 1 847- ) R- 9 1 88 5 - Obras varias. Madrid. Fortanet. 1 89 1 Content : Lex 3. Pages 1 3 - 20, 1 9 3-222 of vol. 2 deals with: " Idiomas--Causas que Originaron su Ayer Corrupcion.d" I t gives a l ist of Bisaya, Manobo, 2061 Malay vocabularies. Rl6 1 885 Rallos, Godofreda and Madelyn Nelson R-10 n. d. Drill in Cebuano. Cebu City. The Evangelical Free Church Mission, San Jose de la Montana. Contentd: Ped 1. Rama, Elpidio S. R-1 1 1 9 5 2 Gramatika sa binisaya nga Sugboanon. Cebu City. 145 p. Content: Gram. Ramos, Felicitas Espiritu R-1 2 1 9 5 1 " Improving the methods of teaching national lan­ guage in the non- Tagalog provinces.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Adamson University. Manila. Content: Ped 4 ; Acq 2. Ramos, Felicidad G. R-13 1 962 "A contrastive analysis of the sound system of the Cavite Chabacano and the English language.d" M. A. thesis Abad Santos Educational I nstitution, Manila. Content: Phon ; Comp 5. Ramos, Maximo R-14 1 9 57 "Better English for Filipinos.d" PPP, Dec. 14, p. 1 5 8. Content: Syn; Comp 5. Casper says that this deals with native language syntactic pressure in shaping of F i lipino-English. R-1 5 1 9 57- "The sociological bearings of our language prob- 1 9 58 1ems . " Ed Q, 5 (3 -4 ): 2 1 9-2 3 1. Content: Soc ; Theo 5. R-16 1958 "Why we can ' t speak the same language.d" STM, 14 (16) : 10- 1 1. Content: Comp ; Soc. R-17 1960 "Babel in the classroom.d" STM, 1 5 (22) : 6 - 8 (Jan. 10) . Content: Soc ; Ped. R-1 8 1961 Language policy in certain newly independent states. Manila. Philippine Center for Language Sudy. Monograph Series No. 2. Content: Soc ; Theo 3. R- 1 9 1 967 "Language pol i cy in south and southeast Asia, with implications for the Philippines.d" p. 1-17 341 in Ramos, Aguilar and Sibayan, The determination and implementation of language policy. Content: Soc 3; Theo 3 . Comparisons of the soci­ ology of the Philippin_e language scene with that of other Asian countries. Ramos, Maximo and Jose V. Aguilar and Bonifacio R-20 P . Sibayan 1967 The determination and implementation of language u H policy. (Philippine Center for Language Study, Asia Monograph 2). Quezon City. Alemar-Phoenix. 193 p. PE11 2 8 Content: Soc 3. Three articles on the socio- A2R30 political question of national language planning in the Philippinesd. · Ramos, Teresita R - 21 1962 " Help for you problem in English . " ·PJLT, 1: 1-2, 1 2-16. Content: Comp 5; Ped; Acq 2. Ramoso, Andrea B. R-2 2 1963 "A study of the word burden in the high school readers in the Pilipino language.d" Unpublished M . A. thesis, Arellano University. Manila. Content: Lex 1; Ped 5. Ranola, V. A . R-23 1956 "The mother tongue, basic tool of the community school.d" PJE, (Aug . ): 150-151d. Content: Soc 3; Ped. This compares local lan­ guage to English as the best medium of instructiond. Rasalan, Francisco R- 24 1959 "The school child and the language problem.d" P Educ, 14 (4): 216-218. Content: Soc 3; Ped. Ravalo, Jose R-25 1 954 "Our language problem.d" PJE, 33 (3): 166-167. Content: Soc. Ravenholt, Albert R-26 1956 " Filipino language dilemma . " in Am Un Fld Rep Southeast Asia Series, 4 (#AR- 5-56): 11. D839 Content: Soc; Eth . A sociolinguistic study of A61 linguistic multiplicity . There is some treatment R611+ of values and usages of certain terms. Ray, Sidney H. R-27 1896 "The common origin of the oceanic languages.d" JPS, 5 (17): 58-68 . Content: Gram; Lex; Hist; Comp 2, 3; Theo. This deals with subgrouping of the MPN family including the Philippine languages, using the following types of evidence·: 1) vocabulary; 2) grammar similarities; 3) constructive particles. Various ' stages ' are demonstrable with Polynesian repre­ senting the latest. Much comparative data is 342 given. His Philippine languages include Tagal�g, Pangasinan, Sangird. Rayner, Ernest A. R-28 1923 Grammar and dic t ionary of the Pangasinan language. Manila. Methodist Publishing House. 96 p. NL F Content: Gram ; Lex 3 . Sub title: Pangasinan: 499.d215 Gramatica tan Diccionario. Pa R218g Reed, Russell R-29 1963 In "Readersd' corner . " TBT, 14: 197-198. Contentd: Lex l ; Ethd; Theo. This is a general discussion of native taxonomies, Bible terms and scientific classifications of flora and fauna as they impinge on translation. The background of t. he d. iscussion is Philippine, but only one form 1s givend. Reed, William Allan R-30 1905 "Negritos of Zambalesd. Pages 1-89 in Philippine Islands Ethnological Survey ; Publications. vol. GN671 II, Part 1. Manila . Bureau of Printing. 199 p. P5A23+ Content: Lex ; Comp 4 ; Soc 3. Pages 28-29 deal V . 2 with socio-linguistic notes on locations where Zambal, Tagalog, Ilokano, Pangasinan are spoken as primary/secondary languages. Pages 79-83 con­ tains 100 word comparisons involving 3 Zambal dialects (Bolinao,dIba, Aeta) with 3 Aeta varieties (Santa Fe, Subig, Bataan province) and Dumagat of Bulacan province. Otherwise, the article is ethnographic. Regalado, Inigo Ed. R - 31 1951 "Ukol sa pagbabago ng Kahulugan ng mga salita, " (Sagot at paliwanag ni G. Inigo Ed . Regalado kay G. Juan C. Laya). NE_, 1 (5): 47-48. Content: Hist ; Sem . Title translation: Concern­ ing the change in meaning of wordsd. Response and explanation by Mr. I. E. Regalado to Mr. Juan C . Laya. Reid, Lawrence Andrew R-32 1961 "Dancing and music . " PSR, 9 (3-4): 55-8 2 . Content: Text ; This is ethnographic but with extensive text material in Guinaang (Bontok) with English translations. R-33 1961 "A Guinaang wedding ceremony.d" PSR, 9 (3-4): 1-54. Content: Text ; This is ethnographic but with extensive text material in Guinaang (Bontok) with English translations. R-34 1961 "Ritual and ceremony in Mountain Province.d" PSR, 9 (3-4) . Content: Text. This contains text material in Guinaang (Bontok) and many terms. 343 Reid, Lawrence Andrew R-35 1963 "The phonology of central Bontoc.s" JPS, 72: 21- 26. Content : Phan S, 6. _Segmental and suprasegmental stress and their distribution within the syllable and the word are discussed. R-36 1964 " A matrix analysis of Bontoc case-marking particles.s" Q1 , 3 (1) : 116-137. Content : Morph ; Syn. This presents a classifi­ cation and analysis of features for particles and their role in sentence structure. R-37 1965 "A formal analysis of the clause structure of Central Bontoc . " M. A. thesis, University of Hawaii. UH Haw 82 p. CBS Content : Syn. H3 No. 606 R-38 1966 "An Ivatan syntax.s" 01, Special Publication No. 2, 160 p. Content : Syn. This is a detailed and comprehensive treatment on the tagmemic model. R - 39 1967 "On redefining transitivity for Philippine lan­ guages.s" · PJLT (in press). Content : Syn. Reinecke, John R-39A 1937 "Marginal languages.s" Ph.sD. dissertation. Yale University. 880 p. Content : Hist 4 . Pages 820-827 deal with the Tagalog-Spanish of Manila. Reizenstein, M. E. R- 40 1959 "The comparative linguistics of Oceania Languagess: a Review of the Work Done.s" Te Teo, 2 : 6- 14. Content : Comp ; Theo ; Bibl 3. This gives a general background, b ibliography, and discusses historical and comparative works, classifications, groupings, type of data used by the various authors and con­ clusions (e. g . . on Philippiness: Burgman in "Syn­ tactical Problems in PN", Dempwolff, Kahler). Respicio, Saturnina G. R-41 1951 "The case for the vernaculars in our �chools.s" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Adamson Uni­ versity. Manila. ·content : Ped. R-42 1952 "Vernacularism : its rise in the Philippines.s0 EI, 7 (Aug): 69-74. Content : Soc 3. 344 Resp icio , Saturnine G . R - 4 3 1 9 5 3 "Arguments agains t vernaculars refuted . " PJE , 3 1 ( 6 2 4 - 6 2 5 , 6 5 5 ) n. Content : Soc 3 . Resurrecc ion , Primi t ive R- 44 1 88 6 Metodo para ens enar a l o s jovenes l a gramat ica Castel l ana por medio del idioma I l o canon. Namac ­ p a can . 3 2 3 p . Content : Comp 5 ; Ped 1 . Retana y Gamb o a , Wence s l ao Emi l io ( 1 8 6 2 - 1 9 2 4 ) R- 4 5 1 8 9 5 Los ant iguos al fabetos de F i l ipinas (Notas b ib l i ­ ografi cas ) . Madr i d . Imprenta de la Viuda de M . L C PL Minuesa de los Rio s . 1 plat e , 9 p . 5 5 0 8 Content : Wr i t 2 ; Bibln. Thi s was reprinted from RS La P o l i t i c a de Espana en F i l ipi nas , Vo l . 5 (May 2 1 , 1 8 9 5 ) : 1 29 - 1 3 7 . I t contains notes on early print ing in the Phil ipp ines , with facs imi l e pages from a Tagalog book of 1 62 1 . R - 4 6 1895 "Del porvenir del Caste l l ano en F i l ip inas . " •1n Retana , Archivo del B ibl iofilo F i l ipino , S : 4 9 8 - Ayer 5 0 6 . 2 0 5 2 Conten t : Theo 3 . Welsh says this presents an R4 3 argument for a Fil ipi no national l anguage . R- 4 7 1897 "Prologo" to F . Combes H i s to r i a de Mindanao y Jolon. Madrid . UP Fi Conten t : Text 3 ; H i s t 2 . Thi s contains : "Len­ DS6 7 4 C 7 4 guas de F i l ip inas , " columns lxv i i - lxxxix . R- 4 8 1921 Dicci onari o de F i l ipinismos con l a revis ion de l o gue al respecto l l eva publ i cado l a real acade ­ UP F i mia Espano l a . New York . 2 plates , 1 7 4 p . (Other PC4 9 2 2 . R4 edit ion : 1 8 6 7 , Par i s . Impr . de l a Casa Editorial Bailly - B a i l l iere )n. Content : Lex l ; H i s t 4 . We lsh s ays thi s can also b e found i n Revue Hispanique , 5 1 n( 1 9 2 1 ) : 1 - 1 7 4 . Rey , Fernando ; s e e under Francisco Lop e z , 1 7 9 2 . Reyes , Conrado R- 4 9 1 9 5 2 "An intensive s tudy o f verb forming affixes in the nat ional l anguage . " Unpub l i shed M . A . thes i s in National Language , Univers i ty o f Santo Tomasn. Content : Morph 2 . Reyes , Ester P . de l o s R - 5 0 1 964 "Bil ingual errors in some freshman Eng l i sh comp o ­ s it i ons . " PJLT , 2 ( 3 - 4 ) : 1 4 - 2 2 , 3 3 . Content : Lex ; Syn ; Comp 5 ; Soc 2 ; Ped ; Acq 2 . Tagalog patterns and carry - over in production o f Engl i sh are clas s i f i ed and analy zed a t syntact i cal , lexical , and dis tributi onal leve l s n. 345 Reyes, Francisco Vera R- 51 1938 Practical Tagalog: an easy and agreeable method of a·cguir.ing· ·a· sp·ea·king· kn·o·w1·edge of· the Tag·alog LC language. · Manila. Impr. y Libreria P. Sa�o. ' PL6055 344 p. R4 Content: Ped 3. Reyes, F.dD. R - 52 1918 "Review of H.dO. Beyerd' s Population of the Phil­ ippine islands in 1916.d" PJS, Sec . D , 13: 41 - 42.d· Content: Comp 4 ; Eth ; Theo 5. Only substantive comment deals with Tagalog dialects and the nature and significance of the differences (which the author claims are minor). Reyes, Gloria M. R- 53 1959 "Isang pag-aaral sa kahalagahan ng palatuldikan at palagitlingan sa wastong Pananagalog.d" GFS, 10: 151-169. ·coritent: Phon 6 ; Morph ; Writ 1. Title trans­ lation: A Study of the Importance of Accent and Hyphenation in Correct Tagalog Usage. This treats simple and compound word pairs which show meaning­ ful differences due to accent changes. It dis­ cusses accent as a feature in rhyme. Similar treatment is given for the hyphenation, but dif­ ferences here are not always minimal. Reyes, Florentino, Isabelo de los (1865- ) R- 54 1887 Filipinas ; Articulos varios sobre etnografia, historia, y costumbres del pais . . . Manila. J.dA. Ayer Ramos. 2151 Content: Lex 3 ; Comp ; Welsh says that p. R45 29- 33 gives a comparative vocabulary of Tinguian and Spanish, taken from Hans Meyer ' s Vocabular des Guinaan und Tinguiano. R-55 1889 Las islas Visayas en la epoca de la conguista. 2nd ed. Manila. Chofre y Compania. 114, 2 p . Ayer Content: Writ 2 ; Hist 5. Pages 81-114 deal with 2151 "Palaeografia y Filologia Visaya.d" R45 R-56 1890 Historia de Ilocos. Manila. Establecimiento Tipografico La Opinion. 2nd ed. 2v . in 1. Content : Writ 2 ; Hist 5. This conta�ns palaeo­ graphic data as wel l as some vocabulary, text from various Philippine languages. Reyes Jose, R. A. R- 57 1934 Investigaciones sobre la eufonia en la idioma · ·Taialo ; la Eufonia de las Consonantes y la Ant�gua NL F Classificacion de la Letras Tagala. Manila. F499. Cecilio Press. 32 p. 214s ·dcoritent: Phon ; Writ 2. R33i 346 Reyes Jose, R . A. R-58 1939 Las particularidades de la pronunci·aciori Tagala y su s igna·l i·za·cio·u "· o·r·t·ografica: .. Institute of Wason National Language Pubiication, 4 (9) : 17 p. PL6051 Content: Phan 3; Writ 1. Al 5 v . 4, no. 9 Reyes Luna, Edmundo A. R-59 1960 " Rizal and the power of language . " Historical Bulletin, 4 (2) : 74 -90. · Content: Text 8; Comp 5; Eth 1. This contains the author ' s own view of the effect of language structure on 1) utterances in a second language; 2) thought (a la Sapir-Whorf) ; 3 ) psychology· of language learning; 4) translation problems using Tagalog focus variations, lack of synonyms be­ tween and within languages. The author gives a theoretical framework for Rizal ' s passage, but little of the article deals either with Rizal or Tagalog. Reysio Cruz, Emilia R-60 1950 · ·Filipino folk songs. Manila . Community Publish- ers, Inc. ii, 37 p . Content: Text 5. These were collected and ar­ ranged by the author, harmonized by Francisco Santiago. There are 37 folk songs, with English translations. Rice, Frank A. R-61 1962 Study of the role of second languages in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. Washington . Center PB35 for Applied Linguistics. vi, 1 2 3 p. W 29 Content: Soc. This gives socio-linguistic data on languages and the roles they play. A sketchy outline is given on Philippine languages--p. 96, 114. Most of the book deals with Latin America and Africa, but contains a few general background and theoretical articles. Riedel, Johan Gerard Friedrich R-62 1868 "Bij drage tot de kennis der talen en dialekten, Voorkomende op de eilanden Luzon of Lesoeng, Pani of Ilong- Ilong, Balangingi, Solog, Sangi alsmede op noord- en midden- Celebes . " Verh Batav Gen Kunsten Wet deel, 3 3, 2 stuk. 44 p. Content: Syn; Text ; Soc. These contain a few short folk tales from various languages and dia­ lects and are partly analyzed by a translation and notes on the textsd. The map and texts give location and size of speech communities. Riego, L. D. R-63 1962 " Symposium : Why not schedule Pilipino classes in the morning? " PJE, 40 (10) : 669. Content: Ped 4. 347 Rienzi, L. D. de R-64 1845- Historia de_ la oceani�� 9 quintA p�rte,·del �undo. 1846 (Viaj ero en la Oceania, individuo de varias aca­ demias de Francia, de Italia y de l as Indias, etc. traducida por una sociedad literaria). Barcelona. Imprenta del Fomento. 4 v. Content: Soc; This has historic, ethnographic, geographic, natural history and linguistic coverage. Vol. 1 treats the Philippines. Rikr, E. R-65 1871 Diccionario humoristico, Filipino. Manila. Im­ prenta de Ramirez y Giraudier. 52 p. ·coritent: Lex 1. Rimas, Amparo T. R-66 1965 "An analytical study of the current methods and problems . in the teaching of Pilipino in the Catholic secondary schools of Baguio and the ✓ Mountain Province.d" Thesis at Saint Louis Univer­ sity, Baguio. Content: Ped; Theo 3. Ripaldo, Geronimo de (1536-161 8) R-67 1878 Catecismo na pinagpapalamnan nang,dmga pangadyi it �aicling ·casaysayan pa dapat pig-aral�n nang Ayer tauorig· Cristiano. (Tinagalog ni P. Luis de Amez- Tag. 147, quita). Manila. Amigos del Pais. 238 p. (First 148, 149. edition: 1666. Abridged edition, same title: Manilad. Colegio de Santo Tomas, 1901, 64 p. 1903 Manila. Imprenta de Santa Cruz, 103 p. ). · c·o·ntent: Text; Hist 2. Title translation: A catechism containing prayers and a short history that has to be learned by Christians. Translated into Tagalog by P. Luis de Amezquita. R-68 1900 Librong pinagpapalamnan nang ma�a panalangin at tocsohang aral nang dios, at paghahayin nang manga misterios sa rosario at panalangin sa paquiquinyig nang misa . (Reimpreso). Manila. Amigos del Pais, 117 p. Content: Text; Hist 2. Title translation: A book containing prayers and lessons from Christ, and a presentation of the mysteries of the Rosary and the prayers for hearing Mass. Rivera, Buensucesa . R-69 1954 "The attitudes of parents, teachers, students to­ ward the teaching of national language in the Chinese Schools.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Philippine Christian College. Manila. Corite·nt: Soc 3. Rivera, Casto J. R - 70 1933 "Tagalogs have names for them.d" PM, 30 (7) : 285. (Also in: JEAS, 4 (2-1935): 439-440) . 348 Content: Lex 1 ; Soc. This deals with altera­ tions of Christian names to become nicknames, and the use of some descriptive terms also as nicknames. Rivera, P.dC. R-71 1930 "Words and expressidons of kinship in Tagalog, with an introduction on how to write Tagalog.d" Unitas, 9: 278-287. Content: Lex 1 ; Writ 1 ; Eth 2. Rivera R-72 1961 "Notes for Filipino purists.d" PFP, 54d(Dec. 9) : 143-144. Content: Gram 3 ; Theo 3. Rivero, A.dE. R-73 1910 "Mas sobre los dialectos secretes en Manila y provincias Tagalas.d" Cu F, 1 (9): 268-271. Content: Soc 4. Rivero, N. R-74 1948 "Teaching national language in the high school in the non- Tagalog regions.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Adamson University, Manila. Content: Ped ; Acq 2. Rizal, Jose Alonso (1861- 1896) R-75 1887 "Tagalische Verskunst.d" Ver. Berliner Ges. Anthr.d, 19: 293-295. Wason Content: Phon ; Text 7. This treats sounds and DS675. 8 syllables/stress patterns of Tagalog poetry. R62 This appeared also as "The Tagalog Art of Ver­ A13+ sification,d" p. 107-111 in Vol. 8, Miscellaneous V. 8 pt. l Writings of Dr. Jose Rizal, Manila: National Heroes Commission, 1964 ; as "Ang Sining ng Panu­ Wason laang Tagalog,d" p. 49-54 of Mga Iba't Ibang Sinulat DS653.d7 ni Rizal, Manila: National Heroes Commission, A3+ 1964 ; and as "Arte Metrica del Tagalog,d' ' p. 93- 98 in Institute of National Language Publication, Vol. 4, No. 3. R-76 1890 "Sobre la nueva ortografia de la lengua Tagalog.d" La Solidaridad, (Madrid), 2 (29-April 15): 89-92. Content: Writ. Bernardo says this is a brief discussion of the ancient Tagalog writing, and refers to the work of Pardo · de Tavera on Tagalog palaeography as having given him the idea of introducing the new Tagalog orthography. This article appears in German (translated by F. Blumentritt). R- 7 7 1893 "Die transcription des Tagalog von Dr. Jose Rizal.d" BTLV 42:d. 311-320. Content: Writ 1. This is the German translation of entry R-76. 349 Rizal, Jose Alonso R- 78 1916 "The Tagalog language.d" in Austin Craig, ed. , Philippine· Progress Prior to 1 898. Manila. Wason Philippine Education Co.d, Inc. 106 p. DS6534 Content: Phon ; Comp. This is a very short C88 inventory of Tagalog consonants and vowels. There is a gen�ral comparison with Malay. R- 79 1930- Epistolario Rizalino. (Documentos de la Bibli- 1938 oteca Nacional de Filipinas, compilados y publi-· cados bajo la direccion de T . M . Kalaw). Manila. Wason Bureau of Printing. 5 v. DS675. 8 Content: Gram ; Lex ; Writ 1 ; d· Bibl 3 ; Some R62 writings of Rizal. It includes " Sabre la Orto­ Al93+ grafia Tagala,d" (Entry R- 76) in 3: 10-21. In Volume 4 ·, part 1 , p. 33 is " Sobre la Lengua Tiruray' (a letter to F. Blumentritt, Berlin, Nov . 28, 1 8 86. ) In Vol. 4, p. 1 13, a letter from Rizal to Blumentritt, Feb. 15, 1 893 on Bournouf's Gramatica de las Lenguas Comparadas. In Vol. 4, p. 1 85, is an English- Sulu-Malay vocabulary, a book published Jan. S, 1 894 according to Rest's letter to Rizal, Jan. 5. In Volume· S, part 13, is Blumentritt's Vocabulario Tagala- Aleman. R-80 1941 Pahimakas. (Salinig sa Tagalog at sali tik sa katutubong baybayin ni Jose N � Sevilla.d). Wason Content: Text 2 ; Writ 2. This is the translation PQ8897 of Rizal's "El Ultimo Adios,d" translated into R62U3 Tagalog and written in Tagalog (and Latin) ortho- . graphy by Jose N. Sevilla. R-8 1 1935 "On the new orthography of th.e Tagalog language.d" (Translated from· the Spanish with and· introdu�ti.on and notes by E. A. Manuel), PSSR, 7 : 193-208. Content: Phan 3 ; Writ 1, 2. This deals with bibliographic notes in addition to Rizald' s treat­ ment of sounds, orthographic conventions and old writing syllabary. R-82 1943 Estudios sabre la lengua Tagala. (Malayang isinawikang Filipino at nilagyan ng paunang salita Wason ni Cecilio Lopez). Maynilad. Limbdagan ng· Univer­ PS653.d7 sidad ng Santo Tomas. 40 p. A3+ Content: Phon ; Morph ; Syn . This is a free trans­ lation in Filipino of Rizal'ds "Studies about the Wason Tagalog Language , " with a foreword and introdµc­ DS675.d8 tion by Cecilio Lopez. The English version ap­ R62A18+ pears in Miscellaneous writings of Dr. Jose Rizal, V . 8 pt. l Manila: Publications of the National Heroes Commission, 1964, p. 160- 174. The Tagalog version 350 appears in Mga iba ' dt ibang sinulat ni Rizal, Maynila: Mga Lathalain ng Pambansang Komisyon ng mga Bayani, 1964, p. 103-120. The Spanish version appears in Escritos Varios, Manila: Comision Nacional del Centenario de Jose Rizal, 1961, p. 301-315. This deals with phonology, syntactical markers, word structure and word classes. Rizal, Jose Alonso R - 83 19�3 Sohre la nueva ortografia de la lengua Tagala, por Dr . J. Rizald. (Nilagyan ng paunang salita at ilang paliwanag ni Jaime C. de Veyra, pat­ nugot ng Surian ng Wikang Pambansa). Maynilad. Limbagan ng Maynila Sinbunsya. 34, 1 p. Content! < Phon 2 ; Writ 1 . This is essentially the same as entry R- 76, and entry R-81, but with a foreword and explanatory material by Jaime C. de Veyra, head of the Institute of National Language. R-84 1954 Limang salita ng isinalin sa Tagalog. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 74 p. (Bureau of Public Libraries Series< Publication No. 7) . Content: Lex 1 ; Text 8. Title translation: Five words ( ?) translated into Tagalog. R- 85 1961 "Vocabulario Ingles-Tagalog.d" p. 447-456 in Escritos varios por Jose Rizal, Segunda Parte, Wason Torno VIII, Publicaciones de la Commision Nacional DS675.d8 del Centenario de Jose Rizal. R62 Content : Lex 3. This is merely the barest A13+ beginning of a dictionary. It lists only from V . 8 pt . 2 a- to abduction. R-86 1962 Ang balarila ni Rizal. (Malayang isinawikang Filipino at nilagyan ng paunang· salita ni Cecilio UP Fi Lopez). Manilad. Benipayo Press. 70 p. PL6051 Content: Gram. This is the Grammar by Rizal, RS freely translated into Tagalog (Filipino) and 1962 with an introduction by Cecilio Lopez. R-87 1963 Pagsusulatan nina Rizal at Blumentritt, 1886- 1896. Panandaang Taon Palimbag. Manila. Pam­ Wason bansang Komisyon ng mga Bayani. 538 p . (Mga DS653.d7 Lat halain ng Pamb ansang Komisyon ng mga Bayani, A31+ Vol. 2 , part 2 ) V. 2 pt. 2 Content: Text ; Theo 2 . Title translation: Correspondence between Rizal and Blumentritt, 1886- 1896d. 351 Rizal kundiman R-88 1958 (Printed in the ancient Tagalog script with a "Preface" by Rufino Alejdandro, and an "Intro- UP duction" by Tage U. H. El linger). Manila. Carme lo PL5508 & Bauermann, Inc. · RS Content: Text ; Writ 2. Rizal-Vicente, Rufina R-89 1950 "Eng lish pronunciation in the Philippines.d" Un­ published M. A. thesis in Education, University of the Philippines. Content: Phon 3 ; Hist 4 ; Comp 5. · Roa, Carmen R-90 1957 "An analysis on the use of the experiments on vernaculars as media of instruction in the pub­ lic primary grades.d" Unp in Education, University. ublished M.dA. thesis of Santo Tomas, Manila. Content: Ped ; Acq. Robertson, James Alexander (187 3-1939) R-91 1914 "The Igorots of Lepanto.d" PJS, 9 (Sec. D): 465- 529. Content: Lex 3 ; Some vocabulary is given and defined on p. 495-497. Roble, L.dC. R-92 1958 "Revision of the Cebuano new testament.d" TBT, 9 : 82-84 . Content : Text 3 . This discusses background of earlier translation, revision procedures, and influence of the revision. Roblin, Gloria L. R-93 1963 "A comparative analysis of translation equiva­ lence of connotative meaning for Tagalog and Wason English speaking subjects.d" Ph. D. thesis, State Film 942 University of New York. Buffalo. iv, 161 p. Content: Comp 5 ; Eth 1 ; Sem. This thesis is in Psychology and uses Osgood's semantic differential tests by which Tagalog is compared to English speakers using English words and Tagalog trans- lations. · Rocamora, Francisco ( 1 7 76-1851) R-94 1876 Catecismo de la Doctrina Cristiana en la lengua de Isinay o Inmeas. . . Manila. Imprenta de NL Fi Santo Tomas. 1 76 p. F238. 2 Content: Text 3. Conant in Grammati�al notes. . . C282Cls says this is a reprint of an earlier edition dated between 183 9 - 1840 by Dr. Pardo de Tavera. Rodda, Rosemary R-95 1961 "Phonemes of batak.d" PJS , 90 r 259- 262. Content : Phon. This gives an inventory of phonemes, notes on syl lable, il lustrative forms. 352 Rodda, Rosemary R-96 1962 Ikaduang libru. Nasuli?. Summer Institute of Linguistics , 23 p. Content: Text; Ped 2. Batak Primer. R-97 1962 Ikatlung libru. N asu 1 1" ?. • Summer Institute of Linguistics , 41 p. Content: Text; Ped 2. Batak primer. R-98 1962 Pirimirung libru. Nasuli?. Summer Institute of Linguistics, 41 p. Content: Text; Ped 2. Batak primers. Rodenas, Leonardo Sorico R- 99 1949 "A study of Tagalog vocabulary used by children in their play activities . " Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education, Arel lano University. Manila. Content: Lex 1; Acq 1. Rodil, Concepcion Ferraris R- 100 1953 "The influence of the Spanish upon the Cebu­ Visayan language and the effect of this inf luence upon the learning of the Spanish language by Cebuano-speaking students." Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education, University of San Carlos, Cebu City. Content: Hist 4; Acq 2. Rodriguez, Eulogio B. R-101 1926 What should be the national language of the Filipinos? (A comparative study of the interest taken by the Spaniards and the Americans in the study and development of the Philippine language; with an introduction by Epifania de los Santos). Manila. Philippine Education Co., Inc. 36 p. Content: Hist; Theo 3. R- 102 1928 "Names under which the Philippines has been known at different times in history." Phil Ed Mag, 24 (4): 206-207, 232 , 234. (Reprint: 1954 JEAS , 3 (4 ) : 44 4- 44 8). Content: Lex l; Hist 5. Rodrigo, F. R- 103 1963 "Let' s start all over again." PFP, 56 (2-Jan. 12): 3, 62. Content: Soc ; Ped 5; Theo 3. This is an editorial on Filipino learning and purism. Rodriguez, Ramon R- 104 1854 Diccionario Ibanag-Espanol. (Compuesto en lo antiguo por el R.P.Fr. J . Bugarin, reducido al NL F major forma por el R.P.Fr. Antonio Lobato de F499.2031 Santo Tomas, compendiado por el R.P.Fr. Julian B864d Velinchon. . .) . Manila. Imprenta Amigos del 353 Pais. 280, 72 p. Content: Lex 4. Roe, G. Richard R- 105 1957 Dasya kansi on nga Isneg. Manila. Summer Institute o1 Linguistics. 10 p. Content : Text 5. These are songs translated from English to Isneg . R-106 1966 " Isneg spelling." PJLT, 4 ( 1-2): 66-71 Content: Writ 1 . Roger, Juan R-107 1949 Estudio etnologico com arativo de las formas religiosas primitivass�e las tribus salvajes de DS665 Filipinas. Mad�id. 205 p. R 72 Content : Soc 1 ; Eth 3. On pages 57-59 is a sketch . of languages ; on p. 27, a discussion of culture history and a list of tribes, with name, synonyms, locations and maps, language names. It gives 8 languages and some dialects (60), with the basis of classification largely cultural. Rojas, Pauline M. R- 108 1958 "Field report on the Philippines." Lang Learn, Special Issue, June, p. 23-34. ( Report on a Conference, University of Michigan, July 28- 30, 1957). Content: Ped ; Theo 4 ; Acq 2. This presents an outline of the problems faced by a U.S. linguist­ ically trained teacher of English as a second language upon returning to the home country. It deals with the needs for effective innovation at home. Roj o, Trinidad A. R- 109 1933 "The prospect of Tagalog as the Philippine national language.s" Mid- Pacific Magazine (Hono­ lulu), 4 5 s: 463-468. Content : Eth 3 ; Theo 3. R- 110 19 37 The language problem in the Philippines. New York, Manila. The Philippine Research Bureau. LC P38 1 Research Monograph No. 1. 64 p. P5R6 Content : Soc 3 ; Theo 3. On page 14 appears: "In the present study we champion the .adoption of the Tagalog language as our national language." Roman, Maria de Vera see under Vera, Roman Maria de. Romney, A. Kimball and Roy Goodwin D 'Andrade R- 111 1964 Transcultural studies in co�nition. America -n Anthropologist Special Publication, Part 2, V6 1. 66, No . 3. Content : Lex 1 ; Sem ; Theo. This makes· use of 354 Subanun data in a largely theoretical discussion of meaning of utterances using likages of topics in questions and answerss. Romualdez, Norberto R- 112 1908 Bisayan grammar and notes on Bisayan rhetoric �nd poetics and Filipino dialectology . Tacloban. UP Fi Pag Fahayag _ Co . , xi, 136 p . PL5624 Content : Gram ; Text 7 ; Comp 4 . R76 R- 113 1918 Philippine orthography . Iloilo. Visayas Print- ing Co. 24 p . UP Content : Writ 1 . Fil. PL551 1 R76 R- 1 14 1914 "Tagbanwa alphabet." Cu F , 5 (1) : 53- 82 . Content: Writ 2 . Ayer Tagbanwa 1 R- 115 1919 "Tres documentos en escritura Filipina antigua . . . " Philippine History Quarterly, 1 (1-Sept . ) : 2- 13. Content: Writ 2 . This deals with old Philippine writings- - about a mythical bird (Adarna), a song, and a mythological subject. R- 116 1932 Filipino musical instruments and airs of long ago. Manila . Catholic Trade School. 37 p . Ayer Content : Lex 1 ; Welsh ·says this contains 2242 R76 the names of native musical instruments. R-117 1933 Discursos leidos ante la academia Filipina en la recepcion publica de norberto Romualdez el NL F dia 25 de Julio de 1933. Manila . Imprenta de 499.211s Santos y Bernal. 34 p . R666d Content : Phon ; Hist 4 ; Comp ; Eth . Among the speeches delivered was: Influencia de la Pro­ nunciacion Castellana sobre la Fonetica Filipina ; Contestacion de J . D . de Veyra . R- 118 1936 "Our common tongue. " PSSR , 3 : 201- 18. Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 2, 3 . This gives the background to the establishment of the Institute of National Language, its legal status, approach to the problem, and its goals. Ronquillo, Carlos R- 119 1904 "Pag- aaral tungkol sa tumpak na pagsulat ng wikang Tagalog." Muling Pagsilang, March 21. Content : Writ l ; Ped. Title translations: a study of the correct way of writing in the Taga­ log language. 355 Ronquillo, Carlos R-120 1910 "Hinggil sa pagsulat ng wikan. g Ta. gal.o. g.d" Taliba,April 16, April 30, May 7. Content: Writ 1. Title translation: Concern­ ing the way of writin. g in the Tagalog lan. guage.R�l21 1930 "Mga pans in ni. . . sa pagbigkas at pagsulat ng ilang salitang Tagalo. g. " Pagkak·aisa, May 18. Content: Phon ; Writ 1. Title translation: Observations made by (the author) on the pro­ nunciation and the written form of some Tagalog words. Rosa, Mariano de la R-121A 1885 Nuevo diccionario manual de verbos Espanol­ Visaya p·ara ·u·so de· 1·as ·escue·1a:s· de p'ri·mera in- UH Ref struccion del Di�trito ·ae· Masbat� i Titao. PL5626. R67Manila. Santa Cruz. 60 p. Content: Lex ; Ped. Rosa, Pablo de la R-122 1905 Vocabulario Visaya- Ingles. Manila. American Book and News Co. 52 p. UP Fi Content: Lex 3. Subtitle: Metodo practice PLS652R7 sang Ingles agud mapayadalan sang mga Taga-isla Masbate cag Ticao. Rosales, Antonio B. R-123 1937 "Rizal, father of modern Tagalog.d" IB, 34 (2) : 26, 34- 35. Content: Theo 2 ; Bihl 2. Rosales, B.dE . R-124 1963 "The first English-Waray dictionary.d" PFP, 56 ( 3 2 - Aug. 10):· 62. Content: Lex 4. Rosario, Gonzalo del R-125 1964 "The Filipino language: a potent tool for know­ ledge.d" Day Mir, Nov. 21, p. 6- 7. Content: Theo 3. R-126 1965 "Tumpak na talasalitaang pang-agham.d" Diwa , 1 (Oct. , Nov. , Dec. ) : 19-26. Content: Lex 1. Title translation: Correct vocabulary for sci.entific terms. The author urges a "corre:ct vocabulary.. ' for s·cience not based on the li.n. guistic concept of usa. ge alone. R-127 1966 "Si Einstein at ang bagong agham.d" Panitikan, 2 (.8-Oct. ) : 48-51. · · · Content: Lex 1. This gives scientific terms in Tagal�g and English. · R-128 1967 "Consistency, not purity, is the_ i_mp_ortant factor in language development.d" Phil Ed For, 16d(2):d1-11. 356 Content: Theo 3. Vari.ous levels of Tagalog structure are described. Consistency is seen to be urged to become the central process in histori­ cal modification. Rosario, Gonsalo del R- 129 1968 "A modernidzation-standardization plan for the Austronesian derived national languages of South­ east Asia . " Asia Std, 6 (1) : 1-18. · Content : Lex 1 ; Soc ; Theo 3 . Historical, socio­ logical and structural factors in the development of national languages with partdicular reference t o innovation and standarddization of terminolo­ gies. Pilipino receives most attention with · some coverage being given to Indonesian/Malay . Rosario, Margarita del R-130 1950 · "Rewriting the pasyon according to the modern national language orthography.d" Unpublished M . A. thesis in Education, Arellano University. Manilad. Content: Writ 1. Rosario, Mariano V. del R-131 1940 "The problem of national language . " The Philip- pine Collegian, Nov. S, Nov� 14d. Content: Theo 3. Rosas, Romeo R-132 1960 "Isang munting diksiyunaryo ng mga salitang ginagamit sa laguna Lamangd. " Unpublished M.dA. thesis in Linguistics, Manuel L . Quezon Univer­ sity. Manila. Content: Lex 1; Comp 4 . Ruch, Edward R . R-133 1960 Basaen ta yang tinagbanwa. Primirun libru, Yad­ wang libru, yaklung libru. Manila. Summer In­ Wason stitute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Pamp. Institute of National Language. 3 v . P. L. P . I . Content: Lex 3 ; Ped 2. These 3 volumes are 6 Tagbanwa primers. R- 134 1961 "Subsdtantive-marking particles in Kalamian Tagbanuwa.d" PSSHR, 2 6 (2) : 213-218. Content: Lexd· 1 ; Syn 1 . R-135 1964 "The phonological and morphophonemic sys· terns of Calamian Tagbanua.d" Unpublished M . A. thesis, Thesis Cornell University. vii, 30 p. P30 Content: Phon ; Morph. 1964 R899+ R-136 (In press) "Substantive phrases in Tagbanwa. " PSSHR. Content: Syn 1 . 3 5 7 Ruch , Edward (Mr. and Mrs. ) R-137 n. d. Gesyeng i.sturya. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 21 p. Content : Ped 2.d· · This is a reader for the Tag- banua of Palawan. · Rudiferia , Francis R-138 1935 Visaya-English and English-Visaya dictionary. Manila. · Catholic Trade School. 255 p. Wason Content : Lex 4. PL 5626 R91 Ruitj er , Juan ; M. S. C. R� l39 n . d. Cebuano-English dictionary. Lawaan , Talisay, Cebu C ity.· Sacred Heart Seminary. 338 p. Wason Content: Lex 4. This contains about 1 7 , 000 PLS649 words. Z SR93 R-140 n. d. English-Cebuano dictionary. Lawaan , Talisay , Cebu C ity. Sacred Heart Seminary. 340 p. Content : Lex 4. Ruiz, Eleuterio , comp. R- 141 1946 Cartilla Ilocana (Pagsursuroan iti panagbasa , panagbalicas , ken panagsurat iti sao ' t iloco, NL F samtoy ; maisagut iti cailocoan). Loaog , Ilocos 499.d208 I Norte , the author. SO p. · R859c Content: Ped 1 , 2. This is an Ilocano reader. Ruiz , Macario Bueno R-142 1960 A contrastive analysis of English and Hiligaynon verbs. (Iloilo City. Centr�l Philippines· Univer� si ty) .. 324 p. Mimeographed. Content: Morph ; Comp 5 ; Bibl. R-143 1960 An intensive course in Hiligaynon; a tentative guide. Iloilo City. 1 7 7 p. Mimeographed. Wason Content: Ped 3. This may have been published PL5711 by the Central Philippine University in Iloilo R93+ City. It consists of dialogues , drills , grammar notes and readings. R- 144 1963 "Weighting and sequencing English tense-aspect modifications for Hiliga· ynon speakers.d" Unpub­ lished Ed. D. thesis , University of California at Los Angeles. Content: Comp 5 ; Ped ; Theo 4 ; Acq 2. This pro­ vides contrastive analysis with a pedagogic ob­ jective. The abstract can be found in bis. Abs.d, xxiv (1964) , # 4436. R- 145 1965 "Hiligaynon/Naga/ vs. English V-s.d" MSTEO, Jan.d- April. Content : Lex 1 ; Morph ; Comp 5. 3 58 Ruiz, Macario Bueno R- 146 1965 "Predicting difficulties for Hiligayanon speakers learning Engli.sh.s" Tch Jr, 2 (3): 5- 6, 28-29, 3 3. Content: Comp 5. Basically this is a contras­ tive study of Hiligaynon and English. This work concentrates on a discussion of method and the English analysis. Page 28 presents a table cons­ trasting Hiligaynon forms (8) and English forms in a 'hierarchy of difficulty '. Russell, T. W. R-147 1961- "Fulbright programs in linguistics and the teach- 1962 ing of English." MSTEQ, 11 (4) , 12 ( 1) : 55- 59. Content: Ped; Theo 2; Acq 2. Rutaquio, Remedios P. R-148 1961 "Some major constructions in Tagalog." PJLT, 1 ( 1-2) : 6- 11. Content: Syn. This uses immediate constituent analysis. Ruzui, Septy R- 149 1962 "A survey of relations between Indonesia, Malay and the main languages of the Philippines." Unitas, 35: 22- 80. Content: Phon; Morph l; Text; Comp 1, 5; Bibl. Also an M. A. thesis at the University of Santo Tomas, Manila. It has a bibliography. It dis­ cusses word comparisons, sound correspondence (Pepet law, R- G-H Law, R- L- D Law); stress pat­ terns, pronouns, particles, and phrase markers, word structure, sentence patterns, borrowings (from Sanskrit). Use is made of Ilokano, Bikol, and other major languages. Sabado, Domingo S- 1 1966 "Saliwang pagb igkas.s" (choral Reading), Diwa, 2 (Enero, Peb. , Marso) : 21-26. Content: Phan 3, 6. This gives an example of choral reading with the objective of proper pro­ nunciation, intonation. Sacra, Pura Tianco S- 2 1961 "An analysis of the characteristics of the primary phonemes of the English language as spoken b y a group of Bisayan-speaking peoples of Lanae.s" Un­ published M.A. thesis, Philippine Womensr s Univer­ sity. Manila Content: Phan 2; Hist 4; Comp 5. Sainz de la Virgen del Vice, Florentino (1843-- 1920) S-- 3 187 3 Dasal sa sarita nin Zambaleri Binoboli.riao. Manila. Imprenta de Santo Tomas. 96 p. Content: Text 3. 3 5 9 Salazar, Francisco de and Juan Serrano S- 4 1843 Meditaciones, cun manga mahal na pagninilay na sadia sa santong pag · eexercicios ! · Manila. D. C. UP Fi Lopez, 3 4 4 p. · PL6058. 1 Content: Text ; Hist 2. This is said to be S2 RF written in Spanish by Salazar, and translated in­ to Tagalog by Pedro de Herrera, and added to (revised) by Juan Serrano. Salazar, Jose A. S-5 1946 Babasahin at susulatin. Manila. 109 p. (Other ed. : 1952 Manila: Nieves E. Francisco. 109 p. ) Content: Ped 5. Title translation : Readings and Compositions. Saleeby, Naj eeb M. see also Moro Province, Superintendent of Schools Saleeby, Naj eeb Mitry S- 6 1905 Studies in Moro history, law and religion. (De­ partment of the Interi.or , Ethnological Survey Wason Publications, Vol. 4, Part 1) . Manila. Bureau GN671 of Printing. 107 p. PSA23+ Content: · Phon; Text; Writ 2; Comp 2; Soc; V.s4 Pt.s1 This contains some text material of Maguindanao in Latin script and Arabic script. On page 12 are notes on Maguindanao sound system; on p. 63 general socio-linguistic information. The back · leaf has a copy of Indic script manuscript pasted into blank page. The vast maj ority of the mate­ rial is in English translation. S- 7 1911 "La ortografia Filipina.s" La Vanguardia. April 18. Content: Writ 1. S- 8 1912 Origin of the Malayan Filipinos. (Papers of the Philippine Academy , Vol. 1, Part 1). Manila. Wason Philippine Academy , 37 p. DS653 Content : Lex 3; Hist 4; Comp 2. This is bound PSS with his "The Moro Problem,s" 1913. Sanskrit and V. 1 pt. l some Arabic borrowings are classified by cultural realm. S-9 1924 The language of education of the Philippine is­ lands. Manila. 53 p. UP Fi Content: Soc 3; Ped; Theo 3. This d�als with Lal292 public instruction. The use of English as a com­ S3 mon national language is rej ected. Tagalog is proposed. This was reviewed by F.sR. Blake in JAOS, 46 (1929)s: 61-71. Salva, E. S- 10 1884 Vocabulario militarsy guia de la conversacion Espanol·,· Tag·a1·og·--vi·s·aya. Manila. Imprenta de 360 M. Perez, hijo. Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 5 ; Ped 1. This is volume 2 of Biblioteca de la revista del ejercito y armada de Filipinas. Salvador, Luningning S-11 1957 Unang hakbang sa pagbasa. Manila. Banawe Books. 56 p. Content: Ped 2. Title translation: First steps in reading. Salvador, Teofila S. S-llA 196? Mi abecedario na Chavancano. Zamboanga City. (author?). 42 p. Content : Ped 2. S-llB 196? Si Tito. (Lib ro suplementario de Chavacano. II). Zamboanga City. (author?). 47 p. Content: Ped 2. S-·dllC 196? Si Tito. (Libra suplementario de Chavacano. III). Zamboanga City. (author?). 29 p. Content: Ped 2. Salzner, Richard s -- 12 1960 Sprachenatlas des indopazifischen Raumes._ Wies­ baden. 0. Harrasowitz. 2v. 1 : 137 ; 2: 64 maps. Wason Content: Soc 1 ; Theo ; Bihl 2. On pages 108-117 G2361 is a bibliography. For data on the Philippines, E3 S18+ see maps 15 and 16. Vol. 1 gives hierarchical 1960 groupings: See II, A, 2, b for the Philippines. Samarin, William J. S-13 1967 Field linguistics (A guide to linguistic field work). New York. Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. Pl21 246 p. Sl8 Content: Theo 4. This contains a reference to people working in Philippine linguistics. Speci­ fic Philippine data includes Ata (p. 117, 138, 141) ; Bilaan (117) ; Philippine languages generally (110) ; Hanunoo (130) ; Tausug (39) ; S�banun (214). Samonte, Aurora S -14 1957 "Some structural differences between English and Tagalogd. " MSTEO, 7 : 11- 14. Content: Comp 5. S-15 1961 "The language problem in the Philippines.d" · Ex­ change News #8. First Quarter: 2-3, 25-27. (Reprint: PJLT, 1964, 2 (3-4): 1- 7 ; and Unitas 1967, 40d(Dec. ) : 555- 562. Content: Ped ; Theo 3. This discusses 1) which la b). n guage should be a) the goal of instruction, the medium of instruction ; and 2) methods of instruction. 361 Samonte, Fernando L. S-· 16 1957 Tagalog na pansalitaan (Conversational Tagalog). Instistute of National Langua. ge Paper No. · 15.· Manila. Wason Bureau of Printing. vi, · 26 p. PL6051 Content: Ped 1. This is a conversational and Al51 phrase book in Tagalog and Engli sh. No. 15 Samso m, Jose A . S - 17 1964 "The language of insanity." Saint Louis Quarterly, 2 (1) : 5- 28. Content: Eth 1. Th.is is a psych.olinguistic ar­ ticle which is not confined to Philippine data but does contain some Tagalog examples of psychotic speech. San Agustin, Andres de ( - 1649) S - 18 1795 Arte de la lengua Bicol, para la ensenanza de este idioma en la provincia de Camariries. 2nd ed. Lopez Sampaloc : Convento del Pueblo de Sampaloc. 167 p. 1795 (Other ed.: 1st. ed. , 1647, Manila, 1739 ; 1879, Manila : Tip. de Ramirez y Giraudier, 239 p., Augmented by Manuel M. Crespo). Content : Gram ; Ped. 1879 ed. in New York Public Library. San Agustin, Gaspar de (1650- 1724) S- 19 1879 Compendia del arte de la lengua Tagila. 3rd ed. Manila. Imprenta de Amigos del Pais. 168 p. UP Fi (Other ed.s: 1st ed., 1703, Manila. 2nd ed., 1787, PL6053. Manila: Imprenta de Nuestra Senora de Loreto, 14, G3 19 2, 8 p. 3rd ed. , Manila: Imprenta de Amigos 1879 del Pais, 168 p. ). · Content: Gram; Text 6; Writ 2. Samples of Phil- ippine writing (ancient Tagalog characters) are given. It also contains a di�cussion of literature. San Antonio, Juan Francisco de (1682-- 1744) S -20 1738, Chronicas de la apostolica provincia de San Gregorio 1741, de religiosos descalzos de N. s.P. Sari Fraricisco en 1744 las islas Philipinas, China, Japon, etc. 3v. Sam- paloc: El Convento de Nra. Sra. de Loreto. Vol. 1: Ayer 64, 782, 42 p. ; Vol. 2 : 30, 579, 64 p. ; Vol . 3: 2143 38, 839, 113 p. F81 Sl9 Content: Writ 2 ; Soc 1, 4. Chapter XLI, Vol. 1, 1788 V.1 p. 144- 146, "De las Letras Lenguas, y Policia de los Philipinos" is reproduced· in Retana's Aparato. It deals with Tagalog, Bisayan, Pampango, Cagay­ ana (Ibanag), Iloko, and Pangasinan. · There are more detailed notes on relationships, writing sys­ tem, and some comment on polite forms. Generally very little detail is given. San Antonio, Francisco de ( - 1614) S-21 n.d. Institucion de la lengua Tagala y diccionario 362 Tagalo. Content: Lex 4. This work is not available , (probably was never printed) but was widely copi.ed because of its value. It was used by San Lucar and Santos in their dictionaries. San Buenaventura , Pedro de ; O. F. M. ( -1627) S-22 1613 Vocabulario de lengua Tagala. (El Romance Castel­ lano Puesto Primero. I and II Parte). Imprenta UP and NL en la Noble Villa de Pila. 707 p. (Photo­ Content: Lex 4 ; Writ 2. Origines mentions that static this was never reprinted. Panganiban (in his copies) Survey, p. 91) says it was enlarged in 1703 by Domingo de los Santos. It has reputedly data on writing systemsd, and is located in the British Museum. Sanchez, de la Rosa, Antonio (1838-1900) S-23 1878 Gramatica Visayo-Hispana precedida de algunas lecciones practicas que familiaricen a los nines NL F indigenas con el idioma Castellano. Manila. Es­ 499.d218 tablecimiento Tipografico de C. Miralles. xxvi, SaSSg 112 p. Content: Gram ; Syn 2 ; Comp 5. This was written for use in schools in Samar. S-24 1887 Gramatica Hispano-Visaya, con al2unas lecciones practicas intercaladas en el te�to.,, Manila. NL F Imprenta Amigos del Pais. 334 p. F499.d218 Content: Gram ; Ped. This book was used to teach SL SaSSg Spanish to children in Leyte and Samar. S-25 1895 Diccionario Hispano-Bisaya y Bisaya-Espanol. Manila. Tipo-litografia de Chofre y Compania. Wason 480, 332 p. (Other editions: 1887 ; 1914, Manila , PLS626 Imprenta y Lito. de Santos y Bernal, 638 p. · Re­ S21+ vised by Antonio Valeriano Alcazar for the Samar 1914 Leyte Bisayan). Content: Lex 4. S-26 n.dd. Diccionario Bisaya-Espanol (compuesto para las provincias de Samar y Leite). Manila. Imprenta de Amigos del Pais. 244 p. Content: Lex 4. Probably published in the 1880's. Sanchezd, Jose see Juan Felix de la Encarnacion Sanchez y Garciad, Juan S-27 1928 Sinopsis historica documentada de la Universidad de Santo Tomas de Manila, desde sus origines hasta nuestros dias. Manila. Tip. de la Universidad de Santo Tomas. 187 p. Content: Writ 2 ; Bernardo says this contains 4 palaeographic plates and an English translation by James S. Bass. 363 Sanchez , Mateo (1562- 1618) S-28 1711 Vocabulario de la lengua Bisaya. Manila. Impreso de la Sagrada Compania de Jesus. 551, 41 p . Content� Lex 4 ; Hist 2. This is mentioned as a 2- page note in Retana' s Aparato. Sanchez, Vicente S-29 1890 La isl a de Camigui.n_ (Distri to de Misami.s·). Manila. La Oceania Espinola. Ayer Content: Soc. Pa. ges 25 to 26 deal w·ith "Idioma . " 2069 C255 S21 Sanciano y Goson, Gregorio ( - 1892) S-30 1881 El progresso de Filipinas_ (Estudios economicos, administrativos, y politicos). Madrid. s. Imprenta Wason de la Vuida de J. M. Perez. 260 p. HC455 S21 Content : Soc 1 . On pages 173- 174 is a section, "Dialectos.s" San Geronimo, Thomas de; 0. S. A. ( -,1686) S-31 1720 Explicacion de la do.ct.rin. a c·rist. ian·as en 1e·n2ua Bisaya- Cebuana. Manila. Content : Text 3; Hist 2. S-32 1731 Practica del cathecismo romano, y doctrina Christi� ana, sacade principalmente de las cathecismos de_ S. Pio V y C lemente VIII. Manila. Imprenta de Colegio y Universidad de Santo Thomas. 3 45 p. (Other ed. : 1876 Binondo, Imp. de Manuel Perez. 756 p.). Content : Text 3; Hist 2 . San Gregorio, Antonio de; O. F.M. (1611- 1661) S- 33 1658 Explicacion de los principales misterios de nuestra Santa Fe en idioma Tagalog. Manila. Oficina de Simon Pinpin. 4 p. (Other ed.s: 1705, Manila; 1760 � Sampaloc, 4 p. ). Contents: Text 3; Hist 2. San Jose, Francisco de S-34 1681 Instruccion de sacristanes Tagalos. Manila . Content: Text 3; Hist 2. San Jose, Francisco Blancas de (1560- 1614) S-35 1602 Libro de nuestra Senora del Rosario en lengua y letra Tagala. Manila. Imprenta de Juan de Vera. 8 p. Content : Text 3 ; Writ 2 ; Hist 2 ; Ped. This is a Tagalog text with old writing system. Its exist­ ence is deduced from other works. The author is also said to have written a grammar for teaching Tagalog and a book for the Tagalogs to learn Spanish. · · S-36 1605 Postrimerias, o libro de los cuatro novissim6s, en lengua Tagala. Binondo. 364 Content: Text 3; Hist 2. This work is unknown today and the data are inferred only·. It gives text material of very early form. · San Jose, Francisco Blancas de S - 37 1752 Librong pagaaralan nang � manga Tagalog nang uica�g Castila. Bataan. Talaghayd. 179 p� Content: Ped; Acq. Title translation: Book from which Tagalogs study Spanish. S - 3 8 1754 Libre de los cuatro postrimerias del hombre en dengua Tagala. Manila. Unversidad de Santo Tomasd. Ayer 260 p . (Other ed. : 1614, Manila; 1834, Mani.la. Phil. Lang 261 p. ) . Tag 73 Content: Hist 2 . S-39 1792 Librong pinagpapalamnan yto nang aasa,lin nang tawong Christiano sa pag- coconfesar ·it si pa2co�o­ mulgar . . . B . de Ultramar. Madrid or Manila. 440 p. (6th ed. ) d. (Other ed . : 1st ed. : 1608 (?) Binondo; 3rd ed. , 166 2, 1868, Manila)d. Content: Text 3; Hist 2. S-40 1832 Arte y reglas de la lengua Tagala . 3rd ed. Manila. Imprenta Nueva de Don Jose Ma. Dayot. 919 p. (Other ed. : 1st ed. , 1610, Bataan, 311 p . ; 2nd ed. , 1 752, Manila, Imp. en el Colegio y Universidad de S. Thomas, 7 85 p . ) . Content: Gram; Phan 3, 5; Hist 2. The prologue discusses pronunciation differences (i. e. , stress) and resultant meaning differences; deals with segmentals. S-41 1835 Memorial de la vida Cristiana en lengua Tagala. Manila . Imprenta de S . Jose Maria bayot .d· 458 p . (Other editions: 1606? Binondo; 1614, Manilad; 1692 Mexico; 1835, Manila)d. Content: Text 3; Hist 2 . The data on the first edition is inferred from the later editions. San Jose, Virginia A. S-42 1957 "Mga karaniwang kamalian sa kathan pasulat sa wikang Pilipino ng mga nag- aaral sa mataas na pa­ aralang bayan Rizal, sa taong pampaaralan 1955- 1956 . " Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, Filipino Language, National Teachers Colleged· Mani la. Content : Ped 5; Acq 1 . Title translationd: Com­ mon errors in Pilipino composition among high school students in the province of Rizal for the school years 1955- 56 . 3 6 5 San Martin, M.dS. S-43 1964 "How is Filipino fari:11g.d" Qr , 31 (11- Sept. 9) : 12, 86. Content: Soc 3. S- 44 1964 "Wantedd: Presti_ ge ford- Filipino.d" Gr, 31 (Sept. 16): 10d. Contentd: Soc 3 . s-- 45 1964 "Pure Filipino would be an anomaly.d" Gr, 31 (13- Sept. 23): 12. Content : Soc 3. Santa Ana, Alfonso de S -46 1628 Explicacion de la doctrina Christiana en lengua Tagala. Manila. 516 p. (Other edition: 1731, 2nd. ed.: 1853, Manila: Imprenta de los Ami_ gos del Pais, 408 p. ). Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. This contains old Tagalog text material.d. The data for the first edition is given in the second edition. S-47 1637 Doctrina Cristiana en lengua Tagala. Mani.la. Content: Text 5 ; Hist 2. · S- 48 1637 Explicacion de la doctrina Cristiana en Tagalo. 2nd ed. Manilad. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. This is speculative. The citation may exist as a result of some con­ fusion and is really the translation by Fr. Jose de Santa Maria of Belarmino's Doctrina. . . Santa I nes, Francisco de ( -1713) S- 49 1892 Cronica de la provincia de San Gregririo Magrio· de religiosos Descalzos de N. S. P . San Fran·c·i- �;c·o en las islas Filipinas, China, Japon, etc. • . . Manila. Tipo-litografia de Chofre y Compania. 2v. Content: Writ 2 ; Bernardo says that Vol. 1, Chap. 6, p . 41-47 deals with "Letras, lenguas, trajes y otras costumbres antiguas de los Filipinos.d" S-50 1892- "Letras, lenguas, trajes y otras costumbres antiguas 1893 de los Filipinos.d" in Biblioteca Historica Filipina, Vol. 2, p. 41- 47. Manila. Imprenta de el Eco de Wason Filipinas. DS653 Content: Soc 1. BS8 Santa Inez, Melchor Oyanguren de S-51 1742 Tagalvsmo elucidado y reducido (en lo possible a la latinidad de nebriga con su syntaxis, tropbs, prosodia, passiones, etc. Mexico. Imprenta de D. Francisco Xavier Sanchez, 228 p. 366 Content: Gram; Syn . Located at Tenri Toshoken Nara Pref, see Namposhi. Santam a r i a, Alberto S-52 1938 "El ' Baybayin I en el archi.vo de Santo Tomas.d" (Algo de Paleografia Tagala) , Unitas, 16 ( 8) : 441- 4 80. Content: Writ 2 ; Bihl. Plates of the old Tagalog script with transli.teration and Spanish tran�la-· tion are given with notes on parti.cular points that occur in the documents. There are als·o general comments on the system itself, residual prob lems, and a bibliography. S-53 1948 "La doctrina Tagala de 1593.d" Un ·i ta s, 2 1 ( 4) : 881 - 897. Content: Text 3 ; Writ 2 ; Hist 2 . A few pages are reproduced from the 1593 workd. Maj or attention is directed to the ancient Tagalog writing system with some text material, an examination 6f varia­ bility in symbol form, comparison of the Ave Maria from different dates. Santa Maria, Felixberto C. S-54 1952 "Folk songs of the Philippines . " M . A. thesis, Stanford University. 111 p. mimeographed. (part­ ly reproduced in Literary Apprentice, 1956, 20 (2) : 1 - 2 2) . Content: Text 5. This contains song (46 in all) including Iloko, Kalinga, Ifugaw, Ibaloy , Panga­ sinan, Pampango, Tagalog, Bikol, Hiligaynon. Santiago, Aurora J. · S-55 1953 Wikang Pilipin�. Manilad. Jone£ Publications. 149 p. Content: Gramd. Santiago, Marcelino S-56 1963 "A survey on the effectiveness of Ilokano as a medium of instruction in the first tw.o primary grades of the public and private schools of !locos Sur.d" thesis, Far Eastern Un·iversity, Manila. Content: Ped. Santillan- Castrence, Pura see also Castrence, Pura Santillan Santillan-Castrence, Pura S-57 1940 "Review of Cecilio Lopezd' ' A manuel of the Phil­ ippine national language ' . " PSSR, 12: 385-387. Content: Phon ; Theo 5 . This gives an over-all content summary, and the criticism that the work is too technical for untrained audience , and deals with the phonetics of /i/ and /u/ when lengthened. Santos, Ciriaco U . et al. · S-58 1954 Wikang Pilipino. Manila. Committee on Languages. 82 p . Content: Gram?. 367 Santosd, Ciriaco U. et al. S-59 1955 Wikang Filipino. Ikalawang baitang. Maynila. M . E .d· Anatalio and Co. 80 p. · Content: Gram?. Santos , Domingo de los ; O . P. ( -- 169 5 ) S-60 1695 Arte .Tagalog. Manila. c·ontent:_ Gram ; Hist 2 . Some leaves are preserved in the Dominican convent in Manilad. S-61 1835 Vocabulario de la lengua Tagalad. 2v . Manilad. Imprenta Nueva de Jose Maria Dayot. 739 , 118 p . NL F (3rd ed. ). (Other ed. : 1st ed. , 1703 , Tayabas , 499.d203t 884 p . 2nd ed .d, 1794 , Sampaloc: N.dS . de Loreto , Sa59v 841 p . ) . 1835 Content: Lex 4 . The second edition is said to be an enlargement of P. de San Buenaventura ' ·s work of the same title in 1613 . Santosd, Josefina L. and Amparo R . Asuncion s--62 1946 A man�al for ·ieachin� ·ihe Filipino nati.onal lan­ guage in grade I. �ureau of Public Schools Pub­ li�ationd. 120 p . Content: Ped 1 . Santos , Josefina L ; Salud R . Paz ; Trinidad C . Sison ; S-63 and Amparo R . Asuncion 1949 A manual for teaching national language in grade II. Mani la. Bureau of Printing .d· 163 p. · UP Fi Content: Ped 1 . PL6055 S3 Santosd, Lope K. S-64 1903 Isang wikang Filipino. (Talumpati). Manilad. Sept. 3 , 1903. In the Clippings Collection of L . K. Santos. 42 p. Content: Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . Title translation : One Philippine language. A speech. Manuel says that appended to thisd· lecture is a list of Tagalog borrowings from Spanish and Chinesed. · · S-65 1911 "La onomatopeya en el idioma Tagalog.d" Cu F_, 2 (6-Sept. ): 529-566. (Also reprinted in� Galang (�d. ) , Fi.li*iniana , Vol . II , Entry 65).Content: P on 3; Semd. S-66 1912 "Saan natin kinuha , saan natin dinadaia at saan natin dapat dalhin ang wikang Tagalog . " Taliba , October. · · · Content: Theo 3 . Title translation: Where we got , where we are taking , and where we should.take the Tagalog language.d · 368 Santos , Lope K. S- 67 1925 Analogia estructural entre los dialectos Filipinos. (Conferencia leida. ..ante la Academia de Artes y NL F Letras de la Universidad de Filipinas, Dec. 17). F378.914k Manila. University of the Philippines, 30 p . Sa59a Content : Comp 4, 5. S- 68 1927- " Kung baki t isinusulat nang pagayon o paganito 1928 ang mga sali.ta . " Sampaguita, Oct. 16, 2:3, 30; Nov. 6, 13, 20, 27 ; Dec. 4, 11, 25; Jan . 15, 22, 29, 1928; Feb. 5, 12, 19, 26s; March 4, 11. Content : Writ 1. Title translation: Why words are written in various ways. S-69 1930 "The vernacular as a factor in national solidarity and independence." in Proceedings of the First Independence Congress. Manila. p . 159-181. Conten t : Soc 3. This gives a nationalist view of the historical background and contemporary language dominance question. It is detailed. · S- 70 1937- "Sources and means for further enrichment of Tagalog 1938 as our national language." PSSR, 9 : 101- 124s; · · 329-354; 10s: 43-56 . . Contents: Lex ; Theo 3. Largely of a prescriptive nature, this deals with language variation in time and space, borrowings, word and phrase struc­ ture, orthography. S-71 1946 "Ang kabuluhan ng 'Pangangk.o' sa wik.ang Tagalog." Junior Citizen , l (l� Jin.) : 28-29, 37·. · Content : Morph; Syn. Title translation: The importance of the ligature in the Tagalo. g languages. S - 7 2 . 1951 "Makabagong" balarila? Mga puna at payo sa "sari ­ ling wika" ni Cirio H. Panganiban . Maynila. 95 p. UP Fi Content : Gram; Theo 3. Title translation: "New" PL6054 grammar? Remarks and advice on "National Language" P23Z by Cirio H. Panganiban. · S-73 1953 Ang diwa ng mga salawikain. 60 salawikaing may tig- isang kuwentong-tula. Manila. 130 p. Wason Contents: Lex 1; Ped . Title translation: The PN6095 theme (?) of proverbss; 60 proverbs with narrative T2S23 poems. This literary work contains a vocabulary (p. 107- 130) for students of Tagalog. Santos, Maria Quizon S-74 1953- "Simple question with 'Be' for Pampango s·peakers.1 1 195 4 Lang Learn, 5 (1, 2) : 61-63. Content: Phon 6; Syn; Comp 5. 369 Santos, Sinforosa S. S-75 1963 "A survey of common Engli.s h errors among Pampango students due to di.ale�t influences conducted at the Guagua national col lege· s . " Unpublished thes is, Guagua· National Colleges, Pampanga. Content: Comp 5 ; Ac� 2. · Santos, Vito C . et al . S- 76 1954 Arithmetical and geometrical terms:s.. Institute of National Language Paper No. 5 . Manila. Bureau Wason of Printing.·s 1 1 p . (Reissueds· 1961, 1964 in PL6056 Selected Vocabulary Lists, p . 1- 8, Manila. Bureau PS5S4 of Printing, 171 p. ). 1964 Contents: · Lex 1. Given are E�glish entries in alphabetical order. S-77 1954 Econ·omic and allied t·erms . Institute of National Language Paper No. 2. Mani la. Bureau of Printing . Wason 23 p. · (Reissued 1961, 1964 in Selected Vocabulary PL6056 Lists, p . 13- 21, Manila. Bureau of Printing . 171 p . ) . P55S4 Content: Lex 1. This consists of English· entries 1964 in alphabetical order with F ilipino equivalentss. S-78 1954 Geographical terms . Institute of National Language Paper No . 6� Manila . Bureau of Printing. (Re- · Wason is sued 1961, 1964 iri Select�d Vocabularj tis.ts, PL6056 p . 31-36. Mani la. Bureau of Printing . · 171 p. ) . P55S4 Content: Lex 1 . · .1964 Santos, Vito C. and Luningning E. Santos S-79 1964- " Diksyunaryong Filipino sa Ingless. u Panitikan, 1965 1 (2, 3, 4, 5); 2 : 55-58, 65·; 3 : 56- 60 ; 4 : 64-66 ; 5 : 61- 62. Content : Lex 4. Sapaula, Crispina C. S- 80 1960 "The teaching of English final clusters to speakers of Tagalog. '' Unpubli shed M . A. thesis, Indiana University. Content: Phan ; Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq 2 . Sattler, Paul and Getz v . Selle S- 81 1935 Bibliographie zur Geschichte der Schrift bis in das Jahr 1903. Linz : Franz Winkler, Verlag " Im Buch Laden. " 234 p . (Archiv fur Bibliographie. Beiheft 17) . _ · Content: Writ 2 . Bernardo mentions that this has a section on Phi lippine palaeography on p . 122- 123. Sawyer, Frederic Henry Read S-82 1900 The inhabitants of the Philipp ines. London. s. Low, Marston and Co. 422 p. Content : Lex 1 ; Hist; Comp 4 ; Soc. There are 3 70 Wason sections deali.!lg wi.th.: "I_ gorrotes Di. alects" (p. DS659 26 1-267); Tagbanua alph.abet (p. 319-·320); Spanish S27 and Filipin6 words (p . 419-420); cardinal numbers in Tagalog , Pampan. go (p . 4 2 2). Schachter, Paul S - 83 1959 "A contrastive analysis of English and Pangasinan.d" Los Angeles. Ph. D. Diss. , University of California. Wason 159 p . PL6015 Content: Comp 5 . S29+ S - 84 1961 "Structural ambigui.ty in Tagalog . " Lang Learn, 11 (3-4): 135-145. . . Content: Syn 2 . The author explains why a given sentence may be ambiguousd; i . e. , have more than one meaningd. This is done in terms of the gene­ rative transformational appraoch in which the dif­ ference between alternative meanings is due to the different derivational histories which result in the same output. Schadenberg, Alexander (1851-1896) S-85 1 880 "Ueber die negritos in den Philippinen.d" Z Ethnol, 12: 133 --174. Content: Lex; Phon 3; Text; This is mainly ethnographic but includes some text material on p. 145 . Pages 163-174 covers language (mostly of Luzon), including a list of diphthongs, and a vocabulary of B ataan and Pampango Negrito wi.th Tag alog and German (p. 167-174). S - 86 1885 "Die Bewohner von Sud-Mindanao und der Insel Samal . " Z Ethnol, 17: 8-37, 45- 57. Content: Lex 3; Soc; This is of general ethnographic coverage (mainly Bagobo) with a word list (p . 33-37), and comments on tribal names (page 8). S-87 1887 "Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Banao-Leute und der Guinanen, gran cordillera central, Insel Luzon, Philippinen. " Verh Berliner Ges Anthr, 19: 145- 159. Content: Lex 3; Soc 3 . This gives ethnographic data on the two groups, with a vocabulary of some 660 words in the "Guinaan dialect as spoken in the rancheria of Copacopa (central N. Luzon).d" Scheerer says that this suffers from the author' s having obtained many Ilocano words (or other lowland words) because of the habit of substituting these terms for native terms when dealing with foreigners. S-88 1889 "Beintrage zur Kenntniss der im innern nordluzons lebenden Stamme.d" (mit Worterverzeichnis·sen) 371 Z Ethnol, 2 1 (.6) : 674-700. Content: Lex 1 ; Comp. Approximately 1000 sets of comparative vocabulary of Bontok, Banawe, Lepanto and Ilocano (and German) are given. Scheans, Daniel Joseph ( 1929- ) · S-89 1962 "The Suban Ilocano kinship configuration ; an application of innovation theory to the study of kinship . " Ph . D . thesis, University of Oregon. Eugene, Oregon. v . 12 2 p. · Content : Lex 1 ; Eth; Sem ; Appendi.ces I and II give terminology ; (.p. 104 -- 113) ; a discussi.on of terms with ch�rts i.s given on p . 35--55, p. 114- 12 1. There is a long discussion of theory back­ ground and behavioral patterns. S-90 1963 "Suban society. " PSR, 11 ( 3 - 4) : 2 16- 2 35. Content: Lex 1 ; Eth 2 ; This covers Ilocano kinship terminology. S-91 1966 "Anak ti digos, Ilokano name chan. gin. g and ri.tual kinship." PSR, 14 ( 2) : 82- 85. Content: Lex 1 ; Eth. Scheerer, Otto S-92 1901 "The Igorrotes of Benguet (north Luz-on)." p . 149-158 in U. S. Phil. Commissi on. 1900-1916. Report Ayer2 12 1 • • • J an. 24, 1901. Washington, D.C. Government U53re vl Printing Office. Content: Comp 4 ; Soc 1 ; S-93 1905 The Nabaloi dialect. Philippine Islands Ethno­ logical Survey Publications, Vol. II, Part 2, p. Wason 85- 178 . Manila. Bureau of Printing. 199 p . GN671 Content: Lex ; Phon ; Morph. Phonology, and mor­ P5A23+ pheme classes are treated under familiar English v.2 pt. 2 names (article, moun, adjective, pronoun, adverb, preposition, conjunctions, verbs. A considerable amount of data is given on derivation for tenses, aspects, focus, etc. Also included are a conver­ sation, and some notes on folklore. The vocabu­ lary is given under different semantic headings. S-94 1908 The Batan dialect as a member of the Philippirie group of languages . Bureau of Science, Division LC -GN671 . of Ethnology Publications, vol. 5, Part 1. Manila. P5A2 Bureau of· Printing. 13 1 p. v . 5 ptl- 2 Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 1 , 2. Kankanai words are gi• ven. S-95 1908 "Ein ethnographischer Bericht .uber die Insel Betel Tobago . " · Mi tth . d. Deutschen Ges 1 . . f.,. Natu ·r.·s u n d · Volkenkunde Ostasiens, 1 1 ( 2 ) : 145- 2 12. 372 Content: Phan ; Comp 1. Mainly ethnographic (mate­ rial culture), this deals also on p. · 19 5 -211 wi. th the language. There i.s a comparison of vocabulary with Ibanag, Iloko, Tagalog, Bikol, Bisayan, for some general observations on sound correspondences. Scheerer , Otto S-96 1909 "Li.nguistic travelling notes from Cagayan.d" ANTHR,4: 801- 804. . Content: Lex 3. Thi.s contains a list of 66 �ords from the rancheria of Gobgob in the Rio Chico (a Kalinga group). S-97 1911 "The languages of the Philippines.d" Cablenews­ American Yearly Review Number, Manila. p. 98-99. Content: Soc. S-98 1911 "On a quinary notation among the Ilongots of northern Luzon.d" PJS, 6 (Sec. D) : 47- 49. Content: unknown. S-99 1911 "Review of C.dW. Seidenadel's The first grammar of the language spoken by the Bontoc Igorot.d" p·Js, 6 (Sec. D) : 271-281. Content: Gram ; Theo 5. S- 100 1915 "The particles of relation of the Isinai language.d" M.dA. thesis in Linguistics, University of thed· Wason Philippines. (Also printed as : 1918 Uit�egeven PL5d801 door het Koningkklijk Instituut voor de Tail-. S31+ Land- en volkunde van Ned.d- Indie. 's Gravenhage : Martinus Nij hoff. 115 p. ). Content: Mo�ph ; Syn ; Text. This is a detailed study of phrase markers (i.de.d, syntax). It does not include phonology. Word classification is overtly based on meaning but not unconnecte� to form. It includes text material with English translation. Not much morphology is discussed. S-101 1918 "Outline of the history of exploration of the Phil­ ippine langu west.d" Phil. ages and their relations in east and Rev , 3 (1 - 2 , Jan. - Feb. ): 59-- 67. (Also in Galang's Filipinianad, Vol. II, Entry 65). Content: Comp ; Soc 2. S-102 1920 "The problem of a national language for the Phil­ ippine islands in the light of the history of language.d" Phil Rev, 5 (7). Content: Theo 3. S-103 1920 "Talia.d" PJE, 2 (8 - Feb. ) : 194- 202. Content: Text 4. This is in the Katawan dialect. 373 Scheerer, Otto S- 104 19 20- "Uber einen bemerk.enswerten L-stellvertreter im 1921 dialekt von Aklan auf der Insel Panay Filipinen." AU , 11 : 241- · 259. Content : Phon; Text; Comp. A comparison is made with Bisayan with regard to the sound shifts from proto-Austronesian to Aklan and the immediate environmental factors· in the allophoni.c distribu­ tions. It includes two x- ray photographs of tongue positions, some comparative· forms w·i th other lowland languages, and several pages of text material with translation. S- 105 1921 "Kalinga texts from the Balbalasan. g -Ginaan. g . group."PJS,. 19: 175 - 207. Content: Phon; Text 4; Comp 4; Soc 1. The folk­ lore texts are given with English translation. Notes are given on location,·s name, and subgroups, the extent and the nature of dialect diff�rentia­ tion. There is a table of personal pronouns, and a bibliography for referenc�. S- 106 1924 "On the essential difference between the verbs of the European and the Philippine la!}-guages." PJE. 7 (4- 5 ) : 1- 10. Content: Morph; Comp 5. , ed. S- 107 --�1-g�z -5__ The . Archive. (A collection of papers pertaining 1926 to Philippine linguistics) . Contents: Theo; �ibl. The works included are Wason listed under the various authors. PL5 501 A67 S- 108 1926 "Batak texts with notes. " PJS, 31 (3-Nov. ) s: 301- 341. Content: Text. S- 109 1927 " Zur Sprachenkunde der Filipinen: Die ' Kasus ' der Tagalog." p. 409 -415 in Festschrift Meinhof (Sprachwissenschafliche und Andere Studien, Vol. 2). Hamburg. L. Friedrichsen and Co. xii, 5 14 p. Content: Syn; Text. S- 110 1928 " Isneg texts with notes ." PJ S, 3 6 (4 ) : 4 09 - 4 4 7. Content: Gram 2; Lex; Text 4; Eth. Some ethno­ linguistic data on tribal groups in Northern Luzon is given. The value of this work rests with the native language text and English translation and the grammatical and lexicographical notes on features in the folktales. 374 Scheerer, Otto S- 111 1932 " Sagen der Atayalen au£ Formosa.d" AU, 2 2 ( 2 ) : s1·-114. Content: Comp. This includes text material with ex tens 1ve notes in which comparis·ons are made to languages of Luzon (Batan, Bikol, Bisaya, Ibanag, Iloko, Pampango, Panga·sinan, Nabaloy, Tagalog)d·. Some sociolinguistic information is als6 gi�en. Scheerer, Otto and Eusebia Pablo · S-112 192 5- "The use of Ti and Iti in Iloko compared with 1926 Tagalog and Pangasinan equivalents; A contribud­ tion to comparative Philippine syntax.d" p. 2 8 f in The Archive, Otto Scheerer, ed. Content: Lex ; Syn; Comp. Scheidnagel, Manuel ( -1898) S-113 1878 Filipinas. Distrito de Benguet. Memori.a des-· criptiva y econornica. Acompanada del primer Newberry plano-croquis del mismo. Madrid. Imprenta de la Direccion General de Infanteria. 84 p. Content: Lex 3; On p. 39-54 is a vocabulary of Benguet Igorot. S-114 1880 Las colonias Espanolas de Asia. Madrid. Pacheco y Pinto. Ayer Content: Gram 2 . Pages 1 57-190 deal with "Nociones 2 113 del Tagalog. Metodo Practice y sencillo para S31 adquirin los rudimentos mas precises. Tabla alfabetica de voces y modismos. Uso comun en Manila.d" Schleicher, Aug. S-115 1865 "Die Unterscheidung von Nomen und Verbum in der lautlichen Forin.d" Kon Sac Ges Wis, 10 ( 5 ) : Vol. 4 497-5d87. Content: Comp 3. This is a world-wide typology. On pages 573-574 is information on Tagalog verb formation. The whole treatment is very sketchy. No sound correspondence sets are given. Schmidt, P. Wilhelm S-116 1926 Die Sprachfamilien und Sprachenkreise der Erde. Heidelberg. Carl Winter ' s Universitatsbuchhand­ PZ Ol lung. 595 p . S34++ Content: Comp 3; Eth. This links culture with language, and is a typological cataloguing of many languages of the world. Much data is given on malayo-Polynesian and Papuan languages. There are typological comparisons of certa. in· grammatical features and the correlation w ith certain cultural features. There is some Philippine data. 375 Schmidt, P. Wilhelm S- 117 1942- "Die Sprachen der Pygmaen.s" ·ANTHR, 37-40: 902-903. ,• 1945 Content: Eth 1 ; Theo 5 ; Thi.s comments on F . Speiser, "Di.e Py. gmaenfrage, " (ANTHR, 3·7-40: 8 7 7 - 8 7 9 ) and deals mainly with culture history and includes short resume of some previous articles by· Vonoverbergh concerni.ng Philippine Negritos who h.ave ceremonial chant and song wh.icli is not in keeping with. th.eir Malayo-Polynesian speech, and by implication, may reflect on earlier non­ MPN language for these people. Schneider, Edwin Emil S- 1 1 8 1912 "Notes on the Man. gyan lan. guage.s" PJS, 7 (.3 , Sec.D): 157- 158. Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 1. This analyzes data col­ lected by J. L. Miller, and compares vocabulary from Hanunoo, Iraya, and " Nauhan". The trans­ cription ("spelling") is said to be phonetic, using English equivalents. There is a biblio­ graphy of sources on Philippine languages, 1 09 · lexical " cognate" sets plus 22 numbers are pro-· vided with 3 Mangyan forms and suggested cognates with other Philippine languages. · S- 1 19 1923 "Plant Names · and the P-hilippine Alphabet. Th.e Maki ling Echo." 2 (2··· April). Content: Lex 1 ; Writ 2 ; School of Oriental and African Studies S-120 1959 Study group on Asian and African languages. 25- 29 May 1959. s. London. University of London. 36 p. Wason Mimeographed. Pam. Content: Ped 3 ; Theo. Subtitled "Initiated by P28+ the N.A.T .. O. Parliamentarians ' Conference of 1958," this outlines research, development needs for language studies. It surveys facilities and work in Asian languages in European nations, together with U.S. and Canada. It contains the location, school, nature of librarys,· university work, degrees, and languages taught. · Schuchardt, Hugo Ernst Mario (1 847- 1927) · S - 121 1 8 83 Kreolische Studien : IV, Ueber das Malaiospanische der Philippinen. Vol. 105, p. 1 1 1 - 150 in Akademie Ayer der Wissenschaften (zu Wien), Sitzung$berichte Phil Lang Philosophisch- historische Klasse. Wien: C. Gen 25 · Geold ' s Sohn . Content: Phan ; Text ; Hist 4. This deals with sound changes from Spanish, borrowings from Chinese, and Tagalog. There are ·comparisons of gramma·tical features in short texts of sentence length. It includes a kundiman. "Tagalog- Spanisht ' is the focus of the paper but mention is made of the other pidgin forms. 376 Schwab, William S-122 1955 "Some structural problems for Tagalog students in Eng1 is h. ' ' · Lang Lea rn , 6 (1-2) : 6 8 -7 2 . Content: Morph; Comp S; Acq 2. This is a con­ trastive study of the structure of Tagalog and English, dealing with the types of errors in English made by Tagalog speakers and the struc­ tural reasons for· them. 5 ... 123 1963 "Recent development in applied linguistics.d" PSR, 11 ( 3-4) : 236-243. Content: Theo 1. This is a general treatment but with some application to the Philippines. Schwarz, Johannes Albert Traugott (1836-191 8) and S -124 N. Adriani 1906 Het verhaal van den gulzigaard in het Totemboan­ sch. Sangireesch en Bare ' e. Batavia. Bata­ Wason viaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen. ASS 22 71 p. Verhandelingen deel 56, pt. 3. B 29+ Content: Text 4. On p. 64-71 are text material, V . 56 translation, and notes on Sangir. Pt. 3 Scott, William Henry, ed. S-1 25 1956 Sagada secular literatured: Prose. (Sagada Social Studies No. 9)d. Sagada, Mt. Province. Content: Text. S - 126 1957 A vocabulary of the Sagada Igorot dialect. Tran­ script No. 6, Philippine Studies Program. Chicago. \Vas on University of Chicago. xv, 77 p. mimeographed. PL5734 Content: Text 3. Z9512+ S-127 1961 "The apo-dios concept in northern Luzon.d" Prac Anth, 8: 207- 216. ( Reprint of 1960 : PS, 8: 772-788 . ) Content: Lex l; Text; This is ethnographic, but with some notes on morphology. Scanty texts are provided. It deals with translation problems with the term ' apo- dios ' . S-128 1962 "The word ' I go ro t ' . " PS, 10 ( 2) : 234-248 . Content : Lex l; Histd; Soc; Sem. More a histori­ cal and sociological article than a linguistic article, this work does , however, include some etymological and semantic aspects of the word ' Ig oro t ' . S-1d29 1963 "Articles in Sagada Igorot. " PJLT, 2 (1 - 2) : 8 - 20. Contentd: Morph l; Syn 1. Noun phrases reflecting "case" in the article are presented in relation to verb classes, focuses and sentence types . 377 Scott, William Henry, ed. S- 130 1964 "The legend of Biag, an Igorot culture hero." AFLS , 2 3 (.1) : . 9·3-- 1 10. Contents: Text 4. This is a discussion of the legend, and its cultural significance, with a few quite short texts. Scribner, Frank Lamson S-131 1904 Fruits and Vegetables in Philippines. p . I . Bureau of A. griculture, Bulletin No. S , 2nd ed. , Ayer 2200 p. 4-36. 12 Content: Lex l; Welsh says this is done in 1904 alphabetical order listing according to native name together with Latin· name. S- 132 1904 A List of Philippine Fiber Plantss. P.I. Bureau of A. griculture, Bulletin No. 5, 2nd ed . , p . 36-44. Content : Lex l; This is an alphabetical listing under the Latin or scientific name, to. gether with the correspondin. g native term. S - 133 1904 A Supplementary List of Unclassified Philippine Fiber Plants. P.I. Bureau of Agriculture, Bul­ letin No. 5, 2nd ed. , p. 45- 47. Content: Lex l; This list is done alpha- betically by native name. Scott, Charles Payson Gurley S- 134 1897 Malayan Words in English. New Haven, Connecti­ cut. The American Oriental Society. Wason Contents: Lex l; Hist 4; Comp; Bibl 2. This was PE1582 reprinted from JAOS, 17 (1896): 93- 144 and 18 (1897): M2S4 2+ 49- 124. It compares Malay and other languages (including Tagalog). It contains a bibliography of sources (dictionaries). The bibliography appears on p. 97- 102. Sebastian, Federico B. S- 135 1950 Balarila .n g Wikan. g Pilipino. Manila. E.D.I.T.114 p. Content: Gram. S - 136 1951 Pasimula sa Palasurian at Balangkasan. Manila. F.B.sS. Silangan Pub. 126 p. . Wason Content: Gram. Title translation: The start of PL6054 analysis and diagramming (outlining). S44+ S- 137 1956 Ang retorika (panimulang pag-aaral). Manila. F.· B.S. Silangan Publishing· House. v, 186 p. Content: Gram 3. Title· translation: Rhetoric (starti�g study) for b�ginners. 378 Sebastian , Federico et al . S -138 1947 Pam aaralan balarila ng wikang pambansad. ikala- wang taon. Mani a . 1za at1ona n erpr1ses Inc.d· 221 p . Content: Gram ; Ped . Title translationd: Grammar of the national language for 2nd year (high school) . Sebastian , Federico B . d, Antoni6 D . G . Mariano and · S-139 Antonia F . Villanueva 1948 Pampaaralang balarila n� wikang pambansad. ikala­ wanf taon. Manila. Committe e on Languages , Text­ boo Preparation , Mendiola , Manila. · xii , 290 p . Content : Gram ; Ped . This may be a later edition of the previous entryd. Sebastian , Federico B. and Antonio D . G. Mariano S-140 1954 Idiomatic expressions in the Filipino language. Manila . Silangan Publishing House . iv , 207 p . Wason Contentd: Lex 2 . This is �n alphabetical listing PL6059 with literal translation , Tagalog and English pa­ S44 raphrase , and illustration in a· larger utterance. Sebastian , (F?) · S-141 1963 "A second look at our national lan. guage.d" STM , 1 8 ( 2 7 -Feb. ) : 34- 35 , 37 . Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 3 . Sebastian , Guillermod; O. F . S. A. ( -1689) S-142 1804 Escudo de el christiano en la hora de la muerted; avisos para consuelo de enfermos y ayudar a bien morir . . d. en lengua Ilocad. Manila. (Imp. de Uni - versidad de Santo Tomas? ) . 206 p. Content : Text 3 ; Comp 2 . Sebeok , Thomas A. S-143 1943 "The langua. ges of southeastern Asia.d" !£Q., 2 ( 4) :349- 356 .d Content: Comp 2 ; Soc ; Theod. This is a list of the main languages (re: size , historical or ethnographic interest) . Language groups and re­ lationships are also given with a· key reference for each . The Philippines is listed as Indone­ sian (here regarded the same as MPN) and 87 dia­ lects are said to exist there. Philippine lan­ guages are grouped into 4: Luzon , Bisaya , Mindoro­ Palawan , Mindanao-Sulu. It also mentions courses in languages of Southeast Asia in universities in the United Statesd. "A second look at our national language" S-144 196 3 Spec Feat Bul , 6 (Feb . · 11) : 1 � 5. Content: Theo. See also: Sebastian , 1963 (entry S-141)d. "Secretary of education Roces on the language problem"S-145 1963 PFP , 56 (2 ) : 2+. Contentd: Theo 3. 379 Seidenadel, Carl Wilhelm S �l46 1909 The first grammar of the language spoken by the Bontok _Iforot (with voc.abualry and .-texts, ·smyt-ho-� Wason logy, fo klore, historical episodes,s_ songs) . PL5732 Chicago. Open Court Publications. 592 p. S45+ Contents: Gram; Lex 3; Morph; Text . Very little is given on phonologys. It deals mainly with word structure and parts of speech . More than half of the volume is composed of an English�to�Bontok word list and some text material .s· This was re­ viewed by H . Kern in IAE, 19 (1910), in Verspreide Geschriften, 15 : 41-45, and in Globus, 91s: 340. S- 147 1913 The language spoken by the Bontok Igorots. Bata- via . Albrecht & Co. 17 p . Contents: Gram 2. Probably the same as S- 146. Seiple, William G. S - 148 1903 "The Tagalog numerals . " JHUC, 163s: 79- 81 . Contents: Lex l; Morph. S- 149 1904 "Polysyllabic roots with initial P in Tagalog.s" JAOS, 25 (2) : 287�301. Contents: Phan 2; Morph 2. This is a good out­ line of some features of word formation and typology. The article concentrates on about 150 roots whose initial /p/ is changed to /m/ in verb formation and which can also be further analyszed into disyllabic bases and which contain different kinds of reduplication. Selga, Miguel S - 150 1940 Estudio bibliografico del arte y reglas de la lengua Tagala de Fr. Tomas Ortiz. ·sManila . thes· UP FI San Juan Press. 14 p. PL6053. Content : Grams. 0 72 Senupe, Columba S . S-151 19- - "Problems encountered in teaching Pilipino in the secondary schools in a non -Tagalog area.s" Thesis, Wason Central Philippine University, Iloilo City. (Also Pams. published with same title, but only the concluding PL P. I. 26 part : 1962, Institute of National Language . Dahong pang-alaala lin. g. go n. g wika, Agosto 13-19, 1962,·s p . 22-26 . ) . Contents: Lex l; Soc; Ped; Theo 3. This deals with Hiligaynon area problems, mostly with social and administrative problemss. One paragraph men­ tions the type of language problem (vocabulary) encountered . This deals with subtle differences in the structure of words (spelling) which are generally comparable or identical in meaning . 380 Serion, Domingo Cruz s�1s2 1951 i ' Functional expressions in the national language.d" M.A. thesis (Tagalog) , University of the Philip­ UP Fi pines, Quezon City. 182 p. LG995 Contentd: Lex 2 ; Hist 4 ; Soc 4 ; Acq 2. This is E354 a frequency study of certain expressions together 1951 with an analysis of the types of activities and language sources for the expressions. There are implications for teaching Filipino as a second languaged. S-153 19- - Wastong panan�galog. Manila. 1 v. Contentd: Gram 3; Eth 1. UP H. S. Fi499. 707 S45 Serion, Josefina R. s �l54 1966 ' ' 'dAction researchd' s a pagtuturo ng Pil ipino. n Diwa, 2 (Enero, Peb . , Marso) : 56 �61. Content : Ped. This is an abstract and general discussion of the teacher ' s approach to· solving language problems. · Serrano, Ros ali o S .,..l5 5 1 872 Nuevo diccionario manual Espanol-Tagalo . Manila. Establecimiento Tipografico "Ciudad Condal" de Ayer Plana y Compania. 398 p . Phil. Lang. Contentd: Lex 4. Tag.d190 S �-156 1910 Diccionario de terminos comunes Tagala - Castellano. Manila. Imprenta de Santos y Bernal. 373 p. Wason (Other editionsd: 1 854, Manila. Imprenta del PL6056 Colegio de Santo Tomas. 151 p. 1 869, Manila. S48 Imprenta de B . Gonzales Moras. 316 p. 1913, 1910 Manila. J. Martinez . 400 p. ) Content : Lex 4. Serrano Laktaw, Pedro S-157 1 889 Diccionario Hispano-Tagalog. Manila. Estab. Tip. ' La Opinion ' . 620, 5 p. Reviewed by H. Wason Kern in Indische Gids (1 890) which was reprinted PL6056 in Verspreide Geschriften, 11 (1923): 1 2-16, S48DS 1965 ed. Madridd; Ediciones Cultura Hispanica. 2 V . in 3. Contentd: Lex 4. S-158 1910 "Los dialectos secretas en Filipinas.d" CuF, 1 : 551-553. Contentd: Comp 4 ; Socd. S-159 1914 Diccionario Tagalog-Hispano. Segunda parte. Manila. Imprenta· y Litografia de Santos y Bernal. xxxvii, 1 392 p. 381 Wason Content: Lex 4 ; Writ 2. This is probably the PL6056 most complete work on Tagalog lexicon. The entries S48DS which are bases have many derived formss. The de­ V. 2 rived forms are often listed separately especial ly under the various prefixes. One page (xxxviii) deals with the old writing system. The introduc­ tion contains historical notes on orthography. The vocabulary is subdivided into periodss: 157 1- 1754 ; 1754-1889 ; 1889-1914. Serrano Laktaw, Pedro S-- 160 192 9 Estudios grammatical es sob re la lengua Tagalo· g. Manila. I mprenta de Juan Faj ardo. 369 p. · Wason Contents: Gram ; Morph. This grammar of Tagalog PL6053 gives the most complete coverage to morphology. S48 Sevilla, Jose N. s � l61 1938 "The function of the particles in Tagal�g lan­ guage." (Translated from the original Spanish text by Gabriel A. Bernardo) . PSSR, l O (Nov . ) : 334- 353. Content: Lex l ; Morph 2. The 1924 original article in Spanish was entitled "La Funcion de las Particulas en el Idioma Tagalog.s" 20 p. This treats affixes and provides i l l ustrations for each in word formation. S - 162 1938 Ang pal apantigan ng wikang Tagalog. Publications of the Institute of National Language, Vol. 4, UP Fi No. 12, December. Manila. Bureau· of Printing. PL6055 62 p. . S29 Contents: Phon ; Writ. Title translation: Syl la­ bication in Tagalog. Bernardo says this includes introductory remarks by Lope K . Santos, and Palae­ ographic illustrations. Sevil la, Jose N. and Paul Rodriguez Verzosa S - 163 1923 Ang aklat ng Tagalog ( Kaunaunahang aklat na dala­ wang wika na sumusuysoy sa Pilolohia at Panitikang Wason Tagalog). Manila. Imprenta y Libreria de J. · PL6051 Martinez. 107 p. S51 Contents: Lex l ; Phon 3 ; Morph 2 ; Writ 2 ; Hist 4 ; Soc 3. Title translation: The Tagalog book. The pioneer bilingual textbook on Tagalog philology and literature. · This consists ofs. English and · Tagalog texts of essays usual ly dealing with lin­ u . g istic topics which range from quite formal treat-ments of morphology, pronunciation and accent, ancient writing, modern orthography to socio­ lin. guistic study of word usage, a superficial look on word borrowings, etymology of 'Tagalog', to a very subj ective treatment of the national lan­ gu�ge question. 382 Sevilla, Jose N. and Aurelio Alvero (Magtanggul S- 164 Asa, Pseud. ) 1939 Sinupan ng Wikang Tagalog (A Regathering of the Tagalog Languag�). · Maynila. J. N. Sevilla Presss. Wason 168 p. PL6059 Content: Phon ; Writ 1, 2 ; Bibl 2 . This is a bi- SS++ lingual text of a collection of essay·s· dealing with orthography, phonology, numbers with an· analysis. Maximum use i� made of the old syl-· labic writing systems. A selected- bibliography of Phi.lippine palaeography compiled by Gabri.el Bernardo is found on pages 159 - 168. Sevilla, Jose N . , Rosa L. Sevilla ni Alvero and S- 165 Aurelio Alvero 1940 Salitikan ng wikang Pambansa. Manila. Imprenta Sevilla. 211 p. Wason Content : Morph ; Writ 1, 2. Title translation: PL6059 The writing system of the national language. This SSl deals with word formation, orthography, spelling . There are notes on the pre-European writing sys- tem at the end. · S- 166 1941 "Estudio comparativo de las nomenclaturas grama­ ticales del balarila del Instituto de la tengua del Idioma National y del salitikan ng wikang Pangbansa. " Uni tas, 20s: 192-209 ; 356-367 ; · 596- 625 . Content: Lex 1 ; Hist S i Sem 2. 62 sets of 3 terms each (Spanish, from the Balarila, and from the Salitikan) are compared for etymology, seman­ tic range, and suitability of use in matters of national language. Sevilla Villena, Mariano S-167 1887 Lecciones de gramatica Castellana Tagalo . Manila. Imprenta de Don Esteban Balbas. 162 p . Content: Gram ; Comp 5; Ped. See Retana's Aparato for the "Prologo.s" Possibly little of Tagalog structure is to be found here. Shand, Jean S- 168 1960 Ke bulew ne manuk. Nasuli?. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 10 p. Contents: Ped 2. Ilianen Manobo. Story primer. S- 169 1960 Ke lukes ne maritans. Nasuli? . Summer Institute of Linguistics. 13 p. Content : Ped 2. Ilianen Manobo reader. S- 170 1964 "Categories and markers of tense, focus, and mode in Ilianen Manobo. " OL, 3 (1-Summer) : 58-68. Content : Morph 2. This discusses bases and as­ sociated affix, and affix patterns versus focus classess. 383 Shand, Jean S-1 7 1 1964 "A matrix o f introducer ta 1 10-- 1 1 5. . gmemes.d" · -01, 3 (1 ) : Content:: Syn. This deals with phrase and clause structure. s -- 1 72 1965 Pehenayan ne r·dibe·ru. Manila. Summer Ins·ti.tute of Linguis·tics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute 6f National Language . 74 p . Content: · Text 4 ; Ped 2. Th.is is a pri.mer in Ilianen Manobo. On pages 72-74 is an Ilianen-­ Pilipino-English glosiary. Shand, Jean and Hazel Wri.gglesworth S-· 1 73 1962 Pehenay·a·n ne· r·iberu. 2nd rev. ed. Manilad. Sum­ mer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). Wason 7 1 p. (Other edition: 1960, Manila, Summer In­ PL5955 stitute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schodols, S95P3 Institute of National Language. 36 p. ). Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is a primer in Ilianen Manobo. s-- 1 14 1963 Ikeruwa ne riberu (2). Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Language. 5 5 p. (Other ed.d: 1965, Rev. ed.d, 61 p. ). Content: Text ; Ped 2. S- 1 7 5 1963 Si mama wey ke buaya. Manila. Summer Institu,te of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schodols, Insti­ tute of National Language. 22 p . Note: 1964 ed. , 20 p. . Content: Text 2. This is a primer, reader in Ilianen Manobdo. s-- 1 76 1965 Si beuu wey si pelaas ke erimdaun2 wey se·1aren2. Summer Institute of Linguistics· (Literacy Mated­ rials). 31 p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. This is a reader in Ilianen Manobo. S - 1 7 7 1965 Ikerua ne riberu teacher's instru�tions. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). Conterit: Text ; Ped 5. S- 1 78 1965 Iketelu ne riberu. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of· National Language. 46 p. Coriterit: Text·; Ped 2. This is an Ilianen Manobo reader. 384 Shand, Jean and Hazel Wrigglesworth S-- 179 1965 Ked-anum te b�ni te wey sanl·ey. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials)d. Content: Text; Ped 5. This is an agricultural booklet in Ilianen Manobo. · S - 1 80 1965 Meambe ki ebpemulamula diya te wey te baby. Sum­ mer Institute of Linguistics (.Literacy Materials) . Content: Text; Ped 5. This is an ag�icultural booklet in Ilianen Manobo. s -- 1 81 1965 Philippine reader. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics (Literacy Materials) . 13 p. Content: Text; Ped 5. This i s an Ilianen Manob o reader. Scheans, Daniel J. S-182 1968 "Patterns of kin term usage among young Ilocanos and a method for determining them . " ·ps· R, 16 (1-2) : 1 7-29. Content: Lex 1; Eth 2. Kin terms are classified and given quantitative evaluation as to their use among the young. Shen, Yao S � 1 83 1957 "How to use phonetic difference in the native language to teach phonemic difference in the foreign language.d"d· MSTEQ, 7 ( 2- 3) : 1 8- 20, 47. Content: Phon; Ped; Theo 5; Acq 2. S-184 1958 "Some functions of pattern practice.d" · MSTEQ, 8 ( 1) : 14 f. Content: Ped; Acq 2. s -- 1 s s 1959 "Representations of the two affricates in Eng lish.d" General Linguistics, 4: 43-55 . Content: Phan 5; Comp 5 . This deals with the use of Tagalog, Thai, and Japanese. S-1 86 1959 "Some allophones can be important.d" Lang Learn, 9 ( 1-2) : 7 - 18. Content: Phan 3; Comp 5. Comparisons of Tagalog, English, Thai, Mandarin, German are given withd· respect to the distributions of allophones. S- 1 87 1960 "Experience classification and lingui.stic dis­ tribution . " Lang- Learn, 10 ( 1 - 2) : 1-1 3 . Content: Comp 5 ; Sem 2. A footnote on page 3 g ives Tagalog examples of the range of me�ning · of ' hot ' and ' coldd' as compared to English ' hot ' , ' warm ' , ' cool ' , ' cold ' , and Mandarin ' s three terms. This article is mainly concerned with English and Chinese, not Tagalogd. 385 Shen, Yao S-1d8 8 1961 "Sound-arrangements and sound-·dsequences.d" La�g·1e·arn, 11 c1·-2) : 17 - · · 32. c6rit�nt: Phon ; - Comp 5. ' S�quenced' refers to specific phoneme order ; ' arrangement ' , to formula (CVC type). Single symbols· f i l l ing arrangements don ' t show al lo�honic data. The article· g ives a contrastive presentation of arrangement for English (as a foreign language) and Tagalog, Thai, Mandarin, Japanese· (as native languag�s).d· The typology· of consonant clusters are compared and implications for lan. gua. ge teachin. g are drawn. S -1 89 1962 "Linguistic experience and linguistic habit.d" Lang Learn, 12d(2): 133-150. · Content: Comp 5. This is a contrastive presen­ tation of voiceless/voiced stops in final position (p, t, k, b, d, g), using Engish (as the foreign language) and Tagalog, Javanese, Japanese, Mandarin, and Thai (as the nat ive languages). Attention is g iven to al lophonic problems in producing English. · Distributional factors are shown at work in the outcome. Given is a typology of the FL to NL relationship regarding each stop. Shetler, Joanne S- 190 1965 Phi l ippine reader. Vol. I, No. 1. Summer In­ stitute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). 11 p. Content : Text ; Ped 5. This is written in Balangao. S-191 1966 "Balangao phonemes.d" p . 1 -·d7 of Papers i·n ·Phili.p­ pine linguistics. No. 1 .d Linguisti c Circle of Wason Canberra Occasional Papei.s, No. 8. PLS506 Content: Phon 1. The word is the frame for a P21+ definition of syl lable structure together with the inventory and allophoni c variation of phonemes. S- 192 1966 Phi l ippine reader. Vol. I, No. 2. Summer Insti­ tute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). l l p. Content: Text ; Ped 5. . S- 193 1967 Hen ekaman way man- agah (How to treat sicknes· ·s). Nasuli?. Summer Institute of Linguistidcs. 21 p. Content : Tex t. Balangao health booklet S- 194 1968 "Balangao non-verbal clause nuclei.d" Asia Std, 6 (2) : 208 - 222. Content: Syn. Syntax on a tagmemi c model. Shetler, Joanne and Anne Fetzer Hopkins S--195 1964 "The obscuring of word accent in Balangao." ·01, 3 (1- Summer): · 101- 109. 386 Content: Phan ; Morph. This deals with the features of accent and how they are modified in derivational process. Shkarban, L . I. S-196 1 9 6 4 "Opyt s is temat i zaci i nekotorych slovoobrazo-· vat e 1 'ny·ch prot-sess·ov v Tag al ' skom Jazyk.e." p . 174 -186 in Akademiia Nauk SSSR. Institute Naro-· dov Azi i. S�ornye Vaprosy Stroia Iazykov Xitai.a i Iugo-Vostochnoi Azi i . Moskva. Content: Morph. Thi s deals with derivational processes in Tagalog. Sibayan, Bonifacio P . · S- 197 1 9 3 9 " Ig oro t ridd 1e s . " PM, 36: 1 2 3 • Content: Text 4 . Thi s gives native texts with Engli sh translation. S -· 19 8 1961 "English and Iloko segmental phonemes." Unpub­ lished Ed. D. dissertation, University of Michigan. Content: Phan 5 ; Comp 5. S -· 199 1966 "Should we teach Fi l ipinos to speak like Americans ?s0 PJE, 4 4 ( 10): 736-738, 789 -790. Content: Phan 6 ; Hist 4 ; Comp 5 ; Ped ; Acq. This gives contrastive data on Ilokano and English ( stres s ) ; and is a general discuss ion of reshap­ ings of an acquired language by native la�guage pressures. S-·s200 1967 "The implementation of language po li.cy." p. 126-· 1 89 in Ramos, Aguilar and· Sibayan T·h·e d·etermina­ tion and implementation of language pol.icy. Content: Soc 3 ; Theo 5 . Historical background of national language question. Results of a survey on several aspects of the national language question. Suggested components of a program of implementation. · S-201 1968 "Training programme in language research and teaching at the Philippine Normal College.s" in Language problems in southeast Asian universi.ties. A • T • Ta t Pw ( e d • ) • p . 38 - 40 • Content: Theo 2, 3 ; Acq 2. Sierra, Pedro Luis de ; O . P. ( 1714- 1768) S-202 1743 Catecismo en Gaddan. (Gedruckt. .s• wurde 1853 unter dem Provinzial J. Rodriguez). Content: Text 3. · Si 1 v er i o , Antoni a S- ·203 1962 "The pass ive verbal sentence constructi.on in Tagalog. " Unpublished M . A. thesis, Univers ity UP Fi of the Philippines. 1 6 9 9 5 Content: Syn 1. LJ35 1962 3 8 7 Sison, Pastora Carreon S-204 195 8 "A study of th.e types of errors in wri.tten themes in Filipino language of the freshmen i.n the general secondary sch.cols · of Pangasinan during the. school year 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . " Unpubdlished M. A . th.esi_s in Educa-· tion, . Northwestern Educational Insti.tute .. ·co·ntent: Comp 5. Smith, Capt . C. C. ; transd.. see Juanmarti, Jaci.nto 1 9 0 6 Sobong, Loreto C. S-205 1962 "A study of English vowel, diphthong, and conso-· nant sounds which the thi.rd grade pupi.ls of Oroquieta Central School, Misami s Occidental, find difficult to produce: their causes and remedial exercises to correct them.d" Thesis at Philippine Normal College. Manila. Content : Phan ; Comp 5 ; Ped. Contrastive Cebuano-· English phonology. Socrates, Jose Rosano (1922- ) S-206 1·964 "The language problem in the public schools in the Philippines. " Ph.dD. thesis, University of Chicago. Wason 354 p. Film Content: Soc ; Ped ; Theo. This is largely a his­ 1397 torical study dealing with language policies from 1863. It gives socio/ethno- linguistic data on p. 46-55, and deals with the national language, medium of instruction, etc. , but gives no language data. · · · Solis, Waldy Kasilag S-·207 1959 "An analysis of certain intonation patterns of English spoken in three towns of Batangas.d" Un­ published M.A. thesis in Education (English major), Philippine Women's Univedrsity. Manila. Content: Phon 6 ; Comp 5. Soriano, Josefina P. S- · 20 8 1951 National language workbook for grade VI. Manila. Philippine Book Co. 107 p . Content: Ped 3. S-·d209 1951 National language workbook for �rade II. Manila. Philippine Book Co. 102 p. Content: Ped 3. S-210 1951 National language workbook for grade III. Mani la. Philippine Book Co. 98 p. Content: Ped 3. s--211 1951 Magsanay upang matuto. National language wQrk­ b�ok for grade V. Manila. Philippine· Book Cb. 108 p. Content: Ped 3. 388 Spanish loan words common to Tagalog, Sub.a· nun, lloko, S- 212 Hili a· i·n·a· ; Sulu, ·and Bikol n.�. 102 p. Mimeographed. Corit�rit: Lex 3 ; Hist 4; Comp. Wason PL5 506 S73+ Stangl, Paul L. S- 213 · 1904 "Est udios lingui.sticoss: antiguos alfabetos.s" Rene·s ·Fil, Jan. 26, 27. (Also in Muli.ng Pagsi.lang, Manilas. Jan. 28--30, 1904 under the title ' 'Ang Matatandang Katitikang Filipino. "). Content: · Writ 2. S- 214 1908 "El origen de las diferentes dialectos de Fili.-· pinas. ' ' Renas Fil . Manila. NL F Content: Hist; Comp 2 . This unpaged collection 499.s209S of newspaper clippings, mounteds. Text is in St24o Spanish, in Ronquillo's collection. The subtitle says: "En general, y en Particular de la Carac­ teristica del Tagalog.s" s--215 1909 "Bosquej o de una classificacion de idiomas Fili-­ pinas.s" in· Biblioteca Nacional Filip·i·na, 2 (13- 0 c t . ) . Content: Comp 2. This contains a sketch of a classification for the Philippine langua- ges. s-216 19 10 "Alfabetos antiguos de Filipinas.s" Renas Fil, 1 ( 5 -August) : 5. Content: Writ 2; Comp. This includes a compara­ tive table of ancient Philippine characters to­ gether with Javanese, Buginese (Celebese) , and Lampong (Sumatra) characters . Staneslow, Paul W. S-217 195 5 "The grammar of verbs in Cebuano Bisayan.s" M. A. thesis (Linguistics), Cornell University. 20 p. P30 Content: Phan 5; Morph. The sketch of the pho­ 195 5 nology and morphophonemics is followed by a some-· S785+ what longer sketch of the verb ·classes and asso­ ciated affixes. Stark, D. S. s--21 s 1961 "Proto-Binukid--Dibabaon." SIL WP, 5 :. 65- 76. Content: Comp 1. Starr, Frederick (1858- 1933) S- 219 1901 "The Tagal alphabet.s" Unity, June 13. Content: Writ 2 . Ayer 5 S79 1900 no. 3 S-220 1909 A little book of Filipino riddles. New York. World Book Company. 133 p. Ayer Coritent: Text 4. This includes riddle in Iloko, 2168 S79 3 8 9 Pangasinan, Gaddang, Pampangan, Bi.sayan, and Taga- log, togetherwith the English translation. · St· eiger, George Ny-,' H. Otley· Beyer,d· and Conrado S-·d2 21 Benitez 1929 'History· of the· or·ie.nt. Boston. Ginn and Co. ix, 469 p . Content: Wri.t 2 ; Given are Sansk.rit origins of names· for money , wei.ghts:, measures (p. 196) ; samples· of Mangyan script (p. 123). Steiner, Mona Lisa · S-2 2 2 1961 A dicti·o·nary ·of vernacular· names of· Pac if· -i c food pl.ants. Pasay C ity. National Research Council of the Philippines. 362 p. Mimeograph.ed. Content: Lex 1, 4 ; Eth 2. This contains a b ibliography. Steller, C . W. J. . s -- 2. 23 19-· - Natuurlijke leesleerwijze voo·r sangirsch·e· ·k inderen. Leiden. E. J. Brill . 3 v. . Wason Cont�nt : Ped 2. This is a primer in Sangir . PL6025 S82 v. 3 . Steller, K. G. F. and W . E. Aebersold S-·d2 24 1959 Sangirees-Nederlands woordenbo.ek met Nederl·andsd­ Sangirees register. Utigd. door het Koninklijk Wason Inst it uut voor Taal-, Land-· en Volkenkunde, 's­ PL6025 Gravenhage. M. Nijhoff. 6 2 2 p. ZS S82 Content: Lex 4 ; Comp 1. The dictionary has some comparative material from (among others) Bisaya, Ibanag, Tagalo. g. This was reviewed by Echols in JAOS, 83 (2): 2 7 5 ; Hooykaas, BSOAS, 2 4 (1961): 402 ; H. Kah1er in Af!. 4 5 (196 1- 6 2) : 3 1 7- 319. Stockwell, Robert P. s-- 2 25 1957 A contrastive analysis of English.and Tagalog. 2 parts. Los Angeles. University of California Wason in Los Angeles, Department of English. Mimeographed. PL6053 Content : Gram ; Phan ; Comp 5. Section A, part I S86+ deals with introduction (14 p . ) ; Section B, part I deals with Phonology, and part I I deals with gram- mar (102 p. ). · · · S- 2 2 6 1960 "Footnotes to a history of linguistics and lan­ guage teaching.d" MSTEQ, 10 (1) : 3 -6, 18. Content: Ped ; Acq 2. Stockwell, Robert P. and C. W�stbrook Barritt S- 2 2 7 1961 " Scribal practice: Some assumptions.d" L· ang. 3 7 : 75-82. Content: Phon. This deals mainly with phonemic interpretations of Old English as based on written documents. Page 7 7 incl�des a short analysis of Tagal�g vowel· system. 390 Stoffel, Joseph I. S-228 1959 "The nature of the Visayan verb.s" P S , - 7 : 283- 294. C Conte·nt : Morph 1. The verb is both predicati.ve and substantive. The author gives a chart of word formation (voice, mood, tense) . Stone, Richard L. S-229 1962 "Intergroup relations among the Taosug, Samal, and Badjaw of Sulu." · p·sR 10 (3 .... 4): 107-- 133. Content: Soc l; Mainly ethnographic, this however contains sociolinguistic iriformation on p. 112. Suarez, Vedasto G. S-·230 1950 "Tagalog in legal parlance.s" ENSM 5 (Nov. 11) : 6 - 7. Content: Lex; Soc 3. s--231 1954 "Mga lalawiganing sali.tang Tagalog." M. A . th.esis (National Language), Centro Esco1ar University, Manila. Content: Comp 4. Title translation: Provin­ cialisms in Tagalog. Subido, Trinidad T. and Virgiriia Gamboa Mendoza S-232 1940 Tagalog phonetics and orthography (based on Ang palatitikan at palabigkasang Tagalog) . Institute UP Fi of National Language Publications, vols. 3, No. 3 . PL5501. Manila . Bureau of Printing. 51 p. A28 Content: Phon; Writ 1 . Sulu News (Ing Kabayta'baytas'an Sug. ) S-233 1911 Zamboanga ( ?); Moro Province, P. I . (Publ ished monthly only from June 30-Dec. 31, 1911) . Wason Content: Text; Writ 2. This contains bilingual Locked text material in English and possibly Maguindanao Press in Arabic script. One issue contains an article DS688 in English in Arabic script; otherwise, articles MB S95+ deal with land ownership and Juramentado. Summer Institute of Linguistics S--234 1954 Libluh tanay gunu damalang. Panimulang Aklat. A Pre-primer. Mani la. Summer Institute of Lin­ UP F i guistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of PL6045 National Languages. 59 p. Z77N8 Content: Ped 2. S-235 1954 Pepe pre-primer . Summer Institute of Li!)-guistics (Literacy Materials). Content: Ped 5 . This is in Binokid. S-236 1954 Vocabulary. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). · Content: Lex 3. This is in Dibabaon-Mandaya. 391 Summer Institute of Linguistics S-237 1954 A vocabulary of· central Mindanao· Manobo. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Pubd- Lopez lie Schools,d. Dept. of Education . 94 p. Mus. Content: Lex 4. S--238 1955 Pepe pre�p· rimerd. Summer Insti.tu-te of Linguistics (Li.teracy Materials) . Content: Ped 5. This is in Bontoc. S-·239 1955 Pepe. Manila. Summer Institute of Lingui.stics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of· National Language. Con·te·nt: Text ; Ped 2. This is: a pre..:primer in Kalinga. S-240 1955 Primers I, I I. Summer Institute of Lingui.stics (Literacy Materials) . Content: Ped 5. This is in Mansaka. S- 241 1955 Vocabulary. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials) . Content: Lex 3 . This is for Alcala Agta Negri.to of central Cagayan. S-·242 1955 Vocabulary. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials) . Content: Lex 3. This is in Mansaka. S-243 1956 Pepe pre-primer. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials) . Content: Ped 5. This is in Mansaka. S-244 1950 Pepe pre-primer. Summer Institute of Li�guistics (Literacy Materials) . Content: Ped 5 . This is in Tagbanua. S-245 1956 Primer I. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Lite- racy Materials) . Content: Ped 5 . This is in Yogad. S- 246 1957 Arna se atta. Manila. 3 5 p . (Isngg Pri.mer Series)d. Cont· e· n t: Ped 2 . Wason Pamphlet P. I. 14 (Isneg) S-247 1957 ____B i,._y ...:;;;a_g____d__a_ c..-.... y___a____ i;;;..;; ·s____n----:�......· g..... Mani 1 a. 35 p. (Is neg Primer Series). Wason Content: Text ; Ped 2. Pamphlet PL P . I. 15 (Isneg) 392 Summer Inst it ut e of Linguist i.cs S-· 248 1957 · H ina-ama. · (Umuna an Liblu. lfugao of Mt. Pro­ vince) . Manila. Summer Institute of L inguistics, Wason Bureau of Pub lic Schools, Institute of Nat ional PLS72 8 Language. 3 v. Z77 S55 c·ontei1t: Ped 2 . Revised in 19&9. Probab ly the V . 3 works of Joan Goetz and Leonard Newel l. Voi . 1 : Hina-Ama . Primer, Ifugao; Vol . 2 : M iyaduwa an Lib lu; Vold. 3 : M iyatlu an Liblu, 35 p. Volume 4 is in manuscript form. S-·d249 1957 Hymns. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Li tho­ graphed translation materials) . Coritent: Text 3, 5 . This i s in Bi laan . S- 250 1957 Hymns . Summer Institute of Linguistics (Mimeo-­ graphed transdlation materials)d·. Content: Text 3, 5. This is in Ivatan. S-· 251 1957 The intensive Tagalog course. Rev. ed. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Institute of Wason National Language, Department of Education . 109 p. PL6055 + Conversations . N 8 6 + Content: Ped 3 . This is a spoken course based 1957 on conversations and grammatical analyses w ith dril ls. Essentially it i s the same as Wolfenden and Alejandro, 1958. S- 252 1957 Pre -�rimer� Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy materials). Content: Ped 5. This is for Inibaloi. S- 253 1957 Ya kuwaan da ya ipayao: 3 . Mani la. Summer In­ stitute of Linguistics, Bureau of Pub lic Schools, Institute of National Language. 38 p. Content: Text. This is in Apayao. S-· 254 1957 - Sulat hennagi� Manila. Summer Institute of Lin­ 1960 guistics, Bureau of Pub l i c Schools, Institute of National Language. 4 v. 1 : 2 2; 2: 1 8; 3: 38; Wason 4 : 2 5 . Pamplilet Content: Text; Ped 2. These are primers for PL P. I . 8 Tagabili (Cotabato) . Reputedly written by Vivian 4V Forsberg and L i l lian Underwood. S- 255 1958 Bib le story book. Summer Institute of Li�guistics (Mimeographed translation materials) . C�nterit: Text 3. This is in Cotabato Manobo. S- 256 1958 Hymns. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Mimeo­ graphed translation materials) . Content: Text 3, 5. 393 Summer Institute o. f Linguistics S--2 5 7 1 9 5 8 Joseph story. Summer Insti.tute of Li.ngui_stics (Mimeograph.ed ·translation materials)d·. ·c·o·nt·ent: Text 3. This is for West·ern Bukidnon Manobo. S-·2 5 8 1958 I'fug· ·ao vocabulary.· Mani.la. Summer Institute of· Linguistics, Bureau of Publi.c ·scfLools, Insti.-· Wason tute 6f National Language. 179 p. PL5728 ·c·ont·e·nt; Lex 4 ; Sein. · Th.is: dictionary- (reputedly Z9G9 compi.led by· Leonard Newell), i.s of the Guliang (barrio name) di.alect. The introduction gives: the phoneme inventory (letters), notes on word structure (i. e. , affixation and post--cli.ti.cs·-- 2 classes of pronouns). The organizdation of entries represents an attempt to classify roots into semantic categories under the general term for the class. The main body is Ifugao to English with an English-Ifugao finder list.d· Very fe� derived f6rms are listed either by themselves or under the base. S -· 2 5 9 1958 Studies in Philippine linguistics (by members· of the Summer Institute of Linguistics Pacific Wason Branch). Sydney. University of Sydney. 82 p. PL5 506 (Oceanis Linguistic Monographs, No. 3 ) . S95 Content: Phan ; Bihl - 3 . This is a collection of articles mostly on phonology, but with some morpho­ logical and syntactical discussion. The articles are listed under the various authors (Meiklejohn, Barham, Gieser, Cottle, Oates, Dawson, Dean, Healey, Newell). s --260 1958 "d(/Tit ing/in/) ka muna. . d. ". SIL WP, 2 : 114-123. Content: Syn ; Text 2. S - 2 6 1 1959 Dibshu: Inibaloi of Mountain Province.. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Pub­ Wason lic Schools, Institute of National Language. PLS785 Conterit: Text ; Ped 2. Barker lists also a Z7 7 SSS ·nib· ·sh·u · 1 I and a ·n·ib.shu II I . s -- 2 62 0 1959 · Tu laden liblu manubu. A Picture Book. Manila. 40 p. Wason Coritent: Lex 3 ; Ped. This is a Manobo primer PL595 5 with a short_ glossary. S95 T9 S - 2 6 3 1960 Ebasa·d· ki. Manilad. Bureau of Printing. ·coo·d·te·dn· t :: Ped 5. This is a practice· reader in Ilianen Manobo. 394 Summer Institute of Linguistics S-·264 1960 Gesyeng ·isttirja. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute Wason of National Language. 21 p. Pamphlet Content: Text·; P�d Z. This is in Kalamian PL P. I. 3 Tagbanua of Palawan. s--26 s 1960 Ikeruwa ne ri�be·ru. Manila. Bureau of Printingd. c·on·tent: Ped 5 . This is· Primer Z in Ili.anen· Manobo. S--266 1960 Ke benu wey ·ke lakud. Trial ed. Manila. 13 p. Coritent: Text Z. This is a translation and Wason adaptation into Ilianen Manobo of "The Turtle Pamphlet and the Fox.d" PL P . I. 2 s--267 1960 Udeal dewata. Content:· Text 3. This is "Word of God" -- -scrip­ ture portions translated into Tagabili. S-268 1960 U==h�o�h�u-g......._n�a___A� g�t�___a �Z . Manilad. Bureau of Printing. Content: Ped 5 . This is Primer 2 in Agta of Cagayan. Barker also lists Uhohug na A- gta I.s-269 1960 Ya ido daw pag- on�. Manila. 13 p . Content: Ped 5. This is a Mamanwa storybdook. Reputedly compiled by Jeanne Miller. s--2 7 a 1961 Kansiyon Daya mangurug. Nasuli, Malaybalay , Bukidnon. 33, 1 · p. · Wason Content: Text 3. This is an Isneg hymnald. Pam. B142 s--2 71 1962 Bumasa liblu. duwa. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Langu�ge. 23 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Manobo (Cotabato) primer. Reputedly written by Thomas and Elnore Lyman. S- 272 1963 Ilocano intermediate course. Lubuagan, Mt. Province. Content: Ped 3. S-273 1963 Libra na minansakad- -1. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bu­ kidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 31 p. Content: Text ; Ped 2. This is· a book of reading lessons in Mansaka. 395 Summer Institute of Linguisti.cs S-274 1963 Sars·i:la si.ng bay·ta makakuy_ags. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Buikidnon. Summer Insti.tute _of Lingui.stics. 20p.Crritent: Text 3. This is a tran�lation of se-· lected Bible stories into Tausug of Jolo, Sulu. · s--275 1963 Tut·u·1 k·enio ·nu1·u ne kemo hengalaf . Manila. Summer Institute of L ingui.stics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of . National Language. 18 p. Content: Text 2. This iss� story of planting and trapping in Tagabili . Reputedly done by Vivian Forsberg and t illian Underwood. S-276 1964 Basahen nao . Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of· Public Schools, Institute 6 f National Wason Language. 2 v . in 1, 121 (5) and 135 p . PL5953 Coriterit: Ped 2. This is a primer in Mamanwa S95 and a Mamanwa-Pilipino-English glossary is found at the end of the two volumes (volume 2 having been prepared by Jean and Helen Miller). S-277 1964 M��a�n�g�a�p�a�n�a�-�·o�___g _ka�=-n �J_e�s�u-s:-. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukidnon. Summer Institute of Linguistics. 26 p. Content: Text 3. This is a b ible translation in Mamanwa. S- 278 1964 "Papers in Philippine linguistics." OL, 3 (1) : 200s. Content: Bihl 3 . The individual works are listed under tne various authors. S- 279 1965 Yang kapanwan ni Isus. Nasuli, Malaybalay, Bukid­ non . Summer Insti.tute of Linguistics. 18 p. Content: Text 3. The bible translation is in Calamian Tagbanwa. S-280 n .d . Pehenavan ne riberu. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). Content: Ped 5 . This is in Ilianen Manobo. S- 281 n.d. Practice primer. Summer Institute of Linguistics (Literacy Materials). Content: Ped 5. This is in Cotabato .Manobo. S-282 n .a . Turtle and the dog. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics (Literacy M�terials). Content: Ped 5. This is in Mamanwa. S-283 n.d. Ya ido daw pag--ong. Summer Institute of Linguis­ tics (Literacy Materials). Content: Ped 5. This is in Mamanwa. 396 A survey of personnel, materials, and program.s for S-284the teaching of ·so·utneas·t ·As. ian langua.ges ·,- d .eterminati.on of needs, and rec·om·me·ndat·io·ns for· an appropr· iate program of_ researchs. · 1959 (Report of a Conference held Dec. 17-- 18) . Washing­ ton D . C. Center for Applied Linguistics. 6 1 p . Content: Ped; Theo ·2; Acq 2 . this includes a general evaluation of language resources, status, and objectives by country, followed by sociolin­ guistic surveys of each country (e. g . , Harold C. Conkli n, "Philippine Languages,s" 4 p. ) . Svelmoe, Gordon W . · · S- 285 1957 Preliminary analysis of Mansaka affixes. Univer­ si ty of North Dakota , Summer Institute of Lin­ Wason gui sti es. 13 p. PL5956 Content: Morph 2. S96+ Svelmoe, Gordon W. and Norman Abrams S-286 1953 "A brief field trip among the Bukidnon Tigwa and the Davao Salug people. i , PSSHR, 18 (2) : · 1 4 1- 185 . Content: Lex 1; Comp 2, 4. This includes socio­ linguistic information, analyses of dialects, and affinities of speech communities based on compara­ tive lists of 65 words and 28 phrases from Umayam, Matigsalug, Tigwahanun, Bagobo, Dumalog, Binokid, Talamo. · S- 287 1955 Mansaka vocabulary. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute UP Fi of National Language. SO p. PLS956 Content: Lexs. · Z77N82 Svelmoe, Gordon, and Ernest Richert and David Thomas S- 288 1957 Mansaka survey. Grand Forks, North Dakota. Uni­ versity of North Dakota, Summer Institute of Linguistics . Content: Comp 4; Soc 2. This deals with dialect and languages and hierarchical relationships of the Davao area: I . Manobo (A. Dibabaon-Mandaya, B . Manggaangon; C. Caraga Manobo, D. Governor­ Generoso-Manobo) ; II. · Davaweno (A. Coastal Moro; B. Mansaka; C . Compostela Mandaya; D. Mangarangan, E . Cateclamo, F . Manuriga6, G. Manay Mandaya; H . Sang Manda ya; I . Samal; K . Tagakaolo). Svelmoe, Gordon and Thelma Svelmoe · S-289 1966 "Dual function of dili in Mansaka . " PJLT, 4: 75- 78. Content: Lex 1. Swellengrebel, J . L., comp. S-290 1953 "The renderings of some biblical terms in languages of the Indonesian archipelago . " Parts I and· II, 397 BS The B ible Translator, 4 (4) : 16·8-182 ; 5 : 32-46. 410 ·co·ntetit :: Text· 8 . Sangir words along wi.th. data BS 7 from other languages :Ln Indonesi.a with. a discus­ sion of translation factors are included . s--291 1963 "Translators' ins·titute_ i.n th.e Ph.ilippines.d" 'TBT, 14 : 147 -· 157 • c·o·n·te·nt:: Morph. 2 . Thi.s is a report on th.e cover-· age of the meeting. There i s a di.s·cussion on Tagalog focus·, meani.ng, word s-tudies, and admi.ni- strative matters. · Swift, Henry S-·292 1909 A stud· of the Iloco 1·an ua· e, T:iased mainl t e oco gr·amm:ar o· P. · Fr·. · · o·s·e· · ·aves. LC General Staff, Second Section, Publication No. 14, PLS752 . 59 War Dept . Document 327 ) . Washington. B. S . Adams. UlU76 ·conten· t : Gram. Forster and McKaughan say this No.d14 uses organizational framework of the classical languages for the grammar. Sytamco, Jose Re�es S-293 1961 English-Spanish-Tagalog medical dictionary. (Dic­ cionario Medico Ingles-Espanol-·Tagalog. Talahu­ luganang Ingles-Kastila--Tagalog sa P:anggagamot) . Rev. and enl. ed. Maynila. 1023 p. '(1st ed. :· 1954 Medical Dictidonar T�anslated int6 the Fili­ pino Languaged. Manila. F.dP. _ gustin, 797 p • . Content: Lex 4. Tabasondra, Iluminada T-1 1961 "Pampango consonants and vowels and their influ­ ence on English as spoken by Pampangos in Tarlac.d" PJLT, 1 (3�-4) : 1-6. Content: Phan 5 ; Hist 4 ; Comp 5. Tablan, Andrea Amor T-2 1947 Balarilang gamitin para sa mataas na paaralan (Functional grammar for the high school)d. Manila. Wason Abiva Pubd. Bouse. 122 p. PL6053 Content: Gramd. T12 T-3 1950 Mga layunin, paksa at pamaraan sa pagtuturo ng wikang pambansa . Manila. Philippine .Book Co. Book I, 1 19 p . ; Book II, 123 p. Content: Ped ; Theo 3. Title translation: The aims, topics and methods of teaching · the national language. T -4 1951 Balarila, Balangkas ng b alar.ila. Manila. Philip- pine Book Co. · v iii, 1 7 1 p . 398 Content: Gram ; Lex l ; Phon; Morph; Writ 1. This outline of grammar is bas ed on tli.e Institute of National L �nguage Balarila. It has a b ilingual text; in Pi1ipino and English, and covers ortho-­ graphy, s yllable structure, word formati on and word clas ses, with appendix of terms. Tablan, Andrea Amor and R . Alej andro T-- 5 1951 Mga pamaraan sa pagtutuio rig ·wikang pamb.arisa. ·(National Lan. guag� IV) . M�nila. · Philippine Book Wason Co . 192 p. PL6055 Content : Ped 1 . Title translation: Ways of Tl2 teaching the nati.onal language. This is a grammar with lessons for school use. Tablan, Andrea Amor and Carmen B. Mallari, Comp. T-6 1961 Filipino-English, Engli sh �Pi1 ipino d ictionary. New York. Washington Square Pres s, Inc. 213 p . Wason Content: Lex 4. PL6056 Tll Taft, W i 11 i am Howard · (1 857 - 19 30 ) T - 7 19 1 2 "Di a 1ec ts of the Phi 1 i pp ine s • " p. 28- 30 in U . S. Congress House Committee on Insular Affairs. Ayer Hearings before the Committee . Washington. Gove rn­ USC58 ment Printing Office . 1902 ( ?) Content: Soc 1 . Tagalisches Worterbuch T- 8 n.d . 401 p . (In the Ayer collection) . Content: Lex 4 . Tagalog; the basis of the national language of the T-9 Philippines 194 4 Bri sbane: Information and Education Secti on, 14th Anti-Aircraft Command. 5 1 p. LC Content: Theo 3. PL6053 T3 A Tagalog-English dictionary T- 10 1940 Tokyo. 146 p . Content: Lex 4. This is supposed to be found at Ke io Kenkyushitsu Universi ty in Japan. There is a Tagalog-English Vocabulary put out by the In­ stitute of National Language in 1940, 180 p. Tagalog Language Staff T- 1 1 1963 Tagalog: An intensive course for beginners. Hilo, Hawai i. The Univers ity of Hawai i Peace Wason Corps Training Program. Unpaged. Mimeographed. PL6053 Content: Ped 3 . · There are approximately 4 5 dia­ H38T12 logues and pattern drills contained here. Vl2 Tagle, Mary Ruff T-12 1963 "Americans study our lingoes.s" wee· -kly Gr. .aph.ic, 29 ( 39 , Mar . 20): 12. · Content: Soc ; Theo 5 . 399 Talavera, Fr . M iguel de ( -1622) . T-13 1617 Enchiri:dio·n de ·1·a co·ncie:nc·ia, en lengua .T.ag·a1 y Cis·t�llana. Manila . ·c6ntent : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . This is Tagalog text material on a rel�gious topi c. · · T-·14 1617 Memorial de la conciencia en Castellano y T�galog. Manilad. Cont�nt : Text · 3 ; Hist 2. Talisic, Caridad C. T- 15 1962 "A study of achievement in reading, arithmeti c, and language of grade I I I pupils taught through the local· vernacular (Tagalog) in grades I and II . " M . A . thesis, Arellano Uriiveisity . d· Manila. Content : Ped 5. Tamondong, Medalla Austria . T-16 1946 Easy Tagalog lessons. (Vocabulary,dgrammar, and lessond· plans and songs). Dagupan,d· Pangasina. NL F Llamas Press. 144 p. 499 . 2T Content: Ped 3. Au 79e Tan, Arsenia B. T- 17 1967 "Is ' ng' a preposition or an art i c 1e ? " Unitas, 40 (.Dec . ) : 700-709 . Contentd: Lex 1. T-18 1967 "Sqme structural features of the Tagalog nouns: clues to the Identifidcation of the Tagalog nouns unto sub-classes . " Unitas, 40 (Dec. ) : 64 7-651. Content: Morph 2. Tan, Arsenia B . and Antonia F . Villanueva T-19 1967 "A contrastive analysis of the English and Tagalog consonant systems.d" Unitas, 40 (:0ec . ): 6 3 1 - 6 3 9 . · Content: Phon 5. Tanaka, Masao T-20 1944 "Tagalog through Japanese eyes.d" Phil Rev, l (Feb. ) : 11:..d13. Content: Theo 3 . This gives an impressionistic view of Tagalog as the national language. Tangco, Marcelo · · · · T-21 · 1951 "The Christian peoples of the Philippines.d" Natural and Applied Science Bulletin (Quezon City). Newberry 11 ( 1) : 115 p • Content: Soc ; Eth. Welsh says the emphasis is placed on language and also includes Chinese, European, Indi.ari, Arab, Japanese, Amerindian and Afro-American peoples in the Philippines . Taosug exercises 195- 62 leaves. Content : Text ; Ped 1. English sentences with Wason Tausug equivalents are given , with no discussion, PL6044 explanations or glossaryd. T2T1d7+ 400 Tap ang, Paz T . T- Z3 195 5 "Vitaliz ing the teaching of national language in secondary· schools in the city of Nag a.s'' Un.pub-· lished M . A. thesis in Education, University of Nueva Caceres, Naga City. Content: Ped ; A�q 2 . · Tat1ow, A. T . (ed ) T--24 1968 Lang·uag·e o·roblems in soutI1.e·as·t ·Asi·an un·siver·s· i-ties . Bangkok, Thailand . The Association of Southeast U . H . Asian Institutions of Higher Learning . 118 p . LA1058 Content: Abstracts of papers and discussion from S45 a meeting held in Manila in 1966 . See Aguilar, 1966 Castelo, Constantino, Cubar, Jocano, Mccarron, Pascasio, Sibayans. Tayao, Maria Lourdes G . T-25 · 1961 "The phonology of Waray·--Waray·s. " p·JLT, 1 ( 1--2): 3-5 . Content: Phon 5. This discusses segmentals, syl­ lable patterns, dialect differences� Taylor, D . T -26 1957 "Spanish contact vernaculars in the Philippine Islands." Word, 13: 489-499. Content: Socs. Taylor, I saac T- 27 1883 The alphabet. (An Account of the origin and deve­ lopment of letters)s. London. Kegan Paul, Trench P211 & Co. 2v . 358, 398 p. (Other ediction: 1899 T24 The history of the alphabets. New York. C. Scrib­ 1883 ners & Sons . 2v . ) . Content: Writ 2 . Volume 2 contains a table of "vernacular alphabets of further India and the islands" (including Tagala,s· Bisaya) on pages 340- 341. The author says Tagalog script is from the eastern coast of Bengal prior to the 8th century A . D . and is the proto-type for Celebes scripts, Moluccas scripts. "Teaching in the vernacular . " (Editorial) T- 28 1953 PJE, 32 (Aug . ): 72- 73. Content: Soc 2 ; Ped . "Ten errors in the national language movement." T-29 1938 The Herald Mid-Week Magazine, March 23, p. 12- 13, 21-22s. Content: Theo 3 . Tenorio A . Sig ay an, Jose T- 30 1892 Costumbres de los indios Tirurayes. Manila. Tip . 'Amigos del Pais.' 91 p . UP Fi Content: Text; PL6104 T3 RF Tensuan, Emperatriz T-30A 1956 Ang munti kong talatinigan. Manila � 96 p. Content: Lex ; Ped. An alphabetical picture die- tionary for the elementary level. 401 Terrien de Lacouperie T-31 1887 "Formos·a notes on MSS, races, and languages.s" JRAI, 19: 4 13-494s. Coritint: Lex 1 ; Phons; Morph 2 ; Comp 1 ; Bibl. Manuscripts from Formosa are inventoried, classi­ fied and discussed. Latin script derived from Dutch influence is given some comparatively old (1700) Formosan foims . Different tribes and languages are discussed, some vocabulary compared, so�e iound correspondences pointed out. Most of the linguistic data and discussion is confined to Formosa but on p. 476, Tagalog, Bi saya, Pampango, "Mindanao" forms for numbers 1 - 10 are compared. Elsewhere other comparisons of sound, morphology are d iscussed within the MPN area. Basic vocabu­ lary of about 180 forms is compared within Formosa and references are given . Teza, Emilio (1851- 1912) · T-32 1868 Sagg·i inedi ti de lingue Americane. Pisa Tipogra­ fia Mistri. Annali della Universita de Pisa,· Vol. 10. Ayer402 Content: Gram ; Soc. P64- 76 treats Pampango. T3 1868 Thevenot, M. T -33 1696 Relation de divers voyages curieux .·. . Paris. Chez Thomas Moettes. 2V. in folio. Conterit_: Writ 2 ; Soc. The third part contains remarks on languages and the alphabet. These socio- linguistic· data and examples of writing (Tagalog) are reproduced in Retana's Aparato. Thomas, David D. T-34 195_ 5 "Three analyses of the I locano pronoun sys tern.s" Word, 11 (2): 204-208. Contents: Lex l ; Eth 2 ; Sem 1 ; Theo 4. This pro­ vides a formal definition for the pronouns, an inventory of forms, classification by distribution. It evaluates three alternative analyses and selects one. T -35 1958 "Mansaka sentence and sub- sentence structures.s" PSSHR, 23 (2- 4): 339- 358. Content : Morph 1 ; Syn l ; Text. This is a de­ tailed but short sketch of the focus feature in Mansaka with sentence typology, verb morphology and phrase markers, morpheme classes, and con­ structions. Short texts are analyzed. T- 36 196Ll "Transformational paradi. gms from clause roots : " Ant h L ing , 6 (1): 1-6. Content: Syn ; Theo 4. Short syntactic structure analyses of Mansaka are given, using a paradigmatic technique. It is more suggestive than thoro�gh. 402 Thomas, David and Alan Healey. S-3- 7 1962 " Some Philippine language subgroupings. : a lexi.- costatistical study.· u ·Anth L·ing, 4 .(1) : 21 -33 . Content: Lex ·1 ; Hist 1 ; Comp 2 ; Eth 3 . This treats of language groupings with dates. Thompson, R . N . · · · T-38 1953 · Survey study of the languages of the Philippine iilaridsd. (Their numfier, t�pe, importance, and Wason locati.on, together w·ith the approximate number of PLSS06 speakers of· the principal Christian, Pagan, and T47 Mohammedan tongues) . Pampanga. Community Press. 111 p . Content: Soc 1 ; Bibl. General remarks on the Philippines and major ethnic groups are given, with remarks on the place of Philipp ine languages among world languages, as well as comments· on the 'cultural history' of language groupsd. Socio­ logical information on languages is given, with a mapd. There are a few Tagalog proverbs, and a fair bibliography for the size of the book . Tolentino, Guillermo E. T--39. 1937 Ang wika at baybaying Tagalog. Maynila. The author. xi i i, 202 p . · Wason Content: Writ 2 ; Hist 1 ; Eth 3 . Many examples PL6051 are given of the old writing system in this fairly T64 large and detailed treatmentd. Theories on linguis­ tic and cultural origins are also given. Title translation: The language and Tagalog spelling. T-40 1939 "Ang mga panlaping Tagalog at ang mga tumpak na paggamit sa lalong palasak . " Mabuhay, Jan . 8 , July. Content: Gr am 3 ·; Morph 2 . Tit1e trans1 at ion: Tagalog affixes and their correct usage in common parlanced. . T-41 1939 "Suliranin ng kambal na katinig ng 'ng' . " Ta1i ba , July 15, p. 6 . Content: Lex 1 ; Phan 2. Title translation: The problem of the reduplication of the consonant 'ng'. T -42 1939 "Kung saan nagbuhat ang pangpalit sa kambal na ' Ng ' . " Ta1 ib a,. Aug us t 5 , p. 7 • Content: Lex 1 ; Phon 2 . Title translation: Where the substitute for the reduplication of 'ng' came fromd. · T -43 n .d. Anila sa 'Ang wika at baybaying Tagalog . ' 10 p. Corit�nt: Wiit 1. Title translation:d· What they UP Fi say about the language and spelling in Tagal�g. PL6052 This is in Ronqudillo's collection. T64 RF 403 Topping, Donald M. and Floyd M . Cammack T- 44 1965 "Univers·i ty· of Haw·aii Peace Corps· Language Train­ ing Program.d" Lang Le·arn, 15 (1-·2): · 29� 42. Cont·e·ntd: Pe·d.; Acq · 2 ; Theo 2 . These are reports on trai.ni.ng experi.ence with. Tagalog, Cebuano, Hiligaynon, and Ilocano. . . Tordesdillas, Roquita T-45 1961 "Is·ang pahamb i;ng na pag-aaral sa pagbuo ng mga salitang Hiligday·non at Tagalog . " · GFS, 12: 191- 196 . Content: Moiph ; Comp 5 . This was also an M. A. thesis at the Centro Escolar University . Title translation: A comparative study in forming words in Hi.ligaynon and Tagalogd. · Torralba, Constantino · T- 46 1954 "Isang pagsusuri ng mga suliranin ng mga gurong nagsasanay sa Maynila sa pagtuturo· ng· wikang · Pi 1 i pin o sa mata as n a pa ar a· 1 an . " Un pub 1 is hed M . A. thesis in Education (Pilipino Language), National Teachers College, Manila. · · Content: Ped. Title translatidon: Analysis of the problems of practice teachers in Manila in the teaching of Pilipino in high school. Torrance, Arthur Frederick T- 47 1917 "The Philippine Moro: a study in social and race pedagogy . " Ph. D . thesis, New York Univer­ Wason sity . xi, 202 p. Film 3 0 5 Content: Phan ; Writ 2 ; Comp ; Chapter III deals with comparative philogy. It alludes to Moros using Sumatran alphabdet. Torres, Melancia de A. T-48 1954 "Ang balangkasan sa pagtuturo ng wikang Pilipino.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education (Filipino Language), National Teachers Colleged. Manila. Content: Text ; Ped 1 . Title translation: The lesson plan (or outline) in the teaching of Pilipino. Totanes, Sebastian de (1687- 1 748) T- 49 1 745 Arte de la lengua Tagala y manual Tagalog para la administracion de los sant·os sa·cramentos .d.· . Sam­ Wason paloc : Imprenta en el Convento de Nuestra Senora PL6053 de Loreto . 217 p. (Other editions: 1 796, Manila, T71 P .A . de la Concepcion, 148, 24 7 p. ; 1850, Manila, 1850 Estab. Tipo. del Colegio de Santo Tomas, 139, 183 p . ; 1865, Manila, Imprenta de Miguel Sanchez, 131, 166 p. ). Content: Gram ; Morph ; Ped 1. This is a treatment of the parts of speech in a Latin framework, and is largely on morphology Trienekens, G.d· · T--5� 1962 Bisayad' lessons. Cebu Cityd. Cebu Star Press, 133 p . Content: Gram 2 ; Morph ; Syn ; Ped. This is· more Wason of an exposition of grammatical categories and PL5623 funtor words than a· true course of instruction . T82 404 Trinidad, Doris T-- 5 1 1961 " Sanskrit in Tagalo. g . " STM, 16 (f.ug . ) :. 3 7. Conten-t : H ist 4..d T-5 2 19<51 "Sanskrit terms. " STM, 17 (Aug . 13) : 29. Content: Hist 4. Trinidad, Tomas M. T-5 3 1940 "A survey of the ability of ch.ildren i.n grades V, VI and VII of the public schools of Manila to read and write in Tagalog w ithout previous instruc­ tion in their vernacular . " Unpublished M . A. thesis in Education, University of the Philippines . 9 2 p . Content: Writ; Comp 5 ; Soc; Ped 5; Acq. This deals w ith the relation of language learning in school to the language of the home, and other sociological factors. Trinidad, Venanci. o T-54 1957 "Our language problem.d" (Editorial) , ·Phi·1· Ed, 12 (2) : inside front cover. Content: Soc 3. Trosdal, Mimi B . T-5 5 1963 "A formal-functional description of Cebuano-Bisaya.d" Unpublished M. A. thesis, University of San Carlos. Cebu City. 262 p. Content: Gramd. T- 56 1968 " Foreign influences on Cebuano-Bis·aya.d" p . 6 3 -70 in Dr. H. Otley Beyer, Dean of Philippine Anthro ­ pology (A commemorative issue) Rudolf Rahmann (ed) . Content: Hist 4. Some examples of borrowed words together with rules of sound modification in keep­ ing with the native sound structure. Some rules of historical sound shift. Troyano, Manuel T-57 1887 "Dialects del archipielago . " p. 115-120 in Ex­ posicion de Filipinas. Madrid. Establecimiento NL Tipografico de El Globo . F606 Content: Writ; Soc; Bernardo says this cond­ �12 6 7 e tains a palaeographic description of the ancient Filipino system of writing, as well as a facsimile of an ' anting -antingd' (amulet)d. Troyer, Lester 0 . T-5 8 1965 Annual technical report of the Philippine branch of The Summer Institute of Linguist. ics· to th·e Philippine government . 2 5 p. Content: Theo 2. T -- 59 1968 "Gaddan. g affirmatives and negativ. es . " A·sia Std, 6 (1) : 99- 101. Content: Lex 1. L ist of forms with their uses characterized. 405 Troyer, Lester and Madeline Troyer T-60 1958 Numliei Book. Nasuli.? . Summer lnsti.tute of Li.n. -· guistics . ·c·ont·e·nt: Lex 1 ; Ped. Gaddang number book. Troyer , Madeline T-·61 1959 "Gaddang phonology.d" · ·pJs, 8 8 (1) : 95-·d102. co·ntent:: Ph.on S, 6 ; Text 2. This discusses seg­ mental and supra segmental phonemes distributed in the sy·llable and the word. A small text is also included. T-62 1966 "Observations on morphophonemics.d" · ·pJ.LT,. 4 ( 1-2): 79-d· 81 .. Content : Phon 2. Tuason, Romeo R. T-63 1937 "Kinship terms among the AkJzanon.d" ·d·PM, 34 (Dec. ) : 552, 571 . Content: Lex 1 ; Eth 2. Tucker, G. Richard T-64 1968 " Judging personality from language usage:: a Filipino example.d" · p·sR, 16 ( 1 -2) : 30:_39. C�ntent: Soc ; Eth 1. Evaluative scaling along 1 2 dimensions for American English, Filipinod· (Tagalog) English and Tagalog of native Tagalog sp�akers. · · · · Tucker, G . Richard and Jack W. Wigfield T-65 1967 Philippine Normal College langua2e inventory. (Language Study Center, Occasional Paper No. 1 ) . Manila � Philippine Normal College. 6 p. , mimeo . Content: Soc 1. Native languages of students at the college. · · Tueres, Teresita P. · T-66 1957 "Problems in teaching reading to bilingual child­ ren.d" The ONI Journal, 2 ( 1 ) : 19-29. · Content: Soc 2 ; Ped 5 ; Acq 2. This gives a . general background and principles with a biblio-graphy. It reviews some of the literature and makes some general statements about the Philipd­ pines (p. 26-28) but gives no actual language data . · · Tugade, Rodrigo R. T-67 · 1960 "A Philippine language based on English.d" ·s·il:­ limanian Maga zi· ne,. 14 (March) : 9 - 1 0+ . _ C�nterit: Hist ; Soc 3 ; Theo 3. Tule, Laytan and Daton Ontic, and Mr. & Mrs. James T-68 Dean 1955 Gisak. Manila. Summer Institute of Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National UP Fi Language. 38 p. PL5595 ·c�riterit: Text ; Ped 2. This is a Bilaan trans­ Z77N82 lation of the pre-primer Pepe. 406 Twedde l l , Colin E l l i dge T - 6 9 19 5 8 "The I raya (Mangyan) l anguage of Mindoro , Phi l ip ­ p ines : phonology and morphology . " Unpub l i shed Was on M . A . the s i s , Univers i ty o f Washingtonn. 1 7 1 p . F i lm2 7 3 Content : Phon ; Morph . U . E . U - 1 19 5 2 - ' 'Kata Sangsekerta dalam bahas a Indone s i a dan 19 5 3 Ph i l ipina . " PeBa , 5 (Apri l , June ) · : 29 9 - 30 3 , 3 3 7 - 339n. C ontent : Lex l ; H i s t 4 ; Comp . Tagalog words of Sanskri t ori gin are compare d to Indones i an l anguage s . Uhlenbeck , E . M . U - 2 1 9 6 3 ' 'The comparative s tudy of the Aus t rones i a l anguages . ' ' p . 2 4 - 2 7 in Linguistic comparison in s outheas tn · As i a and the Pac i fi c . Col lected Papers in Oriental and African Studies , School of Orient al and Afri can Studies , Unive rs i ty of Londonn. Londonn. Conten t : Theo 4 . This gives a theoreti cal tre a t ­ ment of the comparative me thod ( Its e s sential fe atures and the i r app l i cab i l i ty to Aus trones i an l anguages . ) I t also givesn� general overview of the des criptive and comparative work done , the coverage of the qual i t ies and comparab i l i ties , w i th few de tai led examples being given . For the Ph i l ippine s , mention is made only of Tagalog as being comparatively we l l des crib e d . Underwoo d , L i l li an U - 3 1 9 6 5 Phi l ippine reade r . Vol . 1 , No . 1 . Summer Ins t i ­ tute of L ingui s t ics (Literacy Material s ) n. 1 1 p . Conten t : Tex t ; Ped 2 . This reader i s in Tagab i l i . U - 4 1 9 6 6 Phi lippine reade r . Vol . 1 , No . 2 . Summer Ins t i ­ tute o f Linguis tics ( L i te racy Mate r i al s ) n. 1 1 p . C ontent : Tex t ; Ped 2 . Th is is a Tagab i l i reade r . Undoy , Tente U - 5 1 9 5 7 Mga b i l i s ad - o n . San Juan . Ri zal : Kalantiaw Pub l i c ationsn. 3 7 p . Wason Content : Text . Thi s contains Aklan maxims . PN6 30 7 U56 UNE SCO . Fundamental Educat ion Regional Study U - 6 Confe rence , Mexi co C i ty 1 9 4 7 A brief report on the Phi lippine national l anguage . F.E. Confe rence Pubn. 11 . 3 p . C ontent : Theon. Thi s i s an out l ine o f a report made by Dr . E . A l zona , Phi l ippine del egate to the conferencen. 407 Unson, Gervasio V. U - 7 1962 "Asian .names : Lowland Filipino names : First to last. "d ·Asian ·s·tud· ent, May 12, p . 6 . Criridierit: Lex 1. · Untalan, Pelagia U-8 1949 Abakada· (Pre-·primer). Manila � Inang Wi.ka Pub. Co. 96 p . c·ontent.: d Ped 2. Title translation : The alphabet.U-9 1950 "The difficulties in the national language of Philippine normal school students·.d" · Unpubli.shed UP M . A. thesis in Tagalog, University of the Philip- LG995 pines. 27 7 p . · · 1950 Content: Lex 1 ; Phon 3 ; Morph l ; Comp 5 ; Ped ; E3U6 Acq ; Sem. This treats the parts of s·peech, gram­ matical categories, pronunciation, lexicon, se- mantic problems with respect to Tagalogs and non- Tagalogsd. · Ursua,d·dDafrosa A . U-10 1965 " A survey of the vocabulary of the grade one pupils in Quirino Elementary School, Quezon City.d" Thesis, Manuel L. Quezon University, Manila. 96 p. Content: Lex 1 ; Ped ; Acq . U.dS. Army· Map Service U-11 1944 Glossary of terms appearing on maps of the Nether­ lands East Indiesd. Washington. Corps of Engineers, Wason U. S . Army. vii, 304 p . · · PLS0S6 Content : Lex 1. This list includes Magindanao USS (as well as others listed as Philippine but not actually located within the Philippines). Entries are from native to English terms and rev�rse. U.dS. Board on Geographic Names · . U-12 1901 Geographic names in the Philippines islands. Special report of the U.dS. Board on Geographic Ayer2120 Names, (56th Congress, 2nd Session, Senate Docu­ US1900 ment No . 228). · Washington . Government Printing Office. 59 p. · · Content: Lex 1 . U-13 1944 Gazetteer to maps of the Philippine isl�nds. Map Series AMS S401. 2nd ed. Washi�gtond. Army UP Fi Map Service. 239 p. DS654 Cop.tent.: Lex 1. USS Supp U-14 1952 Decisions on names in the Republic of the '.Phili' p­ pines . (Cumulative decision list No. 5212)d. Washington. d . Department of the Interior. 16 � ­ Cont·ent:. Lex 1 . 408 U . S . Bureau of Insular Af fa:i:rs, War _Depa_rt_m_e_n_t_ .d. . . .1902 .d. U_-15 A p�onouncing gazetteer and geographical dictionary of the Philippine islands. · Washington. Government Wason Printing Office . 933 p. · DS654 c·on·t·ent:: Soc . This contains a note on the Mang­ U S S yan of Mindoro (p. 667)d, giving the names of the tribes, their lan. guages, and the ancient name: Mait . . U . S . Bureau of Naval Personnel U-- 16 1963 Tagalog language guide . Washington . 86 p . Content: Ped 1 . U . S. Bureau of the Census U-17 1905 Census of the Philippine islands, 19-03. 4 v. Washingtond. Government Printing Office. Wason Contentd: Lex l; Hist 5; Soc 1·; Theo. On p. 453- HA1 821 477, non-Christian tribes are given some linguis­ 1903 tic ·coverage to the extent of listing language B names , speculating on the etymology of tiib�l names (listed on p . 468-477)d. Some minor socio­ linguistic information is given on the Christian tribes (p . 492-531) . These are all contained in Vol . I , Population . U-18 1921 Census of the Philippine islands, 1918. Volume II; Population and mortality. Manila. Bureau of Wason Printing . 1 888 p. HA1d821 Content: Soc l; Eth. Pages 60 - 4 deal with lite­ 191 8 racy , with Tables 25-27 on literacy and languages A4 spoken (English and Spanish) ; Tables 39-43 on racial groups. Pages 907-957 deal with the non­ Christian people in which language figures as a criterion for group identification but little information is given beyond enumeration of lan­ guage and dialects. U-19 1940 Census of the Philippine islands, 1939 . Vol. I: Reports by province for census of populationd. Wason Manila. Bureau of Printing . 4 V. HA1 821 Content: Soc 1 . Pages xii-xiii deal with general 1939 notes on languages.d· Table 5 lists persons· able A3+ to speak Tagalog, English , Spanish by municipality . Table 6 lists those able to speak specified lan­ guages and dialects, with proviI\,ce wide figuresd. Table 7 deals with the same, but on the municipal leve 1. . U-20 1941 Census of the Philippines, 1939. Volume II: Sum-· mary. Manila. Bureau of Printing. 1752 p . Content: Soc 1; Ped 5. Chapter· VI deals with literacy. Chapter VII, p . 3 1 3 - 3 80 deals with 409 Wason dialects and languages, and contains textual des­ HA1821 criptions of the language situation and 84 tables 1939 dealing with province wide figures for speakers A3+ V2 of each language. Seventy-one languages and dia­ lects are listed, including some non· =MPN languages. U.dS. Congress. Senate. Committee on the Philippines U-21 1900 The Philippine Islands. Washington. Government Printing Office. 29 p. Ayer Content: Soc l ; Eth ; Welsh says that p. 9- 2120 15 deal with lists of tribes and other ethnographic US 1900 information. U.dS. General Staff Second Section U- 22 1909 A study of the Iloco language ; based on the Iloko Grammar of Fr. Jose Naves, by H. Swift. ITS Pub­ NL F lication, Washington. B.dS. Adams. 172 p. 499.d2181 Content: Gram. 1 Un 3s U.dS. Philippine Commission U -23 1901 Report of the Philippine Commission to the Pres­ ident, 1900. 4 V. Wason Content: Phon ; MOrph ; Writ 2 ; Comp. Paper No. 10 DS653 deals with "Idiomography" (p. 397 - 412). It deals AS with the ancient writing system, comparisons of vocabulary and word structure among the various Philippine languages, and with Malay. It is presented in an abridged edition in Z. Galang, Ling u is i tc s, 1938 , Vo1. 2, p. 25 -2 7 . See a 1s o: Archipelago Filipino, 1900. U.dS. War Department U- 24 1944 T��a�g�a�l�og�.-�A:-Gg�u�i�d=e�t�o"'-t=h�e:;__,as4 �p�o�k�e�n=-l�a-n==-e-g�ua.g�e. Washingd- ton. 85 p. UP Fi Content: Ped 1. P16055.dUS 1944 U.dS. War Department. Division of Insular Affairs. U -25 1901 The people of the Philippines. (56th Con�ress, 2nd Session, Senate, Document 218). Washington. Ayer2120 Government Printing Office. 76 p. us 1900 Content : Soc ; Welsh says that p. 75- 76 deals with "Languages.d" Valentin, Nati V-1 1958 "Transcription of Rizal poem in Tagalog script . " Spec Feat Bul, No. 28, July 14, p.·d 1- 2. Content : Writ 2. This was reproduced from the Manila Times, July 4. Valenzuela, Jesus Z. V-2 1933 History of journalism in the Philippine islanas. Manila. 127 p. Ayer2155 Content: Text ; Bibl. Welsh says this covers the V16 1933 rise of the native press, the vernacular press, and lists the newspapers. 410 Valenzuela, Patrocinio; Jesusa A. Concha and V- 3 Alfredo C. Santos 1942 List of some Philippine medicinal plants . Univer­ sity of the Philippines. 58 p. Mimeographed. Content: Lex l; Val le, Bartolome de et al V- 4 1955 Mga tulang Tagalog sa silid aralan. Mani la. Silangan Publsishing House. 129 p. Content: Ped . Title translation: Tagalog poetry in the classroom Vallin y Bustillo; Acisclo Fernandez and V- 5 Z. Vil lamarin 1886 Gramatica na isinauicang Tagalog nang sa kastila. Manila. Tipografico ' La Industrial ·'. 105 p. UP Fi Content: Gram. Title translation: Spanish gram­ PL6058.7 mar in Tagalog. V.3 1886 Van der Veen, Hendrik V-6 1915 De noord-Haslmahera'se taalgroep tegenover de Austronesiese talen. Leiden. L. van Nifterik. Wason Content: Comp. Grammatical sketches are given PL7511 of several varieties of speech in the area. Com­ H3V41 parisons are made with MPN languages (e.g., Taga­ log, Bisaya, Ibanag) but this comprises a smal l percent of the work toward the end. Van Odijk, Antonio V-7 1925 "Ethnographisch gegenvens over de Manobo's van Mindanao, Philippijnen." ANTHR, 20: 98 1- 1000. Content: Lex l; Comp 1; This gives a typical ethnographic coverage. Language data are presented on p. 997- 1000s. and given also are about SO Manobo­ Bisayan comparisons. V- 8 1959 Elementary grammar of the Bisayan language. Cebu. Convento Opon. 91 p. (Other edition: · 1957, Wason Cebu City, Sacred Heart Mission Seminary, 66 p.). PLS623 Content : t�ram; Morph. This is a morphology which 024 does not treat phonology and has only limited ob­ servations on syntax. Van Overbeke, Albert A. V-9 1949 "The vernacularization of the primary school as a possible improvement of education.s" Unpublished M.A. thesis in Education, University of Santo Tomas. Manila. Content : Ped; Theo 3. Vanoverbergh, Morice V- 10 1916 A Grammar of Lepanto Igorot as it is spoken at Bauco. Part VI, Bureau of Science, Division of NL F Ethnology Publications, Vol. 5. Manila. Bureau 499.Z lE of Printing. 425 p. P528p Content: Gram. 4 1 1 Vanoverbergh, Morice V-11 1925 "Negri tos of northern Luzon.d" · ANTHR, 20 : 148-199, 399-443. Content : Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; Comp 4 ; Soc ; Theo 4 ; Sociolinguistic notes are on p. 185 ; Personal names, on p. 196-198 ; notes on language, p. 417- 421 , dealing with language and dialect affini ti es, borrowings in the conteit of the difficulties in­ volved in ge tting reliable language data from informants. V-12 1927 "Iloko games.d" ANTHR, 22: 216-243 . Content:. Lex 1 ; Eth 2. Essentially this is a list of words wi th detailed descriptions and definitions. V-13 1927 "Plant names in Iloko." JAOS, 47: 133-17 3 . Con tent: Lex 1. V-14 1928 "Animal names in Iloko.d" JAOS, 48 (1): 1-3 3. Content: Lex 1 ; Eth 2 . This is a word list of several divisions of the animal kingdoms . V-15 1928 "Notes on Iloko . " ANTHR, 23 : 1029-1050 . Content: Phon S, 6 ; Morph 1,· 2. Sketches on phonology, word formation (root, affixation and accent), the articles, and the kinds of phrases that these marked ared. given. V -16 1929 "Iloko anatomy.d" JAOS, 49 (1) : 1-21. Content : Lex 1, 3 . Word lists are given of human body parts, animals, plant parts. V-17 1929 "Il oko pa thol ogy.d" JAOS, 49: 244-262 . · Content : Lex l ; Sem 2 . This is a vocabulary. V-18 1929 - "Negri tos of northern Luzon again . " ANTHR, 24d(1929): 1930 3 - 75, 397-911 ; 25 (1930) : 25- 71, 527 -565. Content: Text 4 ; Comp. This is an e thnography with a good deal of text material . Some prayers, some utterances from conversations are given. Some texts are compared to Ibanag and Iloko equivalentsd. Language relationships to Ibanag, Itawes, Iraya, and Gaddan. g are found in Vol . 24, p. 899 f. V-19 1931 "Iloko substantives and adjdectives.d" ANTHR, 26d(3-4)d: 469-488d. Content : Morph 2 ; Syn 1 . This deals with mor­ phology and phrase structure involving substantives and adj ect ives. Derivational affixes and markers rece ive most attention with the semantic features of these forms treated. 4 1 2 Vanoverbergh, Morice V-20 1932 The Isneg . Publications of the Catholic Anthro­ pological Conference, Vol. 3, p. 1-80. Washingd­ ton, D.dC. Content: Phon; Comp 4; Soc. On page 14 are phonology notes on thed/?/, /k/, and vowels. I t discusses dialect differences and the designation of one (K b ranch) as being the simplest (historically shows the original form without modifications) . V-21 1933 A dictionary of Lepanto-Igorot or Kankanay. (Band XII der Linguistischen Anthropos-Bibliothek) . NL Fi Wien. Medling bei Wien. 508 p. F499.d203 Content : Lex 4; Theo 5. This was reviewed by lg v34d Dempwolff in AU, 24 (1933-34) : 309-310. - V-2 2 1933 "Pronouns and numbers in Iloko.d" ANTHR, 28: 683 - 7 20. Content: Lex 1; Morph; Syn 1. This is a detailed treatment of various uses of the pronouns and numbers, as well as morphology and use in phrase structure. V-23 1936 "The Iloko kitchen.d" PJS, 60 (1)d: 1-10. Content: Lex 1; Morph 2. This lexical study (list and definitions) is of kitchen terms. There is a short discussion of word derivation using the affixes /en/, /i/, /in/. V-24 1936- The Isneg life cycle. Publications of the 1938 Catholic Anthropological Conference. Vol. 3, No. 2-3, p. 80-1 86, 187- 280. Wason Content : Phon 3; Text; Soc; Sec. Part (No. l) : GN671 Birth, Education, and Daily Routine; No. 2: Mar­ PSV262 riage, death, and burial. This is an ethnography, with lists of names, kin terms, and courting dialogues in Isneg with English translation. Socio- linguistic data on increased mobility (geo­ graphically) and the effects of pronunciation (gutturals) are also discussed. There is like- wise a note on the phonetic accuracy of text material transcription. V - 25 1937 "Iloko constructions.d" PJS, 62: 67 - 85. Content: Lex 1. V-26 1937 "Iloko furniture and implements.d" PJS, 64 (4) : 413-433. Content : Lex 1. This is a lexical study ofdter­ minology with detailed definitions and two il­ lustrative plates. 413 Vanoverbergh, Morice V-27 1937 · Some undescribed languages of Luzon. Nij megen, Dekker and Van de Vegt.·d 200 p. (Publicati6ns de Wason la Commission d'Enq�ete Linguistique, 3). PL5506 Content: Lex ; Phon ; Morph·; Comp. Part I deals V27 with grammar of Casiguran Negrito (phonology, morphological elements)d. The vocabulary is di- vided into nouns, adj ectives, verbs . There are text materials (stories, songs). Part II is a comparison of vocabulary of English and 15 Lu zon languages for 313 sets. There is no conclusion drawnd· from the comparisonsd. V-28 1937- "Negritos of eastern Luzon . " d· ANTHR, 32 : 905-928 ; 1938 33 : 119-164 . Content: Soc ; This is a broad ethnography. See vol. 32, p. 909 for sociolinguistic data of ethnic names (e .·g. i Dumagat, Agta) and vol . 33, p. 119-120 : The article is only very secondarily of linguistic interest. V- 29 1938 1 " To have' and ' to be' in Iloko.d" PJS, 66(4) : 417-438. Content : Lex 1 ; Syn. This presents syntactic usages of the word adda and the negative awan with a large amount of illustrative material. V-30 1939 "The Iloko adj ectival voice.d" PJS, 69: 223-256 . Content: Morph 1, 2. This presents a reformulad­ tion of ' passived' in an attempt to break away from European language categories and terminologyd. A great deal of illustrative material is presented under the heading of the variousd.dverbal affixes (e. g., /ag/, /um/, /maka/, /maki/, /mang/, /ma/, /kara/, /an/, /aga/, /en/, /an/. V- 31 1940 "The Iloko subtantival voice . " PJS, 71 : 9-37. Content: Morph 2. Verb morphology is treated under the headings of aff•ixes or combinations of affixes and other verbal ·and time-marking affixes. V -32 1940 "The verbal prefixes Mang and Ma and defective verbs in Iloko.d" PJS, 72 (4) : 421- 44Q. Content: Lex 1 ; Morph. Verbal classification and derivation with many illustrations in full sentence contexts are. presented. V-33 1941 "Iloko weaving dictionary . " An Lat, 5 : 22-252. Content: Lex 1. 414 Vanoverbergh, Morice V-34 1941 The Isneg farmer. Publications of the Catholic Anthropological Conference, Vol. 3, No. 4, p. 281- Wason 386. Washington , D . C. GN6 71 Content: Lex 1; Text; This is ethnographic, PS V27+ with agriculture terms, plant names, in nativ·e language terms as well as scientific terms . There is some text material in the form of some short prayers, stories on certain plants. V-35 1941 " Supplementary notes on Iloko verbs.d" PJS, 75: 197 - 2 25. Content: Gram 2; Morph 1 . V-36 1946 - "Daday-and Lakugey- songs in Lepanto Igorot as 1949 it is spoken at Bauko. ' ' ANTHR, 41-44: 1 7 7 -184. Content: Text 5. This gives native text mate­ rial with English translation. V - 37 1946- "Narrative songs in Lepanto Igorot as it is spoken 1949 at Bauko.d" ANTHR, 41-46d: 7 86-806. Content: Text 5. This gives native text mate­ ri al with English translations. V - 38 1947 "Sounds in Iloko (Luzon) . " Pr M , 20 (1 - 2)d: 26-38. Content: Lex 3; Morph . Given are lexical lists of forms describing sound produced by man, animals, natural causes; actions that produce sounds; verb al affixation commonly associated with verbs of sound. V- 39 1 948 " Iloko hunting and fishing, b asketry and netting.d" Pr M , 21 (3-4)d: 39-64. Content: Lex 1. Vocabulary items with detailed explanations are given . V-40 1949 "Adverbs and prepositions in Iloko.d" PJS, 7 8 : 16 7-205. Content: Morph 1 . This deals with classes of words that may function as adverbs, the grammatical and semantic function of adverbs, derivation of adverbs together with a discussion of the affixes involved . There is a considerable number of il­ lustrations, but not always explicitly analyzed. Prepositions are illustrated but form a minor portion of this article . V-41 1950 "The Isneg body and its ailmentsd. " An Lat, 14: 193 - 293. Content: Lex 3. 415 Vanoverbergh, Morice V-42 19 5 0 · "Ligatures and conjunctidons in Iloko.d" PJ�, 79 : 8 7 - 13 2 . Content: Morph 1. Different morphemes of these classes are presented, defined, and profusely il­ lustrated under headings of the rules for their use. V-43 1950 "Review of Laurence L. Wilson's Apayao life and legends.d" ANTHR, 45 : 9 82 - 9 8 4 . Content: Lex 1 ; Text ; Sem ; Theo S. This evaluates Wilsond' s translations of words and phrases, and then provides some correctionsd. He is critical of the grammatical features in terms of glossing and arran. gement into proper categories and classes.. V - 4 4 . 1951- "Tales in Lepanto- Igorot or Kankanay as it is 19 52 spoken at Bauco.d" JEAS, 1 (1- 19 5 1) : 1 - 42 ; 1 (2 - 19 52 ) : 61- 118 ; 1 (3 - 1952 ) : 6 7 - 130 ; 1 ( 4 - 19 52 ) : 3 1 - 85 ; 2 ( 1- 19 52 ) : · 8 3 - 102 . Content: Text 4 . This gives native folklore texts with English translation. There are no other data, i.de.d, no. grammar notes or sociological notes. V- 45 1953 " Isneg buildings.d" PJS, 82 (1) : 7 7 - 10 8 . Cont�nt: Lex·; Text 4 ; This is generally ethno- graphic of Isneg structures of house and granary, together with the customs associated with themd. Certain short prayers and a good deal of · technical native terminology are presented. V- 46 1953 "Isneg riddles.d" AFLS , 12 : 1 - 9 5 . Content: Phon ; Text 4 ; Comp 4. Isneg text of 6 4 5 riddles with answers andd·dEnglish translations are given. In addition, the preliminary note con­ tains indication of phonemes and phonetics, ortho­ graphy conventions with respect to glottal stop intervening between 2 vowels. The use of the semi­ vowels y and w as well as notes on number and nature of dialects are also discussedd. V- 47 1953 "Prayers in Lepanto- Igorot or Kankanay as it is spoken at Bau k o. " JEA S, 2 ( 2 ) : 1 -2 8 ; . 2 ( 3 ) : 6 9 - 10 7 ; 2 (4 ) : 3 9 - 10 5 . Content: Text 4. V- 48 1953 "Religion and magic among the Isneg. I. The Spirits. I I . The Shaman . " ANTHR, 4 8 : 7 1 - 10 4 , 557-568. Content: Phon ; Text 4 ; Comp 4 ; This lists 416 the spirits and description of religious beliefs and practices of the Isneg, with an introduction on pronunciation and dialect differences (p. 71- 74)d. There are pray·ers with interlinear trans­ l ations. Vanoverbergh, Morice V-49 1954 "Religion and magic among the Isneg. III. Public Sacrifices . IV. Other Observances. " ANTHR, 49: 233-275, 1004-1012. Content: Text 4; Eth; Bibl; This is ethno- graphic with many prayers in Isneg with interlinear translations. The descriptive text contains many native termsd. V-50 1954 Songs in Lepanto-Igorot as it is spoken at B auko. Vienna. Medling : St. Gabriel ' s Mission Press. Wason 141 p. (Also ind: ANTHR, 1919, 1938, 1949) . PL5865 Content: Text. These are Kankanay b allads and Z77V27+ songs--almost exclusively text materials with transldations V-51 1955 I 1 ok o grammar. Baguio : Catholic School Press. x, 348 p. Wason Content: Gram . PL5752 V27+ V-52 1955 "Isneg domestic economy.d" Ari Lat, 18: 119-256. Content: Lex 3; V-53 1955 "Isneg tales.d" AFLS, 14 : 1-148. Content: Phon 5; Text 4; Comp 4 . These are native texts with English trans lation. There are notes on phonology, dialect differences. V-54 1955 "Religion and magic among the Isneg. Part V. Samples of Pakkaw.d" ANTHR, S O: 212-240. Content: Text 4; Ethd. This consists mostly of text in the native dialect with interlinear English translation. Some exp lanatory notes, free translation are given for some. V-55 1956 A dictionary. . . Kankanay-English. English-Iloko thesaurus, Iloko-English dictionary. B aguio. 370 p. Contentd: Lex 4 . V-56 1957 Iloko-English dictionary. Manila. 370 p. (Also in: ANTHR, 56 (1961) : 337-338)d. Wason Content : Lex 4. This is b ased on Rev. Andres PL S753 Carro ' s Vocabulario I loko-Espanol, translated, C31+ augmented and revised. This is an extensive list 1957 417 with many base entries having derived formsd. It is of large print and easy to read but w ith no grammatical analysis or extended explanation. Vanoverbergh, Morice V-57 1960 "Isneg songs . " ANTHR, 55 : 463-504, 778-824 . Content: · Text 5. This contains textual materials w ith English translation and some grammatical notes. V-58 1961 =E.::.:n:.c:ag--=1;..::i;..::s�h::...-...::I;;.:1:;..;__ok;.:.;o=--t-=h::.;..;.e=-s.;::;:a.;::;:u;.:.r...;:;u;...;::..s. Bagu i o. Cath o 1 ic School Press . 365 p . (See ANTHR, 56; 338- 339). Wason Content : Lex 4 . This is a companion to the PLS753 Iloko-English Dictionaryd. V27+ Van Ronkel, Philippus V-59 1940 "L'Unique manuscrit en langue indonesienne dans la peninsule iberique.d" Procd. of the 20th Inter- natiorial Congress of Orientalists (1938), p. 245- 246 . Content: Text 6 ; Writ 2 . This is an abstract of the description of the form and content of the only manuscript said to have survived the earth­ qu_ake of 1755. The languages of the text is reportedly sometimes Malay and sometimes Bisayan. The system of· orthography is said to be peculiar. Varela, Lourdes Ybiernas V -60 1966 "A contrastive study of English and six major Philippine langu.ages : the segmental phonemes. " Unpublished Ph. D • thesis in Education, University of Michigan. 131 p . Content: Phon ; Comp 5. This is a contrastive phonology-- inventory, details of phonetic descrip­ tion, allophones, distributidons of phonemes from Cebuano, Hiligaynon, Iloko, Pampango, Pangasinan, Tagalog, English. It includes conclusions for second language learning . Velarde, Asuncion · · · V-61 1965- "Analytical phonetic method of teaching reading 1966 in our vernaculars . " PJE, 43 (8) : 596-598 to· 44d(April) . Content : Phon ; Ped 5. These are Masbateno les­ sons for the primary grades. Velasquez, Felicisimo V-62 1959 "A study of common errors in Filipino language themes of fourth year students in the Sulu High School . " Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, National University � Manila. Content : Hist 4 ; Comp 5 . Velinchon , Julian see under Bugarin 1 854 418 Venturella, Manuel Hugo V- 63 1901 The Tagbanoas of Paragua island. Manila. Divi­ (or 1902) s ion of Military· Information, Bulletin No. 16. Content: Writ 2. This was translated from Spanish by Eli A. Helmick. V-64 1907 "Manners and customs of the Tagbanuas and other tribes of the island of Palawan, Philippines.d" (translated from the original Spanish· ·dmanuscript by Mrsd. E.dY. Miller). Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 48 : 514-560. Content: Writ 2 ; This gives an ethnographic coverage of Tagbanuas, Bataks, Ke- ney, with most attention given to the Tagbanuas including on p. 515-517 a discussion of the writing system. Sym­ bols are presented with the Latin letter equiva­ lents. A few words are written out. The manu­ script is also found in Beyer's Philippine Eth­ nographic Series, Set 12 , Vol. 1, Paper 28, 75 p. Vera, Luz F. de V-65 1956 "A comparative study of the methods us· ed in teach­ ing the Filipino language in the Torres High School.d" Unpublished M.dA. thesis in Education, Abad Santos Education Institute. Manila. Content: Ped. Vera, Ramon Maria de V-66 1904 Gramatica Hispano-Bicol ; segun el metodo de Ollendorff. Manila. Imprenta de Santos y Bernal. Wason 261 p. PL5582 Content : Gram. V47 Verdugo, Andres ; O. E. S. A . V-67 1 648 Arte de la lengua Tagala. Manila. Imprenta de la Compania d� Jesus. 8 p. Content: Gram. Verguin, R. V-68 1962 "I. Studies in linguistics. Oceania linguistic mono. graphs. II. Howard McKaughan: The Inflexion and. syntax of Maranao verbs.d" Word, 18: 257 - 359. Content: Phan ; Morph ; Theo 5. This is a review giving a summary and some evaluations of these two works. "The vernacular languages in the primary schools" V- 69 (Editorial) 1928 PJE, ll (Sept. ) : 114-115. Content: Soc 3 ; Ped. Verstaelen, Marie Eugene Josef Ghislain V- 70 1955 De bijwoordelijke bepalingen van het werkwoord in enkele Indonesische talen. Utrecht. A. Storm. 100 p. 419 Wason Content: Morph ; Syn ; Comp 3. This consists of PL5053 short sketches and typologdical comparisons deal­ V56 ing with adverbial adjuncts to verbs in a few Indonesian languages, including Tagalog data on verbd-word str�ct�re and phrase stiucture. Verstaelen, Marie Eugene Josef Ghislain V- 71 1959 "Chinese influences in Tagalog.d" (a _dreview of Manuel, Chine·se Elements i. n the Ta. galo. g L.an. gua. ge). � , 7 : 2 4 5 - 2 4 8 . Content: Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; Theo 5. This is a dis­ cussion of the factors involved in the effective­ ness of the book (i.de.d, the author does not employ techniques and implications of the nee-grammarian rule of no-exception). The reviewer seems to feel that the author seemed too certain about results when the synchronic information is still so weak, and disagreed with the handling of pre-Chinese as monosyllab ic and ignoring the tones. With these reservations, the reviewer still thinks the con­ clusions are valid. V-72 1960 "An essay towards a historical description of Tagalog and Cebuano Bisaya.d" PS, 8 (3 ) : 491-514. Content: Phon ; Hist 4 ; Comp 1. This gives the possible reasons for reshaping Sanskrit borrowings, with special attention to the L-R corre�pondence between Tagalog and Sanskrit. The RGH law w ith Malay and Javanese examples in correspondence, the RRL, RDD, laws are similarly demonstrated. These laws are used to test for genuine borrowings. Bisayan is compared to Tagalog re: distribution o_f /?/, morphology and lexicon. It employs Bisayan to establish an intermediate peri od between MPN and Tagalog and Bisayan of today ; i. e. , they were in the same speech area. It attempts the use of the wave theory to explain forms and differences between Bisayan and Tagalog vs. PMP. V-7 3 1961 "Some further remarks about the L-Feature.d" PS, 9: 72- 7 7. Content: Phan ; Comp 1. This elaborates on a 1960 article by bringing in Ilocano and Waray to the Tagalog and Bisayan data to postul�te PMP */1/ to /1/ retention, */1/ to /r/, */d/ to /r/, with conditioning factors in these changes. · v�d74 1962 "Sound shifts in some dialects of the Philippines.d" ANTHR, 57 : 826- 856. Content; Phon ; Hist 4 ; Comp 1 ; Eth 3. This treats Sanskrit borrowings, downdtracing and its historical implications. 420 Verstaelen, Marie Eugene Josef Ghislain V- 75 1964 "Analysis of language . I I." Saint Louis Quarterly, 2 (1): 51-76. s . Content: Syn 1 ; Theo 1. This is a broad and general work on theory and analysis but with ex� amples drawn from Cebuano for the development of phrase structure. Rewrite rules are used. V-76 1965 "Some elementary data of the Mamanwa language." ANTHR , 60 (1-6)s: 803- 815. Content: Phon ; Syn 1 ; Text; Comp 1, 2. This is a short sketch of phonology, phrase structure, and types, intonation, together with some text material in Mamanwa with interlinear English translation. There are notes on language affini­ ties with some sound correcpondences to other Philippine languagess. Verstraelen, Eugene (SVD) V-77 1968 "Some remarks about Tinguian music.s" p. 55-62 in Dr. H . Otley Beyer, Dean of Philippine Anthropo­ logy (A commemorative issue) Rudolf Rahmann (ed). Content: Text 4 ; Native texts with English translations. · Verstraelen, Eugene V- 77A 1968- "Some elementary data of the Manobo language.s" 1969 ANTHR, 63-64: 808- 817. Content: Gram 2. This has notes on phonology and phrase structure. Verzosa, Pacencia V-78 1961 "Stress and intonation difficulties of the Pan­ gasinan learner of English, and drill exercises for correction." Unpublished M . A. thesis, Phil­ ippine Normal College. Content: Phon 6 ; Comp 5 ; Ped 1. Verzosa, Paul Rodriguez V- 79 1939 Pambansang titik ng Filipinas. 72 p. Content: Writ 1.s· Title translation: National FEU Fi writing of the Philippines . This includes a Pl5S08 prologue by Jose Bantug, biographical notes by vs Eulogio Rodriguez, and an Epilogue by J.C . de Veyra . V - 80 1950 The psychology of Filipino proverbs. Manila. Cooperative Service, xvi, 82 p . UP Ed Content: Text 4 ; Eth 1. This includes an intro­ PN6Sl9 duction by Lope K . Santos. PS V. 6 V-81 1943 "The national language . " STM, 9 (Nov. 8) : 14- 16. Content: Theo 3. 421 Verzosa, Paul Rodriguez V- 82 1943 Talatinigang Nippon-·go-Pilipino . Manila . Centro UP Fi Escolar·duniversity .d· 234, 4 8 p . PL6057 Content : Lex 4 . Title translation: Japanese-· V4 RF Filipino Dictionary. Veyra, Jaime C . de (1873- ) V - 83 1939 Sabre la ' K ' y ' W ' . Institute of National Language Publications . Vol. 4, No. 1 8 � Manila. Wason Bureau of Printing. 24 p . PL6051 Content : Phan ; Writ 1. AlS V . 4 no. 18 V- 84 1951 Filipinismos en lengua Espanolad. Mani.lad. 69 p. Content : Hist 4. Ayer Phil . Lang . Gen . 29 V- 85 1952 "When the name 'Filipinas' was first applied to the Philippinesd. " Journal of the Philippine Historical Society, 2 (1): 42-54. Content: Lex 1 ; Histd. This is a historical article in which place names of significant geographical importance are discussedd. Vibard- Basco, Carmen V - 8 6 1956 "Two Bago villages: A study . " JEAS, 5 (2): 125- 212d. Content: Lex 3 ; Text ; Soc 3 ; This is an ethnographic study of acculturation of Igorots into the Ilocano lowland area. A glossary of terms, texts, and translations of prayers, songs, proverbs is included. · Vibo y Inderias, Gabriel V- 87 1920 Breve compendi.o de.. gramatica Iloco- Ca?tellanad. Manilad. Tip. Pontificia del Colegio de Santo Wason Tomas. 79 p . · PL5752 Content: Gramd. This is bound with "Maximas V62 morales en ilocano y castellano para uso de los ninosd. " Vila, Francisco (1830-1898) V- 8 8 1882 Escenas Filipinas . Madrid . Libreria de F . Fe . Content: Lex 3 . Ayer 2286 V69 Vilches de la Concepcion, Manuel (1820�18 80) V- 89 1877 Gramatica Vis·aya-·Cebuana. Breve apuntes . Manila. Imprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier. 183 p . Content: Gram. The prologue is reproduced in Retanad' s Aparato, and indicates parts of speech, morphology, syntax, lexico11d. Villafuerte, Jeremias I . V-9b 1950 "A study of the teaching of the national language in the !locos provincesd. " M . A . thesis 422 in Education. National University . Content : Ped ; Acq 2. Villamarin, Zacarias V-91 1886 Gramatica na isinauicang Tagalog nang sa Castila. Manila. Tipografico ' La Industrial ' . 105 p. Lopez Content: Gramd. Spanish grammar translated into Mus. Tagalog. Villamor, Cayetano Montemayor V-9 2 1948 Ang gugma s a mga b antugang lider. Cebu City. Villamar Pub.d· House. · 200 p . Wason Content: Text 6. GT2600 V71 Villamor, Ignacio V�93 19 2 2 La antigua escritura Filipina (deducida por Don Ignacio Villamor del Belarmino y otros antiguos Wason documentos). Manila. Tip. Pontifica del Colegio PLS S08 de Santo Tomasd. 116 p . · V71+ Content: Writ 2 ; Bibl 2 . Title translation: The ancient Filipino writing, drawn from Belarmino and other ancient documents. This reviews per­ tinent literature, gives conclusion as to direc­ tion and nature of writing. Some dates are given, and much text material appear in the syllabic script. It presents a good argument for left to right, and lines from top to bottom . Examples are given from Tagalog, Ilocano, Bisaya, Mangyan, Tagbanua. A bib liography is given on p. 114-116. V-94 1928 Estudio del idioma Ilocano ante el Tagalo� y el Visayo. (Conferencia Leida ante El Sociedad de Ilokanistas, Oct. 8) . Manila. Imprenta del Dr . G. A. Pobre. 4 8 p . Content: Gram ; Comp. Villamor, Norberto V- 9 5 1914 Tagb anwa alphabet (with some reforms proposed by Norberto Romualdez) . Alfabet Tagbanua, con al­ UP Fi gunas reformas propuestas. Manila. Imprenta PL6071 ' Cultura Filipina ' . xiv, 24 p. Z77R7 Content: Writ 2. Villanova, Pedro V-96 1 86 5 Diccionario Pangasinan-Espanol. Manila. Estable­ cimiento Tipografico del Colegio de Santo Tomas. Content: Lex 4 . This is a revision of L. Fer­ nandez Cosgaya'ds work. Villanueva, Antonia Francisco V-97 1941 Mga tulong sa pag-aaral ng b alarila. Manila. Content:d· Gram ; Ped. Title translation: Helps in the study of the grammard. V-9 8 1946 Balarila ng wikang pambanasa. Manila . M. J. Enriquez. 104 p. Content: Gram. Title translation: Grammar of the national language. 423 Villanueva, Antonia Francisco V--99 1947 " Improved methods in the teaching of national language in secondary schools. " · d Unpublished M. A. thesis in Education, University of Santo Tomas . 130 p. Content: Ped ; Acq. V-100 1950 Patnubat sa pagtuturo ng balarilad. Manilad. Nationa Language Textbook Preparation . 61 p . FEU Fi Content : Gram ; Ped. Title translation: A guide PL6052 for teaching grammar. · V7 et al V-101 1954 Wikang Filipino V. Manila. Committee on Languagesd. 274 p . Content : Theo 3. et al V-102 1955 Wikang Pilipino V I . Manila. Committee on Languages. 289 p. Content : Theo 3 . V-103 1957 "Descriptive linguistics applied to Tagalog . " Unpublished Ph . D . thesis in Education,·d University of Santo Tomas � Manila . Content : Gram ; Phon ; Morph ; Syn. V-104 1966 "The origin, growth and future of ' Filipino ' " . Unitas, 39 (2) : 288-300. Content : Hist ; Theo 3. and Antonio D.dG. Mariano V-105 1955 Ang · aklat ·-ng guro; --th.e · Tea�her I s book. d Manila . Committee 6n Languages. xii, 299 p . . Content : Ped 1� Villanueva, Antonia F ; Jose Villa Panganiban V-106 and Antonio D. G. Mariano · 1948 Balarilang pinagaand. Manila. Committee on the �ational Language Textbook Preparation. xi, 300 p. Wason (Other ed. 2nd�-19S0, Manila, Philippine Text­ PL6054 book Pub. xi, 300 p . ) . V_71 Conten t : Ped. Title translatdion: Grammar sim­ plified. This was prepared for the collegiate level especially for normal schools and college of education. Villanueva, Antonio F ; and Federico B. Sebastian V-107 and Antonio D. G. Mariano 1947 Pampaaralang balarila ng wikang pambansa. Manila. M . E . Anatolia (3rd year), 239 p. 1949, Manila, Wason Mendiola, (3rd year), xvi, 299pd. 1956, Manila, PL60 54 R . P . Garcia Publishing Co. (1st year), x, 266 p. V71P2 Content : Gram ; Ped ; Text 7 ; (Filipino). This is a series of grammar and composition textbooks for each of the four years of high schoold. 424 Villanueva, D . H . V-108 1962 "Some tongues don't tally."s· STM, 18 (5-·Sept . 9): 6 . . UP H. S . Content: Lex 5; Comp; Sem 2 . This deals with 499. 7 discrepancies in meanings of apparently cognate V63 words. Villanueva, Francisco V- 109 1947 Elements of Tagalog balaiila. Manila. J . M . Lucas· Co . 118 p . Content: Gram; Ped 1. Subtitled:: An easy and simple method of studying the Tagalog grammar and language. It has appendices coritaining the English translation of Jose Rizal's incomplete Tagalog grammar, some of his poems in English and Tagalog, and excerpts from Francisco Baltazar 's Florante at Laura. Villanueva, Natalia Castillo and Fausta L. Gonzales V- 110 1951- "Pag- aayaw- ayaw ng mga gawain sa balarila para· 1952 sa unang taon ng mataas na paaralan . " WP, 1 (5- 1951) : 10-16; 1 (6- 1952): 37- 43. Content: Ped 1, 3 . These are lesson plans in Tagalog grammar for the first semester, first year of high schools. Viray, Felizberto B . V- 111 1926- "The sounds and sound symbols of the Pangasinan 1927 language." The Archive, 20 p. Content: Phon. V- 112 1929 The Sambali dialect of Bolinao. Manila. Un iver­ sity of the Philippines. Paper # 7, The Archive. UP Fi 34 p . PL6024 Content: Gram 2. vs V- 113 1939 "The inf ix e s ' 1a ', ' 1i ' , ' 1o ', and ' a 1 ' in Phi 1 ip- pine languages. Institute of National Language Wason Publications . Bulletin No. 3 . Manila . Bureau PLSSOl of Printing. 23 p. A3 Content� Morph; Comp. V- 114 1941 "Prenasaliszation in the Philippine languages.s" PSSR, 13: 119 - 14 7 . Content: Phon 2; Comp 3 . This is a comparative typology of morphology and morphophonemics under conditions of prefixation in the case of Tagalog, Cebuano, Hiligaynon, Iloko, Samar-Leyte, Bikol, Pangasinan, Pampangan, Ibanag, and Ivatan. Visitas du santisimo cani Santa Maria a pinayapu n\ V- 115 San Alfonso Ligorio. 1901 Manila. Content: Text 3; This is in Batan. 425 Vivo y Juderias, Gabriel V-116 1869 Gramatica H ispano- Ilocana . Manila. Imprent·a del Colegio de Santo Tomasd. 225, 5 p. Cont�nt: Gramd. Quotations, from Retana' s Aparato (mostly from Prologo) indicate that little if any structure of Ilocario is to be found here. V-117 1873 Diccionario Ilocano-Castellano. Manila. Imprenta de Ramirez y Giraudier. 228 p . Content: Lex 4. See quotations fro· .m the Prologo in Retana ' s Aparato. V-118 1876 Nuevo vocabulario en lengua Hispano- Ilocana. Binondo. Content: Lex 3 . V-119 1907 Breve comprendio de gramatica !loco-Castedllana. Manila . Imprenta del Colegio de Santo Tomas. UP Fi 93 p. (Other editions: Compendia de la grama­ PLS752 tica Hispano- Ilocana, 1871 1st ed. Manila, J. De V62 Loyzaga y Compania 136, 4 p.d; 1884 Manila, Imprenta de D. Esteban Balbas , 96 p . ; 1920 Manila, Imprenta de D. Esteban Balbas , 79, 12 p. ). Vocabulario Castellano, Bicol e Ingles con la pronunciacion figurada. n. d. (Manual de Ca· nversaciones en los mismos al final). 32 p. L.da. Content: Lex 3 ; Phan 3 ; Ped 1. (Univ. Penn. ) Vocabulario Castellano-d· Ingles, el mas complete que se V-121 ha publicado seguido de un pequeno diccionario Castellano­ Tagalo-Ingles . 1898 Manila. J. Marty. 107, 60 p. Content : Lex 4 . This can be found at the Harvard University and the Univedrsity of Michigan librarides. Vocabulario Ibatan-Espanol V-122 1933 (o sea del dialecto hablado por los naturales de las islas Batanes y Calayan Filipinas acopiado Wason y compuesto por varies p. dominicos. espanoles PLS 5 71 misioneros de quellas islas. Con prologo de ZSV87 Otto Scheerer)d. Manila. Imprenta de la Universi­ dad de Santo Tomasd. 260 p. Content: Lex 4. Vocabulario de la lengua camarina o Bicol V-123 1729 Manilad. 919 p. Content: Lex 4 . This is assumed to have been written by a Franciscan priest. 426 Vocabulario trilingue in Castellano, Bisaya, e Ingles V- 124 1931 con su pronucniacion figurada y correspondientes fraseologias. Mandurriao , Iloilo. La Panayana. 1 V . Content: Lex 3; Phon; Comp. This can be found in Penn State Univ. library. Voe. gelin, C . F. and p· �M. Voegelin V- 125 1964 ttHistory of Austronesian (Malayo-·Polynesi an) research.s" Anth Ling, 6 (4): 12.-25. Content: Hist; Theo. V- 126 1964 "Ibero-Caucasian and Pidgin- Creole fascicle one." Anth Li ng , 6 ( 8): 1 -7 1 • Content:s. Phon; Soc. This has a broad coverage which includes Chabacano varieties under · Portuguese-based pid. gin- creoles (seesp. 46- 50). V- 127 1964 "Languages of the world; Inda-Pacific fascicle one." Anth Ling, 6 (4): 1- 106s. Content: Comp 2; Theo 2. This gives an outline of the researchers and research and results of research on Indo-Pacific languages. Philippine languages touched are: Sangir, Sulu, Filipino, Ilocano. V- 128 1965 "Maranao in the Philippines." in "Languages of the world: INdo- Pacific fascicle four."s· Anth Ling, 7 (2) : 227-264. Content: Syn. Sentence "profiles" or types are characterized and illustrated with material largely drawn from McKaughan. V- 129 196 5 "Sample of sound systems in Indonesian languages." in "Languages of the world: INdo-Pacific· fas- c ic 1e four . " Ant h L in g, 7 (2 ) : 7 2 - 9 0 • Content: Phon 5, 6; Comp 3 . This comparative typology includes Cagayan Negrito, Mamanwa, Tagalog, Kalagan, Hanunoo, Buhid Mangyan, Diba­ bawon, Maranao, Maguindanao, Umirey Dumagat, Ivatan, Isneg, Yogad, Ilocano, Agta, Kalinga , Bontok, and other non-Philippine languages such as Balinese, Javanese, etc. There is an in­ ventory of segments and a few notes on distribu­ tions and non-segmentals. V- 130 1965 "Unified list of Autronesian languages in south­ east Asia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Formosa, and Madagascar." Anth Ling, 7 (2)s: 2 - 7 1. Content: Comp 2; Soc; Theo 2. This identifies Philippine- type languages as a group, locates it genetically in relation to other MPN languages of the area. For subgrouping and sociolinguistic data see especially p. 5 7-7 1. 427 Von Heiland, Katherine V- 131 1965 "A study of cross-cultural differences in assesss­ ment of situations on the analysis of ten bicultural contexts of situation.s" Thesis at Ateneo de Manila University, Manila Content : ETH, SEM Voorhoeve V- 132 n.sd. (A list of MSS in various libraries in England, copies left at each library. Here, the school of Oriental and African Studies, Section H or I concerning MSS in the Bibliotheca Marsdeniana­ Philippine and Celebes languages vocabularies) . Content : Lex ; Bihl. Wagner, M. L. W- 1 1949 Lingua e dialetti dells'America spagnola Firenze. Content : Hist 4. There are short notes on Taga­ lo-Spanish past tense formation. p. 161- 167. Walker, Doris and Jeanne Miller W-2 1959 Panan-og ka boog. Manila : Summer Institute of Linguistics·, Bureau of Public Schools, Insti­ tute of National Language. 9p. Content : Text ; Ped 2. This is a Mamanwa primer. Walls y Merino, Manuel W- 3 1892 La musica popular de Filipinas. Madrid, F. Fe. 46p. Ayer Content : Lex 1 ; 2242 W21 Walton, Charles and Janice Walton W-4 1968 Magbasa tayo. 1,2,3. SIL Nasuli Press. (In cooperation with the Bureau of Public Schools, and Institute of National Language) 64, 61, 84p . Content : Ped 2. This is a primer series for Tingguian. Ward. Robert G. , et al. W-5 1960 "Martin Luther 's dream,s" SIL WP, 4 : 49-51. Content : Gram 2 ; Text 2. This gives Ilocano text material, a story with literal and free interlinear translation followed by grammar notes. This is first of several texts for Ilocano by different people. Ward, Robert G. and Jannette Forster W-6 1967 "Verb stem classes in Marano transitive clauses, n Anth Ling, 9 (6) : 30- 42. ·co·n·t·e·n t : Morph ; Syn. Warren, Charles P. W-7 1959 A ·v·o·ca·b·u1·a·ry· o·f· ·the· Ba·tak of p·a·1·awan. Tran- script No. 7, Philippine Studies Program, De­ Wason partment of Anthropology, University of Chicago. Pam PL 48p. P. I. 10+ 4 2 8 Content : Lex 3 ; Phon ; Socn. This has s omewhat less than 1 2 0 0 entries , and l i s t s forms as they occur whether morphologically s imple or comp lexn. No derivations are l isted for s imple forms . The introduction summarizes the segmental phoneme inventory and gives some sociolinguis t ic info r ­ mat ion . W - 8 1 964 The Batak of Palawin : a �tiltur� ·iri ·tiiri s itionn. Chicago : Phi lippine Studie s Program , Department Wason of Anthropology , Univers ity o f Chicagon. Res earch GN6 7 1 Series No . 3 . 1 30 leaves . PS C 5 3 Content : Morph ; Comp 2 ; Soc This is an eth- no . 3 nography , with notes on speech communitie s , b i ­ l ingualism and genetic affini t ie s n. A good b it o f terminology i s given including the kinship t erms , fo lklore s tory typesn. The appendix gives a short l i s t of phrases and express ions in paradigmsn. '. 'Was tong pangungus ap , " W - 9 19 5 0 WP , 1 ( 3 ) : 3 6 - 3 7 . Content : Gram 3 ; Syn . Waterman , G . Henry W - 1 0 1 960 ' 'Prob lems of syntax in the trans lat ion of the scriptures in Phi l ippine dialects , ' ' TBT, 1 1 : 16 2 - 1 7 2 n. Content : Morph ; Syn l ; Text 8 . This deals with word order , verb morphology and focus , phras e markers in Tagalogn. W - 1 1 1 960 - "The transnlation of theological terms in some 1 9 6 1 of the maj or dialects of the Phi l ipp inesn, " TBTn, 1 1 - 12 : 2 4 - 31 . Contentn: Lex 1 ; Text 8 . Tagalog , Cebuanon, I lokon, Pampango terms are given and discussed as to their appropriatenes s . Waterman , Margaret Payson W- 1 2 1 9 1 3 A vocabulary o f Bontoc stems and their deiivativesn. Voln. 5 , Part 4 , pp . 2 3 9 - 2 9 9 , Bureau of Science , Was on Divis ion of Ethnol ogy Pub l i cationsn. Manila : GN6 7 1 Bureau of Printingn. PS A23+ Content : Lex 4 ; Morph . There is an introductory V . 5 sect ion on affixation and sound changes (alter­ pt . 3 - 4 nat ions ) n. Entries are by the base , and then follows the derivationsn. W - 1 3 1 9 3 2 A s tudy of the Igorot l an�uage as spoken by the Bontoc Igorotsn. Monograp s of the Bureau of Was on Science No . 2 8 . Mani la : Bureau of Printingn. 1 4 2p . GN6 7 1 Content : Morph . The .npresentation is under cate ­ PS A2 3 + gories which are l argely s emantic or derived from V . 5 European language·s . A good b i t of i llus trative pt . 3 - 4 data is avai l able . I t deals primari ly with word formation . 429 Weaver, Daniel and Marilou Weaver W - 14 1963 "The pho·nology of Agusan Manobo, with special reference to· ·ae,s" pp. 1-6 in · Pape·rs on Philip­ pine Language·s· ·No·.· 1. Mani las: Institute for Language Teaching and Summer Institute of Lin­ guistics, Philippine Branch. Conte·n t : Phon. W- 15 1964 "Ranking of personal pronouns in Agusan Manobo,s" OL, 3 ( 1) : 161- 170. �ntent : Lex 1 ; Morph 1 ; Syn ; Text 4. This deals with pronoun sets versus verbal focus. Text mater- ial is given. Webster, P.J. W- 16 192 1 "The food plants of the Philippines,s' ' The "Philip­ pine Agricultural Review, 14 (3) : 2 11-384. Mann Cont�nt : Lex 1 ; Eth 2 ; This is a list and QK368 description of plants with extensive number of W51 local names. Whinnom, Keith W-17 1954 Spanish in the Philippines. Hongkong University Press. (also in Journal· of ·or·ient·a1·- ··st·udies, 1 (1) : 129- 194. UP Fi Content: Soc ; Eth. This deals with sociolin­ PL4924 gu1st1cs and the external history of Spanish W57 in the Philippines, as well as the language rivalry of Tagalog, Spanish, English. Elements of Spanish in Tagalog are also discussed. W- 18 1956 S anish contact vernaculars in the Phili ine 1s anss. Hong ong, Lon on, New or : Hong ong Wason University Press, Oxford University Press. 130p. PC4921 Content : Morph ; Syn ; Text ; Soc. This deals with W57 3 (of the orignal 4) vernaculars. McKaughan says this is the first synthesis and comparison. It offers a new view of their origin. There are texts. Details of phonology, grammar with some phonetic transcriptions, and a paraphrase with commentary on texts are also included. W- 19 1965 "The origin of the European based creoles and pidgins,s" ORBIS , 14s: 509-527. Content : Hist 4 ; Comp 5 ; Theo 1. Specific treat­ ment 1s made of grammatical, historical, and social aspects of Philippine creoless? There are comparisons with Tagalog. This is all set within a world-wide framework. 430 wnittle, Claudia and Ruth Lusted W - 20 196 3 "Interaction of coexistent phonemic system in Atta (Northern Cagayan Negrit o) , " pp. 26d- 39 �in Papers on Philippine Langoages No 1. Manila: Institute for Language Teaching, University of the Philip­ pines, and the Summer Institute of Linguistics, Philippine Branch. Content: Phon. Widdoes, H. W. W - 21 1950 A brief introduction to ·the ·grammar o f the Ilo­ cano langoage. Evangelical United Brethren Church. LC 9lp. Pl5752 Contentd: Gramd. This could have been published by W5 Rangel and Sons, Manila. Wigfield, Jack W - 2 2 1969 A workbook in Philippine languages. Manila, Language Study Center, Philippine Normal College. 57p. mimeo. Contentd: Ped, Theo 4. Linguistic analysis problems from 10 languages. It includes Morphophonemics, morphology, and syntax problems. Rev. Lang 46 (3) :753 Wijk, H.A. C. van W - 2 3 1959 "A cross- cultural theory of colour and bright­ ness nomenclature, " BTLV, 15. 2 : 113- 137. Contentd: Lex 1; Soc 2; Ped. Williams, Daniel Roderick (1 871-1931) W - 24 1924 The United States and the Philippines. Garden City, New York: Double Day, Page and Company. Wason xiii, 335p. DS6 85 Contentd: Comp ; Soc Theo·; Pages 48 -50 deal W72 1925 with: ' Dialects of the Philippines.d" Wi 11i ams, Harold Whitmore \\T - 25 1904 Grammatische Skizze der Ilocano- Sprache. Munchen: Straub. 83p. (a dissertation) Content: Gram; Comp 1. Subtitle : mit berucksich­ t1gung ihrer beziehungen zu den anderen Sprachen der Malayo- Polynesischen Familie. Williams, Hermon P. W - 26 1907 English-Ilocano manual and dictionary. Manila: Oriental Printing Co. 409p. (Other edition: Wason 1922 Manila: Mission Press. 267, 24lp. ) PL5753 Content: Lex 4 ; Ped 1. This uses the classical W72 1929 languages as a framework for the grammar. Williams, Hermon P. , Angel Guerrrro and Santiago GacesW - 27 1929- Revised dictionary: En lish-Ilocano, Ilocano- En lish. 1930 an1 a: r1st1an M1ss1on. v. 1n , 8, 289pp. Content : Lex 4. This uses the organizdational frame­ Wason work of the classical languages. PL5753 W72 431 Wil l iamson, Frances E. W-28 1954 "Translators at work,d" ·The Mi·1·1·i·o·ns, 80 (6-June) : 54. Cotitent : Text 8. This deals with procedure and problems in translation of the Bible into the Iraya language of Mindoro (Mangyan) . Wi lson, Laurance L. · · · W-29 1947 A�ayao Li f� and leg�tids. Baguio : the author. I Sp . Wason Content : Lex 3 ; Text 4 ; Wri t 2 ; Comp 2. This DS666 gives mainly ethnographic data but with much text 1 7 W74 material (i. e. , chants, songs, stories) . The dialects are identi fied (Nabuangan , Bayag, Apayao) . The barest grammat ical notes are given (i. e. , number, possession, comparatives, short verb declension)d. A chart of the ' ancient scrlpt' is given without expl anation. There is a vocab- . laryof Engl ish -Apayao (about 1, 300 words) numbers, days, measures. Reviews were by Vanoverbergh in ANTHR 45 : 982- 984d; and ·F. Eggan irt Am Art h, 51(1949)d: 655. W-30 1947 Ilongot l i fe and Legends. Baguio : the author. 109p. Wason Content : Lex 3 ; Text 4 ; Comp 4 ; This is DS666 generally ethnographic but with much text material. 14 W74 The dialects are identi fied (Bua, Cagayan). Some songs are given. There is the very barest of grammatical notes on the Bua River di alect (number, possession, comparative, verbal declen­ sions.d) Handy phrases are given, and an Engl ish­ I longot word l ist of about 1,400 words. This was reviewed by F. Eggan iri ·Am Art h, 51d(1949)d: 655. W-31 1952 "Some notes on the mountain peoples of north Luzon,d" JEAS, 1 (3) : 54-62. Contentd: Lex l ; Text ; These are ethnogr�phic notes on communi ty structure (ato system). Native terms are used for identi fying roles, some short significant utterances There is no l inguistic data beyond the use of terms for actors, objects, very short utterances, and the social context of these. W-32 1953 "The b-allad of Uning,d" JEAS, 2 : 2 7 - 28. Contentd: Text 4. This Kankanay text with English translation. 432 Wilson, Laurence L. W-33 1953 "Some ballads from northern Luzon,d"d.JEAS 2: 37-47. Cotitent: Text 5. These provide text materialsd· in Northern Kankanay dialect, with English translationd. W-34 1954 "Some folkt ales of northern Luzon,d" ·JEAS, 3 (4 ) : 4 20-426. Content: Text 4. These are s tories in English without identification of ethnic groups. One Apayao love song with native text but no trans­ lation is presented. W-35 1954 "Some notes on the mount ain people of north Luzon: I II , " JEAS, 3 (3) : 30 9 - 3 20 . fontent: Text 4 ; These are mos tly ethnogra- phic notes on various tribes. Of linguis tic in­ teres t is a collection of Kalinga riddles with native language text and English translation (pp. 316-318)d. W-36 1955 "Mountain province trends, " JEAS, 4 (1): 51-53. Content: Soc 2, 3. There are a few sociolin­ guis tic notes. There is a plea for recording and translating from and into the native languages. Wilson, Robert D. W-37 1966 English sentence patterns for Filipitiosd. Manila: Bookmark. UP Content: Syn ; Comp 5. This is s aid to contain Prep Sch. contras tive patterning of Tagalog and English. 428.d24 W75 Wilson, Robert D. W-38 1967 "A contras tive analysis of segments of transfor­ mational grammars of English and Tagalog.d" Unitas. 40 (Dec) : 640 -646. Content: Gram, Syn 2. Wolfenden, Elmer Pual W-39 1957 An illus tration of H jelmslev ' s ' dependence ' . Fargo, North Dakota: Summer Ins titute of Linguis­ Wason tics, University of North Dakota. 3 leaves. Pamp Content: Syn. This discusses the Tagalog nang PL P. I. (linker) which shows the dependency relationshipd. 22+ W-40 1957 Sentence em hasis in the Fili ino lan ua e. Fargo , Nort Da ota: Summer Ins titute o Linguis tics , Wason University of North Dakota. 4p . Pamp. Content: Syn. This shows a departure from the regu­ PL P. I. l ar word order (Pred. - subj. -mod. ) resulting in 19+ emphasis to the firs t occurring element and in­ volving the addition of /ay/. 433 Wolfenden , Elmer Pual W- 41 1961 A re-statement of ·dTagal·o·g ·g·r·a·mmar. Manila : Jose Rizal of Natidonal Language. Apperided with Jose Wason Rizal , ·Nue·va· ·o·rto· · ·r·ati·a · ·de·1· ·1e· ·n: ·ua ··e· 'Ta· ·a·1· 0 . 44p. PL6053 (Also : MAdT es1s , Cornel Un1vers1ty , 1. W85 Content : Gram. This is a modern descriptive out­ line of the_ grammar. W-42 1963a "Introduction , " pp. v-vi in· Pape·r·s· · on· 'Philip.pine linguisti·�s , No. I. Manila : Institute for Language Teaching and Summer Institute of Linguistics ,d· Philip- pine. Branch. Contentd: Theo. W-43 1963 "Report on the work of the Summer Institute of Linguistics in the Philippines , " 01 , 2 : 1-15. Content : Theo 2 ; Bihl. This liststhe fieldworkers from the SIL together with the language on which they are working. It lists the languages being studied and the publications that have appeared by workers of the SIL. Wolfenden , Elmer and Rufino Alejandro , eds. W-44 1958 Intensive Tagalog conver·dsation ·c·our·s·e. Manila : Summer Institute of Linguistics , Institute of Na­ tional Language. 2 parts in lv. Wason (Other editions : 1957 Manila : Summer Institute of P16055 of Linguistics , Bureau of Public Schools 168p. W85+ Mimeographed. 1966 3rd ed. Bukidnon : Summer Institute of Linguistics. 175p. ) Contentd: Gram 2 ; Ped 3. The first part is composed of 90 dialogues ; the second , techndical grammar notes for the teacher. This is a course in spoken Tagalog using conversations and grammatical analyses with drills. The 1958 edition is essen­ tially the same as the 1957 edition. Wolfenson , Louis B. W-45 1906 "The infixes 'la' , '1 i' , 'lo' in Tagalog , " JAOS, 27 : 142-146. Content : Morph ; Comp 5. Some contrastive morpho­ logy of Tagalog and Cebuano with the meanings of the affixes. · Wolff , John U. W-46 1962 A description of Cebuano Visayan. Cebu City. 4v. Content : Gram ; Lex ; Phon ; Morph ; Text. Part I deals with English-Cebuano text (70p) ; Part II , phonemics , morphophonemics , and syntax (247p) ; Part III , Morphology (pp. 248-517) ; Part IV� vocabulary and indices (pp. 518-706). 434 Wolff, John U. W-47 1965 "Cebuano Visayan syntax.d" Ph. D. thesis, Yale University. 293p. . Cdtit�nt: Syn. The abstract is to be found in Dis ·Abs, 26 (1965)d: 2200. W - 4 8 1966 Beginnin� C�btiano. Part 1. New Haven: Yale Uni-versity ressd. 686p. Content: Gram ; Ped 3. This i. s a course 1. n Cebuano. W-49 1967 Be$inning Cebuano. Part 2. New Haven: Yale University Press. 51lp. Content: Gram ; Ped 3. W-50 1968 "The history of the dialect of the Camotes Island, Philippines, and the spread of Cebuano.d" 01, 6 (2) : 63-79. Content: Hist. Wolff, John U. and Ida 0. Wolff W-51 1967 Waray lessons. Cebu. 4v. Mimeographed. Contents: Ped 3. This is a Waray course of in­ Wason struction. PL5623 W85+ Worcester, D. C. W-52 1906 "The non-Christian tribes of northern Luzon,d" PJS, 1 (8) : 791-875. Content: Comp 4 ; Soc 1. This is ethnographic. Wason There are many synonums given for the various DS665 group names. No language data is given but two W91 NS+ pages (861-86 2) suggest language diversity and use is made of language as a classific�tory criteiion. "Working toward a new national language, " W -53 1958 MDB 58th Annual Edition, 174d(April 21)d: 20-21. Content: Theo 3. Wrigglesworth, Hazel W-54 1966 "Observations in teaching adults to read,d" PJLT, 4 (1-2) : 62 -65. Content : Ped 5. W-55 1967 Philippine reader. Vol. 1. No 3. Nasuli?, Summer Institute of Linguistics. Content: Ped 2. Ilianen Manobo reader. Wrigglesworth, Hazel and Jean Shand W�56 1965 Si beuu we elaas we ke erimaun selaren . Manila: Summer Institute o Linguistics, Bureau of Public Schools, Institute of National Language. 3lp. Content: Text 4. This is an Ilianen Manobo story book. 435 Wrigglesworthd. Hazel and Jean Shand W- 57 1967 · ·nertiwa · ne ·tere�a te �enuvu. (A reader pf Manobo folk tales ; as told by Mr. Adriano Ambangan) Nasuli?, Summer Institute of Linguistics 38ppd. Content: Text 4 ; Ped 2. lV- 58 1968 · ·Tu·dt·u1 ·meke· a·ta ·to eb uunan ·t·e· ni e ·raru ·tew. eginn1ngs o sic ness IL Nasul1 Press. 26p. (In cooperation with the Bureau of Public Schools and Institute of National Language, Manila) Content: Text 2. This is a health book in Ilianen Manobo. Wulff, Kurt W- 59 1909 "Review of Brandstetterdt s Mata-Hari,d" Zeitschri ft d. Deutsch, M6genlandischen Ges·e·11·s·chaft, 63: 615- 623. Content: Theo 5. W-60 1910 "Indonesische Studien: 1. Beitrage zur Stammbil­ dungslehre der Indonesischen Sprachen,d" ANTHR, 5: 219-230, 457-47 1 . Content: Compd. Batak and Karo are compared to other languages ; e. g. , Tagalog, Bisaya (but only in a few comparisons). W- 61 1910 - "Review of Brandstetterd' s "Wurzel und Wort in den 191 1 Indonesischen Sprachen,d" AU, 1: 224- 236d. Content: Phon ; Morph ; Comp ; Theo 5. W- 62 1911 "Zur neueren Literatur uber die Volker und Sprachen der Philippinen,d" AU, 2: 64- 78. Content: Gram ; Lex ; Comp ; Pea 2 ; Theo 5 ; Bihl. This is a detailed discussion of 6 works which deal with Tagalog grammar ; Iloko grammar ; Magina­ danao grammar, reader, vocabulary ; Bontok grammard. Ximenez, Cristobal. See under Jimenes, Cristobal. Yabes, Leopoldo Y. Y- 1 1936 A brief s�rvey ·of ·r roko literattite ·ftd�d·the be­ ginning to its present deVeldp�ent �ith ·a biblio­ graehy df works ·pettaining ·td · tfie · 116kd ·pedple and their language. Manila: the author. Content: Text 4; Bihl 2. 436 Yamada, Yu.k ihiro Y-21965 "Phonology of Itbayatan" PJS, 94d: 37 3-393.· co·n·te·nt: Phon. Yamada, Yukihi ro Y-3 1966 A pi�limitiaiy ·rtbayatan vtitabulary. Quez6n City: Institute of Asian Studies, University of the Philip­ Wason pines. vii, 122p. Mimeographed. PLS818 Content : Lex 4. Both bases and derived forms are Z S Y19+ listed. Some entries contain several synonyms. Y-4 1967 "Fishing economy of the Itbayat, Batanes, Philip­ pines, with special reference to its vocabulary.d" Asia Stud 5 (1) : 137 - 219. Content: Lex ; Morph ; Eth. Detailed treatment of the cultural spheres for some 650 free forms and roodts. Derivations are given. Y-4a 1969 "Itbayat nicknames.d" Na ' Olelo. 1: 7 8-85. Content: Lex 1. Names are classified by shape, origin and derivational processes. Yamamoto, H. Y-5 1929 Diccionalio English-Ilocano-Pangasinati-- Japanese. Honolulu. LC PL5 7 5 3 Content: Lex 4. Title on cover reads: ·dniccionariod: Y3 Ilocano -English-Japanese. Y-6 1929 Diksionario-bokabulario Dictionar -bocubular ) Filipino-Engl is -Japanese-1·1ocatio·-·Tagalog. 2nd ed. LC PL5753 Honolulu, 146p. Y3 1929 Content: Lex 4. A Polyglot word list and phrase book. Yamio, Teodora Y-7 1959 "Measures for the development and propagation of t.he Filipino language.d" Unpublished M.A. Thesis UP Fi in Educati on, University of the Philippines. LG994 E3 Content: Ped ; Theo. Y2 1959 Yap, Manuel Y-8 1947 Ang dila naton� Bisaya (Mga Katarungan ug katin­ awan bahin sa 1yang mga lagda ug mga hiyas)d. Wason Cebu City: Star Press. 292p. P15624 Content: Gram ; Morph. Title translation: Our Y25 V1sayan Tongue. This is a Visayan grammar with most coverage on morphology. Yasuda, Ayako Y-9 1966 "Ang araw nang pasko sa Pilipinas, " sr·L· WP, 10: 68-71. Contentd: Syn ; Text 2. Yengoyan, Aram A. Y-10 1964 "Environment, shifting cultivation, and social organization among the Mandaya of eastern Mindanao, Wason Philippines.d" Unpublished Ph. D. thesis, University Film 931 of Chicago. vi, 214p. 437 Content: Lex 1; Soc; Kin terms are given on pp. 113-117, 122- 126s. A note on the distri­ butions of cultural-linguistic groups of Eastern Mindanao is also givens·. There· are a few comments on language, for· example: lists Mandaya dialects on pp . 23�28: Manobo- -l)Dibabaon-Mandaya ; 2)Mang­ guangon; 3)Caraga Manabo; 4)Governor Generoso Manabo, and lists Davaoeno with 10 dialectss. The author comments on langu�ge affinitiess. Yjares, Apolinar Y- 11 19- - Ang wik� natin, ·r - 4 ·n� t�on. Manila: Philippine UP Textbook Publishing Co . 4v . H. S. Fi Content: Ped. Title translation: Our language, 499. 07 W5 1st to 4th yearss. Zaide, Gregorio F . Z - 1 194 1 "Ang wikang tagalog sa larangan ng kasaysayan,s" Bul INL, Vol. 5, No . 1 . UP Content: Theo 3 . Title translation: The Tagalog PL5501 language in the field of history. A28 Z- 2 1967 "Impact of Asia 's great traditions on the Philip­ pines,s" Hi·s·t· ·Bul, 11 ( 1): 39-68. Content: Lex 1; Hist 1, 4; This is not pri- marily a linguistic article, but contains a short 1 ist of words in P:ilipino which are compared to words in the source language (i . e . , Sanskrit, Chinese, Arabic) . Zamora, Benigno Z-3 1956 Lanfuage. Manila: Cultural Foundation of thePhi ippiness. 9p. Content: Soc. This is part of the Philippine Life Seriess. Z - 4 1957 An balarila sa ��t��s ·na aar�lan at sa o e iyo. Institute o National Language Wason Publication, Paper No . 12. Manila: Bureau of PL6051 Printing. 19p. Al51 Content: Gram; Ped 1 . Title translation: The nos. 12 teaching of grammar in high school and in college. Z-5 1959 "Ang kalagayan ng wikang Pilipino,s" Phil Ed, 14s(July): 93-95 . Cdntent: Soc. Title translation: The status of the Pilipino language. 438 Zamora, Bengno Z - 6 1964 "Why tagalog is the Filipino language, 11 · ·o·r· i·e·nt, 6 (Dec. ): 33-35. Cont·e·nt: Eth 3; Theo 3. Z-7 196- The role of the Filipino language ·in the develop­ ment of our national culture. Manila: Cultural Wason Foundation of the Philippines. 9p. Pamphlet Content: Theo 3. This is largely historical ( i .e., Pl P.I. a chonology) but i t also enu�erates factors invol­ 24 ved in the nat ional language development including the role of other languages. Zamora, Benigno and Florencia del Rosario Z-8 n.d. Pasanayang aklat. (Unang taon). Manila: Silangen Publisliing House. 137p. Content: Phon ; Text 7 ; Ped. These are 'practical exercisess' in the study of Pilipino, covering ' grammar, speech, unity, writin. g, literature.s' Zingg, Robert M. Z-9 1934 "American plants in Philippine ethnobotany . "P'JS, 54 (2): 2 2 1- 271. Content: Lex l; This is not basically a linguistic art icle but each plant is discussed with reference to the various native terms used in the Philippines. Zorc, David Z- 10 1966 A study of the Aklanon dialect. Peace Corps in the Philippines. 58p. Mimeographed. Content: Morphl, 2 ; Writ 1. This is a basic structure guide-- word make- up, word types, parts of speech, simple spelling rules. Z- 11 1967 Peace Corps primer for the western Visayas. Peace Corps Volunteers Language Program. 114p. Content: Text; Ped 3. This contains dialogues and grammar notes for the dialects on the islands of Negros 0cc. , Antique, Iloilo, Capiz, Aklan, Tablas, Romblon, Sibuyan, and Banton. This is based on Romblon field work by Hai Murai; de­ rived from materials of Ralph Kemphaus, Bacolod Ci ty. Zueco de San Joaquin, Ramon ( 1828- 1889) Z- 12 1871 Metodo del Dr. Ollendorff ara a render a leer, a lar escr1 1r unsi 1oma cua u1era a a taso Wason al Bisaya. Manila: Imprenta e Ramirez y Giraudier. PL56 2 1 314p. , 120p. (Other edi t ions: 1884 2nd edi tion Z94+ Manila: Amigos del Pais. 271, 120p. See Z - 15.) 1931 Content: Ped. 439 Zueco de San Joaquin Ramon (_1828- 1889). Z- 13 · 1889 co·m · e·n·d. ·i·o· ·de·· ·1·a · ramatic·a 'Bi.sayo- Es :ano·1a. ua a upe : s1 o e uer anos.· . n e . 52, 27p. Ayer . (Other edition: 1878 Manilas: Imprenta de Ramirez Phil.s y Giraudier. 120p. ) Lang. Corit·en t: Gram; Ped. Bisaya 23 Z - 14 1890 Gramatica Bi·s·a·ya-·E·s·p·an·o·1·a. Adaptada al si·stema de Ollendorf. Guadalupe: Asilo de Huerfanos. Ayer 222p. (Other edition: 1878 Manila: I mprerita de Phil. Ramirez y Giraudier) Lang. Cont·ent: Gram. Bisaya 25 Z- 15 1931 Zueco ' s Bisa ·an· Vi·sa an) B·oo·k. Translated by Patric Ra erty. For am, New York. 188p. PL5621 Content: Ped. This is a translation of Z-12 . Z94+ 440 D. List IV. M a n u s c r i p t s The following section contains those works which are perhaps not easily available since it consists. mainly. 6f manu­ scripts. However, some of these manuscripts may become publish­ ed. A few of them already have been published prior to the completion of this bibliography . Where this fact has been known and the bibliographic information has been available before publication of the present work the full bibliographic information has been included here . The following abbrevia­ tions serve to identify the locations of certain manuscripts: BPES: H. Otley Beyer ' s Philippine Ethnographic Series. DAY : Department of Anthropology, Yale University . PALI : Pacific and Asian Linguistic Institute, Universtiy of Hawaiid. SIL : Summer Institute of Linguistics Abbott, Shirley MSA-01 196 1 "Amganad Ifugao marking particles.d" Manila, SIL. 1 1 p . Contentd: Syn ; at DAY MSA-02 1963 "Verb stem classes (Amgode Ifugao)d. " Manila, SIL. 10 p . Content: Morph 1. at DAY MSA-03 n.d. "Phrase description.d" Manila . SIL . 5 p. Contentd: Syn 1. at DAY MSA- 1 n.d. "Three major sentence types in Amagnad Ifugao.d" 7 p. Manila. SIL ; at DAY Content: Syn 1 . Abrams, Norman MSA-lA 1953 "Ifugao of Hapao. Lexico- statistic list.d" Manila . SIL. 4 p. Content : Comp 2 . at DAY MSA- 2 1954 "Wordlist in Mansaka" SIL. Manila. Contentd: Lex 3. MSA - 2A 1957 "Ifugao of Hungduan. Lexico-statistic list . " Manila . SIL . 4 p. Contentd: Comp 2. at DAY MSA - 3 n .d. "Vowel quantity in Mansaka Phonemes. " Contentd: Phon . Alafon (t) , M . MSA-4 1786 "Arte de la lengua Espanola para uso de los naturales de la Provincia de la Pampanga.d" Content: Gram ; Comp 5 . 441 MSA-5 n .d. "Notas y adiciones al arte Pampango del Padre Vergano.d" Coritehtd: Gram 2. Albuquerque, Agustin de MSA-6 1570- "Arte de la lengua Tagala." 1580 · · c·on·t·e·nt: Gram ;d· Hist 2. This could possibly be the earliest grammar of Tagalog. Some date this as 1762. Alday, Diego de (1649d-1727) MSA-7 n.d . "Los gritos de las almas del purgatorio en Tagalo." 4 p. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSA - 8 n .d. "Los Gritos del infierno a los pecadores en Tagalo.d" 4 p. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSA-9 n .d. "Gritos del cielo a los pecadores en Tagala.d" 4 p. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Alvaro MSA-10 n.d . "Arte Pampango.d" Content: Gram. Amezquita, Luis de (1622-1667) MSA-11 n.d. "Sermones morales en Tagalo." Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. "Anciens alphabets des Philipines." MSA-12 n.d . Content: Writ 2. This can be found at Toyo Bunko (The Oriental Library, Japan). Anderson, Barbara MSA-12A 1960 "Report on some lexico-statistical counts on languages of the Mountain Province, Philippines." Chicago, University of Chicago. 14 p.d+6 diagrs.d, 3 maps, 1 table. Content: Comp 2. at DAY MSA-13 1961 "Contrastive analysis of Ilongo and English." In progress, Ateneo de Manila. Content: Comp 5. MSA-14 1961 "A proposal for a socio-linguistic study in Cananan, Camarines, Philippines.d" In progress, Ateneo de Manila. Content: Soc. Anias, Anghel, trans. MSA-15 n.d. "Da piya Ka barita sinorat laki Markos.d" (The Gospel according to St. Mark in Iraya language of Mindoro). Content: Text 3. 442 Aparicio , Jose (184 8-1925) MSA- 16 1 896 "Diccionario Bisaya.d" Coritent : Lex 4. This contains 3 dialectsd: Panayano, Cebuano, and Samaritano. Araneta, Francisco MSA-17 n.d. "The Agta and the Tagalog dialects compared.d" Mimeographed manuscript at the Ateneo de Manila Language Center. Coritert d: Morph. ; Comp 4. This deals with some affix conclusionsd. Arco, Ventura del MSA - 1 8 n. d. "Documentos atos y relaciones para la Historia de Filipinas.d" Ayer Content: Writ 2. Welsh says this is found in MSS1300 Vol. 4, Document 28, pp. 593- 595 in Ayer:d"Antigua Alfabetos Tagala y Visaya. " beginning with "Las Vocales son tres. . . " Arconada MSA-19 n. d. "Diccionario manual Espanol-Tagalog y Tagalog­ Espanol.d" Content: Lex 4. MSA-20 n.d. "Gramatica Tagala.d" Content: Gram. Arent, Julian MSA-20a 196 ? (Dictionary of Samar-Leyte Bisayan, Calbayog Wason dialect.)· 4 vols. PL6023 Content: Lex 4. Z S A68 + 1968 Ariz del Corazon de Jesus, Javier (1873- 1917) MSA-21 n. d. "Gramatica comprimida Cuyona.d" Content: Gramd. MSA-22 n.d. "Vocabulario Cuyono-Espanol y Espanol-Cuyono.d" Contentd: Lex. "Arte del Id1oma Gaddang en la mision de Paniqui.d" MSA-23 1 838 Content: Gram. This manuscript can be found at the Library of the University of Santo Tomas. Artiguez, Bartolome (1747 - 1790) MSA-24 1 7 86 "Arte de la lengua de Batanes.d" Content: Gramd. "Arte de la lengua Pampanga.d" MSA- 25 n . d. Content : Gram; Writ 2. This manuscript can be found at the British Museum. See additional Manu­ scripts No. 6879, # 24. It is said to contain a "specimen of the alphabetic characters employed in the writing of the natives" (H . Hosten , BSOAS, 3 (1923) : 1 29. ) 443 "Arte de la lengua Pampanga." MSA-26 n.d. Con·t·e·nt: Gram. This can be found in London at the King 's College. MS # 1395 "Arte de la lengua de Pan. gasinan." MSA-271690 134 p. (?) Content: Gram. "Arte de la lengua Tagala compuesta por un religioso MSA-28 del Orden de Predicadores." 1736 4 p. Content: Gram ; Lex. This can be found at the SOAS Librarys; in Additional Manuscripts No. 6879 of the British Museum,#22 ; and in London: King 's College. Said to include a Tagalog-Spanish vocabulary. "Arte Tagala en verso Castellano." MSA-29 n.d. Content: Gram. "Arte Tagala en verso Latino." MSA-30 n.d. Content: Gram. "Arte Tagalog." MSA- 31 1736 Content: Gram. Blake says this could be the same as entry MSA- 30, both written by a Dominican friar. "Arte de la lengua Tagala." MSA-32 n.d. 4 p. Content : Gram. This is M.S. # 1394 at London, King'sCollege. "Arte de la lengua Tagala." . MSA-33 n.d. Content : Gram. This is in the British Museum, Additional Manuscripts No. 6879, #23. H. Hosten, S.J.,says this is entirely different from the preceding entry (MSA-32) i� BSOAS, 3 (1- 1923) : 139. "Arte de la lengua Zebuana, de los naturales Bisayas MSA- 34 en Filipinas." · 1800? 79 p. Content: Gram. Blair and Robertson notes this in Vol. 53, p. 374. Compare with: Bermejo, J., Arte de la Lengua Zebuana. Asuncion, Diego de la ( -d. 1690) MSA-35 1680 "Obras predicables en iaioma Tagalog.' Manila. 131 p. Ayer Mss. Content: Text ; Hist. 2. These are sermons in a 1730 very old form of Tagalog. MSA-36 n.d. "Arte del idioma Tagalog." Content: Gram ; Hist 2. MSA-37 n.d. "Confes:.i·onario Tagalog." · Con·t·e:ri.t :·: Te.x·t ; . Hist· 2. 444 MSA - 3 8 n.d. "Diccionario Tagalog.d" Coritents : Lex 4 ; Hist 2. MSA-39 n.d. "El librod: passio duorum en Tagalog.d" Content : Text ; Hist 2. MSA-40 n.d. "Platicas doctrinales , sermones dominacales y de festividades en Tagalog.d" Content : Text ; Hist 2. MSA-41 n.d. "Los santos evangelios y el genesis en lengua Tagala.d" Content : Text ; Hist 2. Asuncion, Pedrod; O. F. M. ( -d. 1701) MSA-42 n. d. "Camino del cielo en Bicol.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSA-43 n.d. "Sermones morales en el idioma Bicol.d" Content : Text 3 ; Hist. MSA-44 n.d. "Sermones panegiricos en Bicol.d" Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Ateneo de Manila Language Center (Manila) MSA-45 n. d. "A pilot book for Bisayan.d" Content : Ped. This is intended for private use and is unpublishedd; there is one copy available at the ADM Language Center. This was written to guide Visayans back to their native language after a lengthy period of study in English. MSA-46 1963 "Ateneo Tagalog course.d"(Mimeographed) Contentd: Ped. This is also cited as Ateneo Tagalog Lessons, Vol. I - II , Ateneo Language Center, Loyola Heights, Quezon City. Atherton, William MSA-47 n. d. "Binokid pronouns. " SIL. Content : Lex. Avila, Pedro de la Cruzd; O. E. S.A. (1559-1617) MSA-4 8 n. d. "Arte de al lengua Ilocana.d" Coritent : Gram ; Hist 2. MSA-49 n.d. "Catecismo en Ilocano. " Co�tent : Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSA-50 n.d. "Vocabulario Ilocano.d" Coritent : Lex ; Hist 2. 445 Ayora, J. de MSA-51 n. d. "Arte Ilokano . " Content : Gram ; Hist 2. MSA-52 n. d. "Arte Panayano.d" Cont·ent : Gram ; Hiligaynond. MSA-53 n. d. "Arte Pangasinano . " Contentd: Gramd. MSA-54 n. d. "Vocabulario Ilokano.d" co·n t·e·n t : Lex. MSA-55 n. d. "Vocabulario Panayano.d" Content : Lex ; Hiligaynon. MSA-56 n. d. "Vocabulario Pangasinano.d" Contentd: Lex. Azagra del Carmen, Manuel ; O.R. S.A. (1837 -1898) MSA-57 1878 "Pinacaalig nin asay pare a recoletos daan rasiou a pinalas palasan na catangaan.d" Content: Text ; Samba!. · Azipitarte, Al1p10 (1847 - 1900) MSA-58 1888? "Adiciones al diccionario Bisaya del P. Mentrida.d" Contentd: Lex. MSA-59 1888? "Proyecto de una gramatica Bisaya.d" Contentd: Gram. Balagtas, Francisco (pseud. of Francisco Baltazar) MSB-1 193 3 "Plorante at Laura . " Sinulat ng dakilang makatang tagalog, . . . i sinalin sa matandang katitikang tagalog ni Gui. Y. Santiagod-Cuino . . d. ) Manila. 87 sheets. Content : Writ 2. Title translation: Written by the great Tagalog poet (i . e . , Francisco Balagtas), transliterated (?) into old Tagalog orthography by Gui. Y. Santiago-Cuino. According to Bernardo, this transcription is based largely on the inno­ vations of Father Lopezd. Balsingam. Dr. E. MSB-2 1927 "Mga tula ni kilong Balagtas.d" Sinulat ni Drd. Pablo Verzosa sa Matandang Titik Tagalog. NL F Unpaged: Newspaper clippings mounted on text. 899.d21t Contentd: Writ 2. Title translationd: Poems of B216t Kikong Balagtas ;written by Drd. Pablo Verzosa in old Tagalog script. 446 Bamboo rol ls in Newberry Library , in Tagbanua MSB- 3 n . d . ·cohtertt: Text ; Writ 2 . These contain conversa- Ayer t1ons on food , on huntings; Tagbanua burial cus- Manu- toms ; Tagbanua invitations; Tagbanua kinship and scripts and marriage. Transliterations and English trans­ Tagbanua lations are also inserted in rol ls. See also 1 to 13 Gardner and Maliwanag , "Indic Writings. .. " . Bamboo rol ls MSB-4 n. d. Content: Text ; Writ 2. On these 22 rolls are scratched Mangyan characterss, Mangyan songss. These are translated into Tagalog by three Mangyans , Bacon , Damdam , and Cabla. The songs are mainly begging and courting songs , 13 of which are known to exist.s· See also Gardner , "Mangyan Songs" , and "Indic Writings" , and "Three Contemporary. . s. ". Banayad , Lino F . and Walter B. Hogan MSB - 5 n. d. "First aid for beginners in Tagalog.s" Content : Ped 1 . Banker , John MSB- 6 n. d. "The development of the consonant cluster ' gl ' in Subanun.s" Content: Phon ; Hist 3 . Bantug , Jose P. MSB-7 1926 "A historical survey of Philippine currency.s" A lecture delivered before the Academia His­ pano-Americana de Ciencias y Artes de Cadiz , University of the Philippines , Sept. 30 , Manila . 41 typescript pagess. Content : Writ 2. This contains , according to Bernardo , a pen-and -ink reproduction of the "Ancient Filipino Calendar" as a plate after page 1 ; and a note on the letter 'M ' of the ancient Filipino writing. MSB-8 1937 "Hubo imprenta en Filipinas con caracteres natives moviles?" (La Vanguardia , Dec . 11 , p . 4 , or PFP , Dec. 18 , p. 63) Content: Writ 2. This a manuscript dedicated and given to Bernardo. Barnards, Mayra L. MSB-9 196 5 "Dibabaon Transient Verbs . " Content : Lex 1 ; Morph 1 . Barnard , M ; V. Forsbergs; and B. Dawson MSB- 10 195 5 "Wordlist in southern Cotabato Manobo.s" SIL. Manila. Content : Lex 3. 447 Barrios, Pilar V . MSB-11 1946 "A comparative study of Bicol and Tagalog wordsd. " August 26, 46 p . Con·t·e·nt: Lex ; Morph ; Compd. This is found in the E.A . Manuel Collectiond. Barton, Roy Franklin MSB-12 1910- "A bocabulary of the Ifugao language as spoken 1916 in Kiangan and vicinity . " Kiangan,·d Ifugao, Mt . Prov . , 190 p . Content: Lex 3 . EPES MSB-13 1940 "Unpublished collectiond. of ri tuald. -.texts . " Department of Anthropology, University of Chicagod. Content: Textd. MSB-13a 1942 "English-Ifugao wordbook . " Baguio Internment Camp, 62 p . Content : Lex 4 ; at DAY . MSB-13b 1942 "First Ifugaq-English wordbook: fourthousand roots, wordbases and affixesd. " Baguio Internment Camp 102 p. Content: Lex 4 ; at DAY Bartter, Frances C. MSB-14 1918 "A grammar .of the Iloko languaged. " Set 7 (Iloko), Volume 3, Paper 71d. 302 p . EPES Content: Gramd. Beck, Ken MS.B.-15 n . d . "An amateur looks at Hiligaynon structured. " Igbaras, Iloilo, Philippinesd. 15 p . typescriptd. Wason Content :· Morph ; Syn . The author, a Peace Corps Film 168 8 volunteer in Igbaras, Iloilo, discusses Hockett style morphology and phrase structured. Belen, Alfredo B . MSB - 16 1957 "Gamot kan Bikol" (A Bikol-English Dictionary)d. Legaspi, Albay, Philippinesd. Mimeographedd. Content: Lex 4 . MSB-17 n . d. "Bicol dictionary . " Legaspi , Albay, Philippines: Sanghirang Bikold. Content: Lex 4 . Belloxin, Juan ; O.E.dS . A . (1695-1742) MSB-18 n . d . "Gramatica de la lengua Isinay o de Itui . " 3v . Content: Gramd. Benavente, Alvaro de (1642-1708) MSB-19 1700? "Arte y diccionario Pampango . " Convento de Bacolord. 2v . 185 p . ·c·o·n· te·n t : Lex 4 ; Gr amd. 448 Bencuchillo, F. MSB-20 n. d . "Arte Tagalog.d" Content: Gram. MSB-2 1 n.d. "Diccionario poetico Tagala.d" Content: Lex 4. Benton, Richard A. MSB-2 1a 1970 "A concise learner ' s dictionary of Pangasinan.d" 366 p. Content: Ped ; Lex 4. PALI. MSB-2 1b 1970 "Makasalita kay Pangasinan (You can speak Pangasinan)d. " 718 p. Content: Ped 3; PALId. MSB-2 lc 1970 "A reference grammar for learners of Pangasinan.d" 2 84 p. Content: Gram ; Ped 1 ; PALI. Berger, Kenneth W. MSB-2 ld 1970 "Linguistic study in the Philippines.d" Content: Theo. Bermejo, J. MSB- 2 2 1 800 ? "Arte de la lengua Zebuana de los naturales Ayer Bisayas en Filipinas.d" Manila. 79 p. Mss.d1709 Content: Gram. MSB-2 3 n .d. "' Bocabulario de la lengua Gaddana.d" 201 leaves . Content: Lex 3. This can be found at the University of Santo Tomas library, Manila. MSB - 2 4 n. d. "Comparison of speech sounds in English and in the dialect spoken in Virac, Catanduanesd. " 2 p . mimeographedd. Bureau of Public Schools, Division of Catanduanes. Content : Phon; Comp 5. This is a camparison of segmental phonemes. Bernabe, Emma and Virginia Lapid MSB-24a 1970 "Ilokano lessons.d" 470 p . Content : Ped 3 ; PALI. Bernardo, Gabriel A. MSB-25 1937 (Letter to Dr . Paul R. Verzosa, Sept. 6, in reply to the latter ' s communication of Sept. 2 . ) Manila : University of the Philippines. 2 p. Content : Writ 2 . This is written in ancient Tagalog syllabary, expounding the propriety of adhering to the old syllabic writing without accepting the innovations introduced by Dr . Francisco Lopez and othersd. 449 Bernardo, Pilar MSB-26 n . d . "A comparison of speech sounds in English and Chabacano . " 3 p. mimeographed. Zamboanga City: Bureau of Public Schools. . Con·t·e·nt: Phon ; Comp 5 . Beyer, H. Otley MSB-27 1913 "A story and ethnography of the Igorot peoples." Sv. Manila. Content: Eth . This is a collection of 120 manu ­ scripts relating to the language and culture of the Igorots. MSB-28 1931- "Beyer-Holleman collection. of original sources 1932 in Philippine customary law . " Manila. llv. Content: Bihl . These are said to be in the hands of the A . C . L.S. , Washington, for ultimate publication. MSB-29 n . d . "A brief vocabulary of the Tagbanua dialect as spoken at the village· of Limanukong on Bakuit Bay, Island of Palawan . " 94 p . Content: Lex 3 ; BPES set 12, No . 29. MSB-30 n.d. "Philippine dialects and abbreviations . " Prepared for the use of Mr. Charles R. Cameron of the Philippine Census Commission. Content: Soc 1 ; Theo ; BPES vol 4, p. 104 . Beyer, H . Otley and R . F. Barton MSB-31 n . d . "Miscellaneous data on the Ifugao language" (Texts, Grammatical Notes, and Vocabularies) ." Contents: Gram 2; Lex 3; Text; BPES set 14, vol 4 No. 4. Beyer, William MSB-32 1947 "Wordlist in Ifugao.s" Based on Conklin lexical 1948 checklist for Philippine languages. 39+14 p. Babaue, Ifugao Content: Lex 3. at DAY. Bigelow, A . E. MSB-33 1915 "Outline for the study of Pan-Ayanon Visayans. " Contents: Ped 1 . This is to be found at the SOAS Library . "Bilaan literacy charts, Numbers 1 to 8 . " MSB-34 1959? SIL? Content: Ped 5 . "Binokid phonemes ." MSB-35 n . d. Manila: Ateneo Graduate School . Content: Phon. "Binukid morPhology" (Notes) MSB-36 n. d. �.anila : Ateneo de Manila Graduate School, Dept . of Languages and Linguisticss. Typed. Content: Morph. 450 "The Bisaya language" MSB-37 n.d. For private circulation, Sacred Heart Missionaries, Surigao. c·o·n·t·en t: Unknown Biso, Juan (or Viso; Bisa) (1714 - 1750) MSB-38 n.d. "Compendio del arte Tagalo." ·c·on·t·ent: Gram; Hist 2. Blackburn, Barbara and Betty McLachlin MSB-39 n.d. "Phonemic statement of _sSarangani Bilaan." ·scontent: Phon. Blake, Frank R. MSB-40 1921- "Instructions for Philippine linguistic workers." 1925 ·con·tent: Theo 4; General. MSB-41 n.d. "Tagalog accent." ·co·n·t·e·n t: Phon 6 . MSB-42 n.d. "The Tagalog ligature in other languages of the southern Philippines." ·c·ontent: Lex; Comp. Blanco, Gerardo; O.E.S.A. (1862- 1898) MSB-43 n.d. "Vocabulario Hispano- Ilocano, " con un horario, catalogo de las partes del cuerpo humane, enfer­ medades y grades parentesco. 264 p. Content : Lex 4. Blood, David MSB-44 n.d. "The 'G ' phoneme in Isneg." Content: Phon 5. Blumentritt, Ferdinand MSB-45 1886 "Sobre la lengua Tiruray." Content: Unknown MSB-46 1886 "Vocabulario Tagala- Aleman.s" Leipzig? Content: Lex 3. t:'Bocabulario de la lengua Caboloana." MSB-47 1833 900 p. Content: Lex 4. Found in the Santo Domingo Church library, Manilas. this manuscript was "translated" in 1833 by _ a� Dominican prjest, and over 1500 words not in the first manuscript were added. Bocobo, Jorge MSB-48 1917 "Ang paguulitulit ng mga pantig salita sa wikang Tagalog at sa iba pang wika sa oceania." NL F Content: Phon; Comp. Title translation: The 499.211 T repetition of syllables in Tagalog and other B63p Oceanic languages. This is unpaged, and part of the manuscript consists of newspaper clippings. It is partly mutilated, and is in Ronquillo'· s collection. 4 5 1 Bonet, Miguel ; O.P. ( 18:31- ) MSB- 49 n.d. "Diccionario Gaddan-Espanol y Espanol- Gaddan. " 400 ; 158 p. ·cont·en t : Lex 4. MSB- 50 n.d. "Tratados en verso y en prosa en lengua Gaddan para edificacion." Content: Text Borobia del S. Corazon de Jesus, Valentin ; O.R.S. A. MSB- 5 1 ( 1868- ) n.d. "Explicacion dogmatico-moral del Simbolo.s" Platicas traducidas en Zambal-Binobolinao de las que escribio en Castellano el P. Juan Llanes en su obra "El Catequista Orador." 4 p. Content : Text 3. MSB - 52 (bet. "Sermones en Zambal- Binobolinao." predicados en 1892- dicho pueblo de Bolinao desde el 2 de Octubre 1894) de 1892 hasta el 3 Mayo de 1894. 4 p. Content : Text 3. Botor, Pablo K. . MSB- 52a 1966 "The basic structure of the Ilocano language." Verge. Baguio 1 ( 1) : 4 1- 5 5 Contents: Gram. Brana, Miguel (1719- 1774) MSB- 53 n.d. "Diccionario Tagalo." Content: Lex 4. Bravo, Antonio MSB-54 1886 "Cuestiones grammaticales ; sus contestaciones.s" Ayer Candabas, Aug. 10. 3 p. Mss 1729 Content : Gram 2. Kapampangan Text. MSB-55 1886 "Yslas Filipinas.Cuestionario y vocabulario de Ayer la lengua Pampanga dialecto. .. " Candaba, Aug. 10. 33p. Mss 1728 Content : Lex 3. Brichoux, Robert M. MSB- 56 n.d. "Semantic components ·of pronoun systemss: Subanon and Samoan." North Dakotas: University of North Dakota, SIL. Content : Morph 2 ; Comp 5 ; Sem. "Bucabulario Yloco." MSB- 57 n.d. Content : Lex 3. This is at the British Museum, Additional Manuscripts, No. 6879, #25s� Buenaventura, P. de MSB- 58 1613 "Vocabulario Tagalog." Content : Lex. Bulle, Emilio ; O.E. S.A. (1845- 1898) MSB- 59 1890? "Notas y observaciones a la gramatica Tagal.s" Content : Gram 2. 452 Bunye, Maria Victoria and Elsa Paula Yap MSB-60 1970 "Cebuano for beginners.d" PALI; 839p. Contentd: Ped 3. MSB-6 1 1970 "Cebuano grammar notes.d" PALI; 1 15 p. Content : Gram 2; Ped . Cabello, Juan (1573-1648) MSC-1 n. d. "Simbolo de la Fe . " Content: Text 3; Hist 2; in Pampango. Cabonce, Rodolfo; S . J. MSC-2 1955? "Visayan- English dictionary . " 231 p . mimeographed. Contentd: Lex 4. This contains a 17-page gram­ matical sketch. Entries are by bases with exten ­ sive derivation given. This is found at the Ateneo, and it was reproduced in 1963 by the Peace Corps in the Philippines . Cacho, Alejandro MSC-3 n. d . "Confesionario and sermons en Isinay.d" Contentd: Text 3. MSC-4 n.d. "Origen y costumbres de los Isinays, Ilongotes, Irulis, e Igorrotes . " Content: Text 3. Blake cites a manuscript en­ titled "Catechisms in Isinay, Ilongot, Iruli, and I go lot,d" most 1 ike ly the same he sa: ys as this one, written between 1707 and 1748. Calderon, Baltasar Fernandez; O . P. (1745-1817) MSC-5 n.d. "Diccionario de la lengua de los Batanes. " Content: Lex 4. Calleja, Jose ; O.E. S. A. ( 1 731 - 1765) MSC-6 1765? "Llave para escribir y leer el Pampango.d" lv. Contentd: Pedd. Cameron, Charles Raymond MSC-7 193 - "Sulu notesd. " Contentd: Gram 2 '· Lexd'· Phond'· Writ 2 '· Bibl . Wason This consists of pieces (in portfolio) of a PL6041 manuscript and typewritten notes on Sulu pro­ Cl8S9+ nunciation, vocabulary, script, grammar, and bibliography. Campion, Juan Antonio ; S. J. (1592-1651) MSC-8 n.d. 1 1 Historias de la sacrada escritura en lengua Bisaya.d" Content: Text 3; Hist 2. MSC-9 n.d. "Sermones en lengua Bisaya.d" Content: Text 3; Hist 2. 453 MSC- 10 n.d. "Vocabulario de la lengua Bis ay." Con·t·e·nt : Lex ; Hist 2. · Campo, Antonio del ; O.P. MSC- 11 1740 "Proyecta un nuevo camino de Bagabag a Carig ; Construccion de Iglesias y Con�entos ; Papel que Da P. Marin, O.P. a Danae ; gramatica y diccionario del P. Sierra en Gaddan." Dominikaner­ Archive der Provinz Philippinen. 3. IX. Content : Gram ; Lex. Canon, Juan MSC-lla 1956 Modo ractico de a render la rammatica Wason Caste1 lana constra� uccion al f PC4921 e u?, aca so ress. p. C22 Contents: Grams; Comp 5. Canseco, Mariano (Prof. Quire, pseud.s) MSC- 12 1937 "Ang ating abakada." (Inayos nang makatugon sa kayamanan at kasalukuyang kalusugan ng wika, at tuloy magamit sa mga bagong dagdag sa sariling talatinigan) Manila. 5 English and 5 Tagalog typescript pages, with 5 p. of palaeographic speci• mens. Contents: Writ 2. Title translations: Our alphabet- ­ (Philippine Orthography- - as translated by Bernardo) properly arranged with corresponding rules governing the use of ancient Filipino writing. Carbonell, Jose MSC- 13 n.sd. "Tesauro Ilocano." Content : Lex. Caro, Domingo MSC- 14 1775 "Pannomnom an macristiano." Dupax, Nueva Vizcaya, Nov. 14. Contents: Text 3 ; BPES set 9, vol 2, No. 24. Carrion, Paz T. MSC- 15 1933 "List of diffused Chinese traits in the Tagalog vocabulary." Contents: Lex ; Hist 4 ; BPES. It consists of words on food or kitchen use. "Cartas de los PP. de la Compania de Jesus de la MSC- 16 mision de Filipinas." 1883 Contents: Text. On pp. 218-22 are examples of Ayer 2143Tiruray (a letter dated Santa Ana, June 14) J41 JS 1883 v.S "Cartilla de la doctrina Cristiana en Tagalo . " MSC- 17 1608 Contents: Text 3 ; Hist 2. This could be a re­ v1s1on of Librong. .. by P. San Jose. (highly speculative) 454 "Casos raros sobre la confesion.d" MSC - 1 8 n.d. Cdritentd: Text 3; Ivatan text. Castano, N. MSC- 19 n.d. "Diccionario Espanol y Batan.d" Contentd: Lex 4. Castillo, Florencio M . MSC- 20 1948 "Tagalog simplified balarila with Vocabulary.d" NL F Based from the course of study, Bureau of 499.d207t Education. Manila. 63 p. C278t Content: Gram ; Lex 3; Ped. Castillo, Sebastian del MSC - 2 1 n. d. "El gobierno Cristiano.d" 600 p. c·ontent: Text 3 ; Gaddang text. Castro, Agustin Maria de; O. E. S.A. MSC - 2 2 1930 "Ortografia y reglas de la lengua Tagalog accomodadas a sus propios caracteres.d" 98 p. (Ordenada por A. Grino, segun el ejemplar de su collection hispano-ultramarina � ) Content: Gram ; Writ. Castro, Enrique ; O. E. S.A. ( -d. 1676) n. d. "Sermones morales en lengua Pampanga.d" Content: Text 3. Castro, Rosenda Alog de MSC - 23a 1970 "A computer-based methodology for a word count in Tagalog . " Ph. D. thesis, UCLA. 209 p. Contentd: Lex. Catbagan, Sophie M. MSC- 23b 1966 "How bad is the Filipino ' s spoken English? " Verge, Baguio 1 (1)d: 122 - 134 Contentd: Soc 2, Comp 5, Acq 2. "Catecismo de doctrina Cristiana en dialecto Zambal. "MSC- 24 n.d. Manila. Content: Text 3. Cayton, Geronimo C . MSC- 25 n. d. "A bibliogra· phy of the Philippine alphabets. " Manila. 6 typescript pages (In J. P . Bantug ' s "Estudios sobre Historia y Prehistoria de Filipinas". ) Contentd: Writ 2; Bibl 2. Chaveli, Andres; O. P. (1830 - 1 865) MSC- 26 n. d . "Comprendio del ar te de la lengua Ibanag del P. Fausto de Cuevas.d" O.P. 150 p . Contentd: Gram. China Inland Mission MSC- 27 1957 ' 'Files of linguistic material on Mindoro Mangyan languages.d" at Calapan, Mindoro? Contentd: Bibl. 455 Cheong, Loretta MSC-28 1945 "Chi.nese names of foods and culinary terms adopted in Tagalog . " Nov.16. co·n·t·e·nts: Lex· 1 ; Hist 4. Thi·s list of 4 4 words with an attempt at etymologies is found in the E.A. Manuel Collection. Christie, Emerson Brewer MSC-29 1905- "Arnold and Gilbert's first reader, Translated 1906 into the Subanun dialect." Zamboanga. SO p. ·cont·en· t : BPES vol. 6, No. 40 · MSC-30 1905 "The arrival of the Moros: a Subanun tradition." Zamboanga, April. 15 p. Corit·ertts: Text 4 ; BPES. Set 1 1, Vol 6, No. 43 MSC- 31 1908 A collection of about 90 letters, totalling about 150 pages relating to the meaning, his­ tory, phonetic character, etc. of geographic names in the Tagalog provinces. Collected for the Division of Ethnology. ·content : Lex 1 ; Phon 3 ; BPES unclassified. MSC-32 ° 1908 A collection of about 120 letters, totalling about 300 pages, relating to the history, meaning, phonetic character, etc. of geographic names in the Visayan Islands and provinces. Content : Lex 1 ; Phon 3 ; BPES unclassified Claudio y FoJsas, Justo MSC-33 1903 "Gramatica de la lengua Castellana con explic­ Ayer ciones en Dialecto Ilocano." Dagupan. 133, 68 p. Phil. Lan_g c·ontent : Gram ; Comp 5. Iloko 61 MSC-34 n.d. "Diccionario Espanol-Ilocano.s" Calasiano. 2v. Ayer C�rit·ent : Lex 4. Phil. Lang. Iloko 58 Cobb, Irvin D. MSC-35 1917 "Grammatical sketch of the Kuyonon dialect." 18 p. Content : Gram 2 ; BPES Vol 3, No. 33 Cobb, Irvin D. and A.V.H. Hartendorp, comp. MSC-36 1917 "A partial vocabulary of the Kuyonon dialect.s" 22 p. Content : Lex 3 ; BPES Vol 3, No. 34 Cole, Fay Cooper MSC-37 n.d. "Wordlist in Kalagan and Kulaman." Content : Lex 3. "Coleccions·de palabras que la emperatriz de Rusia MSC-3· 8 n.d. �mando traducir en los diferentes idio:mas de estas islas.s" · C�rit�rtt : Lex 3 ; Comp. 456 "A collection of twenty Spanish ' Expedientesd' " (with MSC-39 1889- accompanying Moro documents) relating to affairs 1898 in Sulu, Lanao, and Zamboanga, 1889� 1898. From the Division of Archives. · Original documents dated in Sulu, Mindanao and Manila. · 157 p. Cort entd: Text; Writ 2; BPES Set 10, vol 8, No. 81 Conant, Carlos Everett MSC-40 1903 "Kankanai word lists.d" Baguio, Benguetd. Content: Lex 3. Conant says that this was "Taken orally from eight Kankanay boys, each being quest­ ioned privatelyd- - fifty words, chiefly numerals and parts of the body.d" MSC-41 1904 "A word list of the Kuyonon dialect . " Manila . Content: The author says this was"fui:nished orally by a native of Cuyo . . . C ontains the numerals and names of parts of the body". It contains about SO words . Lex 3 . MSC-42 1904- "A list of Batan words . " 1905a Content: Conant says this was "orally taken from two natives of Batan Island, one of whom, a ser- vant boy recently arrived from his native island gave his list at Aparri, north coast of Luzon. Oct. 7; and the other, an elderly settler in Claveria, a small town on the northwest coast of Luzon, gave his list at the latter town, Nov. 9, 1905. (There are) about 200 words.d" Lex 3. MSC-43 1904d- "A brief comparative word list of the Yogad, Gad­ 1905b dang and Itawi dialect.d" Content: Lex 3; Comp 4. The author says this is a "list of 75 English words with their equivalents in the three dialects taken orally from several natives in Northern Luzon, 1904 and 1905. MSC-44 1907 "Isinai-English word list" (compiled from F. Rocamora ' s ' Catecismo ' ) . Baguio, Benguet. Content: Lex 3. Conant, Carlos Everett, Vicente Sotto, and Juan MSC-45 1906 Villagonzalo "A Bisaya-English dictionary. " Cebu. Content: Lex 4. This contains about 5,500 words. Concepcion, Eduardo Abaurrea de la P. ; O. R. S.A. MSC-46 n. d. (1874- ) "Vocabulario Cuyono-Espanol y Espanol-Cuyono. " Con·ten t: Lex 4. Concepcion, Gerardo Diez de la ; O. R. S. A. (1853- 1892) MSC-47 n . d . "Abecedario de los Tagbap:uas ,indios aborigenes de la Paragua.d" 457 Concepcion, Juan Ortiz de la; O . R. S.A .s (1849- ) MSC-48 1886 "Memoria sabre la provinci .a de Zambales, su situacion, extension, dates de geologia, hidro­ grafia, fauna, etnografia, dialectos y estadistica de su poblacions. " 109 p. c·on· t·ent: (Sambal ?) Conklin, Harold C. MSC-49 1947 "Wordlist in Cagayan de Jolo (Jama Mapun)." Content : Lex 3. MSC - S O 1948 "A short discussion of three elements of Tagalog speech with reference to other Philippine dialect." Content: Comps. MSC-51 1951 "Lexical checklist for Philippine languagess. " Content: Lex 1; Theo 4 . This is a guide to ob­ ta1n1ng a coprus for comparative work. 2278 words. MSC-52 1952 "Outline gazeeter of native Philippine ethnic and linguistic groups." mimeo. 13 pagess. Content: Soc 1; Eth. MSC-53 1953 "Test vocabulary for Philippine langauges." 14 p. mimeo. Content: Lex 1; Comp; Theo 4 . MSC-54 1953 "Wordlist in Tawitawi Samal." Content: Lex 3. Msc·-s4a 1961 "Lexical problems in the analysis of a Philippine language:s'water' in Ifugao.s" Paper read at Tenth Pacific Science Congress, Honolulus. New York. 19 p. Content: Lex 1 at DAY. Constantino, Ernesto Andres MSC-55 196 0 - "Test words for Philippine languages.s" 1961 Quezon City, University of the Philippines. Content: Lex 3; Comps. MSC-56 1963 "Tagalog sentences illustrating voice affixes.s" Content: Morph; SYNs. MSC-57 1966 "Construction markers of some Philippine languages." Paper read at the 11th Pacific Science Congresss. " Tokyo, Japan. Content: Comp; SYN. MSC- 58 1968 "Bloomfieldian and other models in the analysts of Philippine languages." Content: Theo 2. 458 MSC-58a 1970 "Ilokano dictionary.d" PALI 500 p. co·nte· ·n t : Lex 4. MSC-58b 1970 "Ilokano reference grammar.d" PALI 150 p. Cont�ht : Gram 2 ; Ped 1. Coordinated Investigation of Sulu Culture, Notre MSC-58c 1971 Dame of Jolo College, Jolo, Sulu. "Folktales in Tausug and English Texts.d" ·c·on·tent : Tex 4 . Coronel, Franciscod; O. E . S.A. ( d. 1630) MSC-59 16 17 ? "Arte de la lengua Pampanga.d" Content: Gram. Noted: existence is speculative. see 1621. MSC-60 1617' "Reglas para aprender el idioma Pampango.d" Content: Ped � Text 5 ;In Ivatan. MSC-61 16 20? "Explicacion de la doctrina y catecismo en lengua Pampanga.d" Lubao· . ·contentd: Tex 3 ; Hist 2. Noted: of doubtful existence. MSC-62 19 21a "Arte y reglas de la lengua Pampanga.d" 33 p. Contentd: Gram. (Said to be in the collection of one Eduardo Navaro. ) MSC-63 1621b "Arte y vocabulario de la lengua Pampanga.d" Content: Gram ; Lex ; Hist 2. Note : Retana finds no foundation for its existence beyond a reference by Beristain whom he accuses of taking down the wrong information. MSC-64 n.d. "Platicas en Pampango.d" Contentd: Tex 3 ; Hist 2. MSC-65 n.d. "Vocabulario Pampango.d" Content: Lex 3. Cortes, Alonsod; O.E. S. A. (1639 - 1695) MSC-66 n. d. "Sermones morales en Ilocano.d" 3 Vol. Contentd: Tex 3. MSC-6 7 n .d. "Sermones panegiricoes en Ilocano.d" 3 vols. Content : Tex 3. Cottle, Morris MSC-68 n. d. "A preliminary analysis of Ivatan Syntax.d" Contentd: SYN (at SIL) · Cottle, Morris and Shirley Cottle (trans . ) MSC-69 n. d. "Hymns.d" (at SIL) ·corttentd: Tex 5. In Ivatan 459 Criville, Antonio; O.P. ( 1779-1813) MSC-70 n.d. "Gramatica para estudiar Batan." · 150 p. Cont·eht: Gram; Ped; ( Ivatan). Cruz, Avila P. de la MSC-71 1600 "Arte, vocabulario y catecismo Ilocano" Conteht: Gram; Lex; Tex 3; Hist 2. Cruz, Beato de la MSC-72 1958 "The Akalan language . " Con·tent : Gr am 2. Cruz, Manuel MSC-72a 1967 "IAsyki i dialekty Filippinsi ikh rasprostranenie.s" IAzyki IU�o-Vostochnoi Azii. Nauk SSSR. 73-80Content: omp 4 . Cuadra, Nicolas de la ; O.E.S.A. ( 1663-1723) MSC-73 n.d. "Milagros del St. Nino en lengua Cebuana.s" Content: Tex 3; Hist 2. MSC-74 n.d. "Sermones misticos en lengua Cebuana.s" 2 vols. Content: Tex 3; Hist 2. Cuartero, M. MSC-75 1971 "Casayoran sa pagaradalan sa Mga Cristianos.s" Manila, 88 p. . Content: Tex 3. Cuino, Guillermy Y. Santiago (Collector) MSC- 76 n.d. (Philippine palaeographic specimens) In Bantug collection. Content : Writ 2. Cunningham, M.C. MSC-77 1966 "Ifugao, Philippines concordance and texts in four parts: I. Words (P. 1-25 2), II. Morpheme. (p.253- 616), IIIs. Sentence. (p. 1-44), IV. 18 texts. (p. 1- 108). Project RS-00307, Norman, Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma Computer Laboratory. Content: Gram at DAY. Cunningham, Margaret and Joan Goetz MSC-78 1963 "Pronoun formatives in Amganad Ifugao.s" Nasulai. SIL. 10 p. Content: Morph 1 at DAY. Dawson, Francis MSD-1 1960 "Voice and case relations in Kalagan.s" -Ms. sub ­ mitted to the PJS. Con·tent: Syn. MSD-2 n. d. "Kalagan (Tagacaolo) sound system.s" SIL , Manila. ·cont·ert : Phan. Dean, James MSD-3 n.d. "Bilaan sentence structure." SIL · ·co·ntent: Syn. 460 Dean, James and Gladys Dean MSD-4 n. d . "First Bilaan report . " SIL. Conte· n t: Theo 4. MSD-5 n.d. "Gisak" (Primer)d. SIL. Content: Ped 2. MSD-6 n .d. "Pepe" (Primer)d. SIL. c·ontent: Ped 3 . Dean, James and Gladys Dean, Norman Abrams and Doris MSDd-7 n. d . Abrams "Primer of scripture selections.d" SIL. Content: Ped 2 . "Diccionario Batan-Castellano. " MSD-8 1 873 By some Dominican Padres 198 p. Content: Lex 4 . "Diccionario Cebuano-Espanol" MSD-9 n . d. Content: Lex 4 . This is supposed to have been written by Agustinian (O. E . S . A.) padres. "Diccionario Espanol-Tagalo.d" MSD-10 n� d � Conten t: Lex 4. This is supposed to have been written by Agustinian (O. E . S. A . ) padres . D-ichupa, Adorada A. MSD-l0a 1967 "A study of common transfers of Hiligaynon con­ structions into English. : Southeast Asia Quarterly. 2 (2) :43-62 Content: Comp 5; Soc 2; Acq 2 . "Dictionarium Hispanod-Tagalicum.d" MSD - 1 1 1799 335 p . Content : Lex 4. According to Blake, this was in the library of Count Wrbna (?), a Viennese count, in 1799d. Diego, Rafail de MSD- lla 1968 "La lengua Filipina.d" Asociacion Espanola de Orientalistas. Boletin. 4:9-13 Contentd: Theo 3 . Division of Ethnology, Bureau of Education MSD-12 1905- A collection of about 85 letters, totalling about 1906 1 20 pages, relating to the existence or non­ existence of documents written in the old Philippine alphabets, in the various municipalities of the Visayan islands and provinces. These were collected- by the Division of Ethnology at the re­ quest of Dr . David P. Barrows. Contentd: Writ 2 ; BPES unclassified. MSD-13 1905- A collection of about 40 letters, totalling about 1906 S O pages, relating to the existence or non­ existence of documents written in the old Philippine alphabets, in the various municipalities of the Tagalog provinces. These were collected at the request of Dr . David P. Barrows. Content : Writ 2 ; BPES unclassified 461 MSD-14 1909 A col lection of about 100 letters, total ling about 150 pages relating to the population and local diale�ts spoken in the various municipalities of the Visayan islands and provinces. ·c·o·n·t·e·nt : Soc 1 ; BPES unclassified. Doble, Hospic10 MSD-15 1948 "Aho lay palisa.d" 3 p. Ayer Contentd: Text. Botolan II Doherty, David Jessup (1850- ) MSD - 16 1903 "Dialects and a national language.d" Paper on Ayer "Condition,s in the Philippines.d"pp.d1 7 - 19, type- 1P21 script, · chicago. D65 Content :d.Theo 3. "Dominicas doctr1nales en lengua Tagala.d" MSD- 1 7 1701 Sampaloc. 258 p. Ayer Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. This was written by an Mss1736 Agust1nian padre . Dorado de S. Guillermo, Alipio ( -d. 1889) MSD-19 1836 "Arte de la lengua Tagala"d(sacado de la del R.dP. Totanes y otras corregido de todas las voces y composiciones antiguadas) . 306 p. Contentd: Gram. "Drills in Tagalog pronunciation.d" MSD-20 n. d. Ateneo de Manila, Mimeographed. Contentd: Ped. DuBois, Carl and Lauretta DuBois MSD-20a 1967 Sarangani Manobo-English dictionary.dNasuli, SIL 268 p. Contentd: Lex 4. Duran, Ignacio (1834d- 1896) MSD-21 1883 "Cartas de los Pp. de la Compania de Jesus de la Ayer mision de Filipinas.d" 2143 Content : Text 3. On pages 218-222 are examples of J41 JS T1ruray, in a letter dated Santa Ana, June 14, 1883. 1883, v. S Dyen, Isadore MSD-22 1965 "The migrations of the Malaya-Polynesians.d" Advance paper distributed for the Conference on Linguistic · Wason Problems of the Inda- Pacific Area, Jan. 5-8. 7 p. PJ21 C72+ Content : Comp ; Eth 3. This gives the implications 1965 for culture history of Dyen ' s lexicostatistical classification, consisting of 42 languages, showing low relation to all others. Dyen, Isidore MSD-23 1970 "Maranao and Tagalic: Qualitative confirmation. of a subgrouping hypothesis. " Mss submitted to the · ·p·hi· ·1·i·pp·i·ne Jo·u·rnal of Lin,guis tics. 1 ( 1) : 1 - 1 1 462 ·c·o·n·t·e·nt: Compd· 2. A comparison of Cebuano, Hiligaynon, Maranao and Tagalog with regard to several grammatical categories. · Eggan, Fred, Roy F . Barton and W . H . Scott MSE-0 1959 "The Igorots of Sagada. General account of social and ceremonial life, with texts and translationsd. " M. S . in preparation, Chicago: Philippine Studies Program, University of Chicago. co·n tent: Text 4. Elkins, Richard MSE - 1 1957 "Ifugao of Mayoyao. Lexicostatistical list . " Manila, SILd. 4 p. c·o·nt·ent : Comp 2. MSE-2 n .d. "Central Bukidnon Manobo phonemes.d" Con·ten t: Phon . MSE-3 n .d. "Matid Salug surveyd. " c·onten t: Text . MSE -4 n .d. "Pepet in Manobo . " Content: Phond. MSE-5 n.d. "Problems of Ivatan phonology.d" SIL. Content: Phond. MSE-6 n.d. "Syntactic stucture of central Mindanao Manobo . " FEU Fild. Manila, SIL . PE1369 Content: Syn . E42 Elkins, Richard E. and Betty Elkins MSE-7 1955 "Primer I , Primer I I . " SIL. Contentd: Ped 2; Bukidnon Manobo Text . MSE-8 n.d. "Manobo Primer I . " SIL. Contentd: Ped 2 . Encina, Francisco (1715-1760) MSE-9 1760 "Vocabulario de la lengua Bisaya Zebuana . " Content: Lex 3. MSE - 10 1856 "Extracto del ydioma Bisaya Cebuano . " 131 p . Content: Gramd. English, Leo J . MSE-l0a 1965 English- Tagalof dictionary. Manila, Dept. of Educationd. 121 p . Content: Lex 4. "The English Maranaw dictionary.d" MSE-11 n . d . 75, 8 p . LC Content: Lex 4 . PL5957 Z SE55 463 "English- Sulu-Malay vocabulary.d" MSE-12 · · 1894 Londond(?) ·coht�ht : Lex 3. This was mentioned in Rost's letter to Rizal , London, Jan. s,d· 1894, and can be found in "Epistolario Rizalino,d" Vol. lv.,p.1185. Eps tein, Jonathan MSE-13 1967 "Survey of language-learning materials for Philip­ pine languages. " 12 mimeographed' pages. ·c·o·n·te·n t : Ped. Espiritu Santo, Juan del : O. F.M. MSE- 14 1647 "Tratado de la comunion y confesion en lengua Tagala.d" Manila. Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. "Explicacion de la doctrina Crisdtiana del P. Mazo." MSE-15 n. d. ·c·o·nt·e·nt : Text 3. This was written by Dominican padres (Misioneros de Ituy). It is in Isinai. Ezguerra, Domingo P. MSE-16 · n. d. "Esdtudios comparatives entre el Tagalo y el Sanscrito.d" Content: Comp 5. c.f., Minguella de la Merced, T. , Ens ayo . . . Feen_s tra, Henry and Nancy Fawcett MSF - 0 1970 "Aural automaticity as an indirect test for bilinguals." submitted to Philippine Journal of Linguisdtics. co· ntentd: Soc 2 ; Eth. Fernandez, Agus tin ; O.E. S. A. (1846-1898) MSF-1 n. d. "Diccionario poliglota de los idiomas de Filipinas." Content : Lex 3 ; Comp. Fernandez, Trinidad MSF-2 1919 "Kuyonon folktales. " 16 p. Content: : Text 4 ; BPES vol 3, No. 35 MSF-3 1920 "Kuyo legends.d" 2nd Series. 13 p. Content : Text 4 ; BPES, Vol 3, No, 37 Flores, Frank G. MSF-4 1966 "A tagmemic description of the Cebuano verb." Paper read at the 11th Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo, Japan. Content : Morph 1. Forman, Michael L. MSF-4a 1970 "A Kapampangan-English dictionary.d" PALI. 258 p. Contentd: Lex 4 ; Ped. MS.Fd-4b 1970 "Notes on Kapampangan grammar." PALI. 120 P : Coht·entd: Gram 2 ; Ped 1. 464 Foronda, Sebastian (1665-1728) MSF-5 1710 "Vocabulario Pampango.d" lv. Fol. · coritert : Lex 3; Hist 2 . This can be found in Candaba Libraryd. Forsberg, Vivian and Alice Lindquist MSF-6 n . d. "Contrasting relations in Tagabili . " Cont·ent : Gram 2. at SIL (?) MSF - 7 n.d. "Preliminary study of Tagabili affixes . " SIL ·content: Morph 2 . Forster, Jannette MSF-8 1951 "Selected bibliography of Malay·o-Polynesian ling­ uistic studies . " SIL, University of North Dakota . Contentd: Bihl . MSF-9 n .d. "Dibabawon transient clauses: A suggested analysis.d" SIL. Mimeographedd. (Preliminary draft for discus­ sion purpose only) Content: Syn. Forster, Jannette, and William and Ruth Atherton MSF-10 1954 "Wordlists in Dibaba ' on and Binokid.d" Manila , SI'L. Content: Lex 3 . Fox, Robert B. MSF-11 1950 "A Tagbanua-English lexical list.d" Manila, National Museum. Typescript . Content: Lex 3 . MSF-12 1953 "An Ilongot vocabulary collected by William Jones.d" Content: Lex 3 . This is a manuscript in Eggan ' s Filipiniana. Frake, Charles 0 . MSF-13 1953 "Wordlist in Subanund. " Content: Lex 3. MSF-13a 1966 "An investigation of Philippine Creole Spanish . " Contentd: Theo 3 . MSF-14 1967 "Struck by speech : the Yakan concept of litiga­ tion . " Stanford University. 31, 4 p. typescript, dittoedd. Contentd: Eth ; Sem . This is mainly ethnographic, but with ethnolinguistic treatment of the semantic structure of a limited sized term "system". See also Hymes, Dell, 1967 MSF-15 1967 "Lexical origins and semantic structure in Philip­ pine creole Spanish.d" 33 p .d . mimeographed. Also : Paper at the Conference on Creolization and Pid­ ginization, Mona, Kingston , Jamaica, April 9-12, 1968d. 465 · ·c·on·t:e:n·t : Lex 3 ; Comp ; Hist 4. This deals with a comparison of Zamboangueno with other varieties of "Chaba·cano" in the· Manila Bay area, in iden­ tifying source languages (Spanish vernaculars, native languages)d· of words. The source of words is important to the description of the language. Francisco, Juan R. MSF�16 1967 "Sound and symbol in Philippine language and script." Paper read at the 27th International Congress of Ordentalists, August_· 1 3 �19, 1967, Ann Aibor, Michigan. ·c·o·n·t·e·n t : Phon ; Writ 2. MSF-17 1967 "A survey of palaeographic relations between India and the Philippines.,,. His·to·ric·a·1· B· u1·1·e·tin 11d(3) : 238-248. co·n·t·e·ntd: Writ 2. Funes de la Virgen del Villar, Jualian ; O.R.S.A. MSF-18 n.d. (1845d- 1908) "Diccionario Hispano-Ilocano." ·cont·en t : Lex 4. Gardner, Fletcher MSG-1 1905 Mangyan songs. Translated into Tagalog by Bacon, UP Fi Micro Damdam and Cabla. English version. 8 p . film Contentd: Text 5 ; See Blair and Robertson. Vol 5 3 1738.v.2. p. 418 UP Fi PLS946 Z 7 7. 1939.v.2d. MSG-2 1906 "The Hampangan Mangyans of Mindoro." Fort Crook, Nebraska 69 p. Content: Writ 2 ; BPES set 12, Vol 1, No. 1 This includes one chart of the alphabet. Garvan, John M. MSG- 3 1913 "Two vocabularies from the Negritos of Tayabas." Manila, 61 p. Content: Lex 3 ; BPES set 17, Vol 3, No. 87 MSG-4 1914 "Negrito vocabulary." Manila 240 p. Content: Lex ; Comp ; BPES set 17, Vol 1, No. 1. UP Fi Said to contain 5 extensive vocabularies collected DS 666 by Garvin together with a compilation of all known N4 G3 vocabulary by other authors and comparative notes on the same (Warren). Garvin, Paul and Florencio Campomanes. MSG- 5 n.d. "Tagalog tape (1) to G- 3 " With mimeographed text. Content : Ped ; Part of Georgetown University Tagalog course. 466 Garvin, Paul and Florencio Campomanesd. MSG-6 n . d . "Tagalog vowel system . " ·corit�rt d: Phan at Georgetown University? Gasol, Jaime : O . E .S . A . ( d . 1737) MSG-7 n . d . "Vocabulario Panayano del P . Mentrida . " C6ritertt: Lex 4 (revised and supplemented by Gasol .) Gatal, Fermina Gan MSG-8 1966 "Ang makbagong pananaw sa pagtuturo ng wika . " Paper presented at the Philippine National Language Seminar, Manila, Aug . 14 . ·coritent : Ped ; (Modern views in language teaching . ) Gavilan, Marcos ; O. E . S .A . ( d . 1671) MSG-9 n . d . "Catecismo de Nieremberg en idioma Harayo . " 4 p . ·co·nte·nt : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . (Bisayan)d. MSG-10 n .d. "Sermones morales en idioma Haray o . " 4 p . ·content : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . (Bisayan)d. Geeroms, Henry C . I . C . M . MSG-11 1966 "Abbreviated Christian names in Ilokod. " Baguio, Saint Louis University Content: Lex 1 ; Writ 1 . Geoghegan, William MSG-lla 1970 ttBalangingi Samal address terminology: A formal study of naturally occurring information processing systems . " Ph . D . thesis, Stanford University · Content: Lex 1 ; Ethd. Geronimo, Sr . Thomas de MSG - 12 n . d . "Arte de la lengua Bisaya y vocabulario Espanol Bisaya de la lengua Sugbuana . " Contentd: Gram ; Lex . Mentioned in Rizal ' s letter to A . B . Meyer, Paris, Dec. 1 . , 1889 . See Episto­ lario Rizalino, Vol . 2, p . 253 . Gibert de Santa Eulalia, Pedro (1782 - 1843) MSG - 13 nd . d "Sermones varies en dialecto Cuyono . " Content: Text 3 . Gieser, C . R . MSG-13a 1970 "The morphophonemic system of Gininaang (Kalinga) . " Submitted to Philippine Journal of Lingui·sti�s . Content: Phan 2 . Gieser, Richard MSG-14 n . d . "A preliminary analysis of Kalinga particlesd. " Contentd: Morph 1 ; Syn . (at SIL ?) Gigante, Bernardod; O . E . S . A . (1788-1867) MSG-15 1841 "Neuherausgabe des diccionario de la lengua Bisaya van P . Alonso de Mentrida . " Manila . Content: Lex 4 . 467 Gi�anto, Bernardo MSG- 16 1842 "Herausgabe des Diccionario Hispano- Bisaya des· P.· Julian Martin." Con·t·e·n·t: Lex 4 "El govierno Cri"sitano en Gaddan." MSG-17 600 p. ·c·o·nt·e·n t: Text 3. Goetz, Joan MSG- 17a 1963 "Amganad Ifugao phonology." Manila. SIL. 28 p. co·n·t·e·nt: Phan at DAY. MSG- 18 n.d. "A description of the subj ective type sentence in Amganad Ifugao." Manila, SIL. 6 p. Conteht: Syn at DAY. Goetz, Joan and Margaret C � Cunningham MSG- 18a 1963 "Amgand Ifugao morphophonemics." Nasuli. SIL, 15 p. Content: Phan 2. Gonzaga, Encarnacion J. MSG- 19 1917 "Indice de las raices anticuadas." 348 p. Content: Lex 4. Said (Asuncion- Lande) to contain a large number of words and definitions not found in the dictionary of Rodriguez. The above title is the subtitle only since the tile page was lost. (Ibanag) . Gonzalez, A. B. MSG- 19a 1970 "Acoustic correlates of accent, rhythm, and intonnation of Tagalog." Phonetica. 22 (1) : 11- 44 Content: Phan 3. Gonzales, Amelia F. MSG-20 1947 "Mga salitang Insik na ginagamit sa Kuyapo, Nueva Ecij a." in E.A. Manuel collection. Content: Lex 1; Comp 4. Said (Manuel) to contain 28 Chinese words used in Kuyapo by an author who is from Kuyapo. (Tagalog) . "Grammatica Isinay." MSG-21 1787 by some Dominican Padres. Content: Gram "Grammatica en lengua Batanes . " MSG-22 n.d. by'sa Dominican Padre. 4 p. ·co·nt·e·nt: Gram 2. Grine, Elisa U. MSG-22a 1967 "Hiligaynon pronouns." Southeast Asia .Quarterly. 2 (2) : 63-80. ' Content: Lex 1. Guemple, D . Lee MSG-23 1959 "Phonemics of Waray-waray as spoken at Tanauan, Leyte." at Chicago ; Philippine Studies Program, University of Chicago. 18 p. Cont·ent : Phon. 468 Guemple , D. Lee MSG- 24 195Y "A preliminary glottochronology of southern Luzon and the eastern Bisayas . " at Chicago , Philippine Studies Program , University of Chicago. 9 p. Content : Comp 2. Guerrero , Jacinto; O. E . S . A . (1643-1693) MSG-25 n . d . "Sermones morales en idioma Ilocano . " 4 vols. Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . Gunther , Adolf and J. H. Whitaker MSG-26 1902 "Sulu , Malay , and Yakan vocabularies.d" Content : Lex 3; Comp ; BPES set 10 , Vol . 2 , No. 17. Hartendorp , A . V . H . (Comp) MSH-1 19 17 " Kuyonon folklore.d" 22 p. Contentd: Text 4; BPES Vol , 3; No. 27. Folklore collected by Hartendorp from students in Palawan High School , Kuyo, Palawan. Healey , Alan and Phyllis Healey MSH - 2 1956 "Primer I.d" Content : Ped 2 : Yogad literacy materials . at SIL. Hemphill , Roderick MSH-3 n. d. "The relationship between language and culture: English in the Philippine Setting, Local usage \\Tason and related problems in teaching English. "7 p . mimeo. film Content: Lex 2; Hist 4; Ethd. This is a series of 1688 handouts for courses in linguistics given in the Philippines. Among other things it contains Tagalog induced Filipinisms in English , and Tagalog idioms. Herrera , Baltasar ded; O. F. M. ( d. 1675) MSH-4 n . d. "Sermones panegiricos en idioma Tagala . " Manila Contentd: Text 3 , Hist 2. Herrera , Pedro de ( d. 1648) MSH-5 n. d. "Ramillete de £lores misticas , o sea sentencias y avisos misticos en verso Tagala.d" 4 p . Content: Text 3; Hist 2 . Hidalgo , Araceli C . MSH-5a 1 970 "Focus in Philippine languages. " Mss submitted to the Philippine Journal of Linguistics . 1 (1) : 25 -32 Contentd: Comp 3. The work compares Tagalog and Ivatan. Hidalgo , Cesar. MSH-Sb 1969 "Ivatan grammar . A tagmemicd-transformational analysis.d" Ph. D. dissertation at Georgetown University. Contentd: Gram. 469 Houck, Charlotte MSH-6 n.dd. "One sen·te.nce type is Aeta.d" Conte·nt : Syn (At SIL?) Hueyd, David MSH - 7 1 9 5 7 "Phonemes of the Inibaloi dialect.d" SIL at Univerd­ sity of North Dakota, Grand Fork 9 p. ·c·on·te·n t : Phon. Huey, David and Marlys Huey MSH-8 1955 "Christmas story.d" Content : Text 2 ; Inibaloi text. Hufstetler, Charles MSH-9 n.d . "A Tagalog grammar.d" 66 p. Content : Gram ; (Cited in Asuncion- Lande). Ibarbia, Zorayda Beltran MSI-0 1970 "An Ibanag dictionary.d" Ph. D. thesis, Texas A&M 147 p. Contentd: Lex 4. Indunan, Pedro D. MSI - 1 1948 "Marriage customs of the I fugao tribe.d" in E. A. Manuel collection. 28 p. typed. Content: Tex 4 Ifugao folklore. Iniquez, J. MSI-2 C 1720 "Grammatica Ibanag.d" Contentd: Gram. Said (Asuncion- Lande) to have been cited by Cuevas in his 1826 Arte as the first Ibanag grammar. Institute of National Language, Manila MSI-3 n.dd. "Building construction and allied terms. (English- Tagalog. )" Content: Lex 1. MSI -4 n.d. "Cebuano vocabulary that may be incorporated into the Filipino language.d" Contentd: Lex 3, Theo 3. MSI-5 n.d. "English- Tagalog dictionary based on spoken English.d" ·c·o·nten t : Lex 3. MSI-6 n.d. "Hiligaynon vocabulary that may be incorporated into the Filipino language.d" Cotitertt : Lex 3 ; Theo 3. MSI- 7 n.d. "Homophonous forms with identical meanings : Tagalog- Bikol- English.d" ·co·n·t·e·n t : Lex 3 ; Comp. • MSI-8 n . d. "Identical words list: Pampango- National language. 2385 pairs.d" C�rttent : Lex ; Hist S, Comp. 4 7 0 Insti tute of National Language ; Man i l a MS I - 9 n . d . " I l okano vocabulary that may be incorporated in to the F i l ipino language . " Cohteht : Lex ; Theo 3 . Institute of National Language , Man i l a MSI - 10 n . d . "Mga katawagang Pampanit ikan . " Content : Lex 1 ; Leterary termino logy (Tagalog)n. MS I - 1 1 n .d. Kawikaang Tagalog . " Content : Text 4 ; Tagalog s ayingsn. MSI - 1 2 n .d. "Lexical checkl ist : National l anguage- Biko! (Nav�) - Engl i s h . 6640 words . " Cont·ent : Lex ; Compn. MS I - 13 n .d. " Lexical check l i s t - Pampango - National language - Eng l ish , 5 0 5 5 words . " Content : Lex ; Compn. MS I - 14 n .d. "A l i s t o f usefu l terms and phrases with the i r equivalent i n Tagalog . " Content : Lex ; Ped . MS I - 1 5 n .d. "Matatandang salitang Tagalog . " Content : Lex ; H i s t 2 . Old and archaic Tagalog wordsn. MS I - 16 n .d. "One thous and basic words or I s ang l ib ong s al itang batayan Taga log -Bicol - Ingles . " Content : Lex 3 ; Compn. MSI - 17 n .d. "One thous and basic words or I s ang l ib ong s a l i tang b at ayan Tagalog- Cebuano - Ingles . tt Content : Lex 3 ; Compn. MSI - 1 8 n .d. "One thous and basic words or I s ang l ibong s a l itang batayan Taga l o g - H i l i gaynon - Ingle s . " Content : Lex 3 ; Compn. MSI - 19 n .d. "One thous and bas i c words or I s ang libong s a l i tang batayan Tagalog - I l okano - Kas t i l a - Ivatan - Inglesn. A comparative s tudy . " Content : Lex 3 ; Comp . MS I - 20 n .d. "One thous and basic words or ! s ang l ib ong s a l i tang b at ayan Tagalog- Kapampangan - Ingles . " Content : Lex 3 ; Compn. 4 7 1 Institute of National Language; Manila MSI-21 n. d. "One thousand basic words or Isang l.ibong sal itang batayan Tagalog-Pangasinan- Ingles.s" Cont·ertt : Lex 3; Comp. MSI-22 n.d. "One thousand basic words or !sang libong salitang batayan Tagalo·g- Samar : Leyte- Ingles.s" Con·t·e·n t : Lex 3 ; Comp. MSI-23 n.d. "Pangasinan vocabulary that may be incorporated into the Filipino language.s" ·co·n·te· ·nt : Lex 3; Theo 3. MSI-24 n.d. "A partial list of Spanish- Cebuano vocabulary.s" · Cont·ent : Lex. MSI-25 n.d. "Pormularyong panghukuman.s" c·o·nten· ts: Lex 1. · Forms used in courts. (Tagalog). MSI -26 n.d. "Mga salitang Tagalog na hiram aa Ingles." Contertts: Lex; Hist 4. Tagalog words borrowed from English. MSI-27 n.d. "Samar- Leyte vocabulary that may be incorporated into the Filipino language.s" Cohtent : Lex 1; Theo 3. MSI-28 n.d. "Tagalog-Bicol cognate words with cognate meanings.s" Content : Lex 3, Comp 1. MSI-29 n.d. "Tagalog- Bicol cognate words with different meanings." Content : Lex 3; Comp 1. MSI-30 n.d. "Tagalog- Bicol cognate words with identical meanings (Based upon the One thousands words. )" · Content : Lex 3; Comp 1. MSI-31 n.d. "Tagalog- Cebuano cognate words with identical meanings (Based on the One thousand basic words.)" Content : Lex 3; Comp 1 ; 1581 words. MSI - 32 n.d. "Tagalog- Cebuano cognate words with cognate meanings.s" c·on·t·e·nt : Lex 3; Comp 1; _ 12"6 pairs. MSI -33 n.d. "Tagalog- Cebuano cognate words with differ·ent meanings.s" Content : Lex 3; Comp 1; 457 pairs. 472 Institute of National Language; Manila MSI-34 n . d . "Tagalog-English-Cebuano vocabualary. . 3997 words . " Con·t·en t : Lex 4 . MSI-35 n .d. "Tagalog-Hiligaynon cognate words with cognate meanings . " Cohtert : Lex 3; Comp 1 ; 158 words . MSI-36 n .d. "Tagalog-Hiligaynon cognate words with different meanings . " Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1; 256 MSI-37 n .d. "Tagalog-Hiligaynon cognate words with identical meanings . (Based on the One thousand basic words .)d" Content : Lex 3; Comp 1; 2705 words . MSI - 38 n .d. "Tagalog- Hiligaynon vocabulary. 6690 words . " Contentd: Lex; Comp 1 . MSI- 39 n .d. "Tagalog-Ilokano _dcognate words with cognate meaningsd. " Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1 . MSI-40 n .d. "Tagalog-Ilokano cognate words with different meanings.d" Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1 . MSI-41 n .d. "Tagalog-Ilokano cognate words with identical meanings .d(Based on the One thousand basic words .)d" Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1 . MSI-42 n .d. "Tagalog-Kapampangan cognate words with cognate meanings.d" Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1. MSI-43 n .d. "Tagalog-Kapampangan cognate words with different meanings.d" Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1 . MSI-44 n .d. "Tagalog- Kapampangan cognate words with identical meanings (Based on the One thousand basic words . ) " Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1. MSI-45 n .d. "Tagalog-Pangasinan cognate words with cognate meanings . " Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1. MSI-46 n.d. "Tagalog-Pangasinan cognate words with different meaningsd. " Contentd: Lex 3; Comp 1; 21 pairs. 4 7 3 Institute of National Language ; Manila MSI-4 7 n.d . · "Tagalog-Pangasinan cognate words with identical meanings (Based on the One thousand basic words. )" Co�t�htd: Lex 3 Comp 1 ; 296 words. MSI - 48 n. d. "Tagalog-Samar-Leyte Cognate words with cognate meanings.d" Conterttd: Lex 3 ; Comp 1 .' 13 pairs. MSI-49 n. d. "Tagalog-Samard: Leyte cognate words with different meanings.d" Contentd: Lex 3 ; Comp 1.' 42 pairs. MSI-50 n. d. "Tagalog-Samard: Leyte cognate words with identical meanings.d" Contentd: Lex 3 ; Comp 1.' 413 words. MSI-51 n.d . "Talatinigang Mitolohika.d" Contentd: Phon 3. Manual of pronunciation for mythology. (Tagalog). MSI-52 n.d . "Technical terms in garment trade.d" Contentd: Lex 1. (Tagalog). MSI-52a 1967 "The use of Pilipino as medium of instruction." Diwa. 4 : 3d6-49 Contentd: Ped. MSI-53 n.d . "Vernacular names in principal dialects of plants mentioned in the course of study in elementary science for grades 3 and 4." Contentd: Lex 1 ; Comp 1 ; Ped. MSI-54 n.d. "Vocabulary of eight major Philippine languages." Contentd: Lex 3 ; Comp 1. Isidro, Antonio (1901- ) MSI-55 1951 "Teaching of the mother tongued: A documentation.d" 220 p. Content : Ped ; Bibl. An annotated bibliography of words, documents, and research projects relating to the teaching of Tagalog. Prepared in associa­ tion with a UNESCO project, Manila. MSI -56 1951 "The use of the vernacular in and out of schools in the Philippines.d" iii, 132 p. UP Fi Content : Soc ; Ped ; Bibl. PLSS0S 18 474 Jerez, Juan MSJ-1 n . d . "Vida y pasion de N . S. Jesucristo en idioma Pampango.d" · c·o·nten t : Lex 3 ; Hist 2 . Jesus, Bernardino ( d . 1604) MSJ-2 1604 "Arte de idioma Tagalog . " co·nt·ent : Gram ; Hist 2 . Jocano, F. Landa MSJ-3 n. d. "A Panay narratived: the people of Misi and the Epic of Labow Donggond. " Contentd: Tex 4 . Said (Jocano, 1965) to contain folklore texts from the mountain non-Christians of Panay (Called Bukidnon by low-landers but Sulod by Jocano . ) Johnson, W . 0. MSJ-4 1916 "Sulu-English vocabularyd. " Contentd: Lex 3; BPES set 10, Vol 2, No . 5 (Tausug?) Jonkergouw, Hubert MSJ-5 n. d. "Principles of Visayan grammar . " Contentd: Gram Juses del Carmen, Juand; O.R. S. A. (1819-1878) MSJ-6 n . d. "Grammatica Cuyona.d" Contentd: Gram. Kunstmann, E . MSK - 1 n . d. "Tagalisches worterbuch. " 40 p. Ayer Contentd: Lex 4; Welsh says that a let ter was found Mss with this explain ing certain items in the vocabu­ 1754 lary. The letter was dated Berlin, Aug . 2 2 , 184 1 . Laubach, Frank C. MSL - 1 1933 "English-Maranaw dictionary.d" NL : F Content : Lex 4 . 499 . d203 Mr L 36i Learte del Carmen, Jose Mariad; O. R. S.A. ( 1831- ) MSL-2 n . d . "Aunario de Maria.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; In Samb�l. MSL-3 n .d. ' 'bj ercios de S . Ignaciod. " Contentd: Text 3; In Sambal . Leon, Lorenzo de; O. E . S. A. ( d. 16 2 3) MSL-4 n . d . "Estrella del mar en lengua Tagala.d" Contentd: Text 3; Hist 2 . Leon Raymundo de MSL-4a 1950? "Mamangulon liblun punbidbidan hi kalin de Ifugao.d" Manila . 4 5 p . Content : Text. 475 Lindquist, Alice and Vivian Forsberg MSL- 5 1954 "Wordlist in Tagabili, Bilaan and Kalagan." Manila, S IL. Con·tent : Lex 3. Link, Francis L. MSL-6 1917 "English- Sulu vocabulary." co·n·t·e·nts: Lex 3; BPES set· 10, Vol 2, No . 4 (Captain) MSL-7 n.d. "Tao-sug- Englsih vocabulary . " Content : Lex 3 "Lists of 154 English words, mostly printed, with fvfSL-8 their equival�nts in dialects of the Philippines added in manuscript." M.S. 40808 ·at the School of Oriental and African Studiess. London, University of London . 5 1 p . Content : Lex 3. Llamado, Librada C. MSL-8a 1969 "An analysis of the basic structures of Cavite Chavacano . " M.A . Thesis. Philippine Normal Col lege 169 p. Conte·nt: Syn. Llamzon, Teodoro A. MSL-9 1968 "On Tagalog as dominant language." PJS 16: 729-749. Content: Soc 3. Llorente, Amparo (comp) MSL- 10 1930 "Folktales from Mindanao." (From information furnished by Mrs. Dolores Alonso of Davao, Mindanao, collected about SO years ago by her grandmother) 9 p. Content : Text 4; BPES set 10, Vol 9, No. 96. Lobato (de Santo Tomas) , A MSL- 11 · n.d. '·'Diccionario Ibanag." Content: Lex 4. MSL-12 n.d. "Grammatica Ibanag." Content: Gram Longacre, Robert E. MSL- 12a 1968 "Philippine languages ; Discourse, paragraph and sentence structures." Santa Ana, Calif., SIL 2 vol. 222, 234 p. Content : Syn. Application of a tagmemic model to several minor languages, especially Dibabawon. Lope, Pedro, S . J. (1613- 1689) MSL- 13 1671 "Pratica del catecismo Romano en lengua Tagalog." Manila. Cont·ent: Text 3; Hist 2. MSL- 14 n.d. "Los Casas rares de vicios y virtutes en lengu• a Tagala." Contents: Text 3; Hist 2. 476 Lopez, Alejandro, S. J . ( 1604-16 5 5) MSL_- 1 5 n. d. "Doctrina Cristiana en lengua Lutuaya.d" Contentd: Text 3; Hist 2. · Language is said to be spoken on Mindanao. MSL- 16 n.d. "Grammatica et d iccionario de la lengua Lutuaya.d" Contentd: Gram; Lex 3; Hist 2. Lopez, Andresd; O.P. ( d. 1683) MSL- 17 1960 "Arte de la lengua de Pangasinan. " Manila. Contentd: Gram ; H ist 2. Also existes as "Arte de la lengua Pangasinana of 1750? Found at Toyo Bunko, The Oriental Library, Japan. Lopez, Cecilio MSL-18 1924- "The Tagalog language of Marinduque.d" 1925 Content : Comp 4. MSL-19 c 1957 "A comparative Philippine word list.d" Contentd: Lex; Comp 1 . MSL- 20 1965 "A critical survey of works on the Philippine languages. 1900- 196 3.d" Contentd: Bihl. Lopez, Elias B. MSL- 2 1 1949 "Popular folk literature of the Manobos.d" in E. A. Manual collection. 1 1 p. Contentd: Text 4. Lopez, Francisco ( d. 1631) MSL-22 1690? "Arte de la lengua Pangasinana.d" Content: Gram. This is of d0ubtful existance but see Pellicer, 1 840. the prologo. See also Andres Lopez, 1960 MS. MSL-23 n.d. "Vocabulario Iloko-Espanol.d" 294 p. FEU Fi Contentd: Lex 4; Hist 2. PL5754 18 Lopez, Urbano Alvaresd; O. E. S.A. (1863-1917) MSL- 24 n. d. "Grammatic a Cebuana-Espanola.d" Contentd: Gram. Luyon MSL-25 n. d. (Nearly 200 essays written on bamboo in a dialect of the Mangyan language spoken near Mansalay, Mindoro. According to Fletcher Gardner they are deposited in the Library of Congress, The University of Michigan and other institutions of higher learning. Content: Text 4; Writ 2. Lyman, Thomas MSL-26 n. d. "The phonemes of Bontoc.d" Content: Phon. at SIL. 47 7 Lynch, Ralph, S. J. MSL-27 1940 "Visayan- Engl ish dict ionary.d" 470 p. co·nte·n t : Lex 4 . Copy at Ateneo de Manila Universi ty. MSL-28 1948 "Wordl ist in Bukidnon (Based on Conkl in ' s lexical checkl ist for Phi lippine languages. )" · ·con·t·en t : Lex 3 . Madre de Dios , Sebastian de la MSM-1 n.dd. "Arte de la lengua Ilongota.d" Contentd: Gram. Madre de Dios, (Fr .) Teodoro de la, O. P . MSM-2 n. d. "Arte y vocabulario de la lengua _ Tagala, doctrina Cristdiana, confesonario y catecismo. " ·dcontentd: Gram ; Lex ; Text 3 ; Hist 2. Speculat ive as to 1t existance but is ci ted in Retana ' s Origenes. MSM- 3 n. d. "La vida del alma en el Rosario, traducida al Tagalo.d" Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Manuel, E. Arsen10 MSM-4 n. d. "Tala sal i taan ng Tagalog - Tayabas.d" Content : Lex 3 ; Comp 4. Said.by Manuel to contain more than 3000 words not recorded by Pedro Serrano Laktaw in his Diccionario, or the meanings of which are not registered therein, but being used in the Tayabas province. Manuzon, Lamberto MSM-5 1961 "Notes on the dialect geography of the Bicol Region.d" Mani la, INL. Contentd: Comp 4. Mario, Narcisno de Jesus ; O.R.dS.A. (17 89-1865) MSM- 6 n. d. "Diccionario Bisaya- Espanol.d" Content : Lex 4. Marin, Esteban ; O. E . S. A. ( d. 1601) MSM- 7 n.dd. "Arte y diccionario de la lengua Igolota.d" Content : Gram ; Lex ; Hist 2. MSM- 8 n. d. "Arte de la lengua Zambala y Espanola.d" 3 3 4 p. Contentd: Gram ; Hist 2. MSM-9 n. d. "Varies sermones en Tina o Zambala.d" Conterttd: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . Marquez, Ely MSM-10 n. d. " I locano dialogues.d" St. John ' s Col lege, Annapol is, Maryland. Contentd: Ped. 478 Martin , Jose ; 0 . E . S . A . ( 184 0 -189 8) MSM- 1 1 1 880 "Diccionario Tagalo-Castellano.d" Content : Lex 4 . Martin Roj o , Juan ; O. E. S . A. (183 3-1878) MSM- 1 2 n. d . "Diccionario Hispano- Ilocano . " Content : Lex 4 . Martinena, Isidorod; O.P. (1857 - ) MSM - 1 3 n . d. "Coleccion y arreglo de sermones antiguos en Gaddan : Otros sermones suyos . " 2 vols. 200 p . each Content : Text 3. MSM - 14 n.d. "Estrella del cielo en forma de dialogo entre un Bayombong y el misionero en Gaddand. " Contentd: Text 3. MSM - 15 1889 "Gramatica Espanola-Gaddana , calcada sobre las rectas del P . Cuevas en la suya Ibanag.d" Bayombong, Nueva Vizcaya 1 2 p . Content: Gram. MSM- 16 n.d. "Traduccuon del catecismo del Fleury en Gaddan.d" Content : Text 3. MSM-17 n .d. "Traduccion del catecismo explicado del P. Mazo en Gaddan.d" Content :.Text 3. Martinez, Ambrosio ; O. P . ( d. 1626) MSM- 18 n. d. "Arte y diccionario de la lengua Ibanag.d" Content : Gram ; Lex ; Hist 2 . MSM-19 n .d. "Evangelios en lengua Ibanag.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . MSM-20 n.d. "Explicacion de los articulos de nuestra santa fe en Ibanag.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSM-2 1 n.d. "La p?-sion de nuestro senor Jesucristo en Ibanag. " Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Martinez, Franciscod; O . P. ( d. 1609) MSM-2 2 n. d. "Vidas de santos , sermones y otros opusculos en lengua Pangasinan.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . Martinez, Zeferinod; O. P . (1862 - ) MSM - 2 3 n.d. "Catecismo bilingue Castellano-Gaddand. " Contentd: Text 3 . Martorel , Domingo ; O. F.M . (17 17-1755) MSM- 24 1752 "Catecismo de doctrina Cristiana en idioma Iraya o Egongot . " Contentd: Text 3. 479 Mascaros, Teofilo; O . E.S.A. ( d. 1644) MSM-25 n.d. "Camino del cielo en idioma Tagalo." 4 p. ·c·o·n·te·nt : Text 3; Hist 2 . · MSM-26 n.d. "El paraiso verdadero en Taga l o." co·nt·en t :: Text 3; Hist 2. Mayfield • Roy MSM-27 n.d. "Vowel length and morphophonemic change in Agata." Coritents: Phon 2, 5; SIL? Maza, Francisco de la; O.P. (1646- 1703) MSM-28 n.d. "Doctrina cristiana en lengua Isinay." Contehts: Text 3; Hist 2. MSM-29 n.d. "Historia biblica en lengua Isinay." Contents: Text 3; Hist 2. Meijia, Antonio Santos; O . E.S.A. ( d. 1659) MSM-30 n.d. "Sermones de S. Vicente Ferrer traducidos al Ilocano." Content : Text 3; Hist 2. MSM-31 n .d. "Vida de los santos Berlam y Josafat en verso Ilocano." Content : Text 3; Hist 2. Miller, Jeanne MSM-32 n.d. "Voice and case relationships in Mamanwa." Content : Syn. Minot, Harriet MSM- 33 n.d. "The phonemes of Aeta." Content : Phon; at SIL? Mintz, Malcolm W. MSM-33a 1970 "Bikol dictionary." PALI aprox 1000 p. Content : Lex 4 ; Ped. MSM-33b 1970 "Bikol grammar notes.sttPALI Content : Gram 2; Ped 1. MSM- 33c 1970 "Bikol texts." PALI '. Content : Text; Ped. Miranda, Gervasio MSM-34 1956 "El dialecto Chabacano de Cavite." Dumaguete City, Negros Or.; v, 125 p. typed. Content : Gram. Mirikitani, Leatrice T. MSM-34a 1970 "Speaking Kapampangan." PALI 1011 p. Content : Ped 3. Molony, Carol H. MSM- 34b 1969 "Multilingualism and social behavior in the southern Philippines." Ph.D. thesis, Stanford University. Content : Soc 3. 480 ·sMoldny, Carol H. MS�1-34c 1970 t t • To fishs' in - Yakan . and Samal, Phil ippines." Submitted to· E"thno•1·o·gy. ·corit��t : Lex 1. . . MSM-34d 1970 "The power of economic behavior on language choice in Pasil Manta, Sakal Isl and, Phil ippines.s" Submitted to· ·An.th.· ·Ling. Con·t·ent: Soc 3. · Monasterio, Pedros; O. F.M. (1813-1864) MSM-35 1851 ''Diccionario Visaya - Castellano.s" 282 p. Content: Lex 4. Montes y Escamilla de San Antonio, Jeronimo MSM-36 1600 ( d. 1610) "Arte del idoma Tagalog.s" Content: Gram ; Hist 2. MSM-37 c 1600 "Diccionario del idioma Tagalog.s" ·conte·n t: Lex 4 ; Hist 2. MSM-38 n.d. "Guia de Pecadores, version al idioma Tagalog.s" co·nt·ent: Hist 2. Montoya, Juan B. de ; O. E. S. A. ( d. 162 2 ) MSM-39 n.d. "Catecismo en lengua Cagayana.s" Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSM-40 n. d. "Sermones morales en lengua Cagayana." 2 vols. Cohtent: Text 3 ; Hist 2. · Moradillo, Antonios; O.E.S. A. (1849-1921) MSM-4 1 n.d. "Compendia del arte de lengua Pampanga." Content: Gram. Moral, Felicianos; O. E.S. A. (1845-1893) MSM-42 n. d. "Ensayo comparative de raices y gramatica Ilocanos.s" Content: Gram. Moreno, Sebastian ; O. E. S.A. ( d. 1778) MSM - 43 n. d. "Modo y forma de leer los caracteres de la lengua Pampanga.s" Content: Writ 2 ; Ped. MSM-44 n. d. "Sobre el modo de comprender el idioma Pampango y su Poesia.s" Content: Ped. "Moro manuscript fragments." MSM-45 n. d. 26 and 25 p. Ayer Contents: Tex. Writ 2 . mss. Moro 1 Moro 2 481 Moses, Elbert R. Jr. MSM-46 1955 "When the Cebuano speaks English.d" CETA speech delivered at CETA meeting of College and High school teachers of Negros Occidental and Oriental and Siquijdor at Bacolodd, Negros Occidental, Dec. 9, 1955. ·contentd: Comp 5 ; Acq 2. Motus, Cecile L. MSM-46a 1970 "A Hiligaynon-English dictionary.d" PALI 331 p. Cont·e·ntd: Lex 4 ; · Ped. MSM-46b 1970 "Lessons in Hiligaynon.d" PALI 450 . p. ·contentd: Ped 3. Munoz, Manuel ; O. E. S.A. (1711-1786) MSM-47 n.d . "Libro de etimologias.d" Conte·ntd: Hist 5. Mackinlay, W. E.d W. MSMc � l 1908 "Notes on F. R. Blakes's "Contributions to com­ parative Philippine Grammar.d".d" 5 p. typed. Numbers 33, 34 in F.R. Blake collection. Contentd: Comp. McKaughan, Howard MSMc-2 1956 "A survey of government policies as related to linguistic minorities in the Philippines.d" Ithaca, Cornell University Southeast Asia Program. (Reference papers. ) Contentd: Soc. MSMcd-3 1957 "Ifugao of Banaue. Lexicod-statistical list.d" Manila. SIL. 4 p. Content: Comp 2 ; at DAY. MSMcd-4 1957 "Ifugao of Hanglulu (Lagawe). Lexico-statistic list.d" Manila, SIL. Contentd: Comp 2 ; at DAY. MSMc-5 1957 "Ifugao of Kalanguya. Lexico-statistic list.d" Manilad. SIL. 4 p. Contentd: Comp 2 ; at DAY. MSMcd-6 1957 "Ifugao of Kiangan. Lexicod-statistic list.d" Manila SIL. 4 p. ·contentd: Comp 2 ; at DAY. McKaughan, Howard P. and R. Gridley MSMc - 7 1954 "Linguistic questionnaired: Palawano, Tagbanuad., Batak.d" at Tri-institutional Pacific Program, Dept. of Anthropology, Yale University, New Haven. Contentd: Theo 4. 482 McKaughan, Howard P . and Leatrice Mirikitani MSMc-8 1970 "A report on language materials development for seven Philippine languages . " Working Papers in Linguistics, Depts. of Linguistics,s· University of Hawaii . Vol . 2 no . 6: 23-71 . Cont ·e·nt : Theo . Nabor, Fiorella I . MSN-0 1968 "An inquiry into the ancient Inakeanon writing system . " Sil lima·n journal . 15 (Jan-Mar . ) : 54-86 . Content: Writ 2 . Newel l, Leonard E . MSN- 1 1964 "Phonology of the Batad Ifugao dialects. " Batad . SIL . 23 p . Content: Phon; at DAYs. MSN-2 1965 "Phrase types of Batad Ifugao . " Batad . SIL . 73 p . Content: Syn 1; at DAY . MSN- 3 1966 "Semantic categories of Ifugao agricultural vocabu­ lary . " With supplementary texts and translations . New Haven . 24+21+41 p . Content : Lex 1; at DAY . MSN-4 1967 "Batad Ifugao reflexes of Proto-Malaya -Polynesian phonemes . " New Haven . 35 p . Content : Comp 1 ; at DAY . MSN-5 1967 "A preliminary description of a few sememic and lexemic realizates of Batad Ifugao verb affixes . " New Havens. 17 p . Content: Morph 2; at DAYs. MSN-6 1967 "Proto- Cordil leran phonology . " New Haven . 39 p . Content: Comp 1 ; at DAY . MSN-7 1967 "Reduplication in Batad Ifugao . " New Haven .s. 22 p . Content: Morph 2 ; at DAY . MSN-7a 1970 "Phonology of Batad Ifugao . " Mss submitted to the Ph·i·1 i'p i·ne ·J·t o· u·rna·1 of· ·1·i·n· gu·is ·ti·cs . 1 ( 1) :· 101- 117 ·scontent: P on 1 . Niemann and Riedel MSN-8 n . d . "Colecciono fabula orginales de 23 dialectos Malayos de las Indias Holandesas y en Tagalog y Joloano . " Content: Text 4 . (Mentioned by Rizal in a letter to Blumentritt, Berlin, March 29, 1887s. See Epistolario Rizalino . vol . V, pt . 1 . p . 107) . 483 Oates, William J. MSO- 1 n.d. "Alcala Agta phonemes.s" at SIL co·n·t·e·n· t : Pho·n. Ocampo, Esteban A. de MSO-2 1947 "The Ternatenos, their history, language, customs, traditions,s" in E. A. Manuel collection. Content : Soc. Ochoa, Diegos; O.S.A. ( d. 1585) MSO- 3 1580 "Arte y vocabulario ,y confesionario Pampango.s" 3 vols. Content: Gram ; Lex ; Text 3 ; Hist 2 � Said to be in the Convento de Lubao, Pampanga. Barrantes gives the title as "Arte y diccionario del idioma Pampango." Oliver, Juan ( d.1599) MSO- 4 c 1599 "Arte Tagalog (escri.to por Fr. Juan de Plasencia, reformado y aumentado de adverbios y particulas)" Content : Gram ; Hist 2. MSO-5 c 1599 "Diccionario Tagalog-Espanol. (escrito por Fr. J. de Plasencia, perfeccionado y aumentado. )" Content : Lex ; Hist 2 . Ongkeko, Rafael V. MSO- 6 1916 "Chinese words in Tagalog.s" in Beyer 's collection: Tagalog papers no. 318. Content : Writ 2 ; Hist 4. Said (Manuel) to contain 56 words with etymological analysis. Oriol, Pedros; S.J. (1639- 1705) MSO-7 n . d. "Vocabulario en lengua Bisaya." Content: Lex ; Hist 2. Ormaza, Juan des; O. P . (1707- 1752) MSO-8 1743 "Arte, vocabulario y otros escritos en Isinay." 11 p. Content : Gram ; Lex ; Text ; Hist 2. Said to be in the Dominican archives of the Philippines. MSO-9 n.sd. "Arte para aprender Isinays. " Content : Gram ; Ped. MSO;..s10 n.d. "Diccionario Isinay-Espanol." Con·tent : Lex 4. MSO- 11 n.d. "Vocabulario Espanol-Isinay." Content: Lex. Ortanez, Jose ; O.E �S.A. n.d. "Catecismo del cardenal Belarmino en verso Tagalo." Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Ortiz, Lucas ; O.E.S.A. ( d. 1667) MSO- 1• 3 n.d. "Ej ercicios de almo casta en idioma Tagalo." Cont�nt : Text 3 ; Hist 2. 484 OrtizJ Lucas MSO � 14 n . d . "Platicas morales Tagala.d" Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Ortiz, Tomas MSO-1 5 1733 "Diccionario Hispano-Tagalo.d" 1 vol. Conte·nt : Lex 4 ; Otanes Fe T. MSO � 1 6 1970 "Some transformational rules for noun derivation in Tagalog.d" Mss submitted to the· ·ph.il.ipp·i·ne Journ· a1 of Linguistics. 1 ( 1) : 33-73 . Contentd: Morph; Syn 2 . Pablo de Sagrada Familia, Domingod; O. R. S.A. MSP- 1 n . d. ( 1872 - 1919) "Apuntes para gramatica y diccionario Cuyono-Espanol . " Contentd: Gram ; Lex 4 ; (Cuyono, Bisaya)d. MSP-2 n .d. "Gramatica Bisaya- Cuyono . " Contentd: Gram . Panganiban, Jose Villa MSP - 3 1966 "Atornisasyon ng kahulugan.d" Papers read at the Philippine National language seminard. Manila. Contentd: Sem ; (The atomization of meaning .) MSP-4 1966 "Babsahing ukol sa tahimik na pagbasa.d" Paper at the Philippine National Language seminard. Manila. Contentd: Ped ; (Selections for silent reading.) MSP - 5 1966 "Bagong kabalarilaan . " Paper read at the Philip­ pine National Language Seminar, Manila. Contentd: Gram ; (New grammar) MSP-6 1966 "Singhuluganan.d" Paper read at the Philippine National Language Seminar, Manila. Contentd: Lex 1 ; (Synonyms .)d; · (Pilipino)d. MSP-7 n .d. "The language problem of the Filipino.d" Contentd: Socd. Pardo de Tavera, Trinidad H. MSP-8 1886 "Sohre linguistica y etnografia de Mindanao.d" Contentd: Soc. (Mentioned by Rizal in a letter to Blurnentritt. Aug . 22, 1886, Leipzig. See Epistolario Rizalino, Vol 1, pt. 1, p . 1 3 . Pascasio, Erny MSP-9 n. d. "A description of Tagalog nouns, verbs, adjectives and participles.d" 1 5 p. Conterttd: Morph 1 ; at Ateneo de Manila. 48.S Pasc asiod, Erny MSP-10 n. d. " Introduct ion to Ibanag.d" at the Ateneo de Manila Universi ty. ·cont·entd: Ped. MSP-11 n. d. "Introduction to Iloko.d" at the Ateneo de Manila University. co·n t·en· t : Ped. MSP-lla 1967 "The language situation in the Phi l ippines from the Spanish era to the present.d" p. 225-252 in Brown Heri tage. Antonio G. Manuud (ed), Que zon ci ty . Content : Hist ; Theo 2. MSP-12 n. d. - "Tagalog segmental and suprasegmental phonemes.d" at the Ateneo de Manila Universi ty. Content: Phon 5 , 6. Pastor, Manuel ; O.S. A. (1791 -1836) MSP-13 c 1820 "Arte del idioma Tagalo.d" Contentd: Gramd. Pat inio, D iego ; S.J. (1598-1657) MSP-14 n. d. "Diccionario de la lengua I1igana. ' ' Contert : Lex 4 ; Hist 2. MSP-15 n. d. "Doctrina Crist iana del Card. Bellarmino en lengua iliganad. " Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSP-16 n. d. "Sermones en lengua Iligana.d" Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Pavon Araguro, Jose Maria MSP-17 1839 "The ancient legends of the islands of Negros.d" An English translat ion in the Eggan Philippiniana, Robertson Papers. 72 and 60 p. Content : Writ 2. Mostly Ethnographic but with some coverage of the Bisayan alphabet (drawing of the characters.) · Perez, Al Q. MSP-17a 1970 "Factorial analysis of the Fil ipino bilinguals.d" sub�itted to Phili pin� Journ'� l o·f 'Lihguistics. Content : Soc 2 ; Et *. Perez, Pri�it 1va MSP-18 1946 "Tagalog words of Chinese origin used in Tanawan, Batangas.d" in the E. A. Manuel collection. Cont�nt : Lex 1 ; Hist 4 ; 65 words with meanings . • 486 Philippine Center for Language Study MSP- 19 n.d. "Tagalog -English, English- Tagalog dictionary.d" in preparation. · · Con·t·en t: Lex 4. Philippine Islands documents in the Library of MSP - 20 1 899 Congress ( Facsimile agreement: Sultan of Jolo and General Bates. ) Content: Text ; Writ 2. MSP.:.d2 1 C 1907 "Proclamations in Arabic script.d" Coritent: Text ; Writ 2 ; (language unknown . ) Philippine National library, Manila MSP- 2 2 n . d. "Photographs of three ancient manuscripts ante­ Ayer dating the Spanish occupation: Old stories of the mss Bisayans.d" 3 plates. 1710 Content: Writ 2 . Pimentel, Jose ;S. J. (1607 - 1660) MSP- 2 3 n.dd . "Diccionario de la lengua Tagala.d" Conteht: Lex 4 ; Hist 2. MSP - 24 n.d. "Las excelencias de San Josedy de San Miguel en Tagalo.d" Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . Pinga, Estela G. MSP - 2 5 n. d. "A contrastive study of sentences with IF clauses Wason in Tagalog and English.d" 9 p . film Content: Syn. 1688 Pittman, Richard S. MSP-26 1957 "Class and construction markers.d" SIL, University of North Dakotad. Contentd: Syn. Plasencia, Juan de ( d. 1 590) MSP - 27 c 1 5 80 "Arte del idioma Tagalog.d" Content: Gram; Hist 2. MSP - 2 8 c 1580 "Coleccion de frases Tagalas.d" Content: Text ; Hist 2 . MSP - 29 c 1 580 "Diccionario Hispano- Tagalog.d" Content: Lex 4 ; Hist 2. Platero, Enriqued; O. P . ( 1 859- ) MSP 30 n . d. "Vida de Santos, traducida al Batan.d" 3 5 1 p. Content: Text 3. Podbe rezski i, I. V. MSP- 30a 1967 •�orfologicheskaia struktura slova v tagald' skom iasyke.d" IAzyki IUgo-Vostochnoi Azii. Nauk SSSRd. 2 1 3-2 24. Content: Morph. 487 Polo, Cresencio; O . P. (1842- ) MSP -31 n . d . "Devociones varias traducidas al Batan . " 360 p . Content: Text 3 . Pometa, jose; O .E .S . A . MSP-32 n . d . "Arte de la lengua Pampanga, compendio del arte de P . Bergano . ' ' 86 p . Content : Gram . Posoncuy, Marietta N . MSP-33 1966 "The grammar of the personal pronouns of five Philippine languages . " Paper read at the 11th Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo Content: Lex 1; Morph 1 . Povedano, Diego Lope MSP-34 1578 "Las antiguas leyendas y cuentos de los Indios de Bugtass. " Contents: Text; Hist 2 . Recovered in Cebu in 1951s. Said to be in English translation at Univer­ sity of Chicago and Harvard .. (Bisaya) . Quinones, Juan de ( d . 1587) MSQ- 1 1581 Arte y diccionario Tagalos . " Content : Gram; Lex 4; Hist 2 . The existance of this work is denied by Retana (Origenes . ) Quintana, Emilio Diaz de la; O . P . (1842- 1874) MSQ-2 n . d . "Coleccion de sermones morales y panegiricos en Gaddan . " 360 p . Contents: Text 3 . Quiros (de la Madre de Dias), Teodoro de (1599- 1662) MSQ- 3 n . d . "Arte y vocabulario de la lengua Tagala . " Content : Gram; Lex 3; Hist 2 . MSQ- 4 n .d. "Catecismo de la doctrina Cristiana en Tagalog . " Content: Text 3; Hist 2 . MSQ-5 n .d. "Tratado copioso de sagrada escritura en forma de dialogo en Tagalog . " Contents: Text 3; Hist 2 . MSQ-6 n .d. "Vida del alma en el rosario en Tagalog . " Content : Text 3; Hist 2 . Rachkov, G . E . MSR- 0 1966 "Sluzhebnoe slovo au v tagalskom iazyke . " Issledovaniia ·�o filologi i stran Az. i i · 1 Afri .ki . Leningrad . 89 - 4 . Cor.. ·.e·nt : Lex . 488 Raj al, Joaquin MSR-1 1889 ' 'Vocabulario comparado de dialectos del archipelago Filipinos. " · C�rttent : Lex ; Comp 4 . Said (Barrantes) to be a paper presented at the June 12, _ 1889 session of the Sociedad Geografica de Madrids. Ramos, Teresita V . MSR-la 1970 "A synopsis of Tagalog structures . " PALI 176 p . Content: Gram 2 ; Ped 1. MSR- lb 1970 "Tagalog dictionary." PALI 371 p. Content: Lex 4 ; Peds. Ramos Teresita V. and Videa de Guzman MSR- lc 1970 "Tagalog for beginners . " PALI 876 p. Content: Ped 3 . Realubit, Lilia Maria F . MSR- 2 1959 "The comparative analysis of English and Bikol and the structural comparison of Bikol and Tagalogs. " ix, 22 5 p . Content : Comp 5 . At the Philippine Center for Language Studys. "Reglas para aprender urbanidads. Nachinananan du MSR- 3 n.d. mapia dadacay: Aumana urbanidad . " 1 5 p . Content: Texts. In Ivatan by a Dominican Priests. Reid, Lawrence A . MSR- 4 1966 "Principles of verb stem classification in Philip­ pine languages." Paper at the 1 1th Pacific Science Congress, Tokyos. Content: Morph 2 . MSR-4a 1971 Phili ine minor lan ua es: Word lists and hono­ logiess. Oceanic Linguistics special pu lication no . 8 . ) Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press . 256 p . Content : Phon, Comp 1. Reyes, Purif1cac1on MSR- 5 n . d . "Speech sound problems of Tagalogs learning English . " 4 p . Content: Phon ; Comp 5; Ped . At the BPS, Manila . Rizal, Jose (1861-1896) MSR-6 1888 "Memoir concerning the significance of Chinese names of islands of the Philippines . ) London, Dec . 6, 1888 . Content: Lex 1 ; Eth . (see Butler 's checklist of manuscripts in the Ayer collection, entry no . 14 19, p . 178) 489 Rizal·, Jose MSR-7 1889- (Seventeen letters to A. B. Meyer. from London.) 1895 64 p . Ayer ·co· ·n·t·e·ntd: Unde.tedrminedd: Said (Welsh) to be chiefly Mss political in content but wi.th some references 1420 to lin- guistic topicsd. Roe, Richard MSR-8 n.d . " Isneg phonemesd. " · ·con·t·E fnt : Phon ; at S1 L? MSR-9 n . d. "A problem in determining grammatical relationship in Isneg.d" Cont�ht : Morph, Syn ; at SIL? Rojo, Pablo MSR-10 1887 "Corona linguistica de los Espanoles (O. F. M. ) de Filipinas.d" Manilad, Feb. 25d, 11 leaves. Ayer Contehtd: Bihl. Concerned with the work of the Franciscans on Philippine languages. Romero de la Concepcion, Andres ; O.R. S. A. (1850- )MSR-11 n.d. "Diccionario Zambal.d" Contentd: Lex 4. MSR-12 n. d. "Grammatica Zambal.d" Cont·e·nt : Gram. Rosario, Gonsalo del MSR-13 1966 "Agham at Wikad. " Paper read at the Philippine National Language Seminar. Aug. 14d, Manila. Contentd: Eth. (Filipino). Ruiz, P . F. Miguel (del Orden de S. Domingo. ) MSR-14 n. d. ( d. 1630) "Bocabulario Tagalog.d" Content : Lex 3 ; Hist 2. In the British Museum under additional manuscripts. no. 6879, nod. 21 MSR- 15 n . d . "Lib ro del rosario y varies tratados de pied.ad en lengua de los indios de la isla de Luzon." Manila. Contentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. The existance of this work is speculative. (Tagalog). Ruiz de la Virgen del Socorro, Juan ; 0. R. S. A. MSR -16 n. d. (1857-1910) "Diccionario Malanao-Espanol.d" · Contentd: Lex 4. 490 Saavedra , Marcos ( d. 1631) MSS�l n . d. "Arte para aprender la lengua de los naturales de la Nueva Segovia.s" Content: Hist 2 ; Ped. MSS-2 n.d. "Sermones de todo el ano en dicha lengua.s" Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Sainz de la Virgen del Vico, Florentinos; O . R . S . A. MSS-3 n.d. ( 1843- 1920) "Diccionario Zambals. " Content: Lex 4 . MSS- 4 n.d . "Gramatica Zambal del Norte.s" Content: Gram. Sal a, Tomas ; 0 . P. (177 5- 182 9) MSS- 5 n.sd. "Catecismo explicado en Gaddan.s" Content: Text 3. MSS-6 n.d . "Otros varias obras en Gaddan que los indios agradecieron mucho." Content: Text. Salazar , Joses; O.E.S. A . (1716- ) MSS-7 n.d. "Vocabulario Tagalog . " Content : Lex 3 . "Sambali folklore , social customs and beliefs . " MSS-8 1917 ( Collected from students in the English Dept. of the Philippine Normal School.) Content: Text 4 ; BPES set 4, vol. 1, No. 12 . San Agustin, Andres des; O.F.M. ( d. 1649) MSS-9 1647 "Explicacion de la doctrina Cristiana en idioma Bicols. " Manilas. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. MSS- 10 1647 "Traduccion al idioma Bicol de la doctrina del Cardenal Belarmino." Manila. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. San Agustin, Gaspar de ( 1650- 1724) MSS-11 1703 "Arte Tagala . " Content: Gram ; Hist 2. San Agustin, Francisco de MSS- 12 · "Adiciones al arte Bisaya del P. Mentrida." 1879? Content : Gram ; Hist 2 . San Antonio, Francisco de ( d . 1624) MSS- 13 1620 "Diccionario Tagala . " Content: Lex ; Hist 2 . MSS- 14 1620 " Institucion de la lengua Tagala . " Content : Hist 2. 491 San Antonio, Juan (1597- 1663) MSS-15 n.d . "Explicatio doctrinae in lingua Cala1niana." · ·coht�ht: Text 3 ; His t 2. MSS-16 n. d. "Sermones morales en lengua Calamiana.d" Coht·ert : Text 3 ; His t 2. San Antonio de Padua, Pablo Bienzobas (18 24_- 18 7 6) MSS-17 n . d. "Copia de arte Bisaya.d" Cont·e·nt: Gram. Sanchez, Guillermo ; O . E. S.A. MSS-18 n. d . "Armamentario Cristiano en Ilocano.d" Co�teht : Text 3 ; His t 2. Sanchez, Miguel ( d. 1716) MSS-19 n. d. "Arte de la lengua Tagala.d" Coht�nt: Gram ; His t 2. Said to have been an early treatment of ligatures which served Totanes for his grammar. San Damian, Blas de (1720- · ) MSS -20 1755 "Arte de la lengua de Masinloc.d" 814 p. Ayer Content: Gram. A Zambali dialect called Tino by msds Welsh. 1766 MSS-21 n. d. "Diccionario del dialecto de Zambales.d" Content: Lex 4. Sandoval , Claudio R. MSS-22 1920 "Some Kuyo legends.d" 13 p. Content : Text 4 ; BPES Vol 3, No. 38 San Geronimo, Thomas de ; O.dS.A. ( d. 1686) MSS-23 n. d. "Vocabulario de la lengua Cebuana.d" Content: Lex 3. San Jose, Francisco de ; O. P. (1560-1614) MSS-24 n. d . "Arte para aprender los indios Tagalos la lengua Espanola.d" Content: Gram ;Comp 5 ; His t 2. MSS-25 n.d . "Preparacion para la comunion." Contentd: Text 3 ; His t 2. (Retana says that this could not have been an independent work but part of the Librong of San Joseph. ) MSS-26 n. d. "Sermones de santos en lengua Tagala.d" Content: Text 3 ; His t 2. San Jose, Fran c 1 s co de ; 0 • F • M,. ( d . 17 01) MSS -2 7 n. d. " Instruccion de los misterios de la Mi. sa en idioma Tagalog.d" Content :d· Text 3 ; Hist 2. 492 San Lucas, Francisco de MSS-28 n. d. uniccionario de los principales idiomas de las islas Filipinas.d" Coht·ent : Lex ; Soc. San Miguel, Rodrigo MSS - 29 n. d. "Arte y diccionario de la lengua Tagala.d" Contentd: Gram ; Lex 4. Santa Ana, Alonsod; O. F.M. ( d. 1630) MSS-30 n. d. "Tradado del oficio divino, o esplicacion del S. sacrificio de la misa, en Tagalog.d" Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Santa Ana, Felipe ded; O. R. S.A. ( 1704-17-48) MSS- 31 n . d. "Gramatica Zambal.d" 569 p. Content : Gram. Santa Ines, Melchor Oyanguren ded; O. F. M. ( 16 88- 1747) MSS -32 n. d. "Diccionario trilingue: Tagalog-Castellano­ Cantabro.d" Contentd: Lex 4. Perhaps dated about 1736. Santaren, Hilariod; O. S.A. ( 1 825-1889) MSS -33 c 1880 "Collecion de voces del dialecto Bisaya (que nodse hallan contenidas en el diccionario del P. Mentrida. ) " Content: Lex ; Comp. MSS- 34 C 1880 "Gramatica Bisaya segun el Metodo de Ollendorf.d" c·ont·ent: Gram. Santa Rosa, Bernardo de ( 1692d- 1754) MSS-35 1750 "Arte del idioma de los Aetas.d" Content: Gram; Hist 2. Said (Asunction - Lande) to be in the Museum and Institute ofd·dArcheology and Ethnology, University of the Philippines, Manila. MSS-36 1750 "Diccionario del idioma de los Aetas.d" · con·tent: Lex 4 ; Hist 2. Location is same as MSS-35 MSS-37 n.d. "Administracion do los sacramentos . . . en el idioma de los Aetas.d" ·cohtentd: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Same location as MSS-35. MSS -38 n.d. "Doctrina Cristiana en el idioma de los Aetas.d" Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Location see MSSd- 35. Santiago, Francisco MSS-39 1931 "The development of music in the Philippine islands.d" Ayer Manila. Paper prepared for the Institute of Phil.dLang.dPacific Relations. Gen 2 3 Conterttd: Lex 1. This contains native names for the musical instruments (Welsh. ) 493 Santos, Domingo de los ; O .F.M. ( d. . 1695) MSS- 40 n . d. ' 'Arte de la lengua Tagala." Coriteht : Gram,s· Hist 2 . Santos, Lope K. MSS-4 1 n.d. "Aparente Filipinismo de los opositores del Tagalog." c·c>'n·t·e·n t : Soc 3 ; Theo 3. MSS- 42 n .d. "Ten ways of enriching the national language.s" (Later published as "Sources and means for further CUL enrichment of Tagalog as our national language.s" Wason Translated from Tagalog and supplied with foot­ PL6051 notes by Gabriel A. Bernardo.) 77 p. typed S23+ co·n·te·nt : Theo 3. This work established aims and 1964 goals for national language policy. Most of the suggestions constitute methods for adding to the lexicon. Santos, Manuel ; O.E. S. A. (1759- 1787) MSS- 43 n.d. "Diccionario Panayano-Espanol.s" Content : Lex 4 ; (Hiligaynon). Santos y Gomez, Antonio MSS-44 1924 "The Caviteno dialect.s" 53 p. Content : Comp 4 ; BPES set 3, Vol 12, No. 448. Santos Tomas, Antonio Lobato de ; O. P. (1724- 1794) MSS- 45 1901 "Diccionario de la lengua Ibanag.s" Manila. 808 p . Cont·ent : Lexs. 4 . MSS-46 n.d. "Gramatica o arte de la lengua Ibanag." Conte·nt : Gram. Sarmenta, Consolacion S. MSS-47 1946 "Some Chinese words con1monly used in Cabanatuan, Nueva Ecija and incorporated by common usage in Tagalog.s" in the E.As. Manuel collections. Content : Lex 1 ; Hist 4. Said (Manuel) to contain 25 names of foods and vegetables by an author who is a native of Cabanatuan. Schachter, Paul MSS- 48 1962 "Rules for a segment of Tagalog grammar . " ix, 169 p. Content : Gram 2 : located at University of California at Los Angeles. MSS- 49 n .d. "A comparative analysis of some Tagalog and English structures." Contents: Comp 5. Located at the University of California at Los Angeles. Schachter, Paul and Fe T. Otanes. MSS-50 1971 "A Tagalog ·refe·rence grammar. Berkeley, University of California Press. 400 p. Cortt·ert : Gram. This is a des·cription of phonology , morphology and syntax in the transformational - gens- erative tradition. · 494 Scheerer, Otto (compiler and translator) MSS-51 191 3 "The Isinai story of the monkey and the turtl.e . "7 p . Content : Text 4 ; BPES vol 3, No . 28 Schlegel, Stuart A . MSS-5 la 1971 Tirura:y- Eng·lish ·Lexic·ond. University of California Publications in Linguistics . Vol 6 8 . 4 48 p . C�ntent: Lex 4 . This also treats loan words as well as personal and place namesd. Schneider , Edwin E . MSS -52 1914 "Notes to Garvan ' s Negrito vocabulary. " 70 p. Content: Lex 1 ; Theo 5 ; BPES set 17, Vol 1, No . 2 Schuck, Julpa (tran�lator) MSS-53 1919 "Parang Sabil: a fragment of Sulu Epic Poetry.d" Content : Text 3 ; BPES se t 10, Vol 7, No . 70 Sebastian, Federico MSS-54 1966 "Ang wikang pambansa sa mga paaralan ng ilang bansa sa timog-silanganang Asya . " Paper at the Philippine National Language Seminar . Aug . 14,Manila Content : Theo 3 . (The·d·national language in schools 1n some countries of southeast Asia . ) MSS - 55 1966 "Paglutas ng Suliraning Pangwika sa timog-silangang Asay.d" Paper at the Philippine National Language Seminar. Aug. 14, Manila. Content: Theo 3 . (Solution of language problems in southeast Asia . ) (Pilipino)d. "Sermonario Tagala trabaj ado por varies padres MSS-56 1712 agustinos en las misiones de Filipinas . " 274 p . Ayer Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . "Sermones morales y panegiricos de algunos santos en MSS -57 n . d. lengua Gaddan . " 2 vols. 400 p . each . Content: Text 3. The works of Dominican priests . "Sermones para las fiestas de N. S. Jesucristo y para MSS-58 n . d. las fiestas de la virgen en Isinay . " 2 vols. Content: Text 3 . The works of Dominican priests. "Sermones para todos los domingos del ano en Isinay" MSS -59 n . d . 2 vols . Content: Text 3 . The works of Dominican priests . Serrano, Juan ; O . S . A . (1715-1751 ) MSS-60 c 1750 "Arte Ilocan . " Content : Gram. MSS -61 c 1750 "Diccionario Ilocano . " Content: Lex 4. Serres y Buix ed a , Jose ; 0 • P . ( 186 8 - ) MSS-62 191 1 "Tratado du Cumapet du oracion a pinayvatan nu asa ca padre nu la orden ni Santos Domingo, Misionero de Batanes . " 56 p . Con·te·n'td: Text 3. Sevilla, Jose N� ·d" · MSS -63 n . d. - ttAng A B K ng wikang Tagalog . u ·co'ii'ten t: Writ 2 . 495 Shand, Jean MSS-64 n.d. "Suprasegmental features of Ilianen Manobo." c·ontent: Phon 6. at SIL? Shartle, S. Y. MSS-65 1890 "A Tagalog grammar . " 121 p. 1n F. R. Blake col lection. Content: Gram . Shkarban, L . I. MSS- 65a 1967 "O nekotorykh morfologicheskikh svoistvakh tagal's kogo . glagola . " · r·Azyki r·u-g·o- Vo·s ··t ochnoi Azii . 160- 178. Content: Morph . Sibayan, Bonifacio P. MSS-66 1969 "Language planning processes and the language policy survey in the Philippines." A paper delivered at the Consultative Meeting on Language Planning Pro­ cesses. East-West Center, Honolulu, April 7- 10. ·coht·ent: Soc, Theo 3. MSS-66a 1970 "Towards a theory of language planning." Submitted to Philippine Jou·r nal of Linguistics. Content: Theo 3. Sibayan, Bonifacio P . and E. Bernabe MSS-67 n.d. "A partial comparison of English and Iloko vowels and consonants." Content� Phon ; Comp 5. Sierra, Pedro Luis de ; O.P . (1714- 1768) MSS-68 n.ds. "Diccionario Gaddang-Espanol." 400 p. Content: Lex 4. MSS-69 n .d. "Gramatica para aprender el dialecto Gaddang." 500 p. Content: Gram. Silv. er· io, Antonia C. MSS-70 1960 "Tagalog passive transformations." 10 p. CUL Content : Syn 2: formulae. Wason film 1688 Sison, Perfecto G . MSS-71 1929 "A general bibliography of the Pangasinan language . "39p. Content: Bibl 2 ; BPES set 6, Vol 2, No. 58. Soriano, Juan ; O.S.A . (1804- 1871) MSS-72 c 1870 "Diccionario Cebuano." Content : Lex 4 . Said (Asuncion� Lande) to be in the hands of the Recol lects. 496 "Sorsogon Bicol lessons.s" MSS-73 n.d. 43 p. CUL Cohtent : Ped. 43 lessons in the form of phrases, Wason vocabulary studies and pattern practicess. film 1688 Sotto, V. (see Conant) Stevens, Alan M. MSS-73a 1969 "Case grammar in Philippine languages." Paper read at the 44th annual meeting of the Linguistic Society of America. Content : Gram. Stockwell, Robert P. MSS-74 1959 "Tagalog phrase structure.s" Content: Gram ; Syn 2. Suarez , Dionisios; O.E.S.A. ( d. 1679) MSS-75 n.d. "Quadrages imal, dorninicial, y s antoral en Tagalo. ' ' . 3 vols. Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2. Summer Institute of Linguistics MSS-76 n.sd. "Pepe and Pilar visit the city." Content: Ped 2: Magindanao reader. MSS-77 n .d. "Pepe pre- primer.s" Content: Ped 2: Magindanao reader. MSS-78 n.d. "Primer I.s" Content: Ped 2 ; Kalagan reader. MSS-79 n.d. "Primer I, II.s" Content: Ped 2: Binoki reader. MSS-80 n.d. "Primer II . u Content: Ped 2 ; Yogad reader. MSS-81 n.d. "Reading preparation primers I, II.s" Content: Ped 2: Magindanao readers. MSS-82 n .d. "Thesaurus." Content: Lex 3: Mansaka MSS-83 n.d. "Vocabulary." Content: Lex 3 : Bilaan Surian ng Wika. MSS-83a 1968 "The abakada and the Filipino writing system." Diwa. 5 (Apr/June) : 33-45. Content: Writ. 497 Svelmoe , Gordon MSS-84 1954 "Wordlist in Manmanua.s" co·n· t·e·nt: Lex 3 ; at SILs. MSS-85 1954 "Wordlist in Manobos(Vicinity of Talacogon, Agusan . ) · cont e·n t : Lex 3 ; at SIL . MSS-86 n .d. "Mansaka syntax . " · Content : Syn . Svelmoe, Gordon and Norman Abrams MSS-87 n . d . "Mansaka Primer I and II . " Contents: Ped 2 . MSS-88 n . d . "Pepe . " Contents: Ped 2 : Mansaka reader . Talavera, Miguel de ; O . F . M . (1558-1622) MST - 1 n . d . "Dichos y sentencias de los santos y de la sagrada escritura en Tagalas. " Contents: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . MST-2 n . d . "Ejemplos Cristianos en Tagalas. " Content: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . MST-3 n .d. "Enchiridion de la conciencia en Tagala y Castellano . " Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2 . MST-4 n .d. "Figuras y metaforas de la sagrada escritura, ap­ plicadas a las festividades de los santoss, en idioma Tagalas. " Contents: Text 3 ; Hist 2 . Tallada, Felipe ; O. E . S . A . ( d . 1642) MST-5 n . d . "Arte Pampango . " Contents: Gram? Hist 2 . MST-6 n .d. "Vida de San Nicolas de Tolentino en p·ampango . " Cortt�nt: Text 3? Hist 2 . Tarazona, Manuels� O. P � (1847- ) MST-7 n . d . "Majar de almas en Gaddans. " Contents: Text 3 . Tenz a , Ju an Ba u"t ist a ; 0 • P . ( 185 4- ) MST- 8 n . d . "Un copiosisimo diccionario Pangasinan- Espanol . " ·conte·nt : Lex 4 . "Tesauro de la len"gua de Pangasinans. " MST-9 1788 200 folioss. (At one time (1889) in the posses?ion of Jose Maria Ruiz, having belonged to Vizente Lopez de Vera of San Carlos, Pangasinan, an employee of Fr. Juan Sanchez . ) Con t·en t : Lex . 498 Thomas, David MST� l0 1957 ttAn introduction to Mansaka lexicographys. " Nasuli, Philippines, S IL . 6 p . . 'Coht·-ents: Lex 3 . · · n.d. 'tTransformational paradigms of Mansaka . " Contents: Syn 2; at SILs. Thomas, Dorothy M. MST-12 n . d . "Some languages of Vietnam in their relationship to the Philippine-Indonesian-Formosan language familys. " Content: Comp 2; at SILs. Tirona, Tomas Tria MST-13 1923- "An account of the Ternate dialect (of Cavite, P . I . ) . " 192 4 Content. : Com p 4 ; BPE S s et 3, . Vo 1 13, No . 4 87 , 5 1 p . Tolentino, Pablo I. MST� 14 1928 "The diversification of the Iloko dialect . " 5 p . Content : Comp 4; BPES set 7, Vol 9. Townsend, H . S . " - - MST- 14a 1904 "Coincidences between Polynesian and Philippine languages . " 1 1·th Annual ·Report of t·he ·H·awai·i·an Historical Society. Honolulus. · ·- Content: Comp 2 . Troyer , Lester MST-15 n . d . "Gaddang personal pronouns . " Content: Lex 1; Morph 1; at SIL? MST- 15a 1966 "Linguistics as a window into man 's minds: Gaddang 1967 time segmentations. " General education j ournals. 2 : 109- 118 . Content: Eth 1 . MST-16 n .d. "Three Gaddang substitution typess. " Content : Lex 1; Morph 1; at SIL? Troyer, Madeline MST-17 n . d . "Gaddang subjective voice sentence structure . " Content: Syn; at SIL? Tsuchida, Sh1geru MST-17a 1968 "Linguistic questionnaire for Philippine languagess. " Tokyo, 95 p . mimeo . Content : Theo 4 . This is a form for gathering linguistic data using English and/or Tagalog words and sentencess. Tweddell, Colin E . MST-18 1956- "Three reports on two jouneys across Mindoro . " 1957 Con·te·nt: Socs. Said to contain a map of Mangyan tribes on Mindoros. 499 Tweddell, Colin E. MST- 19 1970 "The identity and distribution of the ·Mangyan tribes on Mindoro, Philippines.s" Mss submitted to Ant.hro olo ica·1· L'ingui·st· ics. 12 (6): 189- 2 07. c·o·n·tent: �oc f. Ubierna, Benitos; O. E.S. A. (1845� 1892) MSU- 1 n.d. "Diccionario Pampango-Espanol." Con·te·nt : Lex 4. Vasquez, Miguel Garcias; O . P . (1840� 1885) MSV- 1 n.d. "Diccionario Isinay- Espanol por el P. Juan Ormaza, 0. P .. , arreglado y refundido." Content : Lex 4. Velasquez, Gregorio MSV- 2 1916 "A brief analysis of the Tagalog vocabulary.s" In Beyers's collection. Tagalog· paper 380. Content : Lex ; Comp 4 ; Loan words. Velloquin, Juan MSV-3 n.d. "Estudio sobre las lenguas Isinay y de Ituy." Content : Unknown : Said to be in the convento de Candaba. Verzosa, Paul Rodriguez MSV-4 1937 (Letters to Gabriel A. Bernardo) Content: Writ 2. Written in Tagalog syllabic script as modified by father Lopez. MSV- 5 n. d. "Foreign loan words in Tagalog.s" Content: Lex 1 ; Comp 4. Said to have been lost during World War II. Vibar, Pedro ; O.S. A. and others MSV- 6 1760 "Calepino Ylocano o vocabulario de Yloco en Romance compuesto por diferentes padres ministros antig�os, diestros en este Ydioma y ultymamente correg1. do . . . " Valladolid: Colegio de Agustinos. Content : Lex. Vicente, Antonios; O.P . (1814- 1890) MSV-7 n.d. "Catecismo explicado bilingue, Castellano y Batan.s" 250 p. Contents: Text 3. MSV-8 n. d. "El mes de Rosario traducido al Ba tan.s" 250 p. Content: Text 3. Villagonzalo, J. see Conant et al. 500 Villalon, Franciscod; O. E. S.A. ( d. 16 5 5) MSV - 9 n. d. "Vidas de santos en idioma Tagala.d" 2 vols. · · coh·tent : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Villanueva , Juan ded; (Agustinian) ( d. 1599) MSV-10 n. d. "Trat ados de devoc ion en Tagala. " Cont·ent : Text 3; Hist 2 . No direct evidence of its existance. "Visayan Field Manuald. " MSV-11 19 56 "An aid to the learning of the Visayan language for those with English speaking background.d" Content: Ped 1. At the Ateneo de Manila University. "Visayan Grammar. ' MSV-12 n.d . Content: Gram. A non-technical description of Cebuano. Located at the Ateneo de Manila University. "Vocaulario Castellano- Calamiano.d" MSV-13 1789 Content: Lex. "Vocabulario Tagala. " MSV - 14 n.d. 320 leaves Contentd: Lex 3 ; Hist 2 (?) . Said (Asuncion) to be the work of a Dominican friar and to be ] o­ cated at the library of Santo Tomas University, Manila. "Vocabulary list of Bikol words for Grades I and II.d"MSV-15 19 5 8 Content: Lex 1; Ped. Said (Asuncion) to be at the BPS , Manila. Wang, Lour Chie 1941 "Tagalog words of Chinese origin.d" Content: Lex 1; Comp 4. Originally in E.A. Manuel collection but was burned. Ward, Jack H. MSW-la 1970 "Philippine linguistic studiesd: A bibliographic survey of the coverage in the literature.d" Submitted to Philippine Journal of Linguistics. Content: Bibl 2. Warren, Charles P. MSW-2 1 9 5 8 "Preliminary Batak-English vocabulary.d" 5 3 p. typescript at Philippine Studies Programs, University of Chicago. Content: Lex 3. Weaver, Daniel and Marilou Weaver MSW-3 n. d. "Agusan Manobo text and analysis. " Content: Gram 2 ; Text. Whittle, Claudia MSW-4 n. d. "Phonemes of Atta.d" Content: Phan. at SIL? MSW-5 n.d. "Phonemic distinctions of two Atta dialects.d" Contentd: Phan; Comp 4. 501 Wilson , Laurence L. MSW-6 1952? "Igorot folklored. " Con·te·nt : Text 4. Said to be at the library of Congress. Wolfenden, Elmer P. MSW -6a 1970 "Hi l igaynon : A reference grammar.d" 239 p. PALI Content : Gram ; Ped_· 1. Wolff, Ida Operar1O MSW-6aa 1970 "Morphology of the northern Samareno verbd. " M.A. thesis, Cornell University Contentd: Morph . Wolff, John U. MSW-6b 1970 "The classifidcation of Cebuano verbsd. " Mss submitted to the Phi'lippine Journal· ·of Linguis·t· icsd. • • ' i 1 (1) : 74-91 . Contentd: Morph 2. Wolfenson,dLou1s B. MSW-7 1904 "Philippine alphabets.d" Paper read at the · 1904 meeting of the American Oriental Society. Content : Writ 2. Wood, Grace L. MSW-8 1955 "Wordlist in Bila-an.d" ·cont·en t : Lex 3. MSW-9 1955 "Wordlist in Tiruray.d" Contentd: Lex 3. Ximenez, Cristobal MSX- 1 n. d. "Confesdionario breve, en lengua Bisaya.d" Content : Text 3 ; Hist 2. Existance is speculatve. MSX-2 n. d. "Introduccion a la lengua Bisaya . " Content : Gram ; Hist 2 ; Existance is speculative . Yap, Elsa Paula and Maria Victoria R . Bunye MSY -0 1970 "Cebuano - Visayan dictionary.d" PALI 533 p . Co�t�ntd: Lex 4 ; Ped. Yap, Fe Aldive MSY- 0a 1970 "Ang mga tunog sa Filipino : !sang Pagsusuri.d" Mss submitted to the ·ph'- i l ip'p· ·in·e Journal of · L·in·guisti· cs.4 • 1 (1) : 93 -100 Content : Phon 1. The sounds of Tagalog : an analysisd. Ynigues, Juan de ; O. P. (1655-1720) MSY -1 n. d. "Arte de la lengua Ybanag.d" 254 p. Content : Gram ; Hist 2. 502 Ynigues, Juan de MSY - 2 n.d . "Arte de la lengua Itaves.d" Content: Gram; Hist 2 . MSY - 3 n.d. "Catecismo en Ybanagd. " Content: Text 3; Hist 2 . MSY-4 n.d. "Diccionario de la lengua Ybanag. " Content: Lex4; Hist 2. Zarfate, Gaspar; O. P. ( d. 16 2 1) MSZd- 1 n.d. "Arte de la lengua (Ibanag) de los Indios de la Nueva Segovia.d" Content: Gram; Hist 2. Zarza, Francisco de la; O. F. M. (1762 - 1 810) MSZ-2 n. d. "Administracion de los sacramentos en idioma Egongot.d" Contentd: Text 3. MSZ - 3 "Arte de la lengua Zebuana.d" 7 8 p. Content: Gram. In Ayer collection. MSZ -4 1800? "Arte del idioma Egongot.d" Content: Gram . Said (Barrantes) to be in the Convento de S. Francisco in Manila. MSZd-5 n .d. "Catecismo de doctina cristiana en Egongot.d" Contentd: Text 3; Bilingual text. Original is said to exist in the archives of the Franciscans, Manila. 5 0 3 IV. INDEX Any index to such a large body of literature will be unsatisfactory in s everal respects if any serious attempt is made to subsume nume rous works under single heading s , in this case language name s . First it is uneconomic to repeat each individual variant spelling of language or ethnic name s. The reader will have to learn that the bewildering li st of all pos sible language and ethnic names i s , in part, artificially augmented by the fact that in some ca ses , not all, the following letters may be interchangable: ( 1 ) k, c , h, qu, gu, g ; ( 2 ) r, 1 , d, t ; ( 3) b, v; ( 4) p, f; ( 5 ) z , s; ( 6) o, u; ( 7 ) i, e, ae; ( 8) au, aw, ao; ( 9 ) oi , oy. The proponants of one orthographic repre sentation over another will argue their case on the basis of lingui stic analysis , historical primacy, o r statistical frequency of occurrence in the body of literature. It is felt that all points of view have some validity and this index adhe res exclusively to no single one of them. Se condly, several types of affixation upon roots will produce multiple forms which may ( but don't always) refer to a single language or ethnic group. The affixation proc e s s may be indiginously Filipino a s in the ca se of Ibaloi-Inibaloi- Nabaloi, or Lanao- ( Ilanun) - Malanao­ Magindanao - Maranao. The affixation may reflect Spanish influence as in the case of � or � endings or .Q, E.Q, ano, non, or eno ending s. Spanish and native derivational proce s s e s may apply to a single root as in the case of Pampango and Kapampangan, both from the root pangpang ' river bapk. ' An additional complication which i s somewhat the reverse of the foregoing problem occasionally arises from the fact that a given language or ethnic name may refer to more than one g roup ( language, dialect) . This is probably the case with such designations as Aeta ( and its many variant spelling s ) , Bi saya, Bukidnon, Chabakano, Igorot, Iraya, and Negrito. In addition to a multiplicity of forms due to different spelling or morphological alternates any list of names may contain more than one term for a single group or language for other reasons. The first reason for this i s that there may be a difference between the name a given people use to refe r to themselves and the name ( or name s ) used by others to refer to them. It also frequently happens that there is a problem (both theoretical and practical) of knowing if and where a boundary occurs between speech communitie s . Di sagre ement on this matter may introduce additional and overlapping identificational name s. 504 Alternatively one of two terms may be a name for the language while the other may be the ethnic name for the people or merely their geographical location. Finally, one term may be a subcategorization of the other , i . e . a dialect name. From the point of view of scientific elegance each name in our index should probably ( 1) be purely lingui stic in nature, ( 2 ) de signate only one variety of speech, ( 3 ) be used by the people in reference to themselves, and ( 4) all be at the same level of generality, i . e . all language name s or all dialect name s . While thi s i s a general goal of the index, for practical purpo ses however the list of na·me s in the index fully a chieve s none of the particular obje ctive s . Still an attempt has been made to provide appropriate terms with the neces sary cross referencing and to a void undue duplication. Even if the foregoing standa rds could have prevailed in the compilation of the index the present listing would still be inadequate because it i s incomplete. Within the existing corpus of writings on Philippine languages are reported language s , dialects and spee ch communitie s which have yet to be come the central focus of some s cholarly work. Thus we know of but very little about the following varietie s of speech. Bagobo-Guangga or Mangguangan ( Mindanao ) , Bangon ( Mindoro: Buhid diale ct) , Banton ( Banton Island) , Banuanon ( Mindanao) , Baribi or Barihi ( Mindoro: Buhid dialect) , Batangan ( Mindoro ) , Hantik ( Panay) , Ilanun ( Mindanao: probably Maranao) , Kapul ( Samar Island) , Ke- ney ( southern Palawan) , Magahat (Negros Occidental: Bukidnon? ) , Melebuganon or Molbog ( Balabac Island) , Nauhan ( Mindoro ) , Palanan ( Ieabela P rovince town) , Pola ( Mindoro ) , Tagaydan ( Mindoro) , Taj awan ( Mindoro) . Under each name in the index are listed the serial number s of the works in the main bibliography which contain the type of cove rage indicated. The cove rage codes a re identified in detail on page s 9 and 10 of the introduction. 5 0 5 INDEX A E 3T A A G U S A N (Manobo) GRAM •• MSS35 GRAM 2 : MSW3 LEX 1 : C89, PI00 LEX 1 : WIS 3 : Ml33 , Pl00 3 : MC32 4 : MSS-36 MORPH •• MC32 PHON •• MSM33 1 •• W15 SYN •• MSH- 6 SYN •• W15 TEXT •• A115, Ml59 TEXT •• MSW3 3 : MSS3 7, 3 8 3 : Bl26 5 : Pl00 4 : W15 HIST 2 : MSS3 5 - 3 8 5 : C 89 A G U T A Y N O N COMP •• Ml33 TEXT 3 : Cll5 4 : All5 PED 2 : Ml59 A K L A N: see Bisayan BIBL •• Ml33 GRAM •• Cl90 2 : MSC72 LEX 1 •• 114, T63 A G 3T A PHON •• S104 GRAM •• B 21 8, H3 6 MORPH •• B l5 7 2 : C49, H35 , K34 1 •• Z l0 LEX 3 : S241 2 : ZI0 PHON •• MS0 - 1 SYN •• B l5 7 2 : MSM27 1 •• C88 5 : 02, MSM27 TEXT •• A66, B3 62, C 88, L39, 6 : 02 Ml7, Sl04, us MORPH : C49, Ml23 , MSA17 4 : Cl87, 189, 193, 194, SYN •• Ml23 H9, V 80 1 : H35 , 3 6 WRIT •• L39 TEXT •• M104- 106 1 •• Zl0,· 2: MSN-0 1 : H3 5 COMP •• S104 3 : B91 5 : C88 COMP 1 : B 218, K34 soc •• Cl87, 189 4 : 02, MSA17 ETH 1 : V 80 soc •• 02, V28 2 : T63 1 : R6 PED •• B 3 62 PED •• Ml23 1 : L39 2 : Ml04, Ml05 2 : A66 5 : M106, S2 6 8 BIBL 2 : H9 THEO 4 : Ml23 5 0 6 A L A N G A N: see Mangyan B A G O B O TEXT 8: P 7 LEX 3 : S86 WRIT 1 : P 7 4: G 86, 87 COMP 2: P 7 TEXT 4: B 5 9 , M55, 56 , 5 8, P 81 SOC : S 86 A M G A N A D (Ifugao) SYN : MSG18 B A J A W: See also Sulu, Samal 1 : MSAl GRAM 2: L66 TEXT : N30 SOC 1 : L66 3: N27, 29 PED 2: N3 0 B A L A N G A O (Bontok) PHON : Sl95 A P A Y A 0 : see Isneg 1 : Sl91 LEX 1 : V43 MORPH : Sl95 3 : W29 SYN : Sl94 TEXT : S253 , V43 TEXT : Sl9 2 , 193 4: W29, 3 4 PED 5 : Sl90 , 192 WRIT 2: W29 COMP 4: W29; SOC: Cl09 B A L A N G I N G I : see also Sama! SEM : V43 SYN : R62 THEO 5: V43 TEXT : R62 SOC : R62 A T A (Manobo} LEX 1 : Ll3 9 B A T A D (Ifugao ) 3 : M171 LEX : N-29-A PHON •• MSW4, 5 PHON 1 : MSN 7 -A MORPH : Al69 TEXT 3 : N2 8 TEXT •• AZ WRIT 2 : M171 B A T A K COMP 4: MSW5 LEX 1 : Ml92 PED 2: AZ 3 : W7, MSW- 2 THEO 4: Ll39 , Sl3 MORPH : Ml92 , W8; SYN 1: Ml92 TEXT : R96- 9 8, Sl0 8 A T A �ti of Panay) COMP 2: W8 LEX 1 : Rl SOC : W7 , 8 TEXT 1 : G90 PED 2: R96, 97 , 9 8 5 : G90 THEO 4: MSMC4 COMP 2 : G90 PHON : R95, W7 4: R 8 B E N G U E T : see also Nabaloi A T A Y A L TEXT 3: Bll6 COMP : Slll B A T A N E S : see Ivatan 5 0 7 B I K O L B I K O L GRAM : Cl84, H56, L76, SIB, ACQ 2: Ll44 V66 THEO 1 : G4 LEX : K51, MSBII, MSI - 12 I : A5 8, B40, 298, E45 , B I L A A N: see also Koronadal MSV15 LEX 1 : Dl7 2: MSM3 3B 3 : M171, MSL - 5 , MSS83, 3 : Dl3A, F91, M61, Pl44, MSW- 8 145 , S212, Vl20, MSI - 7 PHON : Al0, Dl8, 19, 21, MSB39; 2: MC3 3 2 8-30, MORPH : A7, MC33 4: L 77 , Vl23 , MSB16, 17 1 : A9 SYN : A - 7 , 9, Dl7, Pl66, MSD3 PHON : S95 I : MC33 3: L144, Vl20 TEXT : DIB, T68 MORPH : K49, L143, MSBll 3 : Blll, 148, S249 2 : K46 5: S249 SYN : D76 WRIT 2: Ml71 TEXT : A63, B55 , MS, P143, COMP 1 : A-10 MSM33 C soc : Dl8 3 : B145, MSA42-44, PED 2: Dl9, 20, T68, MSD5 - 7 MSS9-10 5: MSB34 WRIT 1 : Al34 THEO 4: P166, Sl3 , MSD4 2: L77 HIST : B40 B I N O K I D: see also Bukidnon 2: MSA42- 44, MSS9-10 LEX 1 : MSA47 4: S212 3 : MSF - 10 COMP : E45, K46, S212, MSBll PHON : Al63 , El4, MSB3 5 MS!- 7 , 12, 16 2: P201 1 : Cl0O , D 80, 82, K49 , MORPH : El4, MSB3 6 MSI2 8- 3 0 , S95 TEXT : Al65, G42, 43, 44, 47, 2: CI00 , MS P211 4: A122 , Ll43 , MSM- 5 2: G4S, 46 5: L144, MSR - 2 3 : Al64, B92, 112 soc : 034 HIST : Pl68 1 : J S, MS COMP 1 : El4, Pl68, S218 E TH 2: B40 PED 2: Al65, P211, MSS79 3 : CI00 5 : G42, 43, 44, 45 , 47, S235 PED : E2 8, 43 , H56, SIS, MSM33A, MSS73, MSV -15 1 : Cl 84, G59, Pl42 , 143 , Vl20 , MSM33B, 3 3 C 2: A63, 64 3 : B56, Ml39 5 : B55 5 0 8 B I S A Y A N: see Aklan, Cebuano, B I S A Y A N Hiligaynon, Samar- Leyte 2: M60, 206, T31 GRAM : Bl52 , 156, Cl60, D68, SYN : Al33 , Bl68, TSO E26, 64, F26 , Gll 7 , 1 : Ll0l J24, 29 , Kl7 , Ml90, TEXT : B7 , Gl03 , 13, J27 , Zll, Rll, 112, VS, 94, Y 8, MSP34 Z13, 14, MSA - 5 9 , 3 : D55 , Glll, J25 , 26 , MSC- lla, MSE - 10, S31, 32 , MSCS-9 , MSJ - 5 , MSP - 1, 2 , MSG9-10, MSX-1 MSS12, 17, 34, MSV -12 6: V59 MSX - 2 7: Rll2 2: B52 , K34, L66, Ml02, WRIT 2: D23 , E64, F6 , 68, H77, 206, TSO M25, 26 , R55 , 115, S20, LEX : B251, C99, F6, K48, T27, V59 , 93 , MSA18, 51, R121A, MSA5 8, MSD12, MSP22 MS Cl0, MSO- 7 , MSS3 3 HIST : D53 , Gl03 , M60, W50 1 : B 81, 264, C42 , E45, 1 : D25 G 9 8, 114, Jl2, K25, 2 : D23, Glll, 13 , J26, 27 , M73, N14, Sl0, T31, S28, 31, 32 , MSCS- 10 , V7 , MSC32 MSG9-10, MSO- 7 , MSP34, 3: Al02, Ll0, M25, 26, MSS17, MSXl- 2 160, Pl41, R9 , 122, 4: Al68, Gl00 , K25, S2 V88, 124, MSS23 5 : C39, Jl2, M72, R55 4: A69, 95, 137A, B226, COMP : B226, 251, C39, D25 , CZ, 107, 203 , D54, 53 , 79 , E45, F6, G 9 8, E24, Gll9, Hl, M 83 , 99 , H77, KS, K36, 41, 102, 151, R2 , 3 , 138- 46-48, M25, 26, 103, 13 9 , S25 , 26, 28, 224, V6, 94, 124, W60, MSS33 MSA16, 20a, MSC2, 1 : Al68, B52 , 244, 247 , 45, MSG15-16, MSL27 , 270, C99, 100, 126, MSM- 6, 3 5 , MSP - 1 D 81, 82, Fl0 , K29, 30 , 34, 45, 49 , M60 , 72 , PHON : A168, Bl69, 247 , C99, 73 , S95 , 104, 224, T31, 126, D25 , 79 , Fl0, V7, 73 G96, 99 , H73, K29, 2: B 244, C99 , 100, 182, 41, M206, S95 , T31, G96, J 46, M72, 101 V73; 2: S2 3 : Bl69, 263, 265, Fl0 , 3 : V124, MSC32 G96, 97 , Kl9 , Ll0l, M206 MORPH : Al68, Bl68, 169, 247 , 4: Bl6 9, 262, 2 70 , 276 , Rl12 251, 262, C99, D68, 5: Al02 , Bl68, G94, K45, G54, 94, 9 8, 99 , 117 , Ll0l, Pl75 , S2, 10 , MSC-lla Kl9, 47-49, Ll0l, TSO , SOC : C42, 114, 119, D68, S29 V S, Y 8 , G96 1 : C39, 99, L66, S20, MSD14 1 : Al3 3 , S228 4: S20 2: B270, G97, K45, 46 5 0 9 B I S A Y A N: See Aklan, Cebuano, B O N T O K Hiligaynon, Samar- Leyte MORPH : K47, R36, S146, Wl2, 13 ETH : B263 1 : Jl9 2: B264, 265, KS, 22 2 : B270, K46 3: A133, B 81, Cl00, K25, SYN : B259, R36, 3 7 30 1 : Bl80 PED : P175, R-121A, T50, TEXT : Ll42, 07, R32-34, S127, Zl2, 13 , 15, MSA45 146 1 : A102, Cl60, 161, D68, 2: T61 M49, 91, 160, 191, 3: Bl03, 113, 114, G62, N2 P141, S10, MSV- 11 4: B 80, 279 2: B7 WRIT : Jl9 3: J29, Zll HIST 3: C34 4: Cll4 COMP : A26, B180, 259, H71, THEO : G96 Jl9, K46, 47, S88, W62 1 : G4 1 : B270, C99, 100, N22 2: G99 2: C99, 100 3 : B276 3: B265 4: G54 4: B262, 270 5: M151 SOC 1 : C99 BIBL : Cl26, T31 PED : G88 2: V93 2: L142, 07, W62 3: B263 5: S238 ACQ 2: Pl75 ETH : A-17 SEM : B263 2 : B265, H71 1 : K22 3: Cl00 Unknown MSB37 THEO 4: G 88 5 : B176, Cl22, K38, P212, B O LI NA O ( Samba!) S99, W62 TEXT 3 : H50, 51 BIBL : W62 • B O N T O K: see Balangao, Sagada B O T O L A N ( Dialect llfia.Saw:ibal) GRAM •• B176, K38, P212, S99, TEXT •• MSD15 146, W62 3: Bl41 2: S147 PED 2: H78 LEX •• C99, W62 3: Jl8, 19, S113, M146 B U H I D: see Mangyan 4: Cl02, W12 LEX •• H7 PHON •• C34, 99, Jl9, N22 3: B21 MSL26 PHON 5: B20 1 : A-17, H71, S88, 127 6: B20 5: R35, T61 TEXT •• H7 6: R35, T61 WRIT 2 : B 21 MORPHn: Bl80, 262, C34, 99, PED •• H7 5 1 0 B U K I D N O N - M A N O B 0 C E B3 U A N O LEX 1 : EIS TEXT : 010, W46 3 : MSL28 3 : R92, S31, 32 , MSC73 - 74 TEXT : B 88, 94 6: V92 3 : B95, 124, 135 , S257 WRIT 1 : A-4, C37 ETH 2: EIS 2: A70, 140 PED 2: E22, MSE7 HIST : W50 SEM 1 : EIS 2: Pl65, S31, 32 , MSC73 - 74 4: F66, K74, 75 , 010 , Rl00, C A S I G U R A N: See Dumagat T56, V72 COMP : K74 , 75 , MSI - 17 C E B U3 A N O: See Bisayan 1 : D 80, 89, N22, MSI31 - 3 3, V72 GRAM : Al3 2 , 140, B68, 71, 2: MSD23 C204, E25 , 26, 27, 61, 5 : Al24, 125 , D66, F36, G 117 , L 3 8, M 187 , 193 , 37 , G27, L3 8, M186, Nl9 , 06, T 5 5 , V 8 9, Nl5, Pl35 , S205, W45, W46, 48, 49, MS A34, MC24, MSM46 MSB 22, MSE - 10 , SOC : D34 MSG12, MSL24, MSZ - 3 1 : R6 ETH 2: Q4 2: A 70, Ml85, MSB 61 3 : K74, 75 LEX : F66, W46, MSG12, PED : A124, Ml93 , S205, MSI24 MSY0 1 : G27, K74, 75 , Llll, 1 : B71, I52, 60, RIO, MSBl 010 , Q4 3 : 151, Pl2 8, W48, 49, 3 : C204, N20, P165, MSB 60 MSE - 9 , MSI-4, 17, 5 : A4, Q2 31-33 SEM : Q4 4: E24, 32 , H49, Rl40, ACQ 2: D66, Rl00, MSM46 MSD - 9 , MSI34, THEO 1 : V75 MSS72, MSY0 3 : MSI-4 PHON : P 89, F 3 6, K74, 75 , 5 : M C23 MC23, 24, N22, Pl35 , BIBL : F36 S205, V72 , W46 3 : 160 C H A B A K A N O 5 : Al24, S217 GRAM : MSM34 MORPH3: D66, F37, Gll7, Mlll, 2: B277, J2, MC17 MC23, Nl8, S217, LEX : G73, J2 W45 , 46 1 : M46 1 : S228, MSF4 3 : G72, MSF15 2: B70, Llll, MSW6B PHON : Ml4 7 , Rl3, Sl21, V126, SYN : B70, D66, F36, 37 , MSB 26 Mlll, MC23, 24, Nl5 , MORPH3: M C17 , Wl8 18, W47 2: B277 1 : V75 SYN Wl8, MSL 8a 5 1 1 C H A B A K A N O D I B A B A O N TEXT •• H3, Ml47, S121, WIS MORPH : B25, F63 HIST 4: Al00, B49, F77, M46, 1 : MSB9 169, R3 9A, S121, Wl, 19 SYN : B25, F 61, MSF - 9, MSF15 MSL- 12a COMP •• B49, MSF15 1 : B23, 24, F59 4: MSS44, MST13 TEXT : B 2 8, 29 , F58 5: R13, Wl9 , MSB26 HIST : P168 soc •• T26, V12 6, WIS, COMP 1 : Pl68, S218 MSO - 2 PED 2: B29 3: Ml68 5 : B28 PED 2: S-11-A, llB , llC THEO 1 : H3, Wl9 D U M A G A T: see Umuray, Agta 3: MSF13A PHON 5 : H2 9, 30 5: MC20 MORPH : Hl9 SYN 1 : H19 C H I N E S E TEXT : All5 , H20 - 24, 27 , 2 8, LEX 1 : MSR-6 , MSS47, MSW-1 MS, MC8 PHON 3: S186 2: M C9 HIST 4: M52, MSS47 3: Bl39, H25, M C5; 4: H26 5: M52 HIST 2: H29, 30 COMP 2: M52 COMP 2: M5 4: MSW-1 4: All5 5: S186, 1 87 soc •• V 2 8 · E TH •• MSR - 6 1 : MS SEM 2: S187 PED 2: H20-24, MC6, 7 , 8 5 : H27, 2 8 C O T A B A T O - M A N O B O MORPH E N G L I S H 2 : K52 GRAM : D B, S225, W3 8 TEXT : J37, 3 8, 40-44, Ll40, LEX : RS0 141, S271 1 : Pl08 3: B127, S255 3: F96 4: J34, 39 4: C66, D B PED •• Ll40 PHON : B236, 237 , G24, H3 8, 2: J37 , 40 -43, Ll41, S271 40 , M62 , 022, Pl02 , 5: J3 8, 44, S2 81 117 , 13 5 , Rl3, S80, 225 , V60, MSS67 C R E O L E S : see Chabakano 2: S2 3: E60, F32 , H41, L144, D I B A B A O N : see Mandaya 020, P98, R89, Sl86 LEX 1 : F63, MSB9 5: P119 , Sl85 , 19 8, T1 3 : B26, F62, S236, MSFl0 6: S19 9, 207, V78 PHON : F60, H73 MORPHn: D66, F37, 39 , H40, Rl.42, Sl22 5 12 E N G L I S H E N G L I S H SYN : C55, D66, E51, F37, THEO 4: C66, Rl44 3 9 , 029, Pl03 , R14, BIBL : Rl42 50, W3 7 , MSD18, Pl�0 4 1 : C88 G A D D A N G 2: W3 8 GRAM : MSA23, MSCll, MSS69 TEXT : C88 LEX : MSCll WRIT : T53 1 : Gl0, H71, T59, 60, 1 : B236 MST15-16 HIST 4: R 89, S2, 199, Tl, 3 : Cl7, F91, M28, 29 , MSH- 3 MSB23, MSC43 SOC : T53 4: MSB49, MSS68 2: R50 PHON 5: T61 COMP 5: Al25 , B233 , 234, 236, 6: T61 237 , C55 , 66, 77 , 88, MORPH : MST15-16 D- 8, 61, 66, E51, 60, 2 : M60 F32, 37 , 3 9 , 96, G 24, SYN : MST - 17 107A, 113 , H38-41, KIO , TEXT : L25, MSB50, MSS6 62 , L91, 144, M62, 63, 2 : T61 020, 22 , 29 , P 9 8, 3: C26, 70, Kl4, S202, 102- 104, 10 8, 117, 119, MSC21, MSG17, MS M13- 13 5 , Rl3 , 14, 21, 50 , 89 14, 16- 17 , 23, MSQ-2, 142, 144, 146, S2, 14, MSS5, 57 , MST - 7 80, 83, 122, 185-187, 4: H9, S220, VIS 189, 198, 199, 207, 225, HIST : M60 Tl, 53 , V60, 7 8, W37, COMP : H71, V18 3 8, MSA13, MSD- 18, 1 : M60 MSM46, MSS49, 67 2: Gl0 ETH : K62, Pl08 4: MSC43 2: Gl07A ETH 1 : MST15a PED : B233, D61, Gll3, H39, 2: H71 KIO, L91, M63 , Pl04, PED : T60 R 21, 50, 144, S80, 199 BIBL 2: H9 1 : E60, V7 8 5: T53 G U I N A A N: See Bontok Kalinga SEM 1 : Pl0 8 LEX 3 : S87 2: S187 TEXT : R32 , 33 , 34 ACQ : Sl99, T53 SOC 3 : S87 2: C77, D61, 66, Gll3 , L91, 144, M63 , Pl03, H A N U N O O: See Mangyan 117, R21, 50, 144, S80, LEX : C134, 140 , 143 122, MSM46 1 : C13 5 , 139 , 142 , W23 THEO : H3 9 3 : G 3 6, 41 1 : B237, H3 8 4: Cl33 , P182 5 1 3 H A N U N O O: see Mangyan H I L l G A Y N O N PHON : C95, 134, 140 , N22, PHON : D25, 89, F36, G75 , 022 P203 3: I61, V124 MORPH : Cl40, Ml23 MORPH : J57 , K49, Mll9, Rl42, 2: M60 145 , T45 , MSB15 SYN : Ml23 2: C 7 8, L75 TEXT : Cl3 9 , G36 , MSB4 SYN : C78, F36, Gl12A, J57 , 4: G41, P204 MSB15 5: Cl36 TEXT : Ml17 6: P203 3 : MSP-15, 16 8: P 7 WRIT 2: Mll7 WRIT 1 : P 7 HIST 1 : D25 2: Cl3 3 , 136, G 3 6, 41, 2: Mll6, MSP14- 16 MSB4 4: S212 HIST : M60 COMP : D75, S212, Vl24, MSI-18 4: C95 1 : D25, 80- 82, 89, K49, COMP 1 : C95, M60, N22 MSI35 - 3 8 2: Cl34, P 7 2: MSD23 4: Cl34 5 : A97, C77, F36 , J57 , SOC : Cl40 KIO, 022, Pl75, R142, 1 : W23 144-146, T45, MSD- l0a ETH : Cl42 SOC : C42, D34, Sl51 2 : Cl34, 139, 144 2 : MSD- l0a PED : G 88, Ml23, W23 3 : B 34 8- 350, 352, 3 5 5 SEM : Cl43 PED : B348- 350 , 352 , 355 , 1 : Cl35 D48, KIO , P175, R144, THEO : Cl43 S151, MSM46A 4: G 88, Ml23 , S13 1 : G57 , 161, Ml60, P141, 5 : C95, Pl82 MSB 3 3 , MSW6A BIBL : Cl34, 144 3 : E 63 , 156 , Pl29 , 130, 2: Cl39 Rl43, MSM46B ACQ : B348- 350 , 352 , 3 5 5 , D48 H I L I G A Y N O N: See Bisayan. 2: C77, J57 , Pl75, Rl44, Ilongo. Kinira ya MSDlOa GRAM : Cl9 8, H79, Ll33 , 134, THEO 3 : S151, MSI- 6 Mll 7 , 119, MSA52, 4: R144 MSW6A BlBL : F36, Rl42 LEX : D75, Ll34, MSA55, MSI 3 8 l B A NA G 1 : C42, Kl6, L75, R145, GRAM : Ml09, N21, 3 9 , MSC26, S151, MSG - 22a MSl - 2 , MSL-12, MSM15, 3 : G 5 7, M160, Pl41, S212, 18, MSS46, MSY - 1, MSZ - 1 Vl24, MSI - 6, 18, 3 5 - 3 7 2: K34, M206, Pl22 4: Ll3 3 , M116, 118, MSG 7 , LEX : D45, MSM18 MSM46A, MSP14, 1 : GIO MSS43 5 1 4 I B A N A G I F U G A O LEX 3 : G60, M29, 01, Pl22, LEX 3 : B39, Ll3 , M27, MSB12, MSC43 3 1, 3 2 4: B29, F14, P124, R104, 4: S25 8 S224, MSG19, MSI-0 , PHON : L20, 24, N23, 25 MSL- 11, MSS45, MSY4 MORPH : L20, 24 PHON : D24, K29, 41, M206, 1 : L19 S95 2: L19 2: B243 SYN : N26, MSG18 5: B243 1 : N24, MSA-1 MORPH : B 291, F5, K47 TEXT : A- 3 , H75, 76, Nl, 1 : Pl22 N30- 32, S127, MSB13, 31 2: B 243 , G97, K46, M60, 1 : N26 206 3 : B93, 104, 115, K14, SYN 1 : B 243 Ml61- 163, N27, 2 8, 29 TEXT : B3 61, 3 67 4: B39, 42, 44, 46, Ll2, 3 : P122, MSM19 - 21, 39 , 14-18, 20, 21, 24, 136, 40, MSY3 Ml64, N24, P 81, MSI - 1 4: D62, Vl8 5 : D2, L22, 23 , S54 WRIT 2: S20 WRIT 1 : Ll9, N25 HIST : M60 HIST : B40 2: MSM18-21, 39 , 40, COMP : B43, L13 MSY -1, 3, 4, MSZ -1 4: C27, N25 5: MSM47 SOC 1 : B39 COMP : K41, 46, 47 , Y6, V18 ETH : B41, Cl45, 146, H74, 1 : D24, K29, 30 , 34, Ll3 M60, S95, 224 2: B40, 44 2: Gl0, P122 3 : B43 3 : G97, M206 PED 2: A-3 , Nl, 3 0 - 32, S248 4: MSC43 5 : H75, 76 5 : N21, 39 SEM : S258 ETH 3: K30 1 : Cl46 PED : N39, MSP - 10 2: Ll9 1 : N21 2: B361, 367 I G O R O T: see Bontok, Nabaloi, 5 : S268 Kankanay SOC 1 : S20 GRAM : K3 8, Vl0, MSM- 7 4: SZ0 LEX : MSM7 1 : B200, S82, 12 8 I F U G A 0: see Amganad, Bat ad, 3 : F91, V 86 Kiangan PHON : N22 GRAM 2: MSB31 TEXT : B3 64, V 86 LEX 1 : B40, 44, Cl45, 146, 3 : G74, NZ, MSC4 Sl27 4: D13, P 81, Sl0 3 , 197, MSW- 6 5 : R60 5 1 5 I G O R O T I L O K O WRIT 2: P164 LEX 1 : Cl9 , E35 , 45, G9, 49, HIST : S82, 12 8 116, Pl0 8, S88- 91, 182 , 2: MSM - 7 T34, Vl2- 14, 16-17, 22 - COMP 1 : N22 23 , 25 , 26 , 29 , 32 , 33 , 4: S82, 92 39 , MSGll 5: L91 2 : C20 soc : Cl09 , S82, 12 8 3: Al02 , C21, 83 , 105, 1 : S92 E3 , G56, Pl22, S212, 3: V 86 Vl6, 3 8, 86, 118, MSBS 7, ETH : MSB27 MSI19 , 39 -41 PED : L91 4: A30, C3 , 43-44, D54, 1 : Cl0l F40, G61, Il5 , V56, 5 8, SEM : S12 8 117, W2 6, 2 7 , Y 5 - 6 , ACQ 2 : L91 MSB43 , MSC34, S BA, THEO 5 : K3 8 MSF18, MSL23 , MSM12 , MSS61 I L I A N E N ( Dialect of Manobo) PHON : Al61, C34, 149, 192, PHON 6: MSS64 D25, Fl0 , G24, 96, H4, SYN : S171 73 , L93, 114, M206, TEXT : S173 , 174, 176-181 MC24, N22, PS , 102 , 2 : S175 , 266, W5 8 S95, V73 , MSS67 3 : Bl25 1 : Cl47 4: M60A, S172 , W56, 57 2: C43 , 14 7, Ll24 PED 2 : S68- 69, 172, 174, 178, 3: Il59 w55·, 57 5: L98, S19 8, Vl5 5 : S173, 176, 177, 179-181 6: S199 , Vl5 263, 265, 2·so MORPH : B6 , 251, 262, C34, 149, 154- 155 , 192, D27 , I L O C A N O: see Iloko G96, K47, 49 , L93, 101, 114, Ml23 , P5, V22, 32 , I L O K O 3 8 GRAM : C83, 147 , 206, I57, 1 : Pl22, VIS, 30 , 35 , 40, 42 J14, L38, 125, 126, 2: G97, I44, K45 , M60, 12 8, Nl3 , 42, S292, 206, Vl5, 19, 23 , 30-31 U22, V51, 87, 116, 119, SYN : Bl99, Cl49, 154, 155 , W21, 25 , 62, MSA48, 153, Ml23 , MC24, S112, 51, MSB14, 52a, MSC33 V29 71, MSM42, MSS60 1 : Ll0l, Vl9, 22 2: M206, Pl22 , V35, W5, 2 : Cl4 7 MSC5 8B TEXT : C3, V 86 LEX : A21, B6, 251, C82, 2: W5 H4, IS7, K51, L116, 3: Gll4, L124, 127, Mll0, S112, W62, MSA50, 54, Pl22 , S142, MSA49, MSC13 , 71, MSI - 9, MSC66- 67 , 71, MSG25, MSV- 6 5 16 I L O K O I L O K O TEXT : MSM30- 31, MSS2, 1 8 PED : Al0l, 161, B6, C206, 4: C20, Yl D 61, E3 , G23, 88, H62, WRIT : B 6 144, 53 , M63, 123, PS , 1 : MSGll S56 , 199, MSM-10, 2: C43, J3, 4, L124, M20 MSP - 11, MSS-1 Pl64, R56 , S20, V93 1 ; Al02 , C 82 , 83 , Fl9A, HIST : A32, M60 157, R44, 141, W26, 1 : D25, H4 MSC5 8B 2: Lll4, 124, 12 7 , Mll0, 2: Rl41, W62 MSA4 8- 51, MSG25 , 3 : Al59 , E29 , F 64, 15 8, MSL23 , MSM30- 31, 5 9 , Ml40, MC29, S272, MSSl- 2 , 18 MSB24A 3 : C34, MSC71 5 : H54, Q6 4: L124, M20, P188, Sl99 THEO : G96, 144 212 1 : D 27 5 : R56, MSM4 7 2: Bl9 5 , Vl27 COMP : B6 , 251, E45, G9, H4, 3: MSI - 9 J3 , K47, S88, 112, 212 4: G 8 8, Ml23 , T34 W62, MSI19 5 : A- 21, L114, W62 1 : A32, D25, 80 , Fl0, BIBL : W62 G49, K45, 49, L93 , 2: V93, Yl M60, N22, S95, V73 , 3 : 144 W25, MSI39-41 ACQ : Sl99 2: D92, G 9 6, Ml0l, Pl22 2: AIOI, 161, D61, G 23 , Sl42, Vl27 H62, M63 3: Cl54-155 , 192 , Fl0 , SEM 1 : B 2 84, Pl0 8, S89, T34 G96-97 , Ll0l, M206 2: V17 4: B262, MST -14 5 : Al02 , 161, C206, D61, I L O N G O Fl9A, G23 , 24, K45, LEX 1 : Gl06 , 010 L3 8, 101, M63, MC24 4: E32 P5 , 102, 10 8, R44, TEXT : B 3 7 8, 3 83 , M5, 010 Sl9 8, 199, MSC33 , 4: V 80 MSS67 HIST 4: 010 SOC : D34, L93 COMP 2 : MS 1 : G9, S20 5 : MSA13 3 : V 86 SOC 1 : MS, R 6 4: S20 ETH 1 : V 80 ETH : B6, D27, Pl0 8, S89 , 2: G106 2: B 2 84, G 116, S90, 182, PED 5 : B 3 7 8, 3 83 T34, Vl2, 14 SEM : Gl06 3: M2 0 5 1 7 I L O N G O T ! R A Y A Contents TEXT 8: P7 , W2 8 Unknown S98 WRIT 1 : P7 GRAM : MSM-1, MSZ-4 COMP : B38, VIS LEX 1 : B35 , Pl39 2: P7 3: W30, MSF12 ETH 2: B38 PHON : B35 TEXT : L43, Pl3 9 ! S I N A I 3 : B212, MSC4, 14, GRAM : L50, MSB18, MSG21, MSM24, MSZ -2 , 5 MSO- 8, 9 4: W30 2: Pl8 COMP 2: B36 LEX : MSO- 8, 11 3: B35 1 : G9 4: W30 3: M29, MSC44 SOC : B36 4: MSO-10, MSV - 1 ETH : B35 PHON : Cl27 PED 2: P28 MORPH : Cl27, 154, 155, Sl00 3 : M140 2: Pl25 SYN : Cl54-155 , S100 I N D O N E S I A N 1 : Pl25 LEX : A-157 TEXT : L50, S100, MSO- 8 MORPHd: M22 3 : K14, R94, MSC3-4, 14, COMP 1 : A157 MSE15, MSM2 8- 29, 2 : M21 MSS58- 59 5 : M22 4: MSS51 HIST 2: MSM28- 29, MSO- 8 I N I B A L Q I: see Nabaloi COMP : G9 LEX 3 : HBO 1 : Cl27 PHON : H81, MSH7 3: Cl54, 155 3 : B9 SOC 1 : G9 TEXT : Bl0- 11, H83 , S261 PED : MSO-9 2: MSHS Unknown: MSV - 3 3 : B116 4: B12, M200 I S N E G: See Apayao 5 : B S, M202 GRAM 2: S110 PED 2: Bl0- 12, HBO , 82, 83, LEX : Sll0, V45 05, S261 1 : V34 5 : S252 3 : V41, 52 SEM : B9 PHON : V20, 46, 48, MSR-8 I R A Y A: see Mangyan 3: V24 LEX 1 : B38 5: V53, MSB44 PHON : T69 MORPH : MSR- 9 MORPHd: T69 SYN : MSR-9 TEXT 3: MSA15 TEXT : C9 8, S24 7, V24, 34 4: VIS 3 : Bl17- 118, 147, 149, S256, 270 518 I S N E G I V A T A N TEXT 4: Sll0 , V45, 46, 48- 49, COMP 1: Cl74, D26, S94 53, 5 4 2: K9, Pl22, S94 5 : Rl0 5 , S256, V57 3: MSHSA WRIT 1: Rl06 4: Cl74, M30 COMP 4: V20, 46, 48, 5 3 SOC : Cl74, M30 SOC : V20, 24 PED : MSC70 ETH : Sll0, V49, 54 2 : B259, Cl7 3 PED 2 : C98, S246- 247 BIBL : V49 J A M A MA P U N LEX : C47 I T A W E S (Dialect of Ibanag) 3: MSC49 GRAM : MSY- 2 TEXT 4: C46 LEX 3 : M- 2 9 TEXT 4: Vl8 J A P A N E S E HIST 2 : MSY- 2 LEX 1: K5 8 COMP : Vl8 3: D47 soc 3: K5 8 I T B A Y A T: Dialect of Ivatan HIST 4: K58 LEX : Y4, 4-A 4: Y3 K A L A G A N! see Tagakaolo PHON : Y2 GRAM : Cll3 MORPH : Y4 LEX 3: MSC 37, MSL- 5 ETH : Y4 PHON : MSD2 5: Dl5 I V A T A N 6 : Dl5 GRAM : MSA24, MSC70, MSHS B MORPH : Ml2 3 2 : Pl22, MSG22 SYN : Ml2 3, MSD- 1 LEX 1: K9 TEXT : DlS -16 3 : Pl22, MSC42, MSI19 3 : Ml3 4: D46, S 94, Vl22, SOC : Dl5 MSCS, 8, 19 PED : Dl6, Ml2 3 PHON : Cl74, D26, H69A, 2 : MSS78 MSES THEO 4: M12 3 MORPH 1: Pl22 2 : D46 K A L A M I A N: see Tagbanua SYN : R38, MSC68 LEX : MSV13 TEXT : Cl7 3, MSR- 3 1: Rl 34 3 : Bll 9, C71, 7 4, E55, 3: J21- 2 2 G92, M80- 81, Pl22, SYN 1: Rl34 189, 190, S250, Vll5, TEXT : S264 MSC18, MSP- 30- 31, 3: Bl21, 138, Cll5, S279, MSS62, MSV- 7 - 8 MSSlS -16 5 : S250 , MSC69 HIST 2: MSS15 - 16 COMP : MSI19 PED 2 : S264 5 1 9 K A L I N G A K A P A M P A dN G A N GRAM : G 81 GRAM : MSO- 3 , MSP32, MST-5 LEX 1 : H71, Sl2 7 2: M206, MSA- 2 , MSB54, 3 : B45, S96 MSF4B PHON : G 80, MC24, Sl05 LEX : P6 , MSC63 , MS!- 8, 13 , 2 : G82, MSG-13a MSO-3 MORPHd: G 82 1 : C63, E45, Gll, J23, 1 : MSG14 K60, Pl00, T31 SYN : MC24, MSG14 3: D50, F12, 65 , 96, Ml33 , TEXT : Sl27 , 239 Pl9, 100 , MSB55, MSC65, 4: Bl53 -154, L71, Sl05 , MSF-5, MSI-20, 42-44, W35 , P 81 MSJ-1 5 : S54 4: B66, D49, G58, M33, WRIT : G 81 P99, MSB19, MSF4A, COMP : H71 MSU-1 4: Sl05 PHON : Al68, C95 , 104, Ml15, 5 : MC24 206, P6, T31 SOC : Cl09 1 : Cl03 1 : Sl05 2 : Cl03 ETH 2: H71 5: Tl PED : G82 6: S74 2 : Bl6, S239 MORPH : A168, Cl54, 155, Kl9, 49 THEO 4: G 82 2: C63, 121, M60, 206, T31 BIBL : B 81 SYN : C63, 154-155 , S74 TEXT 3 : C163, MS Cl, 23 , 61, 64, K A N KA NA Y: Igorot, Lepanto MSO-3 , MST-6 Sagada 5 : Pl00 GRAM : Bl83 , Vl0 WRIT 2 : Pl64, S20, MSA25, MSM43 LEX 1 : S88 HIST : M60 3 : R91, MSC40 2: Cl63, MSC!, 61, 63 , 64, 4: V21 MSF5, MSJ-1 , MSO-3 , TEXT : Sl25 , V 50 MST5-6 3: Bl20 4: A168, C95, Gl00, Tl 4: M6, 199 , S130, V44, 5 : C32, MSI- 8 47, 55, W32 COMP : E45, F65, K60, Ml33 , 5: V36-37 , W33 Pl 9, MS!-8, 13, 20 COMP : B43, Ml99, S88 1 : C32, 95, 121, 170 , K49, SOC : Ml99 M60, T31,MSI42-44 ETH 3 : B43 2: .i-\.168 THEO 5 : Bl83 , V21 3: Cl54-155 , Kl9 , M206 5: F96, G28, S74, 75, Tl, K A P A M P A N G A N MSA-4 GRAM : B67, Ml5, T32, MSA-4 ETH : C32 10 , 25-26, MSB19, SOC 1 : S20 MSC59, 62, 63 , MSM41 4: S20 5 20 K A P A M P A N G A N K U Y O N O N PED : G28, MSC6, 60, MSF4A TEXT 3 : Al9, 139 , Cl29 , G34, MSM43, 44 76-79 , P90, MSC75, MSG13 1 : B271, Fl2, P99 , MSF4B 4: MSFZ- 3 , MSH-1, MSS22 3 : M70, MSM34A 8: P7 5: J23 WRIT 1 : D32 , P7 SEM 2: Gll COMP •• H71 ACQ : J23 2: P7 2: G 2 8, S75 ETH 2 : H71 THEO 5: C95 BIBL : M133 , T31 L E P A N T O: see Kankanai K A W ! L U T U A Y A PHON 5: K23 GRAM •• MSL16 COMP 1 : K23 LEX 3 : MSL16 BIBL 3 : K21 TEXT 3 : MSL16 HIST 2: MSL15, 16 K I N I R A Y - A ( dialect of Hiligaynon) see Sulod. M A F O O R MORPH COMP 2: K28 1 : D42 TEXT 4: J31 M A G I N D A N A O COMP 4: R7 GRAM : J54, 55, W62 SOC : R7 LEX : K51, W62 SEM : D42 1 : K60, Ull 3 : F45, 46, J52 , 55 , PZ00, K O R O N A D A L ( Bilaan) S B TEXT : A13 - 15 4: J53 2: A-12 PHON : B247, L54, 55 , M7, S6 PED 2: A - 14 MORPH : B247, L56 5: Al3 , 15 1 : A68 2: M60 K U L A M A N: see Sarangani SYN : L56 LEX 3: MSC37 TEXT : B369, 373 , 375 , C45, S6, 233 K U Y O N O N 1 : J - 52 GRAM : MSA21, MSJ6, MSPI, 2 3 : B122, 212, C72, J49, 2: MSC35 51 , K65, L68 LEX : MSA22 5: M7 1 : H71 WRIT : C45 3 : MSC31, 3 6 2 : C116, J52 , 54 , K65 , L6 8, 4: MSC46, MSPl Ml96, S6, 233 PHON : D32 COMP : K60, W62 MORPH : L3A 1 : B247, M60 5 2 1 M A G I N D A N A O M A J O R L A N G U A G E S COMP 2: S6, 8 TEXT : C151, F69, Hll, Rl49 4: M7 4: G40, P 81 5 : A68 8: Wll SOC : A- 20, M7, S6 WRIT 2 : Al37 , C4, M41, 96, 97, PED 1 : J54, 55 P91, G40 2: C45, J50, Ml96, 197, 3 : F 86 P200, W62, MSS76- 77, HIST : B249, Cl20, D83, 86 81 4: M50, 52 5: B369 5: M52 HIST : M601 COMP : B43 , 180, 253 , 256- 25 8, 4: SB 401, C31, 168, D41, 85 , THEO 5: W62 F69, K3 7 , 69, LB, 118, BIBL : W62 M50, . 135, MC3, P51, 67, 7 8, Slll M A J O R L A N G U A G E S 1 : B252, 261, 400, Cl20, ( Iloko, Ibanag, Pangasinan, 121, 12 8, 167, D28, 29, Kapampangan, Tagalog, Bikol, 83 , K3 , 5, 35 , 50 , Ll21, Cebuano Bisa yan, Hiliga ynon MC2, Rl49 Bi sayan, Waray-waray Bisayan. ) 2: A96, 137 , B261, 400, LEX : D41, K50, M50, 135, C30, 96, 120, D83, F30, 136, P67 143 , K31, Lll9, M41, 52 , 1 : A96, B77, 203, 25 8, 136 , Vl30 C96, Fl 7 , 86, G 118, 3 : Bl75, 245, 249, G 3 , 63, 143, K35, 69, MC2, Kl8, 44, L121, Vll4, 12 9 P95, U7, Wll 4: Cl50 , 151 3 : K31, M41, 96 5: Cl50 , Gll8, Rl49, V60 4: KS SOC : C167, M41, 99, MC3, PHON : A96, B253, 261, 400, P51, Vl30; 3 : Hll Cl20, 12 8, 150, 167, ETH : F30 , 69 D28, 29, 83 , F69, KS, 1 : D 85 M99, MC3, R149, V60 2: P95 2 : B249, Vll4 3 : B43, F 86, K69, 70 5 : K35, V129 PED : Cl53, T44 6 : V129 SEM : Bl75 , P78 MORPH : A96, BIBO, 249, 253 , ACQ 2 : T44 261, 401, D 83 , G63 , Kl8 THEO : Cl53, MC2 50, Lll8, 121, M99, P67 I : G4 1 : C30, Rl49 2: D3 , T44, Vl30 2 : B245, Cl21, 168, K3, 5: C31, D3 , K37 44, L B BIBL : Hll, Rl49 SYN : B401, C30 , 151, 168, 3 : D3 Lll8, 121 1 : Bl7 5 , 180 , Cl50, L B, Lll9 5 2 2 M A L A G A S Y M A N G Y A N MORPH3: Bl64 WRIT 2 : Bl9, 217, Cl30 , F73 , HIST •• B164 G37 , 40, K56, 72 , M41, COMP •• 117 13 7 , 152, P191, 192, 205 , 2: B164, !16 S221, V93, MSB4, MSG - 2, ETH 3 : B164, 116 MSL25 3 : Ml37 M A M A N U A CO1-1P : B 3 8, G39 , Ml37 LEX 3 : MS, MSS84 1 : Sll8 PHON •• Ml48, V76 2 : M41 2 : B196 SOC : M41, MST-18 MORPH3: Bl96, Ml43 , 145 1 : B22 , Cl5 8, E52, M9, SYN •• Ml45, 146, MSM3 2 MST19 1 : V76 2: Cl58 TEXT •• Ml44, 149, V76, W2 ETH 2: B 3 8 3 : Bl23, S277 TH EO 2: G37 WRIT 1 : Ml48 5 : F4, K72, Pl92 COMP 1 : V76 BIBL : Bl9, MSC27 2: B 3 6, V76 2: P191, V93 soc •• B 3 6 ETH •• M S M A N O B 0: see Ata, Ilianen, PED 2: Ml44, 147, 150, S276, Bukidnon W2 GRAM 2: E16, V77, MSW- 3 5 : S269 , 2 82, 2 83 LEX 1 : El5, EIS, 19, S2 86, V7, W 15 M A N D A Y A: see Dibabaon 3 : E20, M171, MC3 2 , R9, Mansaka S262, MSBl0, MSS85 LEX 1 : Yl0 4: El?, S237, MSD- 20a 3 : B26, F62, S23 6 PHON : B273, El0 - 14, W14, MORPH3: B25 MSE 2 , 4 SYN •• B25 6: M112, MSS64 soc •• Yl0 MORPH : Al70 , El0, 12, 14, Ml23 , MC32 M A N G Y A N: see Iraya, Alangan 1 : WIS Buhid, Hanunoo, Ratagnon 2 : K52, S170 GRAM : G 3 8 SYN : Al70 , F61, Ml23 , S171, LEX 1 : B 3 8, Sll8 W15, MSE6 3 : G3 8, M41 TEXT : D69, F 5 8, J37 , 40 - 44, J 3 8 PHON : G39 , T69 Ll40, 141, S173 , 174, MORPH3: T69 176-181, 271, MSW - 3 2: G39 2 : S175 , 266, W5 8 TEXT : B22 , MSB4 3 : B95 , 96, 105 , 124-127, 4: G40, MSL25 135 , S255 , 257 5 : MSG - 1 4: G51, J34, Pll3 , S17 2, W15 , 56 , 5 7 , MSL21 5 2 3 M A N O B 3O M A R A N A O WRIT 1 : E21 GRAM : E42 2: M171 LEX : E23 COMP 1 : El2, 13 , 14, V7 1 : MC22, 2 5 , 27 , 30 2: B27 , S286 4: M4, MC31, MSEll, 4: B27 , Mll2, S2 86, 2 8 8 MSL-1, MSR16 SOC : B 2 7 PHON : C34, L41, 42, 46, MC23, 1 : M112 24, V 6 8 2 : S2 88 3 : MIS E TH 2 : E15, 18, 19 MORPH : C34, E23 , 42 , H37, PED � Ll40 , Ml2 3 , S262 MC19 , 22 , 23 , 27, V68, 2: E21, J3 7 , 40- 43 , Ll41, W6 M31, Sl68, 169, 172, SYN : H37, MC19, 2 3 - 2 5 , Vl2 8, 174, 178, 2 71, W5 5 , 5 7 W6 MSE7- 8 1 : MC27 3 : E22 TEXT : MSC39 5 : D69, J 3 8, 44, S173 , 3 : B 9 8, 12 8, 137 · 176, 177, 179 - 181, 263 , 4: Mil 265, 280, 2 81 WRIT : L46 SEM : El9 I : HS 1 : El5, 1 8 2: Bl28, MSC39 THEO 4: Ml23 HIST 3 : C34 COMP 2: MSD23 M A N S A K A: see Mandaya 5 : M C24 LEX : S287 ETH : MC30 1 : A- 8, S2 89 2: B 2 84 3 : S242 , MSA - 2 , MSS82, PED : L46 MST - 10 3: E41 PHON : A- 11, MSA - 3 5 : L41, 42 MORPHl: T35 SEM 1 : B 2 84, MC22 2 : S2 85 THEO 5 : H37, MC23, V68 SYN : T36, MSS86 BIBL : Mll 1 : T35 2 : MST - 11 M O R 0 : see Bajau, Samal, Tawsug TEXT : D 74, S273, T35 LEX : 02 8 3 : B97 , 150 3 : F 91, Ml31 ETH 2: A - 8 PHON : T47 PED 2: D 74, S273, MSS 87- 88 TEXT : 02 8, MSM45 5: S240, 243 3 : C25, K64, L69 THEO 4: T36 4: P SI, VS0, MSN- 1 5 : R60 8: C25 WRIT 2: K64, L69, T47, MSM45 5 2 4 M O R3 O N E G R I3 T O COMP : Ml31, 02 8, T47 THEO : B79 , 274 soc 3 : MSM34b, 34d 2: M134 ETH 1 : V 80 4: L139 , Vll Unknown: M166 5 : S117 , MSS52 BIBL : Ml32 , 133 N A B A L O I : see Inibaloi LEX : S93 N G A J 3U - D A3 Y A K ( Indone3sia) PHON : D25, S93 HIST : D86 MORPH : Bl803, S93 COMP : D86 SYN 1 : Bl80 HIST 1 : D25 P A L A U ( Micronesia) TEXT 4: L52, M199 , 201 PHON : Cl26 5 : L51, 5 2 , S54 COMP 1 : C126 COMP •• B180 , Ml99 BIBL : C126 1 : D25 soc •• Ml99 P A L A3 W A N LEX 3 : M64 N E G R I T O S : See Aeta, Agta, TEXT 3 : B 86, 89, 99 Ata, Dumagat, Mamanua WRIT 2: Cl31 LEX : G53 , K26, Ml36 , S85, ETH 1 : Cl31 MSG4 THEO 4: MSMC4 1 : B 3 , C42 , Ll39 , 010, 5 : F4 Vll, MSS5 2 BIBL •• Cl31 3 : B4, H67, K31, Ml31, 133 , MSG - 3 P A M P A N G O : see Kapampangan PHON : G 5 3 , W20 3 : S85 P A N G A S I N A N 5: 02 GRAM : B65, Pl34, R27 , 2 8, 6: 02 MSA27 , 5 3 , MSB 21C, MORPH3: G53 MSL17, 22 2: K26 LEX : K51, R27, S112, MSA5 6 , TEXT : 010, S85 MST - 9 4: G53 , P 81 1 : Al23 WRIT 2: B274, H67 3 : Al71, 172, R2 8, MSI21, HIST 4: 010, Vll 23 , 45-47 COMP : C94, G S , 5 3 , Ml31, 4: Cl64, E34, Fl6, Ml, 13 3 , MSG4 2 , V96, Y 5 , MSB 21A, 1 : B 3 , Ml3 6 47, MST- 8 2: K26, 31 PHON : M62, N22, Vlll 4: 02, Vll 3 : P 9 8 SOC : C42, 10 9 , 02, Ql, Vll 6: V 7 8 2 8 MORPH : K4, 49 ETH : B274 1 : E39 1 : S117 2: G97 3: C94 SYN : S112 525 P A N G A S I N A N P ! L I P ! N O TEXT 3 : C61, MSM22 LEX 3 : B3 66, Cl6, D47, E30, WRIT 2: P164, S20 31, 145 , K7, M41, MSI-4, HIST : R27 6, 23 2 : C61, MSL17, MSM22 4: C3, DB, 110, 22, 31, 40, 5 : K33 M34, P77, S79, T6, V 82 COMP : S112, MSI21 PHON : B318, PS , S5 7 , T4, Z S, 1 : K4, 49, N22, MSI45 - 47 MSY- O-A 2 : R27 3 : B68, 3 3 8, SI, U9 3 : G97, R27 6: B313, 3 5 6, S1 5 : M62, P 9 8, S83, 204, MORPH : Jl6, Ll07 , PS, 35 , T4 V 7 8 1 : U9 SOC 1 : S20 2 : A39, B336 , G97, 144, 4: S20 P43, 73, 75 , R49 ETH •• Al23 SYN : E51, Jl6, P43, W9 PED 1 : B 65, V78, MSB21A, TEXT : B345, 3 95 , C3, 172, 21C 127, L70, N7, P71, T48 3 : MSB21B 5: L59 THEO •• R27 7: A93, B57, 3 3 3 , P35, 3 : MSI23 V107 , Z 8 BIBL 2 : MSS71 8: P172 WRIT : B17, MSS83a P I D G I N: see Chabacano 1 : A39, B313, 318, 334, 356 , C205, L7, L3 2, R130, P l L I P I N 0: see Tagalog T4, V79 GRAM : A94, B342, DB, E5, 2 : M41 56, G 21, 69, Il9 , 24, HIST : Pl06, Rl0l, T67, Vl04 26, L107 , 122, 123, 1 : Z 2 M187, N7, P31, 133, 150, 4: A39, K58, P75, 1 88, S55, 58, 59, 135, 138, S152 , V62, Z 2 139, T4, V98, 107, 5 : P35, Sl66, MSl- 8 2: B314, 337 , D 3 7 COMP : DS 8, P75, MSl- 8, 12 - 13 3 : W-9 1 : Al57, P62, 71 LEX : A157 , B69A, E5, Gl15, 2: 143, M41, P62, 73, Vl27 P56, MSI- 8, 9, 12-13 4: B276 1 : A37, 86, B313, 3 14, 327 5: D B, E51, G23, 27, K68, 3 2 9, 392, C68, F25, M3 8, 184, 018, P5, 116, G27, 93, 133, 3 8, 39 , 174, 175, S204, U9, V62 41, 43, 47- 49, Kl3, 5 8, SOC : A37, B3 84, C60, Dl2, 65, Ml9, P70, 71, 116, 176- 70, F2, Gl7, Lll, 63, 179, R22, 126, 129, Ml9, 41, 85, 1 80, 188, S7 6- 7 8, 151, 166, T4, N6 , 011, 27 , P47, 60, 66 , U9, Z 2, MS12 7, MSP - 6 69, 13 8, 151, Rl0 3 , 129, 2 : B344, S152 S151, 206, T64, Z5 526 F I L I P I N O F I L I P I N O SOC 1: L96, 97 PED 3 : Bl7, 301, 302, 307, 309, 2 : C48 320, 341, 343, 379, 380, 3: A78, 120, B76, 305, 308 381, L92, P45, 72, 150, 325, 326, 3 31, 333, 387, 171, S20 8- 211 388, 390, 393, C22, 48, 4: BS 7, 30 3- 306, 308, 310- Hl0, Jl, K57, 58, L57, 312, 322, 325, 326, 329, 67, 96, M36, 37, 48, 331- 333, 363, 365, 384, 78, 79, 114, 120, MC12, 386, 387, 390, 392, 396, NB, 08, 17, 18, 26, F24, Kl5, Rl2, 6 3 Pl5 , 54, 5 9, 61, 68, 76, 5 : B393, Cl8, L70, 92, R22, 86, 159, 173, Rl9, 20, 10 3, S42 69, 118 , S43-45, 69, 141, THEO : 144, M36, 08, S144, 206, 200, T67, P89A U6, Y7 4: 118, Jl, P62, 15 9, S15 2 1: B296, G55 ETH : B307, L78, MSR13 2 : A39, 65 , B232, 340, 391, 1: T54 C48, F9 3, 94, 134, L7 3, 2 : Ml84 Pl6, R56, 156, Rll8, Vl27 3: 027 3: A-1, 39, 52, 65 , 74, 76, PED : A- 1, AS 2, 7 4, 76, 86, 78, 89, 99, 120, 132, 155 , 101, Bl7, 297, 313, 314, B50, 76, 176, 297, 330, 327, 330, 342, 345, 332, 342, 35 3, 40 3, C22, 358, 366, 388, 395, 60, 69, D36, 38, 58, 65, C22, 186, 200, 205 , E46, 47, 49, Fl5, 27- 29, Dl2, 37, 6 3, 64, 71, 35, 41, 43, 90, 93, 94, ES, F3, 25 , 34, G21, Gl 7, 18, 26, 84, !13, 19, 23, so , 55 , 10, mo, 25, 34, 46, 66, K7, 68, 52, 119, 38, 44, 6 3, L7, 11, 32, 57, 59, 67, Jl6, K2, 7 , Ll, 2, 6 3, 96, 113, 130, M3, 39, 40, 7 3, 122, 123, 1 30 , M36, 45, 79, 100, 121, 180, 188, 37- 38, 44, 67, 79, 84, N4- 8, 11, 35, 011, 26, P2, 85, 100, 114, 154, 177, 32, 43, 46, 47, 56, 60, 66, 180, N3, 10, PS, 43, 46, 69, 84, 86, 106, 138, 151, 157, 169, 170, 173-175, R66, 159, 169, 17 3, Q3, Rl9, 66, 74, S138, 139, 151, 154, 101, 103, 118, 125, 129, 1 31, 206, T 3, 46, U9, V65, S102, 141, 151, T3, 29, 67, 90, 99, 106, 107, Y7, 11, V81, 101, 102, 104, W5 3, Z7, Z8, MSI- 52a, MSP-4, MSDlla, 16 , MSI- 4, 6, 9, MSS54, T23 2 3, 27, MSS54, 66a 1 : B315, 317, 321, 323, 4: M67 , N3, 10 324, 335, 337- 339, 5 : S57, 200 346, 351, 354, 360, 376, BIBL : B345 Cl6, Gl21, L34, 107, 1: 127 S62, 63, T48 3: 135, 44, M84, Pl70 2 : Cl72, Gll5 ACQ : B376, L2, U9, V99 527 F I L I P I N O S A M A R - L E Y T E ACQ 2: AIOI, B365, 3 88, C200, COMP 1 : K49, MSI4 8- 50 D71, F24, 25, 023, 50 , 5 : S23 70 , H52, Ll, 96, M38, SOC : D34 67 , 154, P43, 174, 175, ETH 2: K22 R12, 74, S42, 152, T23 , PED : S24 V90 SEM 1 : K22 SEM : B313, P70, U9, MSP3 2: S166 S A M B A L GRAM : MSM- 8, MSR12, MSS-4, R A T A G N O N: see Mangyan 20, 31 TEXT 8: P7 2: Vll2 WRIT 1 : P7 LEX : R30 COMP 2: P7 4: MSR - 11, MSS3 , 21 PHON : F69 S A G A D A: See Bontok & Kankanay TEXT : F69, Ml59, MSA5 7, LEX 1 : E9 MSD-15 MORPH 1 : Sl29 3 : Bl0 0 , 130, 141, 143 , C76, SYN 1 : S129 S3, MSB51- 52 , MSC24, TEXT : S125 MSL- 2 - 3 , MSM - 9 3: S126 4: V80, MSS- 8 4: M6, P3, S130 , MSE - 0 HIST 2 : MSM- 8, 9 5: P4 COMP : F69 ETH 2: E 9 2: B - 3 6 4: R30 S A L U G ( Manobo? ) soc 3: R30 TEXT : MSE - 3 ETH : F69 1 : V 80 S A M A L: see Bajaw, Moro, Sulu PED 2: H78, Ml59 LEX 1 : MSG- lla, MSM34c Unknown : MSC48 3: B47, Ml71, MSC54 TEXT : P20, 21- 23 , 25 , 26, S A N G I R 2: P24 GRAM •• A22, 27 , R27 3: Bl29 LEX •• R27 WRIT 2: Ml71 1 : 098, M92 SOC 3: Ml68, MSM34b, 34d 4: S224 ETH : MSG- lla PHON : C34, D24, 2 5 , K29, 41, PED : P24 M94 2: P20, 22 , 2 5 MORPH : B262 , C34, G94, 9 8, 5: P21, 2 6 K47, M94 2: 097, K39, M92 '' S A M A R - L E Y T E : see Bi sayan, SYN : B259, M95 Waray-waray TEXT : A23, 2 7 GRAM : A141, F26, S23 , 24, 2 : A24 LEX 3: MSI4 8-50 MORPH : K49, MSW- 6 aa SYN 2: S23 5 2 8 S A N G I R S A R A N G A N I B I L A A N 3 : B85, 109, 131, 144, TEXT : Bl5 8 - 6 3, D69 146 PED : Bl61 4 : A28, 29, Sl24 2 : Bl58, 159, 162, 16 3 6 : A24 5 : Bl60, D69 8 : S290 HIST •• R27 S E M I T I C 1 : D25 COMP 3 : Bl66 3 : C34 5 : A25 S I A S I : Dialect of Sam.al COMP •• A25 , B25 9, G98, TEXT : P20, 22, 2 3 K41, 47 3 : Bl29 1 : D24, 25, K29, 30, PED 2 : PZ0, 22 S224 2 : A22, R27, Vl27 S I O K U N : Dialect of Subanun 3 : G97 , R27 TEXT 2 : B27 2 4 : B262 5 : G94 S P A3 N I S H ETH 3 : K30 GRAM : C206, N39, MSA4, PED 2 : S22 3 MSC 33 THEO •• R27 LEX 1 : P116, R48 2 : Vl27 MORPH : F39 BIBL •• A27 SYN : F39 HIST 4 : R48 S A N S K R I T COMP 5 : C206, F39, Gl5 , LEX : F79, 82, Ml57, P93 107A, N39, Pll6 1 : Bl67, F86, K24, 35, MSA- 4, MSC 33 75 , Ul soc •• Wl7 PHON •• K24, 75 ETH : Wl7 5 : K35 2 : Gl07A WRIT 3 : F86 PED : C206, Gl5, N39 HIST 4 : Bl67, F7 9, 82, Gl00, ACQ 2 : Gl5 K24, 75, Ml57 , 15 8, THEO 3 : R46 P93, T52, Ul COMP •• F82, K75, W.03, 157 S U B A N U N 158, P'9 3, Ul LEX •• C99, F31 1 : K35 1 : F75, 76, Rlll 5 : MSE-16 3 : Cl85, F74, Ll0, S212, soc •• Bl67 MSF13 ETH 3 : F82, 86, K24, 75 PHON •• C99, F31, 74, MSB6 MORPH •• C99, 185, F31, H3A S A R A N G A N I B I L A A N 2 : MS B56 PHON : MSB39 TEXT : MSC29 2 : B272 5 29 S U B A N U N S U L U 3 : B87, 106, 132 WRIT 2 : D5, MSC7, 39 4 : Cl85, MSC30 HIST 4 : S212, V62 HIST 3 : MS B6 COMP •• Cl99, Hl7, 028, S212 4 : S212 1 : Cl00, 177, K30 COMP •• F31, S212 2 : Cl00, V127 1 : C99, 100 5 : C177, V62 2 : C99, 100 soc · •• A201, R62 5 : MSB 56 1 : L66, S229 soc •• Cl85 ETH 3 : Cl00, K30 1 : C99 PED 1 : MC13 ETH •• F76, 7 8 THEO 2 : V127 2 : F75 BIBL •• MSC7 3 : Cl00 PED 2 : MS C29 T A G A B I L I SEM •• H3A, Rlll, MSB 56 GRAM 2 : MS F- 6 1 : F76 LEX 3 : F5 3, MSL-5 T HEO •• Rlll PHON : A-10 BIBL : F31 1 : L72 MORPH 2 : MSF- 7 S U L O D: also Kiniraya SYN 1 : · F48 TEXT : J33 TEXT •• F47, 49- 52, 54, S254, 4 : J32, 35, MSJ- 3 U3, 4 COMP 1 : J33 2 : P160- 6 2, S275 2 : J32 3 : Bl0l, 140, 151, F55, soc : J34 56 , S267 4 : J33 5 : F56 ETH 1 : J34 COMP 1 : A-10, L72 2 : J33 2 : B27 ACQ 1 : J34 4 : B27 SOC : B27 S U L U see Balangingi, Bajau, 1 : L72 Moro, Samal, Tausug PED 2 : F49- 5 2, 54, Pl61, 162, GRAM : Cl77, L74 210, S2 34, 254, U3, 2 : L66, MS C7 4, 8 LEX : Ml7, 028, MSC7 5 : F47 1 : DS 3 : Cl99, MC13, S212, T A G A K A O L 0 MSC12, MSJ- 4, MSL- 6 LEX 3 : Ml71 4 : Cl77 PHON 5 : DIS PHON •• MS C7 6 : Dl5 SYN •• R62 T EXT : Dl5, 16 TEXT •• 028, R62, MS C39 WRIT 2 : Ml71 3 : MSS5 3 SO C : Dl5 PED : Dl6 530 T A G A L O G: see Filipino T A G A L O G GRAM : Al27 , Bl3, 184, 186, 197 LEX 1 : E45, F 86, G2, 32 , 49, 402, 404, 406, C59 , 6 5 , 9 8, 11 8, H63 , 71, 19 , 162, 195, 197, D31, 40, 2 8, 3 7 , 42, J 2 3 , 2 8, K24, E2, 4, 6, 37 , 62, Fl3 , 60 , 61, 69, 76 , Ll09 , 117, G22, 66, 101, 110 , 124, 135 , Ml2, 68, 7 3 , P34, H69, 16, K5 9 , L3 8, 86, 64, 10 8 , 121, R70, 71, 84, Ml6, 71, M Cl0, 024, 99, 127, 13 2, S10, 64, P S, 13 , 39 , 42, R27, 7 3 , 134, 14 8, 161, 163, 7 9 , 82 , 86, S19 , 40, 51, Tl7, 31, 41, 42 , Ul, V 71, 6 0 , 7 2, 13 6 , 15 0 , 160 , Wll , MSB42, MSC2 8, 167 , 225 , T2 , 49, VS , 31, MSG20, MSI - 3 , 5 , 10, 67 , 9 1, 94, 97 , 100, 25 , 5 2 , MSP - 1 8, MSS47, 103 , 109, W 3 8, 41, 62 , MSV - 5 , MSW-1 Z4, MSA- 6 , 20, 2 8 - 3 3 , 2 : Ill, M 82 , S19 , 140 3 6 ,· MSB 20, 3 8, MSC20, 3 : B54, Cll, 15, 21, 199, 22, MSD19 , MSH9, D50, E33, 44, Fl2, 65 , MSJ - 2 , MSM-2, 36 , 91, H6 6 , 70 , 80 , I 32 , MSO-4, MSP-13 , 27, L49, 61, M25, 26 , 61, MSQ-1, 3 , MSS- 11, 19, 76 , 86, 13 3 , N3 6 , Pl2, 24, 2 9, 40, 50 , 65 , 74 19, R85, S212, V 8 8, 2: A-2 , 83 , 10 8, B52 , MSB46, MSC20, MSI- 7 , Gl20, H64, J45 , K34, 16- 1 8, 19-22 , 2 8 - 3 3 , 3 5 - L66, Ml85, 206 , S114, 3 7 , 39- 50, MSM-4, W44, MSB 5 9 , MSRlA, MSQ- 3 , MSR14, MSS- 7 , MSS4 8 MST - 14 3 : A43 , 113 , C 41, 191, 4: A87, 121, C9, 10, 66 , P 80 , S13 7 , 15 3 , T 40 195, 196, D54, E 3 2 , 3 3 , LEX : A- 16, 45, B229 , 251 , 34, 3 6, Fll, Fl3 , G58 , D75, F6, Gll0, H4, 123 , 125, 126, Hl 8, 14, Kll, 48, 51, Ll00, 102, 5 , 7 , 8, 23 , J48, Ll29, 105, 110, M54, 57 , 157 , M 3 3 , 3 5 , 176, 209, N17, 2 0 8, Nl6 , P 6, 3 8, 9 3 , 3 7 , 3 8, P 3 7 , 44, 63 , 94, 109, R27, 50 , 7 9 , 79 , 87, S21, 22 , 61, S70, 112, 230 , T30A, 155-157 , 159, 224, 293 , W62, MSA28, MSBll, T S, 10, V121, Y6 , MSA19 , 5 8, MSC15 , 23a, MSI14, 3 8, MSB21, 53 , MSD- 10, 15 , 2 6, 3 8, MSM - 2, 11, MSE - l0a, MSH3, MSO - 5 , MSR - 0, MSS- 13, MSI34, MSK-1, MSM-11, MSV - 2 3 7 , MSO- 15 , MSP - 19, 1 : A - 5 , 3 5 , 44, 5 8, 9 8, 2 3 , 29 , MSQ- 1 , MSRlB, 112, 114, 13 6, 148, 149 , MSS29, 3 2 173 , B 7 7 , 167 , 173 , 211, 221, 264, 292 , 2 9 3 , Cl2, 51, 67 , 90 , D10, 51, 531 T A G A L O G T A G A L O G PHON : A- 82, 168, B58, 69, 177, MORPH 2: Bl5, 170, 179, 193, 245, 2 3 5 - 237 , C34, 84, 126, 270, Cl0 8, G 64, 97 , 101, 150, 169, 180, D24, 25, 144, K45, 46, L60, 102, 5 9, 72, 7 9, 87, 89, 93, 108, 112 , M53 , 60 , 75 , Fl0, G31, 96, 99, H4, 3 8 155, 167, 206, 208, MC4, 40 , 45, 73 , K24, 29 , Pl86, S149, 161, 163, 291, 41, L45 , 84, 85, 93 , Tl8, 31, 40 105, M99, 167, 206, SYN : A45 , 71, 75 , B2, 168, 235 , N 2 2, P 6, 3 6, 117, 180, 259 , 2 89 , C54, 55 , 154, R57, 75, 7 8, 82, 121, 155, F39 , 97 , G31, 101, S 80, 95 , 121, 162, 164, 104, HS, K53, LSI, 82, 188, 225, 227, 232, Ml4, 029, P 3 6, 42, 103, T31, V72, 73, 103, 104, 121, 126, Rl, 50 , 62, MSB41, 48, MSG6, MSR5 82, 148, S51, 71, 109, 112 , 2 : B 243, 292, G67, R 83 , 260, V70, 103, W37, 40, S149, T 41, 42 Y9, MSC56, MSD18, 3 : C53, E60, F32, H41, MSP - 2 5 !21, M204, 020, RS 8 , 1 : Al3 3 , Bl86, 198, 286, 292, 81, S40, 65, 163 , 186, Cl50, Ll0l, M15 5 , Pl84, MSC31, MSG- 19a, MSI51 S203 , Wl0 5 : Bl98, D43, F20, H46, 2 : S 84, W3 8, MSS70, 74 4 7 , K23 , Pll9, 184, EXT : A61, B 240, 242, C7, 15, S40, 1 85 , Tl9, MSP12 91, 207, F57, Gl4, 29 , 6 : R53, S207, MSP12 MS, 74, P 9 - ll, 121, 181, MORPH : A61, 71, 73 , 16 8, Bl4, R62, 67, 6 8, 88, S4, 10 9, 164, 168, 248, 250, 121, MSA3 7, 3 5 , 3 9 - 41, 251, 262, 406, C23, MSP20- 21, 2 8 34, 50, 52, 55 , 90, 91, 2: F97, HS, J45, MCl0, S260, 13 8, 154, 155, 169, D27, Y9 59, F39, G31, 94, 96, 3 : A20, 118, 119, 129, B212, 98, 99, 104, H40, 45, 231, Cl, H57- 61, Ml74, 86, Kl8, 19, 47-49, 175, Pl80, S33- 36 , 3 9 , 41, L45 , 82, 9 3 , 101, 106, 46-48, 5 3 , Tl3 , 14, MSA7- 9 , M22, 99 , P36, 40, 11, MSC- 17, MSD- 17, 14, 42, 12 6, 184, R53, 82, MSH4- 5, MSL4, 13 -14, S71, 122, 148, 160, 165, 196, MSM2, 3 , 25-26 , MSO12- T45, 49, V70, 103 , Wl0, 45 14, MSP- 2·4, MSQ4-6, MSA17, MSBll, MSC56, MSF -15 , MSS25 - 2 7, 30 , MSO16, MSP30a, MSS65a 56 , 75 , MSTl- 4, MSV 9- 1 : A38, 106, 112, 13 3 , Bl79, 10 182, 198, 240, 242, C56, 4: Bl77 , 197, Cl3, 90, M 84, 85, D43, G65, II, L112, M.SI - 11, MSN - 8 M75, Pll0 , MSP - 9 6: R 80 5 32 T A G A L O G T A G A L O G TEXT 7 : B58, C41, D40, L44, HIST 2 : MSS-13, 14, 19, 24- 27, 62, P80, R75 30, 40, 56, 75, MSTl-4, 8: M77 , R59, 84, Wl0, 11 MSV- 9-10, 14 WRIT : Al07, 110, D56, L9, 019, 3: C 34 24, R76, S162, T53, 4: A- 5 , 16, 40, 44, 62, 111, MSC22 168, 174, Bl67, 240, 242, 1: A35, 82, 105, B2 36, 240 , C40, 5 3, Dl0, E59, F89, 242, C29, 65, 84, E54, Gl00, !42, J28, K24, 61, F20, G66, 67, 12, 21, 6 3, 76 , Ll00, 109, 110, L60, 137 , 138, Ml2, M43, 120, M51, 98, 157, 158, 59, 75 , P34, 36, 164, 184, P34, 36, 6 3, 82, 93, S64, 196, RS 3, 5 8 , 71, 7 7, 79, 121, 1 34, 163, 212, T51, 81, 83, 119- 121, S68, 164, Ul, V71, 7 2, Wl9, MSC15, 165, 2 32, T43 28, MSH3, MSI26, MSO - 6 , 2: Al44, Bl77, 225, 241, MSP- 18, MSS47 C93, 111, 181, D23, F6, 5 : Al04, 144, B53, Cl4, 32, 89, Gl4, H77, 84, J3- 6, 35, Hl4, 6 3, Kll, M72, K20, M25 , 26, 74, 75, P64, 110 87, 172, 205, Pl7, 120, COMP : A62, 130, BS 3, 189, 25 9, 121, 196, R57, 80, 81, 88, C35, 40, 180, 1 99, D53, S19, 20, 22, 35, 52 , 5 3, 75, 86, E45, 59, F6, 65, 159, 163-165, 219, T33 , G98, 99, H4, 71, 77, 84, T 39, Vl, 9 3, MSA18, !17, J3, K8, 36, 41, 46- 48, MSB- 1- 2, 25, MSC12, 6 0 , 6 9, L 9, 94, 10 5, M25, MSD- 13, MSO- 6, MSP20- 26, 76, 10 3, 1 3 3, 157, 158, 21, MSS6 3, MSV - 4 205, Pl9, 50, 6 3, 9 3, 94, 3: C93, F86 121, R 78, S112, 1 34, 212, Ul, HIST : A41, 127, 143, D5 3, 86, V6, 94, W60, 62, MSBll, 42, !62, M60, 76, 019, P94, 48, MSC50, MSI- 7 , 16- 2 2 106, 197, R27, 31, S214 1: A61, 98, B52, 54, 244, 248, 1: D25, H4, Lll7, T 39 250, 251, 270, C32, 100, 2: Al36, C - 1, 111, D23, 5 6, 126, 169, 170, D24, 25, H57 - 61, 66 , L48, M16, 7 9, 81, 82 , 89, Fl0, 80, 174, 175, P30, 180, 181, G49, Hl4, 15, 46, 47, 6 3, R67 , 68, S4, 33- 36, 38, 86, K2 3, 29, 30, 34, 45, 39, 40, 41, 46- 48, 5 3, 49, L45, 85, 93, M60, 72, 60, Tl3, 14, MSA- 6, 7 - 9, 7 3, N22, S95, 224, T 31, 11, 35- 41, MS B38, MS C17, V7 2, 7 3, MSI28- 3 3, 35- 50 MSD17, MSE14, MSH4- 5 , 2 : A61, 82, 98. 168, B54, 164, MSI- 15, MSJ - 2, MSL4, 229, 244, C 91, 100, 182, 13- 14, MSM- 2, 3, 25- 26, D87, 92, 9 3, G96, H86, 36- 38, MSO4- 5, 12- 14, J4 6, K2 8, M5, 21, 7 2, MSP23- 24, 27- 29, MSQ- 1 R27, S214, MSD2 3 3 - 6 , MSR- 14- 15, MSS- 11, 5 3 3 T A G A L O G T A G A L O G COMP 3: B166, 229, 245, 263, 265, ETH 1: B266, C51, Ll06, R59, 93, 266, Cl0 8, 154, 155, D87, S17, 153 Fl0, G96, 97, H45 , 85, 2: B221, 264, 265, G32, Kl8, 19, Ll0l, M206, 107A, H71, 72, K S, L94, P83, R27, S115, V70 145, Pl07, 109, R71 4: Bl73, 262, 270, Cl50, 3 : A61, 13 3 , Bl64, Cl00 , D57, H72, Ml4, 54, 5 7 , F 80 , 86, H45 , K24, 30, 6 8, R52, 132, S231,. 69, 70, Ll00, 110, M51, MSA17, MSG20, MSL18, P34, R109, T39, Z 6 MSM-4, MSV - 2 , 5 , PED : A36, 3 8, 77 , 87, 103, MSW- 1 130, 152, B285, 293, 5 : A45 , B2, 16 8, 233 , 234, CS, 57 , D6, 52, E4, 6, 236, 237, 266, C3 8, 53, G2 , 16, 2 8, 88, 113 , CS0 - 54, 66, 111, 150, H39, 42 , 48, !2 , 44, E60, F32, 39, G 2 8, 29, L47 , M79, 10 8, 181, 20 8, 94, 10 7A , 113 , 118, H 3 8- P42, 104, 105, 109, 180, 41, I-1, K45, 62, L3 8, R21, 50, 119, S9, 35 , 3 7, 101, M22, 165, 170, 1 86, 73 , 80, 167, T30A, V4, 020, 29, Pl03, 104, 108, 97, 100, MSA46, MSC20, 117, 119, 180, R21, 50, MSD20, MSGS, MSI - 14, 59, 93, S10, 14, 80, 122, 55, MSRlB, 5 167, 185-189 , 207, 225, 1: A-5 , 6, 72 , B 230, Cll, T 4 5 , 5 3 , WI9, 3 7 , 3 8, 59, 202, D40, E 7 , 60, 45, MSD18, MSE 16, Fl2, 13, G - 1, 122, MSR2, 5 , MSS24, 49 H69, J56 , M141, 191, SOC : A20, 7 7, 82, B167, 240, M C4, Pl2, 14, S10, 16, 242, C40, 5 7 , 157, D34, TS, 49, U16 , 24, Vl05, L6, 5 3 , 93, 145 , M24, 109, 110 , Z4, MSBS, 99, 011, Pl3 8, 151, R62, MSRlA 7 0, T3 3 , 53 , WI 7 2: A54, 84, B239, D9, 1: B225, L66, MS, 204, F57, HBO, K55, P146, S20, Ul9 S11, W62 2: C53, RS0 3: A71, 150, 151, 153, 3 : Al30 , Clll, 112, E 3 8, 53, 158, B238, D39, E 3 8, F22, H44, LS, 35 , 60, G29, H6, !54, 55 , L5 8, 88, 89, M79, 122, 170, 79, Ml5 6, P41, 131, 146, 172, 016, 26, P49, 52 , RSI, S120, 2 51, Tll, 16, 111, Rll0, S9, 64, 163, Vll0, W44, MSRlC 230, MSL-9, MSS41 4: B319 4: Al54, Pl3 6, R 73, S20 5 : A 85, C80, J23, L44, ETH : A40, Bl, 53, 263, 2 88, M32, S5 , TIS, 5-3 Cl4, 32 , 35 , 40, D27, !42 , K62, Pl0 8, 110, R52, W17, MSH3 5 3 4 T A G A L O G T A G B A N U W A : see THEO : A45, 104, D6, G96, 102 Kalamian IIl4, 15, 39, 84, 85, LEX 1 : Rl34 144, L48, M181, N36, 3 : E57, F70, G41, M41, P52, R27, S120 Rl33, MSB 29, MSFll 1 : B- 137, D27, H38, 42, PHON •• F70, Rl35 43, Pl07, Wl9 MORPH : H89, Rl35, W8 2 : A- 46, 91, Bl95, CB, SYN 1 : H88, Rl34, 136 G99, 019, P9- ll, 184, TEXT •• F88, S264, MSB3 Rl23 1 : F70 3 : A36, 41, 82, 10 3, 132, 3 : B121, 138, Nl2, S27 9 B285, 294, C57, 62, 4 : G41 D7, E48, 5 3, F21, 22, WRIT •• MSC 47 92, Gl6, 71, 85, H44, 2 : F70, 88, G35, 41, LS, 6, 60, M7 9, 165, M41, 65, 66, Rll4, MClS, 011, 26, P50, 82 V63, 64, 93, 95, 106, 138, 151, Rl09, 110, MSB3 S9, 64, 66, 70, 7 2, T9, COMP •• E57 20, Zl, 6, MSS41, 42 2 : F70, M41, W8 4 : C66, 157, G88, Pl05, soc •• F70, M41, W8 U2 PED •• MSC47 5 : A- 40, 83, Bl3, 14, 184, 2 : Gll2, Rl33, 137, S264 189, Cl0 8, D87, L45 , 5 : S244 Pl0l, R52, V71, W62 THEO 4 : MSMc7 B IBL •• A61, Bl4, C7, 126, 157, BIBL 2 : V93 F92, M133, Pl0l, S52, T 31, W62, MSI55 T A W SUG: see Moro, Sulu ----- 2 : J6, Rl23, S134, 164, GRAM : C177 V93 2 : MSC? 3 : B263, ES 9, 144, K21, LEX •• MSC? R7 9, 128 3 : MC13, MSG26, MSJ4, ACQ •• Al56, J23, S37, T5 3 MSL6, 7 1 : A79, C38, R99 4 : Cl5 9, 177 2 : Al49, 15 2, CS0, 52, 57, PHON •• MSC7 D6, 52, G2, 28, 113, 5 : Al45 122, H48, J56, Ml41, MORPH2: M60 Pl03, 105, 117, R21, TEXT •• Al47, B328, 357, Kl2, 50, S80, 122 T22 SEM •• A- 34, 109, Bl, 26 3, 2 : B371 Ll0S, P36, R31, 93, 3 : B90, 102, 107, 108, S65 S274 1 : H72, Pl08 4 : G52, MSC58 2 : S187 WRIT 2 : C24, MSC7 5 3 5 T A W S U G U N S P E C I F I E D L A N G U A G E HIST : M60 GRAM : G68, P96 COMP : MSG26 1 : E40 1 : Cl77, M60 2 : M113 5 : Cl77 LEX •• A5 9, B220, Gl2, Lll5, SOC 1 : C24 132, M88, MCI, P74, 3 : M168 Vl32 PED 1 : MC13, T22 1 : A31, 5 5 -57 , 60, 88, 2 : Al46, 147, B290, 357 Bl94, 214, 215, 219, 5 : B328 278, 299, Cl32, G33, THEO 4 : S13 L87, 021, P214, R29, BIBL : MSC7 65, 102, 116, S119, 133, Ul0 , 12- 14, 17, T I N G G I A N V3, 85 , W31, MSC51, LEX 3 : Ml38, R54 5 3, MSS39 TEXT : Cll0 3 : B72, 385 4 : F38, P81, V77 4 : L87 COMP •• R54 PHON •• Al60, Bl78, 269, C36, soc •• Cl09 64, Lll5, M113, 0 3, ETH •• Cll0 4, S183, V74, 83 PED 2 : W4 2 : Bl71, T62 3 : P214 T I R U R A Y 5 : Bl71, H32 GRAM : B64 MORPH •• Bl71, C36., H32, Lll5 ., LEX 3 : Ml31, MSW- 9 Mll3, S106 4 : B63, MSS- 5la 1 : MCI PHON •• Cl24 SYN •• ES0 ., H32 ., Pl67, R39, 2 : P202 MSC57, MSP26 TEXT •• B202, 07 3, T30, 1 : Bl71 MSC16 TEXT •• F8, 9, N9, R87, V2, 3 : Bl33, C73, 75, F33, W31 J51, MSD21 3 : All6 ., Bll0, 136, Cl76, COMP •• Ml31 El, GB, Pl48, 16 3 1 : Cl24 4 : L87, N40 soc 1 : B202 5 : Gl2 Unknown : MSB45 7 : P65 8 : Cl76, GB, M183, U M U R A Y U M I R E Y: Dialect Pl52, 185 of Dumagat WRIT •• T57 TEXT : MC8 1 : C64, 021, Rll3, S7, 2 : MC9 V83 3 : Bl39, MCS PED 2 : MC6, 7, 8 5 3 6 U N S P E C I F I E D L A N G U A G E U N S P E C I F I E D L A N G U A G E WRIT 2 : A92, Bl8, 33, 51, 84, SOC 1 : Al8, 92, B31, 32, C79, F8 3 - 85, 87, G6, 82, 8 3, 205, 206, 12, H68, J20, K27, 67, 208- 210, 216, 222, Ml95, 207, P27, 65, 397, 399, C28, 81, 92, 12 3, R45, S27 , 49, 92, 21d, F7, G7 , 81, 119, 213, 216, HZ, J7, Jl0, K73, MSA12, MSB7- 8, L37, 40, 65, 90, MSC25, 76 , MSF17, M194, 195, Pl87, MSP17 194, Rl07, Sl2, 30, HIST •• M90, MCl, V85, 125 50 , T7, 38, Ul7, 18, 4 : A33, 92, B72, Pl, 209, 20, 21, W52, MSB30, V74 MSC52 5 : Rl02, Ul7 2 : A48, B281, 287, COMP •• ABO, B33, 72, 78, 223, C209, Fl, G25, 246, 254, 385, C64, M189, P48, Sl0l, 118, 132, F44, Hl3, Jll, T66, W36, MSC23b, K27, L99, Mll3, 15 3, MSP17a MCl, Rl6, 40, Sl0l, 216 3 : A90, B34, 60, 62, W24, MSC5 3, 57, 74, 75, 2 24, 228, MSD22, MSMcl 281, C87, 106, Dl4, 1 : Bl78, 267- 269, C92, G91, H53, 87, J30, 97, Ll04, 115, V74 5 8, L28, 30, 31, 90, 2 : A92, B368, C210, D60, M189, 198, MC16, 95 , Gl09, K71, L37, 83 , 09, 25, Pl, 85, 183, M89, 90, 211, P55, 193, 195, 207, 209, Sl43, 215 R24, T54, W36 3 : Cl65, M89, P55, Sll6 ETH •• B34, 83, 216, 219, 4 : Cl65, Pl87, Sl58, W52 223, C92, H2, 1 3, 5 : Al60, Bl71, 04, Sl06 , 90, Jl7, M6 9, 90, MSC- 23b MCll, R4, 26 , 29, soc •• A81, 117, 1 38, 162, 166, Sll6, T21, Ul8, 21, 167 , B48, 73, 398, Vl31, MSC52, MSF- 0 405, C51, 125, 175 , 176, MSP-17a 179, Dl, 11, 3 3, F83, 1 : K66, 03 Gl9, H34, 90, 150 , 2 : M210 Jll, 36, K67, L3, 4, 3 : A33, 166, D95, K73, 27, 3 3, 36, 95, 1 31, M211, Rl07, V74, Ml79, 182, 203 , MCll, MSD22 0 3, P57, 140, 15 3, Rl5- 18, 25, 26, 61, 64, S97, 143, 15 8, Tl2, 21, 24, 57, U25, W24, Z 3 MSA14, MSF-0 , MSP7, MSS66 5 3 7 U N S P E C I F I E D L A N G U A G E U N S P E C I F I E D L A N G U A G E PED : A48, 80, 81, B74, 187, THEO 5 : Bl65, 178, 187, 188, C51, 156, 201, 20 9, C33, D4, F84, 87, Dl4, G25, 89, 105 , H5 3, K32, L99, MC26, I36, J15, L80, Ml98, P96, 147, Rl5, T12, MCll, 025, P29, 55, W5 9 112, 153, 158, 207, BIBL •• Cll8, F84, Gl2, HZ, 209, Rl7, 24, 108 , 147, H68, Kl, Ml07, 113, Sl5, 183, 184, 226, 284, 20 3, MC18, P65, 185, Ul0 R45, Sl07, T38, V2, 4 : B385 132, W43, MSB28, 5 : B283, 316, !12, Ml89, MSFB, MSRl0 T66, U20, W54 1 : MSL20 THEO : Al26, Bl74, 190, 223, 2 : B275, C33, D4, F95, Cl18, 179, L28, 30, MC21, Pl47, Sl2, 37, 104, Mll3, Pl27, MSC25, MSWla R2 9, 40, Sl2, 107, 3 : B246, 254, C 3 3, 143, T24, Ul7, Vl25, Gl3, Hl2, 34, 90, W24, 42, MSB30, !30, M15 3, 210, Ms MCB MC26, P88, 127, 1 : Bl91, 192, C97, L80, R40, S278 Pl83, S123 SEM •• Vl31 2 : A5l, 5 3, 116, B75, ACQ •• ES0, Ul0 185, 191, 192, 275, 1 : Fl 295, 370, 377, 382, 2 : Al60, B281, C51, C6, 152, 201, 208, 156, Gl05, J15, 17, F95, G30, 83, 89, 109, L80, M69, P29, Hl6, !50 , J58, Kl, 112 , 127, Rl08, Ll0 3, M93, 179, MC18, 147, S183, 184, 201, 21, N9, PSS, 118, 148, 226, 284, T66, 152, 158, 167, 198, MSC23b 199, 208, 209, R87, Unknown : P58, MSR7 147, S201, 284, T58, W43 V A R I O U S L A N G U A G E S 3 : AS 3, 80, 81, 90, 128, GRAM : MC28, MSS7 3A 135, 166, B60, 62, 7 3, 2 : BS 224, 280, 377, C51, LEX •• Cl37, D88, 90, 94, 201, F42, G91, Hl6, F72, 79, 81, 82, 136, L4, 29, 36, 95, !20, 2 9, K40, 42, P57, 163, 185, Rl8, 72, MIO, MC28, V27, S15, 145, 201, MSS66 MSL19, MSRl, 4 : Cl32, 148, E40, M183, MSS28 P29, Rl08, S183, 1 : B38, 201, Cl83, D30, MSB40, MSC51, 53 , 67, 91, EB, 58, F67, MST17a 538 V A R I O U S L A N G U AG E S V A R I O U S L A N G U A G E S LEX 1 : G4S, H55, L121A, COMP 1 : B255 , 260 , Cll7 , D77 , M124, 125, 126 , 128, 7 8, 88, H33, 65 , 120, 130, P71, 97, 121, 154, K42 , 43 , MIO, 127, 155 , Q5 , Sl18, 131, P 62 , 71, 121, Sll8, 132, 222 , T37, Vl0 8, MSI53 , 54, MSL19, W3, 16, Z9, MSI53 , MSR4a MSP33 2: B255 , Cl37 , D84, 88, 3 : MSC3 8, 55 , MSFl, 90, 94, E B, F72, MSI54, MSL8 Gl0 8, H77A, K54, 4: M124, S222 L86A, P 62 , T37 , PHON : B260 , Cll7 , 123 , D67, MSG24, MST12 , 14a 77 , 7 8, M129 , MC2 8, 3 : K54, S67 P 89 , R117 , S259 , U23 , 4: Cl66 , MSC72a, MSRl V27, W61, MSF16, 5 : D67 , Gl5, R89, S67 MSR4a SOC : Cl7 8, D44, 91, F2, 3 : M204, R 89 !65, J 9 , N41, UIS , MORPH : B172 , U23, V27 , 113, MSI56, MSMc2, MSP 8, W61 MSS28 1 : MSP33 1 : B5 , 204, 207, 213, 2: C166, P 89 , MSR4 H65, MIO , 129, 173 , SYN : P121 204, T65 1 : B172, P 89 4 : P 62 TEXT : N41, P71, 121 ETH •• Ml24, R117 3: R47 1 : J47 4: K6, R 5 , MSLl0 2: B3 8, H55, Q5, S222, WRIT : M129 Wl6 2: H65, L26, P121, RS, 3 : F71, 72 , 81, 82, Gl08, 5 6 , U23 , MSF16, 17, H65 , K42, M127 , T37 MSW7 PED •• Gl5, 165 , W22, HIST : Cll7 , D 84, 88, 94, MSE13 , MSG S, MSI 5 3 , F72, 120 , K40 , 42, 5 6 MSPlla SEM 2: V10 8 1 : T37 ACQ : 165 2 : D78, R47 2: G15 4: B201, D67, 91, Fl8, THEO : C166 , MSB2ld 79 , 81, 82, Ml28, RS , 2 : M23, MSC5 8, MSPlla 89 , 117 , V 84 4: W22 5: P97, R56 5: Cl41, W61 COMP : B 3 8, 172, F71, 81, 82 , BIBL : B209, Cl23, 137 , M23, 129 , K40 , L26, Rll7, 132 , Mc28, MSI56 U23, V27, 108, 113 , 1 : N41 W61, MSC3 8, 55 , 2 : B 201, Gl0 8, MSWla MSFl 3 : Cl41, Fl9 , K40, P 89 , S259 5 39 V E R NA C U L A R Y A K A N: see Moro PHON •• V61 LEX 1 : MSC34c TEXT 4: B37 3 : MC14, MSG26 soc •• A49, B30 , 394, P206 TEXT 3 : Bl34 2: D35 , N34, 015 , T 2 8 COJ\,fP •• MSG26 3 : A67, B 61, 227 , 300 , soc •• H91 347, 3 89 , D22 , G20, 3 : M16 8 !67 , L64, M17 8, 012 , ETH •• MSF14 13 , 15, Pl3 2 , 206 , 213 , 1 : H91 R23, 42 , 43 , V69 SEM •• MSF14 PED •• A47, 49, 67 , B30 , 61, THEO 1 : H91 227 , 282 , 347 , C 86 , 171, D35 , F23 , G20 , 165 Y O G A D: Dialect of Gaddang 67 , J l3 , L64, M42, LEX 1 : Gl0 17 8, N33 , 012- 15 , P53 , 3 : M29, MSC43 115 , 132 , 137 , 149 , 206 , COMP 2 : Gl0 213 , R23 , 41, 90 , T 2 8, 4: MSC43 V9 , 69 PED 2 : H31, MSH2, MSS80 2: D22 5: S245 4: A50, B300 , 3 89 5 : A50, B155 , 394, P114 , V61 THEO •• 168, L64, N34, P206 3 : !67 , P115, V9 4: M42 BIBL •• B37 , N34 ACQ •• B347, R90 2: A47 , 50 , B 2 82 , 3 89, N33 , 34 W A R A Y - W A R A Y: see Samar- Leyte LEX 1 : MSI27 3 : MSI22 4: 023 , R124 PHON •• F 3 6, MSG23 5 : T25 SYN •• F36 TEXT •• B372 , 374 COMP •• MSI22 5 : F 3 6 E TH 2 : K22 PED 3 : C58, W51 SEM 1 : K22 THEO 3: MSI27 BIBL •• F 3 6